^.
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
1.0
mm
2.2
1.1
us
Itt
u
l*L
2.0
^
<F
;V
<>
^.
''V
-S^^V
^y^% °
;\
Sciences
Corporation
S3 WCST MAIN STREiT
WEtSTIR. N.Y. USm
(716) t72-4503
^v.^*^
^
CIHM/ICMH
Microfiche
Series.
CIHIVI/ICIVIH
Collection de
microfiches.
Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibiiographiques
The Institute has attempted to obtain the be^t
original copy available for filming. Features of this
copy which may be bibliographically unique,
which may alter any of the images in the
reproduction, or which may significantly change
the usual method of filming, are checked below.
D
n
n
n
Coloured covers/
Couverture de couleur
□ Covers damaged/
Couverture endommag^e
I I C
Covers restored and/or laminated/
Couverture restaurie et/ou pellicul6e
I I Cover title missing/
Lfl titre de couverture manque
I I Coloured maps/
Cartes giographiques en couleur
□ Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/
Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)
I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/
Planches ot/ou illustrations en couleur
Bound with other material/
Relid avec d'autres documents
Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion
along interior margin/
La re liure serrde peut cau3er de i'ombre ou de la
distortion le long de la marge int6rieure
Blank leaves added during restoration may
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutdes
lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le lexte,
mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont
pas 6t6 filmdes.
Additional comments:/
Commentaires suppidmentaires;
L'ln^titut a microfilm^ le meiileur exemplaire
qu'il lui a M possible de se procurer. Les details
de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du
point de vue bibliographique. qui peuvent modifier
une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une
modification dans Sa m6thode normale de filmage
sont indiquAs ci-dessous.
I I Coloured pages/
Pages de couleur
Pages damaged/
Pages endommagdes
Pages restored and/oi
Pages restaur6es et/ou pelliculde&
Pages discoloured, stained or foxei
Pages d6color6es, tachet^es ou piqudes
I I Pages damaged/
I I Pages restored and/or laminated/
r~> Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/
□ Pages detached/
Pages d6tach6es
n~U Showthrough/
U^ Transparence
I I Quality of print varies/
D
Quality in6gale de I'impression
Includes supplementary materii
Comprend du materiel suppldmentaire
Inly edition available/
eule Edition disponible
I I Includes supplementary material/
□ Only edition available/
S
Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata
slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to
ensure the best possible image/
Les pages totaiement ou partiellement
obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure,
etc., ont 6t6 film^es d nouveau de fapon d
obtenir la meilleure image possible.
T
t(
T
P
o
fi
G
b
tl
si
o
fl
si
o
T
si
T
vt
^
d
e
b
ri
n
n
This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/
Ce document est film6 au taux de reduction indiquA ci-dessous.
10X 14X 18X 22X
12X
16X
20X
26X
30X
24X
28X
32X
ails
du
>difier
une
naga
Tha copy filmad hara has baan raproducad thanks
to tha ganarosity of:
Univfrtity of Toronto
ARCHIVES
Tha imagas appaaring hara ara tha bast quality
posslbia considaring tha condition and laulbSlity
of tha original copy and in kaaping with tha
filming contract spaclfications.
L'axamplaira film* f ut raproduit grlca A la
gtnArositA da:
Univtriity of Toronto
ARCHIVES
Las Imagas sulvantas ont *tA raprodultas avac la
plus grand soln, compta tanu da la condition at
da la nattatA da l'axamplaira film*, at an
conformity avac las conditions du contrat da
fllmaga.
Original copias in printad papar covar^^ ara filmad
baginning with tha front covar and anding on
tha last paga with a printad or lllustratad Impras-
slon, or tha back covar whan appropriata. All
othar original copias ara filmad baginning on tha
first paga with a printad or lllustratad impras-
slon, and anding on tha last paga with a printad
or lllustratad Imprasslon.
The last racordad frama on each microfiche
shall contain the symbol —^(meaning "CON-
TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"),
whichever applies.
Les examplalras orlglnaux dont la couvertura an
papier est Imprlmte sont fllmAs en commen^ant
par la premier plat at en terminant solt par la
darnlAre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impresslon ou d'lllustration, solt par la second
plat, salon la cas. Tous las autres examplalras
orlglnaux sont fllmto en commengant par la
pramliAre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impresslon ou d'lllustration at an terminant par
la darniiire paga qui comporte une telle
empreinte.
Un des symboles suivants apparattra sur la
dernlAre image de chaque microfiche, selon le
cas: le symbols -^ signlfle "A SUiVRE ", le
symbols y signlfle "FIN".
Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filr>: jd at
different reduction ratios. Those too large to be
entirely Included In one exposure are filmed
beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to
right and top to bottom, as many frames as
required. The following diagrams illustrate the
method:
Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent Atre
fllmte A des taux da reduction dIffArants.
L':>rsqua le document est trop grand pour Atra
raproduit en un seul cllchA, II est film* A partir
de Tangle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche A droite,
et de haut an bas, en prenant la nombre
d'images nAcessaire. Les diagrammes suivantf
lllustrent la m6thode.
rata
>elure.
Id
3
32X
1
2
3
1 2 3
4 5 6
T
i'SQ
0{ i0vattt0.
EXAMINATION PAPERS.
TOR
1875.
s7
TORONTO :
HENRY ROWSELL.
1875.
MEMBERS OF THE SENATE
OF THE
EniberBitg of ^0r0nt0.
Hon. JOSEPH CURRAN MORRISON,
Chancellor.
Hon. THOMAS MOSS, M.A,
Vice-Chancelloi:
Rev. JOHN McCAUL, LL.D.,
President of University College.
Rev. EQERTON RYERSON, D.D.,
Chief Superintendent of Education.
Hon. JOHN HILLYARD CAMERON, DC.L., Q.C., M.P.,
Representative of the Law Society of Ontario.
GEORGE R. R. COCKBDRN, M.A.,
Principal of Upper Canada College.
WILLIAM THOMAS AIKINS, M.D.,
Representative of the Toronto School of Medicine.
Rev. ROBERT ALEXANDER FYFE, D.D.,
Representative of the Canadian Literary Institute, Woodstoclt.
SAMUEL BARTON BURDETT, LL.B.,
Representative of Albert College, Belleville.
WILLIAM TASSIE, LL.D.
Representative of High School Masters, Ontario.
HENRY HOLMES CROFT.D.C.L., F.L.S.
JOHN LANGTON, M.A.
Hon. JAMES PATTON, LL.D., Q.C.
Hon. ADAM CROOKS, LL.D., Q.C, M.P.P.
LARRATT WILLIAM SMITH, D.C.L.
EDWARD JOHN CHAPMAN, Ph. D., LL.D.)
GEORGE TEMPLEMAN KINGSTON, M.A. j
Ex Vice-
chancellors.
Representing
Council of
UniviTsity College.
6
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
Meubkbs of thb Senati — Continued.
The following Fifteen Memberi were elected by Convocation :
HoH. EDWARD BLAKE, M.A., Q.C., M.P.,
LAUGHLIN McFARLANE, M.B.
THOMAS WARDLAW TAYLOR, M.A.
WILLIAM MULOCK, M.A.
JOHNBOYD, M.A., B.C.L. ♦
WILLIAM OLDRIGHT, AI. A., M.D.
JOHN MORISON GIBSON, M.A. LL.B.
JAMES HENRY RICHARDSON, M.D.
JAMES ALEXANDER McLELLAN, LL.D.
JAMES LOUDON, M.A,
JAMES THORBURN, M.D.
THOMAS KIRKLAND, M.A.
WILLIAM RALPH MEREDITH, LL.B., M.P.P.
JAMES FISHER, M.A.
ARCHIBALD FREDERICK CAMPBELL, M.A.
!
}
]
Retire in
1876.
Retire in
1877.
Retire in
J878.
Retire in
1879.
Retire in
1880.
Tfie following ^ine Members were nominated by his Excellency, the Lieut enant-Oovernw.
Hon. WILLIAM McMASTER.
Hon, JOHN WELLINGTON GWYNNE,
Hon, GEORGE BROWN.
JOHN MoKEOWN, M.A.
OASIMIR STANISLAUS GZOWSKI, C.E.
JOHN MACDONALD, M.P.
DANIEL WILSON, LL.D.
■Rev, DANIEL JAMES MACDONNELL, B.D.
GOLDWIN SMITH, M.A.
\
}
Retire in
1876.
Retire in
1877.
Retire in
1878.
I
I
I
Bursar— DAVID BUCHAN, Esq,
Reqistrar-WILLIAM GLENHOLME FALCONBRIDGE, M,A.
Librarian— WILLIAM HENRY VANDERSMISSEN, M.A.
EXAMINERS, 1874-75.
W. P, R. Stbeit, LL. B.
LAW,
{ Thomas Hodqins, M.A., LL. B,
MEDICINE-
Physiology and Comparative Anatoviy.. .. J. II. ^IcCollum, M.B.
Surgery and Anatomy U. Zimmerman, M.U.
Medicine and Therapeu'.lcs A. Gheeni-ees, M.B.
ilidwi/ery and JUedicalJurisprttdenee Fuancis Rab, M.D.
MEDICINE AND ARTS.
Chemittry W. Oliver, B.A.
Natural Uiitory R. Ramsay Wrjout, M.A., B.So.
ARTS.
Greek and Latin J^' ^'^"'^'^ Marling, M.A.
IRev.N. McNish, M.A., LL.D.
Mathematiei / ''• Galbraith, M.A.
I H. P. MiLLiaAN, B.A.
Unglish and lliUory f J. M. Buch an. M. A.
I F. E, Seymour, M.A.
c Rev. James Roy, M.A.
Modern Languages j j. e. Graham, M.D.
'^F. E. Seymour, M.A.
Mineralogy and Geology J. Gibson, B.A.
Metaphysics and Ethiti . \ ^^v. 6. P. Youno, M.A.
( W. J. Robertson, B.A.
Oriental Languages Rev. J. M. King, M.A.
Meteorology G. T. Kingston, M.A.
Civil Engineering a. Macdougall, C. E.
Stnibersitn of "(Eorontcr.
GRADUATES.
* • Doctors and Bachelors of Laws ; Doctors and Bachelors of Me-iiolne; Master*
of Arts; and Bachelors of Arts of three years standing, arc Members of Convocation
—86 Vict. Ont. Cap. 20 S. 7.
A.
Date of
A^inlMlon,
1867 M.B.
1854 B.A.
1867 B.A.
1806
1866
1858
1875
1869
1853
MB.
M.D.
MB.
B.A.
M.B.
B.A,
;}
;867 B.A
1868 M.B.
1869 B.A.
1871
1850
1870
1871
1873
B.A.
B.A.
B.A.
M.A.
M.B.,
1875 B.A.,
1870 M.B..
1868 B.A.,
1874 B.A
1875 M,
A.. )
.A . . S
Aberdein, Robert.
Adams, 0.
Adams, John.
Aiken, Edvrard.
'.■\ikin8, Mcses Henry.
Aikins, James Albert Man-
ning.
Allan, Edward,
'Alma. Edward Jamieson
{Oh.)
Anderson, Adam {Oh)
Anderson, John McKenzie.
Appelbe, Robert Swanton.
'Archibald, Heber.
*Arniour, Joiin Douglas.
I 'Armstrong, William.
Armstrong, Francis Rob-
ert.
•Armstrong, Thomas Clin-
ton Little.
Arnott, Henry.
'Atkinson, Charles Theo-
dore.
•Aylsworth, Allen Bristol.
1. silver Medallist.
2. Medallist In .Metaphysics, jcc, and Jameson
Medallist.
3. Silver Medallist in Natural Scicace.';.
4. Gold Medallist in Classics.
6. Silver Medallist in Metaphysics, kc
6. Silver Medallist in Modern Languages.
7. Gold Medallist in Natural Saiences.
8. Silver Medallist in Mathematics and in Meta-
physics, &c., and Prince's Prizeman.
2
B.
Date of
Admission.
1809 B.A
1846 B.A
1840
1866
1874
1870
1873
1874
1871
1875
1873
1870
1871
1850
1857
1869
1866
1869
1849
1853
1845
1867
1873
1874
1800
M.A.. i
B.A.
M.B.
B.A.
'Baker, Alfred.
J. Baldwin, Edmund.
B.A..|
M.A.. i
B.A.. }
M.A.. i
M.B.
.".A.
M.A,
B.A.
M.A,
B.A,
B.A,
M.B.
B.A,
M.A,
M.D.
M.A.
B.A.
B.A,
M.A,
M.B,
Baldwin, Robert Russell,
Ball. Jerrold.
Ballantyne, William Doug-
laiis,
Ballantyue, Francis.
'Ballard, William Henry.
Balmer, John Stephen.
I "Baptie, George.
Barber, George Anthony
(06.)
Barber, Joseph Mark.
Barker, Peter McGill.
♦Barnhart, Charles Edward
Barrett, Michael.
Barron, Frederick William
*Barron, James {Oh.)
Barwick, Walter.
•Bascom. Joseph.
:)
1
;}
1. Gold Medallist in Mathematics.
2. Gold Medallist in Mathematics.
3. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences.
4. Gold Medallist.
5. Gold Medallist in Metaphysics, &c., and Prince's
Prizeman.
6. Gold Medallist.
10
UNIVF.nSITV OF TORONTO.
Gbaim'ATBii— CofKinM^/.
D»t» of
Admlnatnii.
1872
MB.
1864
B.A.
1846
B.A.
1875 13. A.
1860 M.D.
1876
B.A.
1873
MB.
1874
.M.B.
18C3 LL.n.
1866 M.ll.
1861
MB.
1864
B.A.
1866 M.A,
1864
M.B.
18t!6
B.A.
18C5
B.A.
1866
MA.
1876
M.B.
1860
LL.B.
1869
M.B.
1858
B.A .
1845
B.A.
1861
LL.B;
1863
B.A.
1874
B.A.
1869
B.A.
1868
B.A .
1870
M.A.
1869
B.A.
1873
M.A.
1872
B.A.
Bntoo, Sidney Lawrence.
'Bayly Hioliard.
Botidli*, DeloB W. {Ad
eundem).
'Reiitrio, P'riinciis Rohert.
Bciinmont, W. (lion.)
Beck, Henry Thatcher.
MU'cnmn, .Milton Ini.
Beeincr, Nelsnn Henry.
Begne, Thoopiiiliia Henry
Alexis.
Bcith, A.
Bell, John.
Bell, John W.
Bell, William H.
♦Boll. ChfirU'H Wallace.
»Beiuiss, Dayid.
"Bennett, Jolm Henry.
Benson, Uiclnivd Lowe.
MJentli'v. Tliomas Brigliam
Bernard, Richard Barrett
(Oh.)
Bethuno, Norman.
Bethune, James.
Bettridge, William.
«l5etts, Frederick I'inilott.
r.iekford, William Atkin-
son.
I Bigg, Edmund Murney.
'Biirgar, Cliarlea Robert
Webster.
"•Biggs, Samuel Clarke.
:}
\
PlltO (if
AdmlMion.
1867 B.A..
1871 M.B..
1873 BA..
I 1874 B.A . .
IRuO LL.B..
1870 LL.U..
1854 B.A ..
1858 M.A..
1858 B.A..
1862 M.B..
1845 B.A..
184^ B.A..
1854 B.A..
1857 M.A..
1848 M.D..
1805 B.A ,.
1806 M.A..
1850 B.A ..
M.A..
LL. B..
1800 LL.B .
1807 M.B..
184S B.A.,
18.'50 M.A..
1864 B.C.L.
18.')3 B.A . .
1856 M.A..
1853 M.D..
1800 B.A ..
1861 M.A..
1875 B.A..
1814 M.D..
1861 LL B.,
1873 M.B..
1875 MB..
1868
B.
RlHok, Davidson.
Blnnk, William Steele.
Bliick, Fergu'i.
Blnckslnck, ThomnsGlbbl
[ Blaln, D&vid.
I >Blako, Dominick Fidward.
Blnko, Samuel Hnme.
'Bolster, John.
Bnullon, Henry John.
HotiUon, John.
) Boulton, James Foreter
\ iOb).
Bovcll, James (i4(/c«Mrffm).
> Bowers, Janob E.
j "Bowlby, Ward Hamilton.
Bowlby, John Wedgwood.
Bowman, James W.
V Boyd, John.
i Boyd, William Thomas.
Boyd, Walter.
*Boyd, John Alexander.
'Boyd, Francis Loith.
Boys, H. {Ad eundem).
Boys, William.
Brewster, Nathaniel.
•Britton, William.
1. SUter Medallist In Natural Philoiophy.
2. Silver Medallist in MetapbyelcM, &c.
S. Silver MedalllHt.
4. Odd .MedalliKt in CluHRica.
5. Silver Medalllnt Id Natural Science*.
0. Silver MedalllHt and Starr Silver Medallist.
7. Silver Medallist.
8. Silver Mpda'liK in MetaphyticR, &c.
9. Gold Medallist in Natural Scieneen.
10. iiilver Medalliat in Natural Sciences.
1. Silver Medalliat in Claaaics.
2. Gold Medalli»t.
3. Jamexon Medallist In Arti and Gold Medalliat
in Law.
4. Gold Medallist in Modem Languages.
6. Silver Medallist in Classics.
6. Gold MedalUst and Starr Gold Medallist.
UNIVBIIHITY OF TOKONTO.
11
anADUATM — Condnuiii,
B
Steele,
innn Qlbbi
n^lwftrd.
Ilntiie.
' Jolin.
H Foreter
ideitndim).
E.
Hamilton. h
■i
Wedgwood.
Thomas.
exanJer.
Loith.
'undem),
lianiel.
m.
Date of
Adnilmlon.
Ifl64 D.A .
1860 M.A.
1808 M.n.
1809 M.D.
1K7» M.B.
1871 M.A.
1808
1806
1871
1807
1808
1802
1805
1864
1807
1860
1805
1871
1803
1857
1875
n.A.
n.A ,
M.A.
n.A.
M A.
n.A,
M.A,
n.A .
M.n.
M.A.
M D.
M.n.
M n.
n.A.
n A .
n.A.
1870 M.n.
1863 n.A.
1867 M.n.
1869 n.A .
1873 M.A.
1866 M.n.
1871 n.A.
1857 B.A.
'nrown, Jnmei'.
*nrown, John Price.
*nrown, Owon Cnmphell.
nrowninp. T. B. {Ad
I itnilfm.)
♦nrucc, Oeorpe.
nrunol, Georjro.
'nrycp, OenrRO.
•nuchnii, John Milne
nuclinn, Ilumplirey Ew-
ii'g.
niichnnan, Chnrles W.
nuchiiiinii, Oeorfe.
null. Sumuel .Tiinies.
null, Thomas Henry.
null. Hnrtholomftw Ed-
wiinl.
'Burpcfe, Thomas Jo.soph
Workninn.
nurldtt. Thomas (I.
Burnet, D.
DatK of
ildnilMloii.
1866 M.n..
1870 M.n.
fi.
nur.is. J. 11.
Mlurt, William,
0.
i
sHurnfield, Oenrpe
"nuriilmm, K. h.
Burnham, Willinm Rufu.s
[Oh.)
I'Burn?, Nelson.
old Medalliat
ige».
idalUit.
1. Gold Mednllist in MHtlicmntioK and Silver
MednlKst in Clnssios ntid In Ktliicg.
2. Hold MrdalllNt and Starr Mcd!illi«t.
3. Silver Mi'dsllixl nnd .Stnrr Gnla .Medallist,
4. Silver Medallixt in MctnphyMtfi, kc.
F. Silver Mpdallist in Natural Sciunces.
6 Silver Medallint in Modern liauiruntec
7. Silver Mi-dallint nnd Starr Gold Medallist.
8. Silver Mcdnlllat in Classiea.
9. Gold MedallLst.
10. Silver Medallist in Naturil Sciencei.
185« B.A..
Ad ('Hiulnii.
1850
M.A..
1800 B A.,
Ad eioidriii.
1800
M.A..
1808
n.A ..
1809
M.A..
1874
M.n..
1875
M.n..
1805
n.A..
1800
M.A.,
1806
n.A . .
1875
MA..
1878
B.A..
1874
M.A.,
1878
n.A..
1874
M.n..
1870
B.A..
1809
M.B..
1875
n.A..
1803
M.B..
1800 M.D..
1871
B.\..
1865
B.A..
1808
B.A ..
1868
MB..
1869 M.D..
Camble, Char'cB (04.)
/ Cameron, iluctor.
Cameron, Robert.
'Giimoron, Irving Heward.
Cameron, Kenneth Hugh
Lnchiel.
'Campbell, John.
^Campbell, Arcbibiild B.-.'-
crick.
i Cauipbell, Jnme^.
Ca-npboll, John.
'Campbell, Aaron Jesse.
•Carlyle, Alexander.
Carney, R.
'Carscadden, Thomas.
[ Ca-^caden, John.
Casoy, George Elliott.
Ciisaeli', Walter Gib.ton
Pringle.
^CasseU, Allan.
'Cassidy, J. J.
1. Silver ModalllHt.
2. silver MedailiHt.
u. Gold Medallist in Modern Lani;uafi;es and in
Melnpbysipg, &c., and Prinoe'a Priceinan.
4. Silver Medallist in Classics, in Modern Lan-
uuageii and in Natural Sciences, and Prince'i
Priieman.
5. Starr Silver Medallist.
6. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences.
7. Gold Medallist in A'etaplij'gics, &c.
8. Gold Medallist in Classics.
9. Starr Medallist.
12
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
QtLAOV ATHa— Continued.
0.
Date of
AdiuiiBion.
1866 B.A..
1858 M.A..
1865 M.B . .
1870 B.A..
1851 M.D..
J.A..)
.L.B.. )
1872 LL B.
1866 B
1868 LL
1872 B.A..
.1.865 M.B..
1851 B.A..
1854 M.A..
1846 Mus.n
1856 Mus D
1866 B.A..
1871 M.B..
1867 M.B..
1867 LL.B..
1873 M.B..
1860 LL.B..)
1870 LL.D.. >
1870 B.A ..
1872 M.A..
1871 M.B..
1867 B.A..
1863 M.A..
1864 B.A..
1864 M.B . . )
1865 M.D.. 1
1876 M.B..
1862 B.A.. )
1864 M.A.. )
1874 M.B . ,
iCattanncb. Alexander
John.
Chapman, 0. W,
'Chase, George Ambrose.
Chowctt, William Cam-
eron.
Chisholm, Dunca^
•Christie, Alexander J.
Christie, Jame.s Douglas.
Cbryslsr, W. H.
*Clark, AlieterMoKenzie.
Clarke, James Putou,
Clarke, Henry F.
Clement, John James.
Gierke, Charles H.
Gierke, Alfred A.
"Close, James Alexander.
Cochrane, Samuel H. (Ob.)
Cookburn, Edword.
Cole, Henry James.
•Connoo, Charles Henry.
'Connor, James William.
Oonstantiuides, Petros.
Cook, Allan Buchner.
'Cooper, George.
Gorman, John Wesley.
Date of
Admisiton.
1876 M.B.
1863 M.B.,
1868 M.D.
1875 M.B.,
\
C.
Cotton, James Henry.
Covernton, William H.
Covernton, Theodore Sel-
b.v.
Cowan, S.
Cowan, George Hoylc.
•Coyne, James Henry.
'Craig. Thomas Dixon.
'Crnig, John.
Craigie, William.
■\
1. Gold M< iUist in Modern Languages and
Jameaou Medallist.
2. Silver Medallist in Mndern Lantcuagcs.
3. Silver Medallist iu Classics.
4. Gold Medallist in Classics and Jameson Medallist
6. Gold Medallist and Starr Si>er Medallist.
6. Silver Medallist in Classics.
7. Silver Medallist in Classics.
8. Silver Medallist in Classics.
1866 M.B.
1871 M.B.
1870 B.A.
1804 B.A.
1873 B.A.
1848 B.A.
1858 M.A.
1862 B.A
1866 B A
18r0 M.A..
1874 B.A..
1872 B.A..
1870 B.A..
1850 DC.L
1868 B.A.
1870 M.A.
1854 B.A.
1867 M.A.
1856 B.A.
1858 M..\.
1859 LL.D
1859 M.B.
1860 M.D.
1 18G0 LL.B..
I 1852 B.A.. i
1863 M.A.. y "Crook", Adam.
1 1863 LL.D.. J
1. Gold Medbllist in Modern Languages, Silver
■Medallist in Classics, and Prince's Prizeman.
2. Gold Medallist in Metaphysics, &c.
3. Silver Medallist in Clmisics.
4. Silver Medallist in Classics.
6. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences.
6. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences.
7. Silver Medallist in Metaphysics, &c.
8. Gold Medallist in Classics,
9. Gold Mednllist in Classics.
10. Gold Medallist in Classics and Silver Medallist
in Metaphysics, Jcc.
^Crawford, William Glover .
Crawford, Edward Pat-
rick.
"Crawford, Angus.
*Crerar, John.
Crickmore, Snelling Roper.
Croft,Henry Holmes {Hon.)
' \ 'Croly, John Edgar.
• \ eCrombie, Ernestus.
it
:>
•Crombie, Marcellu", Mar-
cus Aurelius.
Cronyn, John.
Cronyn, Verschoyle.
1
1
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
1^
C.
Henry.
lliam H.
leodore Sel-
e Hoylo.
Henry.
Dixon.
m.
iam Glover .
ward Pat"
ir.ng Roper.
)lme8 {Hon.)
igar.
!8tUS.
jellu", Mar-
hoyle.
I
B;uages, Silver
x's Priieman.
ces.
ces.
Sec.
iTer Medallist
1848
Date of
Admiition.
1845 B.A,
M.A..
B.C.L-
1852 D.C.L.j
1862 LL.B..
1871 B.A..
1872 M.B..
1870 B.A..
1869 B.A..
1873 LL.B..
1860 LL.B..
1867 B.A..
Crooksbank, George (Ob.)
Cross, James Fletcher.
Crozier, Jan-es. "
'Crozier, John Beatty.
Gruickshank, Alexander
Downie.
I 'Gumming, Montgomery.
Gurran, Joseph J.
Curry, Charles D.
1840
1863
1873
1871
1873
186G
1874
1862
1365
1868
1871
1866
1868
1861
1863
1868
1853
1858
1875
B.A.. \
MB., i
B.A..
B.A.. )
M.A.. 5
B.A..
B.A..
M.B..
M.B..
B A.. ^
M.B.. S
B.A
M.A
LL.B..
LLB..
B.A..
M.D..
B.A..
B A..
:!
Graduates — Oondnued.
Date of
Admisiion.
1871 B.A..
1848 B.A..
1864 LL.B..
1871 M.B..
1837 B.A..
I
I
D. I
Dack, Thoiuiis Benjamin
N.
Dadson, Ebenczer William.
«Dale, William.
Davidson, William.
*Dawson, Alexander.
'DeGrnssi. George Philip.
DeLaHnye, Alcide.
'DeLaMHtter, Robert Ha-
mel.
'Delamere, Thomas Daw-
son.
Denison, George T;^ylor.
Donrocho, Edwar<.' Jann^s.
^Deroche. Ilammel Madden.
Desmond, Humphrey.
DesVoetix, George Willimn.
Dickey, Arthur Rupert.
1866
1861
1867
1864
1865
1869
1845
1850
1864
1868
1. Silver Medallist and Starr ^\Uer Medallist.
2. Gold Medallist in ,Me(,apbysic.<), &c., Silver
Medallist ia Mathejiatics, and Pric:;e'B
Priieman.
3. Gold Medallist in Classics.
4. Silver iVledallist in Mathematics.
5. Gold Medallist
6. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences, in Arts
and Silver Medallist in Medicine.
7. Silver Medallist in Metaphysics, &c.
8. Silver Medallist in Modern Languages.
B.A..
LLB.
M.B..
M.B..,
B.A..
C.A..
B.A..
M.A..
LL.B.,
B.A.,
LL.B.
D.
Dickson, Edwin Hamilton.
Dixon, Alexander.
Donaldson, James.
Donaldson, John.
Dormer, George {Ad
eundem) — (06.)
Dorsey, William S.
1871 M.B.,
1875 M.B.,
1849 B.A..
1853 M.D..
1851 M.D.,
1864
1807
1868
1862
1870
1871
1851
1S57
1861
1867
1868
1870
MB.
M.B,
M.D.
M.B.
B.A.
M.A.
B.A.
M.A.
M.B.
B.A.
M.A.
M B.
\ Douglas, William.
Douglas, C.
Douglass, Robert Dunn.
Dowsley, Andrew.
} Draper, William George
(Ob.)
Duggan, George Frederic.
> Dunn, J. M.
E.
Eakins, James.
^Eakins, James Edwin.
Eastwood, William Octa-
vius.
Eiistwood, Charles Septi-
mus
Lby, Aaron.
' i 'Eccles, Francis R.
Eckardt, Thomas P.
• I ^Edwards, EUhu Burritt.
• I «Eliot Charles Frederick.
. SElliott, John (Ob.)
. ( «Ellis, William Hodgson.
1. Silver Medallist.
2. .Silver viedallist.
'6. Silver Medallist in Modern Languages.
4. Silver Medallist in Ethics.
5. Silver Mcdalli^t.
f>. Gold Medallist in Natural Sciences.
14
Date of
Admission.
1875 B.A.
1854 B.A.
1857 MA.
1858 LL.B
18t$l LL.B,
1850 B.A.
1868 M.B.
1809 M.D.
1870 B.A.
1871 M.A.
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
Graduates — Condnued,
£.
:l
1866
B.A.
1870
M.A.
1864
LL.B
1874 M.B.
1875
M.D.
1869
M.B.
1873
M.D.
1864
B.A.
1872
B.A.
1873
MB.
1875
M.D.
l«62 B.A.
1872
M.A.
1873
B.A.
1859
B.A.
1860
M.A.
1851
B.A.
1857
M.A.
1858
LL.B.
1866
B.A..
1871
M.A.
»Enbree, Luther Edmund_
'English, Caleb Elias.
English, Lyman.
^Evans, George ftfountain.
Evanp, Lewis Hamilton.
*Eweu, Thomas Edward. |
P.
'Fulconbridge, William
'Jlunholme.
Farewell, John Edwin.
^Farewell, Adolphus.
Fell, Hampden H.
Ferguson, John.
Ferguson, William John.
Ferrier, William.
'Fisher, James.
Fiskeu, John Kerr,
^Fitcb, Benjamin Franklin.
( ^Fitzgerald, Edward.
I 'OFitzgerald, William.
1. Silver Medallist In Modern Languages.
2. Silver MedailUl in Ethics, and in Law.
3. Medallist in Metupbysics and in Evidences.
4. Silver Medaliixt in Natural rcieoces.
6. Qold Medallist in Modern Languages.
6. i^ilver Medallist and Starr Silyet Medallist.
7. Silver Medallist in Mutlieuiatics.
8. SUver Medallist in Modern Languages.
9. Gold Medallist in Mathematics an'i Natural
Philosophy.
10. Gold Medallist in Mathematioa.
Date of
AduiiiiKion.
1864 BA..
1865 M.A..
le-'l B.A..
1872 B.A..
1873 B.A..
1874 M.A..
1875 B.A..
1875 B.A..
1869 M.B..
1872 M.D .
1871 M.B..
1,-. B.A..
M.D..
1872 M.13..
1875 B.A ..
1871 B.A..
1860 LL.B..
1865 B.A..
1866 M.A,.
1871 li.A..
1872 M.A..
1857 B.A..
1858 M.A..
185P M.B..
18G0 B.A,.
1861 M.A.,
1870 B.A,.
1871 M.A.,
1874 M.B..
1874 M.B..
P.
Fleming, William B.
'Fletcher, Hugh.
■■'Fletcher, John.
»Flet' -^r, Colin.
^Fletcher, William.
Flint, Wi'liam Hyland.
^
Ford, Samuel Payne.
( n<o
irest, William.
Forrest, R, W,
^Forryth, David.
Foss, William Daniel.
Foster,William Alexander.
I 'Foster, Stuart.
I ^Fotht^riugham, Thomas
\ Francis,
I ^Francis, William. Stoten.
i'OFraser, James Thomas
i {Oh.)
"Eraser, Robert Douglas.
"Eraser, Donald Blair.
"Eraser, Duncan.
I
■4
:i
1. Gold Medallist in Modern Languages, Silver
Medallist in Natural Sciences and Prince's
Prizeman.
2. Gold Medallist in Classics.
S. Silver Medallist in Metaphysics, jcc.
i. Uuld Medallist in Natural Sciences and Prince's
Prizeman.
5. Gold .MfduUist and Starr Silver Medallist in
Medicine; Silver Medallist in Natural
Sciences in Arts.
Sliver Medallist in Mathematics.
7. Qold Medallist in Clasidcs.
''. Gold Medallist in Nutural Sciences,
0. Silver Medallist in Medicine.
10 Uold Medallist in Classics.
11. Gold Medallist in Natural Sciences.
12. Gold Medallist.
13. Silver Medallist.
6.
187
186S
1865
186?
I
I
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
u
Graduates — Continued.
p^ Date (li
Admiasiun.
1867 M.B.,
1808 M.D.,
1869 iM.B.,
1870 M.D.
1871 M.B.
1850 B.A..
IS69 M.A.
18GI B.A..
18(il B.A.
1846 B A.,
1848 M.A.,
1870 B.A.,
1878 M.B.
1858 B.A.,
m B.
Date of
•1 AdmisBlon.
|J 1863 M.D..
Freeman, Clarkson.
I 1851
B.A..
Freor, Cortlandt.
■
■ 1863 B.A..
1 1864 M.A..
iFrisby, Edgar.
H 1864 M.B..
Fulton, John.
im.
I
G.
Hyland.
■ 1850 B.A..
Gage, Jnmes Lorenzo.
^•ayue.
■ 1868
B.A..
M.A.
!
sGalbraith, John.
■ 1868
MB.
Galbraith, Diuiiel.
111.
H 1873
B.A..
Gult, Alexander Casimir.
■ 1869
M.B..
Gamble, N.
H 1848
B.A..
Geddcs, J. Gamble.
1.
■ 1862
B.A . .
}
Gibbon, Henry F. Howard
Daniel.
1 ^^^^
LL.B.
(Ob.)
1 Alexander.
1 1866
1863
B.A..
M.A.
B.A.
^
'Gibson, John Alunro
, Thomas
1864
1809
M.A.
LL.B.
.}
'Gibson, John Morison. -
am StDten.
1870
1871
B.A.
M.A.
^Gibson, Goodwin.
1872
B.A..
•Gibson, John.
a Thomas
1873
B.A.
Gilchrist, John Robertson.
1861
B.A.
Gillespie, Adam Scott.
t Douglas.
• 1875 B.A.
18G9 B.A .
Gilmer, Henry Halleck.
Gilmour, George.
d Blair,
n.
;^ 1865
% 1866
B.A.
M.A.
'Goc dwillie, George Stewart
guages, Silver
g and Prince's
1 1868
4 1869
B.A.
M.A.
Goodwillie, John Milton.
m 1869 M.B.
Gouinlock, William Cole-
&c.
eg and Prinoe'g
B
man.
r Medalligt In
in Natural
H 1. Silver Medalliet in Mathematics.
■ 2. Gold Medallist in Slathematics and Prince's
1860
1866
1870
1865
1869
1875
1874
1869
18G4
1868
1871
1873
1873
B.A.,
B.A . ,
M.B.
B.A.
M.A.
M.A.,
B.A.
M.B.
B.A.
B.A.,
M.B.
M.D,
MB.
G.
Grahiim, William.
iGiaham, James Elliot.
Graham, William Henry.
I 'Grant, Allan James.
sGi-iint, Alexander.
■•Uiiint, George.
I Gl•a!^ett. Elliott.
'Giaaetl, George Robert.
Gray, J. \V. V.
Qraydon, Simpson. (4d
euiidem.)
Green, George.
Greeulees, Andrew.
"Greenlees, Alexander.
I Greer, George M. ^^^^y
Gregg, William {Ad e«n-
'Griffin, Herbert Spohn.
Grofe, Gorham W.
G rover, Thomas.
Grover. Thomas Maitlaad.
i Groves, Abraham.
Guun, John.
eg,
as.
Prizeman.
3. Gold Medallist in Modern Langua^^es and in
Metaphysics, kc. and Prince's Prizeman.
4. Silver fiedallistin Classics and in iVIodern Lan-
guages and Prince's Prizeman in Arts ; Gold
Medallist in Law.
fi. Gold Medallist in Classics.
6. Gold Medallist in Natural Sciences.
7. Silver Medallist in Classics.
j H.
i 18()2 B.A .. Hagar, C. C.
' 18G5 B A.. )
' 1869 M.A.. ( Hagar, Joseph M.
11845 B.A.. Hagerman, James Talbot
j {Ob.)
' 1873 M.B.. 8Haglc, Samuel David.
1. Gold Meilallift and Starr Medallist.
I 2 Jumeson Medallist.
8. Gold Medallist in Natural Sciences, and Silver
I Medallist in Metaphysics, &c.
I 4. Gold Medallist iti Metaphysics, &e.
6. Silver Meditllist In Classics.
I 6. Gold Medallist and Starr Silver Medallist.
7. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences.
S. Silver Medallist and Starr Silver Medallist.
IG
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
Graduates — Continued.
H.
Date of
Admiition.
1860 LL.I3.
1860 LL.B..
1868 B.A . .
1869 M.A..
1870 M.B..
1873 B.A . .
1874 M.A..
1878 B.A..
1874 MA..
1866 M.B..
1860 LL.B..
1864 B.A..
1866 M.A..
1867 MB..
1870 B.A..
1871 M.A..
1864 M.B..
1876 B.A . .
1861 B.A..
1863 M.A..
1872 LLB..
1863 B.A..
1845 B.A..
1850 M.A..
1871 B.A..
1872 M.A..
1871 M.B..
1863 M.B..
1804 M.D..
-1876 B.A..
1854 M.D..
1869 M.B..
1870 M.D..
Ham, John Vandal.
Hamilton, James Clcland.
^Hamilton Alexander.
Hamilton, Alexander Mor-
ton.
I 'Hamilton, Join Brownlee.
Hanavan, Matthew Joseph.
iJancock, John Webster.
1
'Harbottle, Robert.
♦Harcourt, Richard.
Ilarley, John.
'Harstone, Leonard.
\ Hatton, John Cnsaie.
Hector, Alfred.
I 6Helliwell, John.
\ 'Henderson, John.
*Henninp, N. P.
r Henry, James.
Henrj, John Johnson.
Herrick, George. (Ad
eundem.J
I Hickman, John.
Date of
AdmlMion.
1871 B.A..
1873 .M.A..
1858 B.A..
1859 M.A..
1864 B.A..
1865 B.A..
1866 M.A..
1866 B.A.,
1868 M.A.
1867 B.A.,
18G8 M.A.,
1872 B.A.,
1874 M.B.,
1875 M.B.,
1845 CM..
1865 M.B..
1856 B.A .,
1858 LL.U.
1859 M.A.,
18G0 LL.U.
1870 LL.D.
1874 B.A,.
1875 .M.A.
1874 B.A..
18o9 B.A.,
1860 M.A.,
1802 LL.B.
1607 B.A.,
1875 M.B.
1872 B A.
1874 M.A.
18G8 M.B.
1809 M.D.
1863 B.A.
1864 M.A.
1861 M.B.
1. Silver Mednllist In .Mathematics.
2. Silver Medallist in Natural Si-iences.
3 Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences in Arts ;
Silver Medallist in Medicine.
4. Silver Medallist in Metaphysics, iic.
5. Silver Medallist in Classlei.
6. Odd Medallist in Classics.
7. Silver Medallist in Classics.
8. Silver Medallist and Starr Silver Medallist.
H.
I Hicks, Henry Minaker.
\ Hill, George SteTcn Joseph
Hill, Rowland.
I Hill, JeflFrey.
I Hill, Hammel P.
} iHilI,Aruudel Charles.
I Hill, Alfred Henry Scott.
Hobley, Thomas.
Hodder, Edward M.
Hodder, Frederick W.
Hodgins, Thomas.
Hodgiiis, John George.
Hodgins, William Egerton.
'Mlodgson, John Eastwood,
^Ilolcomb, John William,
Hope, Robert.
Hopkins, Ephraim Lytton.
Houston, William.
*Howe, TbomasC.
^Hubbart, James A.
*Hudson, A.
:l
1. Gold Medallist in Classics.
2. Silver MudalliKt in Classics.
3. Silver Medallist in Metaphysics, &c.
4. Silver Medallist.
5. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences.
0. Gold Medallist.
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
17
Date of
Admtsiion
1848 BA
H.
Graduates — Continued.
1853
1866
1868
1870
1869
1870
1869
1856
1859
1868
1861
1861
1871
1875
1848
1860
1856
1850
1857
BA..
M.B..
M.B..
M.D..
B.A..
MA..
MB..
B.A..
M.A..
M.B..
B.A..
M.A..
B.A..
M.B..
B.A..
D.C.L.
LL.D..
B.A..
M.A..
1
Hudspeth, TLomas A.
(06.)
^Huggard, John Thompson.
Hughes, J. H.
I Hughes, Arthur H,
'Hughes, James Hender-
son.
'Humble, Christopher.
Hume, Robert.
*Hunt, Robert Herbert.
Hunter, J. Howard.
Hunter, David Hamilton.
Hunter, John.
Hurlburt, Jesse Brown.
Hurlburt, Henry.
I.
1864 LL.B.. Aldington, John.
1866 B.A..
1866 M.U!.
1872 M.B..
1865 M.B..
186C M.B..
.1875 B.A..
1846 B.A..
1849 M.A..
1869 B.A..
1870 M.B..
Jaclies, Charles Bagot.
Jaokes, A. G.
Jackes, George Wyllie.
Jackson, John Philip.
Jacques, T.
JeflFers, James Frith.
'Jessopp, Henry Bate.
Jewell, John Arthur.
Johnson, Arthur Jukes.
1. Gold Medallist in Classics.
2. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences.
3. Silver Medallist.
4. Silver Medallist and Starr Medallist.
5. Gold Medallist.
6. Gold Medallist in Classics.
8
Date of
Admission.
1866 B.A..
1871 M.A..
1874 B.A..
1846 B.A..
1854 B.A.,
1858 M.A.,
1858 B A..
1862 LL.B,
1866 B.A.,
1869 M.A.,
J.
Johnston, James.
^.Johnston, William.
Jones, Edward Coursolles.
1870
1871
1864
1864
1866
1867
1357
1860
1864
1866
1873
1876
1859
1860
1875
1871
1872
1869
18.-)9
18(54
1805
B.A..,
MA,.
B.A..
M.B..
LL.B.
M.D..
B.A .
M.A..
LL.B..
M.B,.
B.A.,
M.A..
B.A..
M.A..
B.A..
B.A..
B.A..
BA..
M.B..
B.A..
M.A..
[ Jones, Clarkson.
Jones, Herbert 0. {Ai
eunderi.)
Joseph, Frank John.
[ 'Jnnor, David.
K.
I Kay, William.
Eeefer, William Napier.
[ Eelley, Michael J.
[ 'Kennedy, George,
Kennedy, John £.
I Kennin, Frank Nioholls.
) *Kerr, William Henry
\ Corry.
"Kerr, Frederick Warren.
*Kew, Michael.
TRillam. Albert Clements.
Killmaster, John.
King, John.
{ 'King John.
1. Gold Medallisit in Metaphysics, &c.
2. Silver Mi'dallist in Metaphysics, &o.
3. Gold Medallist in Metaphysics, &c.
4. Gold Medallist in Classics.
6. Gold Medallist in Classics.
6. Silver Medallist in Classics.
7. Silver Medallist in Mathematics and ill Uodem
Languages and Prince's Priteman.
8. Silver Medallist.
18
UNIVEUSITY OF TORONTO.
QRAVVATEa— Continued.
E.
L.
Date of
Admlxtion.
1869
M.n..
1875
B.A . .
1869
B.A..
1871
M.A..
1873 LL.B..
1849
B.A..
1850
B.A..
1858
M.A..
1871
B.A..
1873
M.A..
1870
B A..
1871
M.A..
1865
M.B..
1863
B.A..
1867
M.A..
1869 LL.B..
1866
M.B..
1864 MB..
1865
M.D..
1869
B.A..
1871
MA..
1874
LL.B.
1853
B.A..
1857
M.A.
1873
MB.
1867 B A .
1870
M.B.
1871
B.A.
1864
LL.B.
1876 B.A.
1873
B.A.
1875
M.A.
M.B.
King, Daniel Joseph.
'King, William Frederick-
'Kingsford, Rupert Ethe-
rege.
Kingsmill, Jolin James.
"Kingsmill, Nicol.
'Kingston, William Hall.
I Kirkland, Thomas.
sKitchen, E. E.
L.
I «Lafferty, Alfred M.
Laird William Palmer.
Langrill, John Alexander.
\ Langs, M. S.
> 'Langton, Thomas.
\ Lawrason, William Law-
S rence.
Lean, Thomas.
I Ledyard, William Ed-
\ ward.
*Ledyard, John ShepparJ.
Lennox, D.
Leslie, Alexander,
1848
Diite of
A<lniii>i<ion.
1803 B.A ..
1846 B.A..
M.A..
3.C.L.
1809 B.A..
1850 B.A..
I 1854 M.A..
' 1845 M.A..
185(i B.A..
1859 M.A..
1860 LL.B,.
1862 B.A..
iLe Sueur, William, D.
Lewis, Irn.
Lewis, George.
Light, Robert Newton.
Lightburne, Stafford.
Lister, B. P.
Litton, J. Letabli6re, (Ad
(undem).
'Livingston, John.
'Livingstone. Robert
Thomson, [(06.)
Loring, George Frederick,
♦Long, John Henry.
1849 B.A..
1873 B.A..
1862 B.A.. I sLoudou, James
1864 M.A,. \
1861 B.A.
1874 M.B.
B.C.L
Lount, Samuel.
Luke, Andrew.
1848 ^■^■^' \ Lundy, Francis James.
DC.L-i
)
Lesslie, Rolph Bid well.
1. Gold Medalliiit in Matbetnatics.
2. Silver Medallist in Classics and in Modern Lan-
guages.
3. Silver .Medallist in Classics.
4. Silver Medallist in Metapbysics, &c.
5. Silver Medallist.
6. Silver Medallist in Classics and in .Matbematics,
7. Gold Medallist in Classics.
8. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences.
1864
1866
1874
1868
1870
1869
1872
1845
1848
1849
1858
1854
1857
DC L
B.A..
M.A..
B.A..
B. A . ,
M.A,.
B.A..
M.B..
B.A..
B.C.L.
.M.A,.
LL.D.,
B.A..
M.A..
M.
Macallum, Archibald.
S.Macbeth, Thomas Talbot.
'Macdonald, William.
Macdonald, Hugh John.
Macdonald, Albert Angus.
Macdonell, Samuel Smith.
i
J
I 8j|acgregop, Charles John.
.if
1856
1856
1873
1. Silver Medallist in Classics.
2. Silver Modal list.
3. aWTvr Medallist in Metapbysics, &e.
4. Gold Medallist in Modern Languages,
a. Oold Medallist iu Mathematics.
(5. Gold Medallist in Classics.
7. Silver Medallist in Modem Languages.
8. Odd Medallist in Mathematics and Natural
Philosophy.
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
19
Qr\vvat%s— Continued.
M.
inm, D.
Newton.
tafTord .
abli6re, {Ad
)ha.
Robert
[(06.)
:e Frederick,
[enry.
es.
el.
w.
CIS James.
LrchibalJ.
lomas Talbot.
William.
Hugh John.
Albert Angus.
Samuel Smith.
Charles John.
C8, &e.
guages.
inguageB.
tic8 and Natural
Date of
Ailmlsiilon.
J873 M.B.
1S49 B.A.
1853 M.D.
18(14 n.A.
1850 B.A.
1858 M.A.
1862 B.A.
18G7 M.A.
1873 B.A..
1873 B.A..
1872 B. A..
ISG'i M.B. .
isc: B.A..
1870 B.A..
1874 B.A.. )
1875 M.A.. \
1854 B.A..
1856 M.A..
1862 LL.B..
1848 B.A..
1848 B.A..
1874 B.A..
1860 M.B..
1866 M.D..
1856 B. A..
1856 B.A..
1873 MB..
1872 LL B..
1872 MB..
1874 M.D..
1853 BTA..
Machell, Henry Thorans.
MncK-nzie, Matthew Bell
i.Miicmillnn, John.
Macnabb, Alexander.
Mncwilliam, William.
•Madden, James Henry.
Madill, Francis.
Magee, John James.
Malcolm, Alexander.
'.Malloy, William.
Malloy, William.
♦Manley, Frederick Fitz-
payne.
^.Marling, Samuel .\rthur.
Marling, Alexander.
•.Marsh, John Walker.
Marsh, Thomas William
{Oh.)
Marsh, Alfred Henry.
'Martyn. DeWitt.
*Matheson, Robert.
Matheson, Thomas Gray.
•Meldrum, Norman Wil-
liam.
Meredith, William Ralph.
Metcalf, William George.
Meudell, William {(j'.i).
Dat« of
AdmiMioD.
1874 B.A..
1860 M.B.,
, 1867 M.D,.
1871 B.A.,
1872
1868
1859
1861
1866
1867
1866
1870
1873
1871
1872
186 ■
1858
1859
1867
1867
1806
D.A..
M.B..
M.D..
LL.B.
B.A..
M.A..
M.B..
M.D..
B.A.,
B.A.,
M.A.,
MB.
B.A.
B.A.
M.A.
B.A.
B.A.
!
1859 B.A..
1858 M.A.
1867 MB..
1868 M.D..
1866 B.A..
1863 LLB.
1871 M.B..
1866 B.A..
1851 B.A..
1854 M.A.,
M.
.Michell, Frank.
>Mickle, William Julius.
Middleton, William Cant*
ley.
Millar, John.
'.Miller, Thomas.
Miller, William Nicholas,
Miller, John H.
Miller, William H.
'.Milligan, Henry Peter.
\ Mills, Thomas Wesley.
Milne, William.
Milroy, William.
I ♦Mitchell, James W.
Mitchell, George Albert.
'Moderwell, Malcolm
Cameron.
Monsarrat, Nicholas.
Montgomery. Edward
Donald (Ad eundtm.)
' > Montgomery, John.
•Mooney, Daniel Henry.
Moore, George E.
''Moore, Charles Young.
^Morgan, James Choppin.
Morris, James Henry.
1. Silrer Medallist in Metaphysics, &c., and
Prince's Prizeman.
2. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences.
3. Silver Medallist in Mathematics.
4. Silver Medallist in Mathematics.
6. Gold Medallist in Classics and Chancellor's
Medallist for Evidences.
6. Silver Medallist in Evidences.
7. Silver Medallist.
8. Gold Medallist in Natural Sciences.
9. Starr add Medallist.
1. Cold Medallist.
2. Silver Medallist.
3. Gold Medallist in Mathematics.
4. Qold Medallist in Natural Sciences.
5. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences.
0. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences.
7. Silver Medallist and Starr Qold MedalHst.
S. Odd Medallist in Natural Sciences and Silver
Medallist in Modern Languages.
20
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
Obaduatks — Continued.
M.
\
Date of
AdmlMion,
1872
M.B.
1878 M.B.
1860
M.B.
1866
M.B.
1858
B.A.
1859
M.A.
1865 B.A.
1866
M.A.
1873
LL.B.
1867
B.A..
1863
B.A.
1871
M.A.
1869
B.A.
1868
B.A.
1869
M.A.
1863
M.B.
1875
M.B.
1869
M.B.
1870
M.D..
1867
B.A.
1868
M.A.
1863
M.B.
1865
M.n..
1864
B.A..
1858
LLB.
1874
B.A.
1872
M.B..
1870
B.A..
1869
M.B..
1866
M.B..
1869
M.B..
MorriaoD, Joseph.
Morrow, Charles.
'Morton, Edward D.
Morton, W.
'.Moss, Thomas.
}
' ^Muir, John.
)
Mulbolknd, John W.
Percy.
I *Mulock, Willlnm.
Mulock, Willium Bedford.
> Murdoch, Amlrew.
Mc.
McAlpine, Dugald Leitch.
McAlpine, John.
[ Mc.\rthur, John C.
McBride, William.
McCallum, James.
8McCarthj', John L. 0.
McCaughey, Jiunes.
McClellnud, Alexander
Miller.
McClure, William.
McColl, John.
•McCollum, John Henry.
McConnell, John.
McConnell, John David-
son.
1. Silver Medallist.
2. Oold McUalliBt in Classics, in Mathematics, and
in Modern Languages.
3. Silver Medallist in Law.
4. Oold Medallist in Modern Languages.
6. Silver Medallist.
6. Silver Medallist.
Dkte or
Admliiion.
1863 M.B..
1871 B.A..
1872 M.A..
1875 B A . .
1866 M.B..
1807 M.D..
1857 B.A..
1866 M.B..
1808 M.D..
1867 B.A..
1H75 B.A..
1804 LL.B.
1809 D.A..
1807 M.B..
1802 B.A..
1801 B.A..
1875 MB..
1873 LL.B.
1866 M.B..
1803 M.B..
1806 M.B..
1867 M.D..
1809 B.A..
1875 B.A..
1872 B.A..
1805 M.B..
1849 B.A..
1854 B.A..
1856 M.A..
1S71 M.B..
1872 M.D..
1804 M.B..
1845 B.A..
1 1850 M.A..
M
McCool, Daniel B.
McCorniick, Zachary
Charles.
•McCoy, Joseph.
'MuCullough, Jamea.
McDermid, Peter.
MoDiarmiJ, Peter,
McDiarmid, William.
'McUiarmid, Archibald P.
McDonald, J. F.
^.MoDougall, John Lorn.
*.McFurlane, Laughlin.
McFnyden, Charles.
AlcGee, Robert.
McGregor, John Owen.
*.^lcInto9h, John.
Mclntyre, N.
McKay, William.
McKay, A.
McKay, William A.
McKay, Robert Peter.
'McKee, JSamuel James.
McKcnna, Charles.
s.McKeuzie, J. O. D. (Ob.)
McKeown, Jofau.
McKinnon, Angus.
"McLaughlin, J. W.
McLean, Thomas Alexan-
der.
1. Silver Medallist in Natural .Sciences.
■2. Silver Medallist.
3. Silver H'edallist in Metaphysics, &c.
4. Uold Medallist in MathemRtics and Silver Medal-
list in Modem Languau'es.
o. Silver Medallist.
6. Gold Medallist.
7. Silver Medallist in Metaphysics, &c.
8. tfiWer Medallist In Evidences.
0. Gold Medallist.
V
-J
1869
1864
1. Sil
o
M.
3.
HI
4.
Si
5.
Go
C.
0(
7.
Si
8.
Si
9.
Si
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
21
Me.
Date of
Ailmiwlon.
1802 B.A.O
1863 M.A..
1872 LL.B.
1873 LLD.
1872 .M.D..
18(13 LL.B.
'McLellan, JnmcB Alexnn-
iler.
McLellan Charles.
Moiahon, Thoniiis Bab-
ington.
"McMicbiiel, L'aniel.
McMichael, David Aaron
'.McMvirchie, James.
*JIcMurcby, Archibnlil.
'McMurricb, William Bur-
clay.
McNaugbton, Thomas
1869 B.A..
1870 M..\. .
1863 B.A..
1869 B.A.
1864 M.B.
Qradcatks — Continued.
Data of
AdiiiiPNioii.
18(i7 M.B.,
1808 M.D..
I 1878 M.B.,
j 1873 B.A.,
I 1850 M.D.,
I 180-1 M.B.,
1805 M.D.,
N.
j "Newton, J. U.
OMcNisb, Neil.
McPbersoii. Ilelcuus Hill,
'.McPherson, Lafayette
Alexander.
McQuesten, Isaac Bald-
win.
8.McWilliams, William G.
N.
»Nasou William Randall
(Oh.).
Newman, John B.
1845 M.D.
1. SilTer Medftllist in Mathematics and in .Meta-
physics, &c
.2. MeUallist in Metapliysics, &c.
3. .Silver Medallist in Metaphysics, &e.
4. Silver Medallist in Mathematics.
6. Gold Medallist in Natural Sciences.
C. Gold Medallist in Classics.
7. .Silver Medallist in Alodern Languages.
8. Silver Medallist in Metaphysics, &c.
9. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences.
1801
1801
ISOO
1800
1808
1870
1854
1858
1859
1808
1805
1867
1857
1870
1874
-1875
1861
1860
1SC7
1808
LL.B.
LL.B.
B.A..
.M.B..
M.B..
M.B..
B A..
M.A..
M.B..
.M.D..
B.A..
.M.B..
M.A..
M.D..
B.A..
B.A..
M.A..
.M.B..
B.A..
M.B..
M.D..
M.B..
Nichol William.
'•'Nichols, John.
Nicol, W. B. (Hon.)
Nicol. H.
0.
O'Brien, Lucius {Ad
eundern. )
O'Brien, William E.
O'Qara, Mai'tin.
sQgden, Isaac 0. (Ob.)
«Ogden, W. W.
Ogdon, John.
Ogilvie, Robert.
*Oille, Lucius Sterne.
J- "Oldright, William.
I
J
TQliTer, William.
\ sQ'Meara, James Dallas.
O'Neil Edward,
SQrmiston, David.
I Oronhyatekba.
Orton, Richard.
1. Silver Medallist.
■2. Qold Medallist in Natural Sciences.
3. Gold Medallist in Metaphysics, &c.
4. Silver Medallist.
5. Odd Medallist in Medicine.
C. Gold Medallist in Modern Languages.
7. Qold Medallist in Natural Sciences.
8. Gold Medallist in Metaphysics, &e.
9. Silver Medallist in Mathematics.
22
UNIVKRSITY OF TORONTO.
Obaduates Contlnutd.
W[
I
Dat«of
Adnilwlon,
1862 LL.B.
1872 B.A , .
Osier, Brltton Bath.
O'SuUivnn, Dennis Am-
brose.
1867 M.B.
1868 M.D.
iPuImer, R. N.
1860 LL.B
Papps, George S.
1875 M.B.
Park, Hugli.
1865 M.B.
1866 M.D.
Pasraore, W. J.
1866 B.A.
1867 M.A.
'Paterson, John Alexander
1874 M.B.
Paterson, Charles A.
1867 B A .
'Patterson, Ephraini
1869 M.A.
George.
1864 B.A.
Patteson, Thomas Charles
(Ai eundem.)
1848 B.C.L
1858 LL.D.
Patton Jamc^.
1858 B.A.
1859 ^(.A.
Paul, Cornelius D.iuforJ.
1868 B.A.
Paul Edgar Taylor.
1865 M.B.
Pentland, William R.
1862 LL.B
Pentou, Edward.
1868 B.A.
Pepper John.
1873 B A.
Perdue William Egerton.
1853 B A.
1856 M.A.
♦Peterson, Henry William.
1872 MB..
Peterson, Henry.
1870 B.A..
1872 M.A..
Pettigrew, Robert.
1870 M.B.
Pettigrew, George A.
1859 M.B.
1860 M.D.
1
Phillips, Thomas G.
1860 M.B.
1868 M.D.
}
spiayter, Edward.
1 Silver Medallist and Starr M.-dallist.
2. Silver Medalliflt in Mathematics.
3. Odd Alcdallist in Mathematics.
4. Medallist in Ethics.
5. Silver Medallist.
Dkt* of
Admtsulnn.
1809 M.B..
1801 M.B.,
1874 B.A.
l!J()4 M.B.,
1851 B.A.,
1860 LL.B.
1867 B.A.,
1807 B.A.
1809 M.A.
1874 B.A.,
1363 B.A.,
1809 B.A..
1874 MA..
180.5 M.B..
18G0 M.D..
1845 M.A..
1803 M.B..
1874 B.A,.
1858 U.A..
1862 LL.B.
1875 B.A . ,
1807 B.A .
1870
1801
1862
1862
1868
1874
1868
1809
1875
1870
B.A.
B.A.
M.A.
B.A.
BA.
B.A.
B.A.
M.A .
xM.B.
MB.
Pollard, Stephen Ballard.
Pollock, Duncan J.
'Ponton, Edward George.
Potts, Robert (06.) *
Preston, James Abraham.
Preston, David Hiruro.
Preston, J.
> Pruyn, David John.
Putnam, Alanson Harris.
Pyper, Lewis.
R.
°l Radeuhurst, George Ar-
i thur.
I Rae, Francis.
Ramsay, William.
'Ramsey, iSamuel Francis.
Rankin, John Brown.
'Rattray, William Jordan.
Read. Frederick Arthur
{Ob.)
Reavley, Albert Wilson.
♦Reeeor, Frederick Augus-
tus.
Reesor, Henry Arthur.
\
Reeve, William Albert.
'Reeve, Richard A.
lleid, William John.
Reid, Joseph.
8Rennelson, William Hec-
tor.
IJenwick, James Weir.
Reynolds, Thomas Noble.
1. Silver Medallist in Modern Langua;;c9.
2. Gold Medallist.
.". flold Medallist in Mpta]>liy.slcs, &c.
4. Silver Medallist in Mathematics.
5. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences.
0. Gold Medallist in Metaphysics, &c.
■ft
UNIVKRSITV OF TORONTO.
18
Ohaouatks — Continutd.
hen Ballard.
can J.
nrd Qeorge.
i(Ob.) *
es Abraham,
id Hirum.
I John,
nrton Harris.
George Ar-
liani.
nuel Francis.
1 Brown,
liaiu Jordan.
irick Arthur
)ert Wilson.
lerick Augus-
ry Arthur.
iim Albert.
ird A.
u John.
1.
(Villiam Hec-
imeg Weir.
Iiomas Noble.
tua^cs.
fee.
ices.
[C.
Dote nt
Adiiilralon.
1870 B.A..
1871 MA..
1848 MB..
1880 M.D..
1867 MB..
1870 M.D..
1871 MB..
1873 MB..
1874 B.A..
1845 B.A..
M.A..
B.C. L.
1851 B.A..
1861 LL.B.
1864 B.A..
1806 B.A..
1848
1870
1873
1846
1865
186(5
1869
1871
1869
1871
1873
1872
1873
1860
1862
1867
MB.
B.A.
B.A.
B.A.
M.A.
B.A.
M.A.
M.B.
B.A.
M.A.
MB.
MB.
B.A.
B.A.
M.A.
'Richards, Albert Els-
wood.
Richardson, James Henry.
Richardson, H.
Richardson, Samuel R.
Richardson, Joseph.
Richardson, Samuel.
Roaf, John (Oh.)
'Robarts, Thomas Tompeiit.
Robertson, Henry.
'Robertson, Thomas Jaf-
frny.
Robertson, Alexander
James.
Robertson, Hugh.
♦Robertson, William John.
'Robinson, Christopher.
Robinson, Lawrence C.
'Robinson, George Hunter.
Robinson, Andrew Rose.
'Robinson, John Ounn.
Robinson, Jonathan.
Robinson, Robert Hunter.
Rock, Warren.
Roger, Walter M.
B.A.. >
M.A.. i
Data of
Ailiiii^ilon
IS.'^T
186.*}
1860 B.A..
1861 U.A..
1869 B.A..
1871 M.A..
1874 B.A..
1875 BA..
1804 B.A..
1870 M.B..
1872 B.A..
1864 B.A..
1848 B.A
18.^7 M.A
1^70 B.A..
1. HilTor Mcdalllnt In Modern Languages.
2. Mi'dallixt in Metaphysics, &c.
3. HilvL-i- Mfdallist in Mat)ie[niiti(<8.
4. Gold Mt'dnllist in Metiiphyslci, Ac, Silver
Medallist in Mathematics, and Prince's
Prizeman.
r>. .Tamoaoii Medallist
6. Kilver Medallist in Clasaics.
7. Silver Medallist iu Modern Languages.
:}
1858
1860
1861
1856
1858
1850
1860
1803
1808
1805
1872
1872
1874
1869
1871
18d4
1864
1865
LL.B.
B. A . .
M.A . .
B.A..
M.A
M.D..
B.A..
B.A..
M.A..
B.A..
M.B..
B.A..
B A..
B A..
M.A..
B.A..
B.A..
M.A..
:!
■Rois, James.
Ross, David Wilson.
Ross, John B. (Oh).
'Ross, Homer Hugo.
Rosa, Arthur Wellington.
Ross, David.
Rossin, Julius.
Rowan, Peter Joseph.
Rutherford, Walter.
*Rutledge, James.
Ryerson, Egerton Fish.
Uyerson, Charles Egerton.
S.
♦Sampson, David Ashe
(Ob.)
Sanderson, Joseph Ed-
ward.
Scott, John.
Scott, William Hepburae.
8Scott, Thomas H.
Scott, Robert George.
Scott. Alexander.
•Scott, Henry James.
Scott, Alexander.
'Scrimge^ John.
Seath, John (Ad eundem).
^Seymour, Frederick
Elias.
1. Gold Medallist in .Modern Languages.
•2. Silver Mednllist in Natural Sciences.
3. Silver Medallist in Mathematics.
4. Silver Medallist In Law.
5. Silver Medallist In Modern Languages.
*i. Oold Medallist in Metaphysics, &c.
7. Sliver Medallist in Modern Languages, and in
Metaphysics, Ac.
y. Qold Medallist in Modern Languages.
24
Date n(
AdmlMlon.
1803 M.U..
1WJ4
1804
M.D..
B.A..
1848
1874
U.A..
M.B..
187f) B.A..
1R64 M.B..
1800
M.D..
1807
B.A..
1800
1804
B.A..
MB..
1800 M.B..
1870 B.A..
1871
M.A..
1859
1808
1805
1873
1875
1878
1874
LL.B..
M.B..
M.B..
B.A..
.M.A..
B.A . .
M.A..
1865 B.A..
1808 M.A..
1848 B.O.L.
1852
1867
1801
1802
D.C.L.
B.A..
LLB..
LL.B..
1864 LL.B..
1865 LL.D.
1865 LL.B..
1860 M.B,
1807
1809 B.A.
1870 iM.B.
UNIVEilSlTV OF TOUONTO.
Qhadiiatii— C'on<»«M«rf.
M.B . . 1
M.D.. \
' i BtiAiitz, Hiimuel E. ((>/>.
Sharpe, Wlllinm.
Shftw, Jobn {Oil.)
'Shaw, George.
'iSbaw, Ueorge Edmund
Sill, Abraham.
Sills, Orville.
'Sinclair, Williiiin.
Siuuluir, L. C.
Siucluir, J.
♦Siucliiir, Angus.
Sissoii, JonalhiiD.
Sloune, Allan C.
Smiile, S. B
^Smnll, John Turubull.
Soiellie, Tbomaij Stuart
Traill.
Smile}', Jobn.
Smith, Larratt William.
Smith, James Fox.
^Smith, Robert.
Smith, James Frederick,
Smith, George Vouug.
Smith, A. F.
Smith, Robert W.
Smith, Uaniel.
Smith, James Bruce.
'Smith, Charles M.
J. Silver Mpdallist.
2. Ooia Medallidt in .Modern LaiiguageF,
3. Hllver Medallist In Natural Sciei.cei.
4. Uold Mudalllat iu Mathumatics.
6. Hllver MedalllBt in Claselcc.
6. Hilver MedalliRt.
7. Silver Medallist.
Pate of
AdmlMlun.
1878 M.A.
1874
1876
1807
1871
1808
1873
1804
1873
1876
M.B..
B.A . .
B.A..
M.A..
LL.B.
LL.D..
B.A..
B.A..
U.A..
1869 B.A..
1870 M.A..
1S07 MB..
1800 LL B..
1870 LLD..
1870 BA..
I8G4 BA..
1805 MA..
18(15
B.A..
1870
MB..
1845
BA..
1859
LL.B..
180'
LL.B..
18(59
M.B..
1845
B.A.. 1
1848 M.A.. S
1801
LLB.
1808
B.A..
1862 LL.B.
1803
M.B..
1807
B.A.. 1
1870 M.A.. S
Smith, Goldwin, (Ad
tunJem, )
Smith, George.
'Smyth, Thomas FIrnry.
'Smythe, Edward Hnnd-
ley.
Snelllng, Richard.
'Snider, Elias Franklin.
^Snider, Colin George.
^Snider, David Martin.
Somervillo, John,
•Sparks, Thomas.
'Spencer, Theodore
Henry.
■Spencer, Zeno Carpenter.
Spotton Henry Byron.
Squire, George H.
^Standish, John.
Stanton, James.
Stanton, William Irvine.
Stayner, Frederick Henry
Steele,Charlc8 Albert(Oi).
'"Stennett, Walter.
Stephens, Richard Porter.
Stevejson, Edward S.
Stewart, Hamilton D.
Stewart, James W.
Stewait, McLeod.
I. Silver Medallist In Natural Sdenrcg.
•2 Silver Medallist in Metaphysiog, &c.
5. Oold Medulliat in Natural Scleucei.
4. Silver Medallist in .Metaphysics, &c.
6. Silver Medalllxt in Cla»«ici.
U. Silver Medallist.
7. Silver MedalllH.
8. Silver Medallist In Natural Solencei.
«. Silver Medallist.
10. Jameson Medallist and Medallist in Metapbyiiof
and in Evidences.
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
26
Ohaduatkb— Con/inu<tf,
Pkta nf
Admliilon.
1872 B.A..
1873 U.A..
1849 B.A..
1851 B.C.L.
1870 M.B..
1878 B.A..
1876 M.A..
1862 B.A..
1868 LL.B..
1862 LL.B..
1872 B.A..
1866 M.B..
1859 B.A..
1861 MA...
1808 LL.B..
1867 B.A..
1872 B.A..
1873 LL.B..
1866 M.B..
1869 M.B..
1865 B.A..
1866 M.A..
1856 B.A..
1868 M.A..
1859 B.A..
1874 B.A..
1856 B.A..
Ad eundem.
1866 M.A..
1865 B.A..
1867 B.A
1870 M.A
Stewart, DiikkM.
'Stewart, Alexander.
'Stinson, Eltcnezrr C'^.)
Stone, DiiviJ Franklin.
'Strnlth, Peter.
Strang, Ungh Innef).
*8treet, Willium P. R.
Stuart, Albert Henry.
Stuart, John Lowry.
Stubby J.
•SulUvnn, Robert ("/,,)
Dkte or
AdnitMloii.
1868 MB.
1871 M.B.
1874 M.B.
1871 B.A..
1861 M.B.,
18(55 M.B..
1869 M.D..
1H64 B.A.,
18ril B.A.,
1865 M.A.,
1804 M.B.
1860 M.U.
1865 B. A.,
1874 B.A..
1845 B.A..
185U M.D..
1805 M.B..
1869 B. A.,
:}
Sullivan, Dion V.
Sully, J. U. 1).
Sattierlanfl,\Villiam Ma
both.
Sutherland, D. 0.
Sutton, H. II.
Swin, Thomai.
1804 M.B.
1858 B.A.
1859 M.A.
18()0 M.B.
ISfil M.D.
1873 B.A.
1874 M.A.
1866 B.A.
j 1870 M.A.
Taylor, ThoniJis Wardlaw. 1872 B.A .
1803 M.B.
Taylor, Henry B. 1854 B.A.
Taylor, John. . 18.')9 M.A.
I 1875 M.B.
1801 B.A.
•Tnmblyn, Willinm W.
Tafsie, William.
^Tassie, Henry.
Ta««le, Alexander Stew-
art,
Taylor, William H.
Taylor, Alexander.
Taylor, ('harlei Edward
Ntuart.
'Teefy, John Read.
Tempent, William {Oh.)
Tennant, James Suther-
land.
Thorn, Jiimei.
'Thorn, John llighet.
Thorn, J. C.
'Thompson, James B.
'Thompson, George Wal-
lace.
Thomson, John Edgeworth
Thorburn, James {Ad
tundem.)
Thorburn, Richard.
'^Ihornton. Robert Mo*
Alpine.
Tisdale, J. C. {Ob.)
•Tisdell, Francis B. (06).
■ ? 'Torrance, John.
sioncog.
iRt in Metspbysios
1. Hilvcr Medallist in MetspbyBio, &c.
2. Silver MeUallist in Natural Philosophy, in Arts,
and Gold Modulliet in Lhw.
8. SiUer Medallist In Metaphysicg, &c.
4. Gold Medallist.
6. Gold Medallist in Metaphysics, ic, and SllTcr
Medallist In Modern Languages.
6. niWer Medallist in Modern Languasfes.
7. SiWer Medallis', In CiasBlcs.
Traver, A. J.
Traver, Elliot.
Trenor, J. B.
Trew, Neil McLean.
Trimble, Robert John.
^Turnbull, James.
1. Silver Medallist In Mathematics.
2. Silver M'vlallist In Mathematics.
3. Gold Medallist in Natural Sciencei.
4. Gold Medallist in Natural Sciences,
5. Silver Medallist In Metaphysics, &c.
6. Hllver Medallist in Medicine.
7. Silver Medallist in Metaphysics, &c.
8. Gold Medallist in Modern Languages.
26
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
Graduates — Continued.
T.
Date of
Admisiion.
1873 B.A..
1859 M.D..
1857 M.A..
1861 B.A..
1862 B.A..
1866 B.A..
1862 LL.B..
1864 M.B
1864 B.A
1866
1846 B.A
B.A.. >
M.A. . >
1860 B.A..
1868 M.A..
1866 M.B..
1868 MB..
1870 M-p..
1866 B.A..
1857 K.B..
M.A..
M.D..
1867 B.A..
1869 M.A..
1874 LL.B..
1866 M.B
1869
TurnbuU, AlexaLler Ma-
thiesoD.
Turner, Henry (Ad
eundftn.)
Turpin, John (Ad eundem.)
'Tyner, Richard James
(Ob.)
»Tytler, William,
Unsvorth, Richard.
Upper, Martin C.
V.
Vail, Charles L.
"VanderSmissen, William
Henry.
Vankoughnet, Bolton John
(Ad eundem. ) — (Ob. )
W.
*Wad8worth, James J.
Wadswu.'th, Andrew H.B.
"Wagner, William Jacob.
•Walker, Nathaniel Os-
borne.
'Walker, William Frederick
I.B.. )
[.D.. S
1867 M
1878 B.A..
1874 M.A.,
Wallace, J.
^Wallace, Fri ncis Huston.
1. ObancelloT's Medallist for Evidences.
2. Gtolti Medallist in Natural Scien .tt.
8. SilTer Medallist in Classics.
4. Gold Medallist in N&^iral Sciences in Arts,
surer Medallist in Medicine.
6. Silver Medallist and Starr Silver Medallisc.
6. Gold Medallist in Natural Sciences.
7. Silver Medallist in Law.
8. Gold Medallist in Classics.
Date of
Admission.
873 B. A..
861 M.B..
862 M.D..
865 B.A..
859 B.A..
860 M.A..
867 LL.B..
870 LL.D..
868 M-B..
866 B.A.,
878 LL.B..
,858 M.A..
I
845 B. A . .
848 M.A..
854 B.A..
871 M.B..
873 B.A..
849 B.A..
Ad eundem.
849 M.A..
860 B. A..
865 M.B,.
866 M.D..
867 B.A..
S68 M.A..
870 M.B..
8;2 B. A..
873 M.A..
875 M.B,.
874 M.B..
874 M.B..
864 M.B..
W.
Wallace, James.
'.iTanles!, John.
'Wardrop, Robert.
Waters, David.
Waters, George.
'Watt, William,
Watts, Walter Angus,
(Ad eundem).
«Wedd, William.
* Wells, Rupert Mearse.
Wells, Samuel Machell.
Well wood, Nesbitt John.
Westropp, Robert Gid-
dings.
White, Joseph,
White, Thomas,
sWhite, John.
White, John Edward.
•White, James.
\\ hitehead, Alexander J. |
Whiteman, Robert.
Whiteside, W. N,
1. Silver Medallist in Matbematics.
2. Silver Medallist in Modern Languages.
3. Silver itledallist in Classics. ,
4. Jameson ModallUt and Silver Medallist ii|
Ethics.
5. Gold Medallist in Modern Languages
C. Silver Medallist in Classics in Arts. SUnti
Medallist and Starr Silver Medallist bi
Medidne.
lupert Mearse.
Samuel Maohell.
)d, Nesbitt John.
)p, Robert Gid-
ematlca.
TD Languages.
let.
I SiWer Medalliit ii|
n Laoguages
Msics Jn Art*. Silrei?
surer Medallist i)^
Date of
ILdmlMion.
1848 B.A . .
1860 M.A..
i860
LL.B.
LLD,
1871 B.A.
1872 M.A..
1872 LL.B..
l875 B.A..
1866 M.B..
1888 M.D..
1869 B.A . .
i866 B.A..
1866 M.B..
|870 M.B..
1872 B.A..
1862 B.A..
1863 M.A..
1864 B.A..
1866 M.A..
1874 B.A..
i857 B.A..
tAi eundem.
]857 M.A..
[849 B.A..
[853 M.A..
i864 M.B..
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
G BADU ATE8— Continued.
2T
w.
iWickson, Arthur.
«Wightman, John Roaf.
Wilkes, Alfred J.
'Wilkio John.
Wilkins, George.
*Wilkin8, David Francis
Henry.
^Williams, Adolphus.
Williams, R. W.
•Williams, Alfred.
Williams, William.
Willson, Arthur L.
sWilson, John S.
*Wil8on, William Alexander
Windeat, James.
Winer, William.
Winn, Theophilus B.
11. Gold Medallist in Ulaesics.
12. Gold Medalliit in Metaphysics, &c.
1 3. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciencea.
[4. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences.
[6. Silver Medallist in Natural Sciences.
l6. Silver Medallist.
( 7. Silver Medallist in Modern Languages.
[8. Silver Medallist in Mathematicc.
0. Silver Medallist in Metaphysics, &c.
1856
Dated
Admission.
1863 B. \ . . )
1864 M.A.. i
1860 LL.B..
1863 B.A.. )
MB.. [
M.D.. )
1862 B.A.. )
1864 M.A
1865 B
1867
1869 B.A.
1870 M.A
1863 B.A
1866 B.A
1873
1866 B.A
1867 M.B
1872 M.B
1875 B.A
1867 B.A.
18b9 B.A.
1873 M.A.
1874 B.A.
B.A.. )
M.A.. '
::!
B.A.. )
M.B. . i
Withrow, William H.
Wood, Samuel George.
Woodruff, William.
^Woods, Samuel.
Woolverton, Algernon.
Woolverton, Linus.
»Wright, Thomas W.
•Wright, Adam Henry.
Wright, George Sills.
Wright, George.
Wright, Frederick Henry.
Wright, Joseph Alfred.
Y.
*Yale, Henry.
Young, F. H.
Young, George Paxton,
{Ad eundem),
*Yule, James Colton.
1872 MB.. ^Zimmerman, Richard.
t. Gold Medallist in Clai^sics.
2. Gold Medallist in Mathematics.
3. Silver Medallist in Medicine.
4. Silver Medallist in Modern Languages.
6. Silver Medallist in Classics and in Metaphysial
&c.
6. Gold Medallist and Starr Gold Medallist.
28
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
DIPLOMAS IN CIVIL ENOINEERINO.
1861 Robertson, C. F. (Prizeman.)
1862 Bellairs, Walter George. {Prizeman.)
1862 Irwin, Benoni.
1867 Brown, Gerald C. [Prizeman.)
187(' Kippax, Hargreaves.
DIPLOMAS IN AQRICULTURE.
1862 Farewell, John E. (Prizeman.)
1862 Forneri, Cosford C.
1862 Thompson, James B. (Prizeman.)
1865 Greer, George M. (Prizeman.)
1866 Morgan, James Choppin. (Prizeman.)
1867 Brjce, George. (Prizeman.)
1870 Palmer, Benson Jones.
1872 Palmer. Elgin Burpe.
1873 Madill, Francis.
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
29
UNDERQRADUATES.
FAOITLTY OF LAW.
Date of
lAdmlsslon
1869
1868
1871
1876
1867
11866
11867
[l867
1869
1874
1866
1867
1866
Alward, Silas.
Bell, A.
Christie, Donald Malcolm.
Grerar, John,
Delamere, Thomas DaTraon.
Deroohe, Hammel Madden.
Elliott, William Moore.
Fenton, Frederick.
Fitzgerald, William.
Gait, Alexander Casimir.
Ooodwillie, George Stewart.
Hill, Hammel P.
Jones, John Williamson.
Date ol
Admission.
1873 Kill am, Albert Clements.
1866 Livingston, Robert Thomson.
1868 McCabe, J.
1866 MoMurricb, William Barclay.
1874 O'SuUivan, Dennis Ambrose.
1873 7vadenhurat, George Arthur.
1867 Reesor, Henry Arthur.
1874 Robertson, William John.
1867 Rutledge, James.
1873 Scott, Henry James.
1865 Secord, John.
1870 Smythe, Edward Handley,
FACULTT OF MEDICINE.
iDate of
[Admission.
1875 Adams, V>'illiam Anderson.
1870 Aitcheson, William.
1 1869 Appelbe, James.
1 1865 Bell, Forrest F.
1873 Bentley, Richard Irvine.
18721 Birdsal, Samuel Edsal.
[1875 Bonnar, Hector Alexander.
1873 Bowerman, Albert Claude.
1867 Bredin, Richard.
1865 Brunei, John.
1867 Buchner, John L.
1 1875 Burns, Wesley Jones.
1878 Burt, Franklin.
1874 Byam, John Wesley.
Date of
Admission.
1873 Car the w, Charles Edwaid.
1867 Clarke, John.
1869 Clarke, Alfred.
1869 Clarke, Thomas Field.
1874 Clarke, C. K.
1866 Cluxtr ■:, Frederick Charles.
1866 Coulter, William.
1875 Davidson, Alexander.
1875 Duggan, Frederick Joseph.
1873 Egleston, John Phineas.
1867 Farewell, George MoGill.
1872 Farewell, Abram Alfred Inkerman.
1373 Field, Byron.
1873 Fisher, David Merritt.
^0
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
Undehoraduates.— Con/inuerf.
Sftteof
Admiwion.
1876 Gardiner, John Herbert.
1871 Gordon, James Robert.
1878 Gordon, George.
1878 Grant, Andrew.
1875 Grant, William Frank Gcrvase.
1868 Grasett, Frederick Lemaitre.
1876 GriflSn, Herbert Spohn.
1869 Hamilton, John Robert.
1870 Hamilton, Robert.
1875 Heartwell, Oliver Tiffany.
1875 Hooper, 'ihomas Howard.
1875 Jamieson, David.
1870 JohnBtoc, James Silas.
1870 Eelly, James.
1873 Kennedy, George Allan.
1870 Kijg, John Sumpter.
1866 Kitchen, Daniel Hickson.
1874 Kitchen, Edward Collver.
1869 Klow, Otto Julius.
1873 Knowlea William Rattray.
1873 Lackner, Henry George.
1870 Lavell, Charles Henry.
1875 Lehman, William.
1868 Locke, Charles F. A
1866 MaoCrimmon, Donald Alexander.
1871 Macdonald, Hugh,
1873 Minaker, AVilliam.
1871 Moran, J. B.
1873 Murray, Sydney Smith.
1865 McCosker, Joseph.
1867 McDiarmid, Duncan.
1870 McDiarmid, James.
1873 McDonagh, George Raymond.
1878 McDonald, Duncan Forbes.
1670 McFayden, Duncan.
1871 McGillivray, John Alexander.
1868 McLaren, Alexander.
1871 McLean, John.
Dat« of
Aditiiislon.
MoMaster, N. G.
McNaughton, John.
McPhedran, Alexander.
Ogg, Alexander Stark.
Orr, Rowland Beatty.
Page, Arthur Wellesley.
Perkins, Orville Juan.
Pomeroy, Jobu Reynolds,
Reeve, John Edward.
Reid, George.
Reynolds, Henry James.
Reynolds, Arthur Rowley.
RicLards, Nicholas D.
Richardson, Samuel.
Robertson, John M.
Robinson, Alexander.
Ross, James Frederick William.
Sanderson, Albert.
Sandison, Edward.
Sharpe, William Jumes.
Shaver, Alexander W.
Shaw, Frank Wood.
Shogejowaneh.
Sivewright, John Philip.
Smith, John Washington.
Spiers, Richard B.
Stone, George Wethington.
Strangways, William Franklin.
Stuart, William Theophilus.
Thompson, John Nixon.
Tyrrell, Robert Shaw.
Whiting, Matthew Alexander.
Wilkinson, Arthur.
Willcox, Marshall Bidwell.
Wilson, William John.
Yokome, Firman Richard.
Yo'ing, William Howie.
18^7
1866
1873
1873
1873
1873
1873
1875
1873
1867
1873
1875
1873
1874
1866
1873
1875
1S73
1871
1867
1873
1872
1873
1874
1875
1868
1873
1875
1873
1873
1874
1866
1869
1865
1873
1867
1869
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
UMDERaRADUATBs — Continued.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
31
Date of
.dmission.
18G0 Albert Cluoatli, p. (Ad eundem)
1872 Abrahnm, Robert Henry.
^873 Adnir, Jamea.
1872 Aiklns, William Heber.
^873 Aikins, Henry Wilberforce.
1873 Alexander, William John.
1869 Allison, James.
[864 Amo8, Walter.
1865 Anderson, John MoKenzie.
1870 Arkland, Henry JoLn.
1871 Armour, Edward Douglas.
1871 Armstrong, John.
1873 Arthy, Edward Westbend.
|1866 Atkinson, John Sangstcr.
11869 rain, George Wallace.
■1873 Baird, Andrew.
11868 Baldwin, Edmund St. George.
1869 Balfour, John Page.
1870 Barr, Isaac.
1875 Barron, Robert.
1874 BatOH, Joseph Irving.
1875 Pates, Stuart Samuel L.
1874 Seattle, Daniel.
1870 Beckett, Samuel L.
1872 Bell, James Washington.
11874 Bell, Andrew James.
|l873 Beynon, George William.
11873 Beynon, Thomas Barnes.
|l868 Bickle, William.
[1875 Bitzer, Conrad.
11874 Black. William.
[1872 Blackadar, Alfred Kimball.
[1872 Boyd, Charles.
11873 Bowec, Edward Addison Emmet.
[l875 Bowa, John Campbell Ferrie.
11871 Britton, William.
11867 Brown, William Godbee.
11872 Brown, Thomas.
[1873 Brown, Edward Betley.
1 1873 Brown, James Roland.
DAto of
AdmissioD
1870
1870
ir<72
1869
1868
1872
1874
1875
1875
1872
1874
1875
1871
1872
1872
1875
1807
1866
1874
K-70
1871
1871
1871
1875
1874
1874
1869
1875
1874
1870
1875
18V5
1870
1873
1872
1873
1875
1874
1870
1875
Bruce, John.
Bryant, John Ebecezer.
Bryce, Ptter.
Burnham, George Herbert.
Burton, Warren.
Cameron, John. i
Cameron, John William.
Cameron, Edward Robert.
Cameron, John Donald.
Campbell, Peter Sinclair.
Campbell, Alexander Urquhart.
Campbell, John Henry Mayne.
Canby, Benjamin Franklin.
Carey, Robert Dubree.
Cftrralchael, William.
Curruthers, John.
Caswell, David John.
Clivers, John.
Chisholm James.
Christie, Donald Malcolm.
Clark. Donald K.
Clark, Malcolm Sinclair.
Clarkson, Charles.
Cleaver, Solomon.
Clement, William Henry Pope.
Clements, Edgar Nourood.
Clum.\ Guildford Dudley.
Cole, Addison.
Condon, Frederick Tennyson.
Cook, William.
Copeland, Charles Moore.
Corcoran, Thomas.
Covernton, Theodore Selby.
Cox, John Loane.
Craig, James Penrhyn.
Craigie, James.
Crawford, Horace Edgar.
Crowle, Frederick William.
Crysler, Alexander.
Culbam, Joseph Alexander.
32
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
UMDBBQEADUATKS^Co/i/inUfrf.
Data
of 1
Admiulon. |
1874
CummiDgs, Richard Black.
1869
Davidson, Robert Gordon.
1875
Datidson. Alexander Bruce.
1870
Davis, Thomas Robert.
1878
Davis, Samuel Percy.
1876
Davis, Ghent.
1878
Davison, James.
1875
Davison. John Lorenzo.
1874
Dawson, James.
1876
Delany. John Walter.
1876
Dickson, John Elder.
1870
Dixon, John.
1875
Dobbe, Ogilvie Graham.
1873
Dobbyn, William Richard.
1872
Doherty, John.
1871
Donnelly, John Henry.
1869
Dow, John Bill.
1869
Duif, Samuel J.
1872
Eakiiis, William George.
1873
Eastman, Snrauel Henry.
1873
Eede, Charles.
1875
Elliott, John Wilson.
1871
English, Edward Noble.
1865
Evatt, William Worts.
1875
Fairbauk, Henry Adiugton.
1874
Farmer, Jones.
1874
Farquharson, James.
1875
Fenwick, Murray M.
1871
Field, George Washington.
1872
Findlay, David.
1876
Fitzsimmons, William.
1869
Fleming, Tohn.
1871
Fox, Edward T.
1870
FuUerton, James.
1875
Galbraith. Robert Alfred.
1875
Gibson, John.
1875
Gilmore, Thomas Henry.
1869
Glashan, John Cadenhead.
1870
Goggin, David James.
1868
Goldie, John.
1870
Gordon, Charles.
1871
Graham, James Young.
Date of
Admiulon.
1875 Graham, William Hugh.
1872 Grant, Wilbur.
1875 Ounn, Robert.
1875 Gunn, William.
1874 Hague, Dyson.
1870 Hall, Baldwin.
1874 Hamilton, James.
1870 Hankey, Francis Longsdon.
1872 Harris, Elmore.
1871 Hirrison, Thomas Shaw.
1873 Harstone, John Chedley.
1873 Hnyter, Frederic Edwin.
1872 Head, Sampson Leslie Howell.
1872 Hellmuth, Isidore, Frederick.
1875 Herridge, William Thomas.
18 4 Hodge, Robert.
1872 Hodgius. Frank Egerton.
1807 Hope, Robert Knight.
1870 Hourigau, Andrew.
1873 Houston, John.
18()9 Hoyles, Alfred Liddell.
1874 Hunt, William Homer.
1871 Hunter, James Henry.
1873 Hunter, James iMacfie.
1873 Hunter, William Armstrong.
1871 Huid, Hiram Scott.
1874 Hutt, Erostus Robert.
1875 Inglis, George.
1873 Innes, Alexander.
1875 Jacques, George Mortimer.
1873 Jardine, William Wilson.
] 868 Johnson, William DeGcer.
1873 Johnston, Adam.
1874 Johnston. James Ronald-
1872 Jones, James Robert.
1868 Junor, Kenneth Frank.
1875 Justin, Benjamin Franklin.
1872 Kelly, John George.
1874 Kennedy, Robert William.
1 872 Kerby, John Ross.
1873 Kerr, John.
1874 Keys, David Reade.
UNIVERSITY OP TORONTO.
S8
VsjymavLADVATtB— Continued.
Mell.
mer.
inry.
icfie.
Lrmstrong.
t.
lert.
[ortimer.
DeGoer.
lonald.
itt.
ank.
Franklin.
!i.
William.
Date of
IdinisBion,
1871 Kinrncle, Thomas Lnchlan.
1 Langton, Willinin Alexander.
! Latlirop, Chiirlt's Hiirvey.
I Lawrence, Fred.
Lees, James Edward.
Loan, John.
Lonergiin, Mioliaol L. 8.
Macfurlano, Peter A.
I Macliell, Henry Tbomas.
Mackenzie, Donald Cameron.
Mackenzie, James Alexander.
MacLaron, David.
MacLaren, David.
Magill, Hugh.
Marling, Artliur Woodiiouse.
Marshall, Ii-aao Norton.
Matthews, George.
Meredith, Tiiomus Graves.
Millar, Charlps.
Millar, Peter.
Montgomery, Henry.
Moore. Alvln Joshua.
Morgan, Joseph.
Morphy, Henry Edmund.
Morrow, Walter.
Muckle, John.
Muuro, Donald.
McAlease, William Valleau.
McBiide, William.
McCallum, Malcolm.
McCarty, Daniel.
McCttul, Charles Coursolles.
McColl, Duncan.
MoDermid, Duncan.
McDiarmid, John.
McDonald, Donald.
McDonald, John.
McDonald, James.
McDougall, James.
McEwen, Peter Arthur.
McFarland, Harry John.
MoGill, Solomon George,
5
D»tc of
AdniiMion.
1873 McGregor, John Ormond.
1875 McGregor, Malcolm.
1870 MoKay, Emanuel.
1872 McKechnie, D. L.
1874 McKcohnie, Neil Sinclair.
1876 McLaren, George.
1807 MoLcod, John.
1876 McMiuD, William John Robertson.
1808 McMurchy, John Donald.
1875 McMurricli, James Playfair.
1876 McPhail, Daniel Frederick.
1869 -MoPhadyen, Hugh.
1873 McQuilkin, Samuel.
1874 Nason, Henry.
1873 Nicholson, Edward Elcock.
1874 Northrup, William Barton.
1870 Ogden, Walter Huntingdon.
1873 O'Hanly, John Mitchell.
1872 O'Rourke, Thomas Alfred.
1863 Orr, Robert Kimball.
1874 Orr, William Andrew.
1873 Orth, Malcolm Cameron.
1874 Page, Thomas Otway.
1 868 Panton, James Hoyes.
1872 Paterson, David Smith.
1876 Patterson, James Wilson.
1875 Pendrey, Robert.
1872 PerkinS; Jacob.
1872 Philip, William Knox.
1870 Phillips, Sylvanus.
1874 Pollock, James Edward.
1873 Ponton, William Nesbitt.
1862 Porter, George H.
1866 Porter, John M.
1874 Proctor, Edward Robert Chamber-
lain.
1868 Panshon, John William Viokers.
1876 Pyne, Albert Roberts.
1875 Ramsay, David Millar.
1876 Reddiok, David.
1873 Redditt, Thomas Henry.
1869 Rich, Albert Russell.
34
m
I
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
UHDIUORADCATBB -Conrtntterf.
Oftto of
Knte of
AdmlHloii.
AclmlMion.
1867
Hichtnond, John M.
1872
Steele, Alexander.
1860
Robertson, Francis BeTerloy.
1870
Stevenson, Ephraim.
1870
Robertson, Charles.
1805)
Stewart, George.
1869
Roger, Robert.
186'.>
Ktcwnrt John Hniith.
1870
Rolpb, Thomas Taylor.
1872
Stcwiirt, Joseph William Alexander
1871
Ross, John.
1871
Stuart, John.
1871
Ross, Robert Armstrong.
1876
Sullivan, Frederick Eyre.
1874
Ross, Herbert Charles.
1875
iSutlicrland, Alexander.
1874
Ross, William Ootavius.
1873
Tait, Donald.
187)
Russell, Alexander.
1870
Taylor, Samue'. John.
1874
Russell, John.
I860
Thomson, Thomas.
1873
Ruttan, Robert Fulfurd.
1874
Tibb, John Campbell.
1872
Scott, William.
1862
Tilley, John James.
1870
Secord, Herbert Canning.
1873
Troy, William Dennis.
1876
Shaw, Alexander BoleM.
1869
Tully, Andrew Farquhar.
1875
Shieldc, Alexander.
1874
Turnbull, John A.
1875
Simmonds, Richard Roesor.
1871
Tyrrell, Robert Shaw.
1878
Simpson Caleb Piatt,
1871
Tundbiburg, James Francis.
1865
Smith, Charles.
1867
VanEvery. William Oliter.
1870
Smith, James Bray.
1874
Wallace, William George.
1872
Smith, George Henri.
1872
Walsh, William Legh.
1878
Smith, Ira.
1869
Watt, Robert.
1874
Smith, John Sidney.
1875
Weir, Samuel John.
1875
Smifi, George.
1869
Wellp, George Washington.
1876
Smoke, Samuel Clement.
1872
Wcthcrell, James Elgin.
1876
Smyth, William John.
1875
White, William.
1871
Snyder, Thomas.
1869
Wicher, Thomas.
1875
Somerville, George Anderson.
1866
Wiggins, R. Stephen.
18C4
Sparling, George B.
1873
Wilson, John.
1873
Spotton, William Spenser.
lf74
Wolverton, Newton.
1873
Stalker, Daniel.
1867
Young, Thomas.
ITNIVER8ITY OF TORONTO.
8»
Undeiiobauuatkb — Conllnutd.
CIYIL ENOIHEERINO.
Date of
Adniiuloii.
1868
Brough, ReilmonJ John.
1865
Brown, Miles.
186U
Brown, Arthur.
1878
Christie, Frederic Webster.
1875
Fowlils, FreJoriclt Willium
1875
Griffin, Albert Dyltc.
1878
Irvine, Chnrles Robert.
1869
Kains, Tliomas.
1808
Killfily, Richard Fleming.
1869
Kiotz, Otto Julius.
18C8
Leonard, Edwin E.
1872
McNabb, John Fitzpatrick.
1867
Ormond, James £.
1869
Pearce, William.
1868
Peters, Samuel Frank.
1873
Ro8.s, Oeorge.
1875
Stewart, Robert.
1866
Watson, John George.
1871
Wilson, James.
AGRICULTURE.
Date of
Admiusion.
1808
Collins, Joseph Jonathan.
1870
Eadie, Robert.
1871
Fothergill, Augustus T.
1865
McLaren, W.
1871
Slade, Arthur.
1866
Squier, Isaac C.
1866
Wells, Alimando Jease.
96
UNIVERSITY OF TOUONTO.
mftMmUp.
MATRICULATION, 1876.
Arts, (Senior Matrk-ulation).
OUuilcit Hmokk, S. C Private tuition with Head MaHter
I'aris Ilififli Hfliool.
Malliematlca Mim.ah, P., from Peterlxirougli C'oliugiato Iimtitute. ||
Oeneral Profinency \ . ^.
'' " \ Hmokk, H. 0.
Arts, (Junior Mathiculation.)
Classics. I. IfKiiRMMiR, \V. T., (Troblc) from Ifainilton Col-
legiate liiHtitute.
ICJamkiion, J. 1),, (Douhlo) from ('tumdian Liter-
ary IiiHtitute, Woodstock.
CuMiAM, J. A., from Wliitl)y High Schot)!.
Mathematics, 1. Somkrvili.k, (}. A., (Double) from Whitby High
School, and with W. Dale, M.A.
2. Hkhkidok, W. T.
3. Davison, J. L., from New})urgh High School, "l
and jtrivate study.
English, Fmich, .t HiMory . . Weir, S. J., (Double) from Oalt High School.
General Proficiency 1. Hp.rkidue, ^V. T.
2. Weir, S. J,
3. Cameron, J. D.
4. HOMERVILLE, G. A.
5. Davison, J. L.
6. DioKSON, J. E., from Newmarket High School.
7- Elliott, J. W., from Upper Canada College.
UNIVKRHITV OF TORONTO.
n
Kiviniltoii Col-
;iiia<liau Liter-
mtdnU, ^tMmfiip, mA ^x\m.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
H)\A) MKDAL...
UF.VKIl MKDAL.
ITAIIR (lOI.I) MKDAI...
JITAIIH HIIiVKIl MKDAL
FACULTY OF ARTS.
Jlfunlrs CJOLI) MKDAL
' SIFiVKK MKDAL
(atki-malii-H (iOLD MKDAL. . . ,
HILVKU MKDAL.
Mudcrn Ltiiujitaijcn (SOLD MEDAIi . . .
SriiVKR MEDAL.
ralurnl Srienri'H GOLD MWDAL . . .
•• SILVER MEDAL
I, II
<i
II
Mefaph/sict, and Etlncti . . . .(SOLD MEDAL. . .
.... SILVER MKDAL.
HHirntN, W.
I. WlllTR, J.
'J. FJknnktt, J. H.
X Eakinh, .1. E.
BitrrroN, W.
L WllITK, J.
2. HKNNicrr. J. H.
K, Rii, F. W.
1. Bovi), F, L.
2. Snidkr, D. M,
3. Hailstonk, L.
KiNd, VV. F.
\. FoRsyrii, D.
Shaw, O. E.
L Embkek, L. K.
2. ar.m.st110nu, t. c. l
Fletcher, W.
1. Smyth. T. H.
2. McCoy, J.
3. WlLKIE, J.
('ar.s<.;aijukn, T.
L Meattie, F. R.
., I McDiARMID, A. P.
I MC'MUROHIK, J.
^(MmUp,
FACULTY OF..LAW.
^HIRD YEAR G'Sullfvan, D. A.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
riRST YEAR Griffin, H. S.
SECOND YEAR Stuart, W. T.
CHIRD YEAR McPhedran, A.
38
UNIVKKHITV UV TOIIONTO.
FACULTY OP ARTH.
i
Urffk mill L'lUn
• « (1
Ut Year . . .
. ■ . 1.
M i>
2iiil Your .. .
II M
II II
MnlheuiiitirH
.Inl Year ...
iHt Yonr . . .
... 12.
... 2.
i>
It
II
Modern IjHimuani'*,
II (t
Xdhiml Scieiiri'M . . .
K it
AfetaithijuU'^, <(r . . ,
.2nil Your I.
•• 'J.
.3rtl \i3\\r
,iJu(l Your
.:<r.l Your
.'iiid Your
..'k.l Your
Uml Your
.:»r(l Your
<i
IliMorif and C'li'il I'ufi/i/
SjiiTiiil PrDfii'knrii in nii/>- \
jecfH othfr Hum ( Iukxii'h '
and MnlhHiinifirM . . . . \ '-'"•^ ^'^'""
Omerul Pvejicifnnj I at Yonr
■ II II II
II
II
II
II
II
■ I
II
II
II
II
II
• 1
II
II
.'2ii(l Yoar
... 1.
2.
... 3.
,.'. 4.
... B.
... 1.
2.
3.
. " 4.
.Srd Yoar I.
,..2.
.. 3.
,..4.
II
It
MoKIIAN, .1.
Kak.mkh, J. (|)oullll>, )
Wktmkhkm., if. K.
JoiiNHToN, A. ('I'rolilo. )
Nkiiolhon, K. v.,
ilAitUIS, K.
llvVTK.lt, V. v..
Hamilton, .1.
ItiiYANT, A. v.. (DollMo.)
(!<»x, .]. L
Ml.AI'KADAK, A. K. (Dolllllo.)
JullNSTON, A.
Kakinh, vv. <;.
Davh, S. I*.
AltKAIIAM, I!. I(.
Kastmav, S. If.
SrKWAKT, .F. W. A.
BuvrK, I'. (Doiihto.)
Kkvs, I>. |{. (Doiihlo.
Bowks H. a. I',. (|)<iiil)lo.)
Nason, II.
C'lll.SIIOKM, .1,
Kahmku, .1.
Kkvs, I). |{.
TIaouk, J).
•lollN.STOV, A.
Bhvant, .J. E.
Ho\VK.s, K. A. K.
TONTON, W. N.
Hi.aukauai<, A. K.
(.'AMrBBLL, P, .S.
BuvcE, p.
I*ATEU.SON, I). S.
French Prose
Oerman Prose
Oriental Lanyuaifet .
^vim.
«
II
.3r(l Year^
.2nd Year*
. Ist Year
Fletcher, W,
Shaw, G. E.
Shaw, G. E.
Harris, E.
Baird, A.
Balfour, J. P.
ITNIVRIIHITY OK TOHONTO.
39
SUBJECTS FOU I'UIZK COMI'UBITIONS, IS7G.
3l<KKK Vf.iihk : (l(inil). Trim. Aoiit.)
Milton Siiiimoii AKoiiiHtfH, tniiii "I whh ii fool too riuih " to "in
hJH wild Hory tligiit. "
IIhkkk Pkosk :
VV. S, Liiiilor -IiimK'"i''.V (!oiivi!iHiiti(»im ; lioril Hrooko nml Sir Philip
Siilnry, from " Miit iiwiiy, ivwivy witli politicH " to " itulifroroiico uikI
inuoiiHtiviicy. "
Latin Vkhhk :
" Kyporburui 'rriuinpbi."
Latin ruosR :
Moriviilci -llomiu,H umlor tlio Eiiipiro, Vol. IV., oh. xxxviii., p. 3.10, from
" 'I'he BilcMce of history throws » veil " to " oompausion of the otleude«l
omporor," p. .'136.
EnOMHH I'llOHK :
"Tho (!rc80ciit jvnd the ('ross."
^caiHii Vkuhk:
"Tho Fountains of tho Nile."
|"'i(KN»ii Pkohr :
(Subject to 1k) nnnouncod at tlio time «if writing).
Jkrman Phohk :
(Subject to bo announced at tho time of writing).
fo bo wriUen in tho lUlI, in tlin proiuncu of tho ExaminefH.
Tho Compositions (witli tho exception of tho French and Cjorinan Prose) signed
^ith fictitious namo or motto, and accompanied by an envelope having atvoh
ctitinus name or motto on tho outside, and tho author's namo inside, must
forwarded by post to tho Registrar on or befoio the first day of May.
mni^nnit9 of srotonto«
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
JUNIOR MATIUCULATIUN.
grei:k.
Eicaminer : W. D. Peauman, M.A.
Translate :
X Al*. Kal Tr6(T(p SiKaioTepov av ifii, S> 'Ep/MTJ, hraivoiev^
09 aiirov troi rov MiKwva fier oXiyov ^vXKaficov ivdrfvofiat
if TO aKa<f)i8iov, ottotuv ■qKrj tt/jo? rifia<i inro tov dvaXcoro-
ruTov TOiv avrar/wvKTT&v KarairaTuiiadeU tov ©avdrov,
firjhe ^vveVi otto)? ainov vtrocrKeXltiei , -^nrra olfuo^erai,
■fffiiv SriKaSr) fieixvrjfiivof r&v crre^dvcop Tovrmv Kai rov
KpoTov vvv Se fieya <f)povei $avfiatpfievo<i ctti tw tov
Tavpov (fiopd. Tt 8' ol>v oirjOoifiev ; dpa gKitL^uv airrov koI
Tedyrj^etrOal ttotc ;
SO A. OvBi (Tihrjpov iKeiv6<9 ye 8e»/(r€T<„t, a\X' ^v re
voKkov r]v T€ ypva-ov uvady<i, aXXoif jtiv ttotc KTrjfia Koi
epfiaiov earrj avaTt6eiKCi><; rj <i>(OK€v<riv ^ BotwTOt?^ AeX-
^ot9 ftvToif 7] Tivi Tvpdvvq) TJ Xrj(rTfj T^ Be 0€O) oklyop
fiekei T&v a&v 'xpvtro'rroi&v.
KPOIS. 'Aet av fiov Tij) TrXovrrp irpornro'Kiefieh Kn\
hveK.
EPM. Ov <f>epet 6 Au^9, w Xapwi;, Tr)V irappqaluv
Koi TTjv oKrjBeLav t&v Xoyuv, dWd ^evov cinw BoKel to
7rpay/xa, Trev7)<i dvOpatTros ov^ viroTTT'^aawP, to ht irapia-
Tafievov eXevOepayf Xeytov. fiefivrfaeTai 8' ohf /jlikoov
ixTTepov TOV 26X(it)j;o9, OTav airrov Berj dXovTa iiri ttjv
irvpdv virh tov K.vpov dva'^dijvai' ijKova-a yap t^9 KXw-
Oov'; Trpt^rjv dva/^ivaKTKOVcn]<i to, e/caoT^ einKeKXaxTfievOi
ev oh Ka\ Taxha lyeypairTO, K.pctcrov fiiv dX&vat inro
Kupov, Kvpov Be avTov vir CKeivr/al Trjf MacraajyeTi^o^
dtrodavelv' 6pa<i Trjv ^Kvd^a, ttjv eirl tov vkitov tovtov
TOV XevKov e^eXavvovaav.
LuciAN, Charon.
1. Parse iiraivotev, reBv^^ecdait auareBeiKm, eVt^e^Xaxr-
fjbevUf oK&vai.
2. Give the derivation ami Latin equivalent of imnffKe-
\t^€t, \r]<TT^f and nrapprfaiav.
a. Mark the (quantity of tliu penult, of Av8o?, 'xpvtrov
4. Discriminate between the uwes of iiri with (o) Oeui-
tive, (/9) Dative, (7) Accusative.
II.
Tr»rsb-'v
hei^acra he /jloi, ra roaavra KUfii rotv iiraivovaiv
eKelvoK iiravrf^a/yev avOi<i omert. rijv icrdyTa HKeivr}v ivSe-
SvKOTtt, 7)1/ el'X^ov d(f>i7rrdiJ,evo<(, cOOC efioi eSoKovv einrdpv-
^6v Tt<? eirav^Kelv. KaraXaf^ovaa ovv Koi top irarepa
iar&Ta koi Trepifieiiovra eSeUvui-v avro) eKeimjv rr)v
etrOrjra KUfie, oloii ijKut.fit, Kai ti koX imefivqaiv, ola
fiiKpov Setv irepX e/nov i/SovXevaamo. ravra fiifivijfiai
i8a)V diniTrai'i en Sv, ip.ol 8ok€1, eKTapayOeh Trpo<i top
TO)v irXrjy&v <p6^ov. uera^v 8e Xiyovrof, HpuKKei^, ecfnj
TW, <09 fiuKpov TO ivvirviov Kol BlKavlKOV.
LuciAN, Vita.
1. Explain '':o construction of (a) olos ^Koifii. (/3j ficxpov
Bell'.
2. Parse t-fxronu.. Give the derivation of ehirdpv^o'i.
3. What is the force of the preposition in the following
coiiapounds : ivavt/Keiv, KaraXa^ovaa, vireuviiaev, cKra-
pa-x^cK ?
4. Decline 'Hpa/cXet?. Comparie fiaKp6<i'
in.
Translate :
Tr)v jilv yap aiv vtjI dofj eXf/cwTre? 'Axaiol
'E? Xpti<rr)v TrifiTTovaiv, ayovai, 8e Satpa apa/cri'
Tr]p Bt piop Kkiair}dep efiap KrjpvKe^ arfovr€<i
Kovpi)p Bpi<rfjo<i, ri]P p.01 hoaap vUt 'Ayai&p.
'A\\a aif, ei Zvpoural ye, irepia-'xeo TrotOo? er}o<:'
^EKdovff^OvXvfiirovSe Ala \iaai, einoTe 8ij ti
*H hrei wpijaa:' Kpahirjv Ato? ^t koX tpytp.
HoXKoKi yap treo ttot/jo? ev\ fieydpoiarip aKovaa
-1
^vy(pfjL€vryif ot' i<fyr}<r0a KeXaive^i Kpouuovi
Ott} iv aOavdroKTiv aeiKca \0t70i' a/Mvvai,
'OTTTTOTe fiiv ^vv^aat, 'OXv/xirioi ■qOeXov aWoi,
"Hprj T rfie ^otruhdoiv KoX Y\aXKa<i ' kBriinj.
'A\Xa (Tvrov 7' eXBovaa^ Oea, vireXvaao hea-fiStVy
^ilX f'^aT07%eipoi; KaXeaaa eV fioKpov "OXu/nroy,
'^Op Bpidpewv KaXeovai deoi, avSpe'i 8i re TTiivTe^
Air/aUov' 6 yap avre ^ij) oh irarpb^ dfieivioV
"O9 pa Trapa Kpovmvi Kade^ero Kv6ei yaiu)v>
T^i/ fitv hreir kirl 0(Ofwv ar/cov 7ro\uai;Tt9 '08v<ro-ev5
Tlarpl <f>iX^ iv yepo"! rl0ei, Kai fiiv irpoaketirev'
"'fit Xpvcrtj, TTpo fi eirefiyfrev dva^ avopwv ' Aya/iifAVOiv
llaiSd re trol dykfiev, ^olfiw 0" ieprju eKarofjb^rjv
'Ve^ai virlp ^avatov, 6i\>p iXatrofieaOa dvaKTU^
"O9 vvv ^ApyeiOKTt iroXvaTOva Krjihe e^Kev.' '
'^Slf eiTTtov iv %epo"i riOei, 6 8' iSi^aro ■^aipmv
HaiBa <f)iXr]v. toI S' wxa deM KXeiTrjv eKarop^ijv
■ 'E^€iij<i ea-TTja-au i^SfirjTov irep\ fiatfiov,
KepviyfravTO S' eTrecra Kal ovXo')(vTa'i dviXovTO.
» Homer, Iliad, I.
1. Parse e^av, irepitr'^eo, Xiaai, wvtjorast iXaao/Jbeardaf
i<Trr}<Tav.
2. Give the dervTition oi' eXiKa)'rr€'if)(€pvi^avro,ovXaXvra^.
li. Scan the first two lines of extrjict (a) Tr}v fiev yap
K.T.X. and €9 Xpva-ijv k.t.X.
4 What is the strict sense of ev^ofiai ? How does Homer
employ the appellations ^K-yatoi, Kaimoi, and 'Apyeioi ?
5. Give a short account of the various theories, which
have been jnopounded respecti^ig the authorship of the
Iliad and Cdyasey.
/
T
^^
!• wm
nni\»tvmp of STototito.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
JUNIOK MATRICULATION.
GREEK.
HONORS AND SCHOLARSHIPS.
Examiner : W. D. PearmAN, M.A.
L
Translate : ^
'EttcI 8e KaT€Trifiif>dij trrrb tov irarpo^ aaTpdirrf^ AvB{a^
,Te Koi 4>/3tryta? t)}? fieydXri'i Koi KaTrrraBoKta^, arpaTifyo^
Be Koi trdvrtov dvehei^dij oh xaOi^icei etV Kaa-raKov
Trehiov ddpoi^eadai, irpSn'^' aeu erreBei^ev avrov on wt/yl
•rrkeiaTov ttoioito, ei T<p (nreUrairo icai et rtp awOotro
Kal ei rtp xmoa'^oiro ri, p/nfiev ■^vheaOeu. #coi 7^/3 ofe/
iirltrrevov fiev avr^ al -jroXet? einTpeirofievai^ iirumvov
5' ol avBpes' koI ei tk iroXepAo^: eyevero, (nreurafiivov
Kvpov eiria-Teve firjBlv av irapd t^9 cnrovBh>i iraBelv.
Toiyapovv hreX '^uraa^pvei ivoTU/Jurfffe, traaai al '/roKeK
eKovatu Kvpov eXyuovro ami Turaatfiipvov^ TrXrjv MiKij-
(Ticov o{fToi Be on om rjdeXe tou? <f>€vyovTa<: irpokadtu
ifofiovvro avrov. koX ydp cpyp hreBeOcwro Koi eXeyev
on ovK av irore Tpooho, evel arrra^ (f>iko^ avroU iyhferOf
ovB* el en fiev pxiov<i yevoivro^ en Be xdKiov trpd^eiav.
^vepo^ B* Tjv, Kal e'l tk n dr^aOov ^ Kaiutv iroiriaeiev
aiiTov, viKav 'rreip(op,evo<i' Kal ev^v Be nve^ avrov e^-
^pov (09 €V)(piTo rotrovrov j^ovov ^v ecrre viKt^ koX
TOV? el> Kal Tou? KaKm iroiovvra^ dXe^o/ievo^. xal yap
oiv 'jrXe'iiTToi Brj axnm evC ye dvBpl t&v e^ rffiStv eiredv-
p>rjaav Ka\ ')(pripa.Ta Kal TroXet? kcu ra eavr&v (TWfiaTa
Trpoitrdai.
X£NOPHON, Anabasis 1.
1. Varae inro&yovro, viiet/n}, trirttnairo^ irpooiro. Mark
the quantity of the penult, of KiiKiov, ttcBiov, and ktreheiKvino.
2. Describe the gcogruphicul position of (a) ^Ppvyiaf rifi
fi€yd\r}f:, (6) KaarioXov Trehiov.
II.
Translate :
Ofrr' apa wolfivjjffiv Karatv'yeraL our' aporoiaiv
'Aw' ^ y a<nrapTo<i kox dv^poTO<i fifiara irdvra
^Avhp&v yijpevH, ^ocricu he re fir^Kaha^ alrya'i.
Ov yap KvKXayjreaai vea vdpa fiiXroirdptjoi,
Oi»8' avBpev vij&v hi riKTOve^, oi m Kdfxoiev
Nfja^ ivaaiXfiovi, ai kcv reXioiev exaara
Xaji eir dvdpammv Uvevfisvai, old re TroWa
"Ai/Spe? err' tt\\»;\oi;<? vqvariv rrepocoai ddXaaaav
or K€ erifnv Kal vrjerov ivftrifievrjv eKafiovro.
Oit fiev ydp ti kuxij ye, ^epoi he kcv &pia irdvra'
'Ev p.h yap Xetfi&ve<! dXb^ TroXtoio trap o^Oa^
"ThpijXol fiaXaKoi. fidXa k o^Oitoi afnreXot eUv.
'Ev S' apoais Xeirj' fidXa Kev ^adv Xrfiov alei
Ei9 &pa^ dfiwev erreX fidXa Triap xnr ol>ha<{.
'Evhe Xi/xrjv evopfio<if iv ov xpeo) treiafiaro^ eanv^
Oin evvhf fiaXeeiv o6t€ irpvfivrjm dvd^ai,
'AW' eTTtKiXaauraf fielvai ypovov, elf o Ke vaxnewv
^Vfio<i etrorpvvri Kai etnirveva-axnv drjjai.
A inhp etrl Kparof Xifievo^: peei dyXaov vhwp,
Kpi]vi] vTTo <nreiovS' trepl o' aiyeipoi rre^vaaiv.
HoMEii, Ody%ie^ iX.
1. Parse d/jk^Pf arp-ai, elevy tre^vaaiv. Give the deriva-
tion of fuXrcmapi}0Ly Treiarfiaro'}.
2. Give the Latin equivalent of &pia, 6vfi6<i, Trpvfiv^aia.
Translate
in.
Xapfiihr)v he rov VXamowo^ opStv d^ioXoyov fiev dvhpa
ovray Ka\ troXX^ hvvardnepov rmv rd iroXniKa rore
irpaTTovrofv, oKvovvra he Trpoaievai t«o h^fiq) Kai rwv t^s
7ro\€a)9 irpar/fid-rcdv iirifieXeiaOai, " EtTre fioi," e^, " &
Xap/xihf}, ell rt?, tKavof &v tovs <TTe<f>aviTa<i dryatva^ vucdv,
Ka\ hid TOVTo avT6<i re Tifidirdat Ka\ rrjv irarpiha ev rtj
'EXXuhi evhoKififOTepav iroieiv. fiij 0iXoi dymvl^eadai,
voiov Tiva Toinov vofil^oi^ dv tov dvhpa elvai ;" " hijXov
^mmm.
ori,** ([ijnfj " ftoKoKov re Koi BeiXop.*' " Et Be ta9,'* Hiftjf,
" Bvvcro^ &v T&v T»/s' TToXeoK Trpayfidrav hrifieXofievo^
rrjv re ',ro\t,v av^eiv Ka\ avrof Sia rovro rifiaadai^ oKvoitj
8r} toOtc vparreiv, ovk hv elKorto^ heCKo<i vofii^oiro ;"
''"lo-eov," €<fyij' " drap rrpo^ri fie ravr iputra^;' "'^Ort,"
f<^, " olfial ere, Bvvarov ovra, oKvelv eirifxeXeladai, teal
ravra &v avdyKt} aoi fierejdeiv rroKirn ye 6vrt,."
Xenophon, MemoraHlia.
1. wy&vaf{ viKav. To what class does tho accusative in
this construction belong ?
2. Give a short account of the writings of Xenophon.
Ti
m%%i\$tvniin of croronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 187n.
JUNIOR MATRTOITLATTON.
LATIN.
Kxamhur : S. Arthur Marlinu, M.A.
I.
Translate :
Quern enim imperatorem possumus ullo in numcro
putare, oujua in exercitu veneant crnturiatus atque ven-
ierint ? Quid hunc hominem magnum aut amplum de
republica cogitate, qui pecuniiim,ex nerario depromptam
ad bellum udministrandum, aut propter cupiditatem
provincisB magistratibus diviserit nut propter avaritiam
Romoe in qusestu reliquerit ? Vestra admurmuratio facit,
Quirites, ut agnoscere videamini, qui haec fecerint ; ego
antem nemincm nomino : quure irasci mihi nemo potcrit,
nisi qui ante de se voluerit confiteri. Itaque, propter
banc avaritiam imperatorum, quantas calnmitates, quo-
curaque ventum sit nostri exercitus ferant, quis ignorat?
Itinera, qute per hosce aniios in Italia per ngros atque
oppida civium Romanorum nostri iraperatores fecerunt,
recordamini : turn facilius statuetis, quid apud exteras
nationes fieri existimetis. Ut; m plures arbitramini
per hosce annos militum vcstrorum armis hostium urbes,
an hibernis sociurum civitates esse deletas ? Neque enim
poteiit exercitum is continere imperator, qui se ipsum
non continet ; neque sever us esse in judicando, qui alios
in se severos esse judices non vult. Hie miramur, hunc
hominem tantum excellere ceteris, cujus legiones sic in
Asiam pervenerint, ut nori modo manus tanti exercitus,
sed ne vestigium quidem cuiquam pacato nocuisse dica-
tur ?
Cicero, pro. Leg. Mamh
1. Cujui, kc. What is the allusion ?
2. Distinguish iho uses of the subjunctive mood which
occur in the extract.
8. Parse venierint, poterit.
4. Decline hiberni$,plureatrepublica,neminem ; give the
other degrees of comparison of faoiliua and exterat ; and
conjugate agnotoere, iraaei, and excellere.
6. Explain the syntax of ventum aity Mherniay ceteria.
6. Distinguish noatri and noatrum (gen. plu.), imperium
and poteataa^ ullua nnd aliquia, ararium ftndj Jiacua, aeti
and autem,
7. Explain the meaning of cupiditatem provinciee, in
quceatu, itinera recordamini.
II.
Translate :
Primus se, Danaum magna comitanto catervn,
Androgens offert nobis, socia agmina credens
Inscius, atque ultro verbis compellat amicis :
* Festinate, viri : nam quae tnm sera moratur
Segnities ? alii rupiunt incensa fcruntquc
Pergama : vos celsis nunc priraum a navibus itis ?'
Dixit ; ot extemplo — ncque cnim responsa dabantur
Fida satis — sensit medios delapsus in hostes.
Obstupuit, retroque pedem cum voce repressit.
Improvisum aspris veluti qui sentibus anguem
Pressit humi nitcns, trepidusque repente refu^it
Attollentem iras, et cserula colla tumentem :
Uaud secus Androgens visu tremefuctus abibat.
Irruimus, densis et circumfundimur armis ;
Ignarosque loci passim et formidine captos
Sternimus. Aspirat primo fortuna labori.
Atque hie successu exsultans animisque Coroebus,
* socii, qua prima,' inquit ' fortuna salutis
Monstrat iter, quaque ostendit se dextra, sequamur.
ViKGiL, ^neid, II. vv. 370-388.
1. 8enait fioatea, attollentem^ labori^ dextra. Explain
the constructions.
2. Conjugate eomitante^ compellat, ohatupuit, repreaait.
3. Distinguish the meanings, according to quantity, of
nitena, venimiba, labere.
4. Ultro. What is the force ?
m.
VanflUte :
Hio miht ncsoio quod trepido male numen amioum
Confusam eripuit mentem. Namque avia oumu
Dum sequor, et nota exoedo regione viarum,
Hea ! misero oonjux f atone erepta CreUna
Subslitit, erravitne via, seu lossa reBedit,
Inoertum ; neo post ooulis est reddita nostris.
Nee prius amissam respexi, animumvo reflexi,
Quam tumulum at tiqufe Cereris nedemque sacratam
Venirous : hio demum oollectis omnibus una
Defuit, et comitoa natumque viramque fefellit.
Quem non incusavi amena hominumque deorumque ?
Aut quid in eversa vidi orudelius urbe ?
Ascanium Anchisenquo patrem Teuorosque penates
Gommendo sooiia, et curva valle reoondo ;
Ipse urbem repeto, et cingor fulgentibus armis.
Stat casus renovare omnes, omnemque reverti
Per T.ojam, et rursus caput objeotare periolis.
Ihid, vv. 785-751.
1. Quod. Why not quid ?
2. Derive viarum, perioli$, portcp, himine^ Crema.
3. Scan vv. 871, 379, 741, 745.
4. What difference of meaning between defuit and ahfuit^
omei and soeiui, uxor and conj'ux^ murua and paries ?
5. What is the subject of the iEneid ? What theories
bave been advanced as to the object of Virgil in writing it ?
^rom what sources did he derive his materials for the poem ?
I^hat are the principal merits and defects of his style ?
IV.
1. Write short notices of Mithridates and Sertorius.
2. Explwn and give examples of Euphemism, Ecthlipais,
Metura, Tmesis. ' r >
3. Briefly examine this statement: *' Cicero was the first
^t the second order of great minds."
fr^
Tn
anfUemf t» oC Soronio.
ANNUAL fcXAMINATIONfl: 1876.
JUNIOR MATRICULATION.
LATIN.
HONORS.
Emmhier: S. AiiTHUR Marung M.A.
I.
Translate :
Interim quuni in Renatu vicisset sontentia, qu8B
censebat reddenda bona, eamque ipsam oausam morse
in urbe haberent legati, quod spatium ad vehioula
comparauda a consufibus sumpsissent, quibus regum
asportarent res, omne id tempus cum conjuratis con-
Hultando absumunt, evincuntque instando ut litterse Bibi
ad Tarquinios darentur : nam alitor qui credituros eos,
non vana ab legutis 8uper rebus tantis adferri ? datae
litterie, ut pignus fidei essent, manifestum facinus fece-
runt. Nam quura pridie quam legati ad Tarquinios
proficiscerentur, et ooenatnm forte apud Yitellios esset
conjuratique ibi remotis arbitris multa inter se de novo,
ut fit, consilio egissent, sermonem eorum ex servis unus
excepit, qui jam antea id senserat agi, eed earn occa-
sionem, ut litterre Icgaus darentur, quae depreliensoe
rem coarguere possent, exspectabat : postquara datas
sensit, rem ad consules detulit.
LiVY, II.
1. Con%%dibu8. Who ?
2. Qui...eo», coenatw»f data». What is the construction ?
3. Senatu, &c. What diflFc > it modes of taking the votes ?
What was the number of senators at this time ? Their usual
place of meeting ?
n.
Translate :
Fertur Prometheus addere principi
Limo coactus particulam undique
Desectam, et inaani leonis
Vim stomaoho apposuisse nost.ro.
Irce Thyesten exitio gravi
Stravere, et altis urbibus ultirate
Stetere causae, cur perirent
Funditus, impriraeretque muris
Hostile aracrum exercitus insolens.
Compesce mentem : me quoque pectoris
Tentavit in dulci juventa
Fervor, et in celeres iambos
Misit furentem : nunc ego mitibus
Mutare quiero tristia ; dum mini
Fias recantatis arnica
Opprobriis, animumque reddas.
Horace, Odes, I, 16.
1. Principi What is the raeanirg?
2. Oausse, muria, mitihua. What c&^c, and why ?
3. Celeres iambcs. What different interpretations of
celeres ? To what does Horace allude ? Derive iambos.
4. Write short notes on Prometheus and Thyestes.
5. Conjugate desectam, compesce, furentem.
6. What conjunctions are used with the subjunctive only ?
When do dum and quum require the subjunctive ?
7. Give scales and names of the metres.
HI.
Translate, and explain briefly :
a. Salis vendendi arbitrium, quia impenso pretio venibat,
in publicum omni sumpta adempium privatis.
b. Si transilum pontem a tergo rcliquissent, jam plus
hostium in Palatio Oapitolioque quam in Janiculo fore.
c. Ne intervallo quidem fiicto, oblitum tanquam alieni
regni Superbum Tarquinium velut hereditatem gentis scelere
ac vi repetisse.
d. Negligisinnneritifl nooituram
Postmodo te natis fniudf m committere ?
e. Sci'iberis Vurio forlis et hostium
Victor, Mseonii carrninis alite.
IV.
Translate :
Ausus es, riimium nimiuinque oblite tuoruin,
Thracia nocturno tangere ciistra dolo ;
Totque simul raactare viroa, adjutus ah uno !
At bene ctiutus eras, ct raemor onto raei !
Usque inetu micuere sinua ; dum victor amicutn
Dictus OS Ismariis isse per agmcn equis.
Sed mihi quid prodest vestris disjecta lacertia
Ilios ? et, murui quod fuit ante, solum?
Si maneo, qualis Troja durante raanebam :
Virque mihi, dempto fine carendus, abes ?
Diruta sunt aliis, uni mihi Pergama rcstant ;
Incola captivo quae bove victor arat.
Jam seges est, ubi Troja fuit ; rescandaque falce
Luxuriat, Phrygio sanguine pinguis, humus.
Ovid, Heroidesy I.
1. Uno. Who is meant?
2. hmarii%. Explain,
3. What is the origin of the term 'Elegiac'? State the
laws which regulate the structure of this species of verse.
4. Name Roman poets contemporary with Ovid.
Translate, with all needful couiments :
ThLLIUS TERENTI^s et pater TULLIOLiE, DUABUS
ANIMIS SUIS ; ET CiC'ERO MATRI OFFIM^, SUAVISS.
SORORI, S.P.D.
Si vos valetis, nos valemus. Vestrum jam consilium
est, non solum meum, quid sit vobis faciendum. Si ille
Romnm modeste venturus est, recte in prsesentia domi
esse potestis : sin homo amens diripiendam urbem
daturus est, vereor, ut Dolabelia ipse satis nobis prodesse
possit. Etiam illud raetuo, ne jam intercludamur, ut,
cum velitis exire, non liceat. Reliquum est. quod ipsae
optime considerabitis, vestri similes feminse sintne
Romae. Si enim non sunt, videndum est, ut honeste von
esse possitis. Quomodo quidem nunc se res habet, modo
ut hfec vobis loei\ tenere liceat, bellissimc vel mecum,
vel in nostris praediis, esse poteritia. Etiam illud
verendum est, ne brevi tempore fames in Urbe sit.
His de rebus, velim, cum Pomponio, cum Oamillo,
cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis. Ad summam,
animo forti sitis. Labienus rem meliorem fecit.
Adjuvat etiam Piso, quod ab Urbe discodit, et sceleris
condemnat generum suum. Vos, mece carissimae animie,
quam ssepissime ad mc scribite, et vos quid agatis, ot
quid istic agatur. Quintus pater, et fiiius, et Rufus,
vobis salutem dicunt. Valete. YIII Calend. Quintiles.
Minturnis.
I
neste tor
let, modo
mecum,
tim illud
sit.
Oamillo,
summam,
m fecit.
b sceleris
» animsB,
igatis, ct
t Rufus,
Quintiles.
C!Inftier0Uii of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
MATRTCULATTON.
LATIN PROSE.
Examhicr : W. D. Peahmax, M.A.
%
This is the language of the people ; mine indeed,
Laterensis, this : "That the jury ought not to enquire
why you have been beaten, provided that you have not
been beaten by bribery. For if, as often as a man
shall have been passed over, who ought not to have been
passed over, so often it shall behove him, who shall
have been elected, to be condemned ; there is no longer
any reason why the people should be appealed to, no
reason why the distribution of tickets and the returning
of the votes, should be awaited. At once, when I shall
have seen who have announced themselves (as candidates),
I shall say : 'this man is of Consular family, that man
of Prsetorian ; the remaining candidates, I see, are
from the Equestrian order: they are all without
stain, they are all equally good and upright men ;
but degrees of rank must needs be observed : let
the Prsetorian class give way to the Consular, nor let
(he Equestrian position vie with the Prsetorian."
Hie popnlua oath sum ; meu8 vero, Laterentis, hie :
Quarc vinco non debeo judex qticero, modo ne largitio
vinco. Nam si, quotiesnumque. prcetereo is qui non
debeo prcetereo, toties oporteo is qui facto condemno,
nihil jam sum qui populus suppUeo, nihil qui dirihitio,
nihil qui renuntiaiio suffragium expecto ; simul ut qui
projiteor video, dico : Ilia familia consularis sum, ille
prcetorius : reliqui video sum ex equestris locus : sum
omnis sine macula, sumlpmnis ccque bonus vir ai^ue
integer ; sed servo vecesse sum gradus : cedo consularis
genus pratorius, nee contendo cum pra'torins equester
locus.
II.
Party feeling ia removed, suffrages are quashed :
there are no contests, no liberty of the people in appoint-
ing magistrates, no wailing for the votes: nothing, as it
generally does turn out, will happen contrary to expec-
tation : there will be no variety, after this, in the
elections. But if it does frequently happen, that we
marvel both that some persons have been elected and
that others have not been ; if the Campus and those
waves of the (Jomitia, as a bottomless and boundless
sea, so surge, as it were with a sort of tide, that they
advance towards some but recede from others ; shall we
amid such a current of party feeling and tumult of
recklessness, look for some moderation, counsel, or
reason ?
1
&ni\itvttit^ of SorotilQ.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
MATRICULATION.
LATIN VERSE.
Examhier: S. Arthur Marling, M.A.
Ere, in tho northern gale,
The summer tresses of the trees arc gone,
The woods of Autumn, all around our vale,
Have put their glory on.
I roam the woods that crown
The upland, where the mingled splendours glow,
Where the gay company of trees look down
On the green fields below.
Let in through all the trees
Come the strange rays ; the forest depths are bright ;
Their sunny-coloured foliage in the breeze
Twinkles, like beams of light.
Oh, Autumn ! why so soon
Depart the hues that make the forest glad ;
Thy gentle wind and thy fair sunny moon,
And leave thee wild and sad ?
Ah ! 'twere a lot too blest.
For ever in thy coloured shades to stray ;
Amid the kisses of the soft south-west
To rove and dream for aye ;
And leave the vain low strife
That makes man mad — the tug for wealth and power,
The passions and the cares that wither life,
And waste its little hour.
I ■ ' ■■' "^H
dtttfUetttUs^ oC cotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS; 1876.
iMATRlCULATIOlN.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
HONORS.
Examiner : S. Authuu Marling, M.A.
'M^
1. Shew how names of qualities are formed in Latin ; and
explain the composition of the words panimonia, velum,
acriter, mpentitio, morosus, maxilla, juvientum, ancept,
funditus.
'2. Decline together remexalaeer^brevis epitome, locuplet
Dido, marking all quantities.
3. Point out anomalies of gender or inflexion in earo,
viruti, vellus, mpellex, hes, cinis, acus, Tempe, Thales, Pea-
sinus.
4. Give a list of correlative adjectives and pronouns.
5. Mow is the comparative degree of adjectives formed ?
and what are the other degrees of comparison of maturus,
imus, acer, proximus, gracilis, maledicus, ditior, benevolus ?
6. Give the various uses of the Ablative case in Latin,
with illustrative examples.
7. Conjugate, marking the quantity of all anteponults.
and penults. : furo, seco, oblino, oieo, tundo, metior, findo,
attingo, reperio, lavo, pungo, expergisoor, ceedo, luceo, juvo,
udeo.
8. Shew that the moaniug of the following worde variei
according tu tho construotion used with them : tempero, eon-
»ulo, metuo.
il Traniilato, and briefly remark upon tho syntax of these
sentences :
a. Mene incepto desistore viotam !
b. CsBsar cognovit per Afranium stare quominus
dimioaretur.
c. Kgo te maximi ot feci semper et facio.
d. It clamor ccelo.
10. Render into Latin: (I) He said that ho would not come
to town without being askeu, because he did not know with
whom ho should have to live. (2) A battle was fought near
iMantinea in tho year 362 B.C. (8) Be sure you write to me
as soon as you can. (4) The rich are usually envied.
11. How are assertions softened in Latin ? Give examples.
12. Shew that a diflferencc of quantity is attended with a
difference of meaning in refert, educat, sedes, fide, fere,
modo, veliSf vado, finU.
Slnfiirt0f ti; of Eovonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
JUNIOR AND SENIUH MATlMt'ULATlON.
l^lICLll).
Examiner : Edgau Frisby, M,A.
i-iwi
*,* Junior Matriculants will omit questions 16 and 16, and Senior
Matriculants questions 112 nud \'6.
1. Define the terms axiom, postulate, scliolium, corollary.
'i. If two irif ngli'S have iwo sidt-s of llii; one equal to two
sides of lilt' other, each to each, but the angle contained by the
two sides of the one t;ieaU'r than the angle contained by the
two sides equal to them, of the other, the base of that which
has the gr:aler anjrle shall be greater than the base of the
other.
3. II a side of any triangle be produced, the exterior angle
is equal to the two inferior and opposite angles ; and the three
interior angles of every rriangle are together equal to two
right angles.
4. Triangles on equal bases and between the same parallels
are equal to one another.
5. If the square described on one of the sides of a triangle
be equal to the squares described on the other two sides of it,
the angle contained by these two sides is a right angle.
6. If tiie diagonals of a quadrilateral bisect each other, it
is a parallelogram ; if the bisecting lines are equal it is rec-
tangular; if the lines bisect at right angles it is equilateral.
7. If a straight line be divided into two eijual, and also into
two unequal; paris,\the .squares on ihe two unequal parts are
together double of the square on half the lire and oCthc square
on the line between the points of sottion.
ON.
and Senior
, corollary.
jual to two
^ined by the
ned by the
that which
base of the
8. Divide a straight liuo into two parts, so (hat the rectangle
contained by the whole and one of tlic parts tuay bo equal to
the sfjuare on the other part.
9. In the Algebraic solution of I.r preceding problem, we
obtain h rjuadrnlic equation wl i :1 mvcs two values of the
unknown quantity. Enunciati Mkj L tonunrical proposition
which corresponds to the other root.
10. The sum of the squares on tl'.t; diagonals of a parallelo-
gram is equal to the sum of the sq-mres on the sides.
11. The opposite angles of a quadrilateral inscribed in a circle
are together equal to two right angles.
13. Tiie straight lines bisecting tlie sides of a triangle at
right angles meet in a point.
13. Construct a triangle, having given the middle points of
sides.
M. Describe a circle about a given equilateral and equi-
angular pentagon.
15. From a given straight line to cut off any part required.
If). Similar triangles are to one another in the duplicate ratio
of ihf^ir homologous sides.
lerior angle
nd the three
ual to two
me parallels
if a triangle
sides of it,
mgle.
ich other, it
al it is rec-
cquilatcral.
and also into
al parts are
af the square
Si^fct'ETw^-i^iJ
lanmvnits of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
JUNIOR MATKlOULA.TiON.
MATHEMATICS.
Ecsaminer: Edoar Frisby, M.A.
I. To draw a straight line at right angles to a given straight
lino from a given point in the same.
3. Any two sides of a triangle are together greater than the
third side.
3. Parallelograms on the same base and between the same
parallels are equal to one another.
3. Find the G. C. M. of 255 and 340, and of 240, «48, and
420.
4. Add together i^ and ^~'
J ^I 9_6 12
5. Divide Xiao 7«. )0^d. by 8J, and multiply the result
by 95.
6. Reduce 14 weeks (J days 23 hours 15 minutes to the
fraction of a year consisting of 3653 days.
7. Divide the product of 1.075 and .0101 by .43.
8. Which of the following fractions will reduce to terminat-
ing and which to recurring decimals 1
67 66 65 64
TaS* 129' 130' 131'
9. Find ^18671041 and (to three decimal places) v'S. 14159.
10. By selling at 5s. I lose 10 per cent. ; whether do Igain
or lose, and at what rate, by selling at 7s. ?
11. Prom 3a' - 4h + 2 take 2a» + 6a — 8, and from the
sum of 2.326 and - 1.26 lake 3.637.
12. Multiply 2a* — 5a + I by a' - 2a + 3, and
^a^^^a -^ I by W +§tt — I.
13. Divid*; x" + Sx* - 5x» - 7x» + 12a; - 4 by »' + 3a: - 2.
14. Solve 4(x - 11) - 7(x - 2) = 6 - (x — P),
8— 2x 6a; __ 5 _ 3(2r -f 6) __ 2x
14 "^ T 7"" 14 7*
*H%.7;-»)^.f'
«in(utt0ft» oC JToronto,
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1878.
JUNIOR MATRICULATION.
ARITHMETIC AND ALGEBRA.
HONORS.
Examiner: Edqau Frisby, M.A.
1. Prove the following statements :
(1.) Any numbpr and its unit figure when divided by 2
or 5, give the same remainder.
(2.) Any number and its last two figures on the right,
when divided by 4 or 25, give the same remainder.
2. Shew that a proper fraction is increased by adding the
same number to both terms.
3. A decimal unit of any order is always greater than the
sum of the numbers expressed by all the figures which foU
low it.
4. Shew how to convert a simph^ or mixed periodic decimal
into an ordinary fraction.
Examples : -316 uvA &tiSb.
5. Having found a certain number of figures in the extrac-
tion of the square root of a number, shew how we may obtain
as many more, less one, by a simple process of division.
Example : Find the square root of 265*32, to within a
unit of the fifth decimal place.
6. (1) Explain the Exponential notation in Algebra, and the
advantage of using it.
(2) ExPiiiplify t)io Hpplicntion of the CoinmutHtive and
Distributive Laws in the oporHtions of the first
four rules of Algebra.
7. Shew how the phrase, the product of two fractionif must
be interpreted (I) in Arithmetic ; (2) in Algebra.
8. Solve the equations, ax -f ^'i/ - c,a'x + t'y => <•'.
Interpret the solution (I) when all three, (2) two only of
the ratios -, , --/ i, are equal,
a c
9. Express the sum of the reciprocals of the roots of aa;* 4
2)X + c = in terms'of the coefficients.
As a is indefinitely diminished, what are the limits to
which the two roots approach ?
10. Solve the equations :
(I) (x -f 2) (x -I- 8) (if + 4) (x + 5) = 360.
y/a •}• ^Z (n — y/a* — ox) ~"
(3) i/'z* = a'x, s»a;' = l*i/, xhf = cH.
11. Between 2 and 3 o'clock the minute hand was between
3 and 4, and exactly an hour afterwards, the hour and minute
hands had changed places. What was the exact time at the
first observation ?
(2)
ERRATUM.
In question II for "exactly" substitute "about."
"K
m
If
m
1
m
m
IHIIHIII'
1
1
I
1
nnmvnitp of roronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONH : IMTft.
J UN lull MATUKaiLATloN.
MATHEMATICS.
IIONOKS.
Examiiier : Edoae Fkisuy, M.A.
1. If a figure bo conslruoted, as in Euclid I. 47, and three
exterior lines be drawn so as to niako a polygon without any
re-entering angles, ihe sum of the squares on the three lines so
drawn will be equal to six times the square on the aide sub-
tending llu* right angle of the original triangle.
2. is the centre of the inscribed circle of the triangle
ABV, and C of the escribed circle which touches BC. If D
b« the point of intersection of 00' and BO, prove BD, DC =
CD. DO'.
3.. Construct a triangle having given the perimeter and
the angles at the base.
4. Find by the method uf abridged multiplication the piu-
duct of 20.12788 and 523.23856 true to within -001.
5. Explain the carai system of expressing the quality of
gold.
What is the quantity of standard metal contained in
21 lbs. 10 oz. 18 dwts. 12 grs. of gold reported worse I carat,
3i grains ?
6. Explain the Algebraic use of the terms factor, measwe,
greater ; and point out the impropriety of the phrase, the
greatest common measuir, in Algebra.
In the Arillimclical process for finding the G. C M. of
two numbers, prove that each remainder is less than half of
the second preceding remainder.
t. Blievv, without Hiviajon. tliAt nhf(n-^b-^e) is n factor of
(a + /y + .)♦ — {b^ «•)• — (r (- ay — (a + />)♦ ». «♦ + /!»♦ + r*.
8. If «/j>* ss (// f «)«, ^*.i; = (» ■fx)y, r.i.y st (x +//)i. prove
(A-K l)(c-+ !) + ('•+ !)(«+ l) + ^t«-»-l)l/>-t- I) -(«4-l)(&+ I )('-•-•■ I).
1». If ,!-./> V( I -'•) + <V(l -/'*)■ thfii will/. .. ,.V(|_a')
4- fi V(l —'•'•'). «"•' "l«o.- = */ V(l — /'') + />V(I — a3).
10. ElimiiiHii' .1, ,//, ^, Iruiii thu oiji)Htioii»
•«''(y + «) ^ «\ ^'(- + a;) a A*, a'(a + y) =:. c", xy:i s= a6c.
11. Solve the uqiiHtJuii f
X
-H 3 v/(x - 3) [/(a; + 6) = 3 + 1 V(x + fl).
srimeter and
fN.H.-(
on
Mat
(a)
{d)
1.
relatio
find a
gi-aiim
descri]
2.
reason
mni\)tvnitjs of (ETovonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
.niN roH MATRrciT i.ation.
|]NGLIS|[.
ICxam'tiici' : William Hocston, M.A.
* ^'' Lo''ihlt? writing iimi concct spi'lliii;^' ;uv iiidispcnsubie.
COMPOSITfON.
fN.n. — Ciui<li(liitoK for Miitric'uliition in Mo(]icIii(>, AjrrieuUuio, ;iiul Civil
Riij(in(M'riii^ must, in oiilci- to psiss, writ*' !i siitistHctory Composition
on 'jne of liio tbllowinj^ tO[)ios. ( 'opposition is tvlso r«V|uirP(l ol'
Matriculants in Arts who are (landifltitos lor Honors.]
(«) Kvioy Jiuiii is the arcliitoct ol' his own lorttiiK's.
(b) Evil (ioui'uiiniaitioiis corriipt u'ood inaiijievs.
(o) Whatevei' is is i-i{j;ht.
{(l) The use and abuse of lietioii us a species of literature.
GRAMMAR.
1. Some graiiunarians elassiiy all words as iiotlomil and
relalkmat ; whvvr, 111 siicli ;> system, can th(! Tiiterjectioji
find a place i"
Mr. Morrrcll ealls th*^ riiterjectioii an " extra-
gi'ammatical utterance ;" discards tlu; correctness of the
description.
2. "Oral Spelling- is a contradiction in terms." Give
reasons for agreeing with or difiering from this view.
3. Exj)lain and illuHtiate the dittftrent methods of
fomiiny; tno i)liirjil of nouns.
Give, with inoaiiingrs, 1 otli forms of the i)hiral of flic,
itnlex, pcvny, bivikcr, <irnins.
4. Define tht; Verb (<t) accoi-ding to moaning, (h) accord-
ing to function.
State, with reasons, wliicli mode of delinitioii is
i;r<!ferable in prnctieal etymology, and which is ]>hiloso])hi-
cally most c(»rroct.
5. Distintfuisli in uatui'e and use licLwecii coiirdinate
and subordinate conjunctions.
y>. Define Hybrid words, and give some t'.\;im|des (if
such as are in conuiion use.
7. Mention, giving examples, the more commoji methods
of forndng Augmentatives, Diniimitives, and h*a(i()n3'mics,
and give the ditfei-ent fores of tlie two formei- classes of
word-, in ordinaiy use.
(S. Di.stinguish l)etween Barbarism, Solecism, and Im-
propriety, and give examples n{ eacli.
9. Correct, where necc.s.sary, the Kngli.sh of Jk^ follow-
ing pa,ssages, giving reasons for any changes tliat may lie
made :- -
(a) J shall do all 1 can to per.suade others to take the
same measures for their cure wliicli I iuwe.
(6) This <ledication may serve for any b(M)k that lias,
is, or .shall be published.
(c) Will it be urged that the four go,spels are as old
or even older than I radition 't
BoUngbroke.
(d) The nations not so ble,s.sed as thee
Must in their turn to tyrants fall.
T/iomwn.
(e) A late writer strangely a.sserted that liberty exists
in that degree as lepre.sentation and constitu-
ency agree.
liebers Political Ethics.
10. At Church luifh mock and unaffected grace,
|-fis looks adonied the venerable ])iaco ;
Truth from his lij^ prevail'd with double sway,
And fools, wlio eanie to scoff, remained to pray.
The scnnce [xiM, around the pious man,
With ready zeal, each honest rustic ran ;
lilren children followed, with endearing wile,
And plucked his gown to share the good man's smile.
His ready smik; a |)arent's warmth e.rpreftt,
Their welfare pleased liim, and their cares disirefrt ;
To them his heart, his love, his griefs were gi\'en,
. |->nt all his sei'ious thoughts liad rest in he!iV(Mi.
Afi sonie tall cliff that lifts itsawfnl form,
Swells from the vale and midway leaves tlu^ storm.
Thoiujii round its breast the rolling clouds are spread,
Kternal sunshine setth's on its lu^ad,
(«) (live ii. detailed analysis of the l;i,st eight lines.
(h) (jive the full syntactical jtarsing of all the itali-
cized words.
((') Derive all woi'ds of foreign origin.
((/) He-wiite the whole |)assage in pro.se.
I'
^nii^nnitp of SToronto.
ANNUAL KXAMINATIOVS: IH?.").
JUNIOR MATRICULATION.
ENGLISH.
HONORS.
Examiner: J. M. Buchan, M.A.
1. "Strictly speaking, therefore, number, case, gender,
are, as applied to words — grammaticnl forms expressive of
the number, the condition in relation to something else
named in the sentence, and the sex of the things to which
the words, whether nouns, pronouns, adjectives, or verbs are
applied. — Angus, Hand-hook of the English Tongue.
Define the extent to which these defin tions are applic-
able in English, and compare our language in regard to the
inflexions under consideration with the other languages with
whose grammatical structure you are acquainted.
2. Give examples of the various forms of compound sen-
tences containing correlative clauses.
8. Distinguish, with regard to signification and use,
*8ome' fi'om ' any,' ' each ' from ' every ' and ' either,' ' by *
from 'with,' ' a or an ' from 'one,' 'the' from * that,'
'shall' from 'will,' 'where' from 'whither,' ' hope' from
' expect, ' laudable ' from ' praiseworthy,' ' silence' from
' taciturnity.'
4. Classify the consonants so as to indicate the different
relations of each sound.
6. Give the derivalion of the names of the days of the
week and the months of the year, of Uaster, riding (a divi-
sion of a county), county, shire, since, frontispiece, (rfraid^
feign, surgeon, peck, furlong, sorcerer, matriculation, featy
address, impair, invoice, squadron, raisin, parapet^ usher ^
and surplice,
6. Vary the form of tlie sentence, ' John taught James
grammar,' as often as you Ciin, and point out the different
shades of meaning expressed by the different constructions.
7. Comment on the form or history of the words — fore
most, other, its, heard, bent, could, wrought, and songstrsu.
8. Explain the origin, and give the force of the termina-
tions wise, ate, fy, hj, ible, ice, ee, and ty.
9. Punctuate the following sentence, and comnnent on
the words that have a sense or a construction not; osed at
the present day : —
" And certainly it is the nature of extreme aeif-lorers
as they will set a lious« on fire and it were but to romst their
eggs and yet these men many times hold (credit witth tieir
masters because their study is but to please them and prom
themselves and for either respect they will anandon the good
of their affairs. — Bacon, Of Wisdom for a Alan's Self.
mmtttnittt o^ crorotito.
ANNUAL KXAMINATI0N8 : 1876.
JUNIUH MATKIOULATION.
HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY.
Emmincr: J. M. liuciiAN, M.A.
*
, Grainmutical language, legible writing, and coirtct npclling arc;
indispensable. Candidates m Arts arc required to answer two, and only
two questions in each division of the paper; Candidates in Medicine, Agri-
culture, and Civil Engineering are re(|uired to take all the (|uc8tion8 in
DivisioLS I. and IV.
1. Sketch the part played by the Danes in early English
history.
2. Tell what you know about the growth of tho constitu-
tion during the reigns of the first three Edwards.
3. Give an outline of the career of Wolsey and of the
younger Pitt.
4. Sketch the history of the reigus of Henry IV. and
George IV.
5. Give a full account of the disputes which led to the
American War of Independence.
II.
0. Describe the various Greek, Roman, and Anglo-Saxon
assemblies of the people.
7. Sketch the'career of Demosthenes and that of Cicero.
in.
8. Make a list uf tlio cities, isIundH, und countrioR subjoot
tu Athens ut thu outbreak of the PoIopuniioHlan War ; u lint
of the allies of Athens ; und a list of the allies of Sparta ;
and indicate, by moans of a rough map, the position of every
place mentioned in your liHts.
\K Give thu Latin names of the Thames, the Rhine, the
Seine, the Marne, ti>e Loire, tlio Garonne, the Saone, tho
Rhone, tho Danube, and tho Ebro ; the modern name and
the position of Eboraouin, Panormus, ISurdigala, Brundu-
»ium, Smyrna, and llioroaolyma ; and tell what you know
about the situation, origin, and history of Antioch, Cuma>,
Marseilles, Syracuse, and Utica.
IV.
10. Draw a rough map of Turkey in Europe.
11. Describe the phybiciv,' geography of South America.
12. State where the following places are, and toll in the
case of each what connection, if any, it has with English
history : —
Ava, Badajos, Blenheim, Corunna, Culloden, Delagoa
Bay, Khiva, Leipsic, Montevideo, Naseby, Plassey, Savan-
nah, Sedgemoor, Toulon, Ujiji, Utrecht, Walcheren, and
Waterloo.
'<»/<#'
■>
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
^o
1.0
I.I
l^|2^ 125
lis ^ ■■■
■^ Ui> 12.2
2.0
us
lU
u
I I
■Ml
L25 inu 116
^^
^
Photographic
Sciences
CorpOTation
23 WIST MM* STREIT
WfBSTni,N.Y. 145M
(71«)S/2-4S03
'4^
4^
X
^
i
Blnftirr0ftii of STovonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
JUNTOR MATRICIILATTON.
HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY
HONORS.
Examiner : Wm. Houston, M.A.
1. Discuss the hereditary claim of Henry VII. to tho
throne of England, .ind trace the ciicuinstances >vhich
enabledjiini to olitain and to retain possession of it.
2. Sketch the history of the English Reformation.
3. Sketch the history of the Long Parliament, intro-
ducing the more important dates.
4. Give some account of the Grand Femonstrance, the
Exclusion Bill, the Declaration of Indulgence, the Mutiny
Act, and the Bill of liights.
5. Trace briefly the careers of Thomas More, William
Cecil, George Villiers, John Hampden, and John Milton,
showing the nature and extent of the influence exercised
by each on English History.
G. Name and desciibe the British possessions in Europe,
exclusive of the British Islands proper, stating how and
when each w«s acquired.
7. It is proposed to erect the British colonies in South
Africa into a confederation ; give a full geographical descrip-
tion of these colonies, and explain in detail their present
political condition.
8. Explain what is meant by the North-west Passage,
and give some account of Arctic exploration and discovery
down to the present time, showing the different objects in
view at different periods.
9. Name, with eapitalH, the political divisionn of (a)
British North Aiiunica, aiul (/•) the Dominion of Canada,
To which Piovincos do tlio following islands belong: Capo
Bretoii; Anticosti, Vancouvei-, Magdalen Islands, and Grand
Manan ;'
10. Describe the localities in Canada where, and the
natural condition in which the following mineral substances
are found in paying (piantities : Uohl, SUver, Copper, Iron,
Petroleum, and Salt.
Wini\}tv»its of rotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875,
JUNIOK MA.TRICULATION IN ARTS:
MATRICULATION IN CIVIL ENGINEERING.
FRENCH.
Examiner: Rev. James Roy, M.A.
I.
GKAMMAR AND EXERCISES.
1. Nsiuic the lemiuine luttors of tho alphabet.
2. When is the hnal c of entve elided ?
3. What cases exist in modern French ?
4. When is imlle abridged to nhil ?
5. Give derivation of autrui and on.
0. What is the gender of personnc {
7. What verl)s tjike etre as their auxiliary ?
«S. When may i be elided ?
9. Compare the French adjectives for (jood, bad, little,
and adverbs for ivell, badly, little.
10. Distinguish between the superlative relative and the
superlative absolute.
11. Give tlie present indicative of acquf^rir, cueillir, hair,
mourir, and inaudire.
12. State the origin of -ment in fortement.
13. Give the plural «f (jrand^-mhre, Hdtel-Bieu, tSte-d-
tdte.
14. Give present subjunctive of pr^valoir.
15. Give homonyms of fait, laid, mals.
I'i
Translate :
1. Medea was a deceitful enchantress.
2. The empress has become a huntress.
3. There is a fine, white, woollen dress.
4. I have a beautiful velvet coat.
5. This hot soup was made by my servant.
G. She was greatly esteemed by the wise.
7. John is the second of the eight sons of Mr. (yliarlcs.
8. On the eleventh of June, I was in town.
!). He Hatters himself that he has done his duty.
10. It is said that meat is veiy dear this summer.
11. Tell me what you think of it.
12. Whoever said so has not spoken the truth.
13. Both horses had been killed.
14. Do you read Latin ?
15. Should she not have Hattered herself i
lb. Do you think it is going to rain ?
17. In what country are black swans found ?
18. It was necessary tbr him to eat.
19. I am peeling an orange.
20. If he pay me for that gun, I shall pay you what 1
owe yon.
21. I am not so tall as you.
22. You have as many books as your sister-in-law.
23. She has quite as much sugar as tea.
24. 1 have as many.
26. Tell it to me.
FOR ARTS ONLY.
Translate :
Qiiniul on eut bien barricaded la maison, et que leroi
cut fait lo tour do scs prdterulus vetrauchementrt, il so
niit jI jouer aux ('checs tranquillemcut avec son favori
Grothusen, commo si tout eflt 6i6 dans une s^curit^
profonde. Houreuseuient Fabrice, I'envoyd de Holstein,
ne sV^tait point logtl t\ Varnitza, niais tlans un petit
village entre Varnitza ct Bender, on demeurait aussi
M. Jeft'reys, envoy^ d'Angleterre aupr^H du roi do
Suede. Cos deux niiniHtres, voj'ant I'orage pret k
eclater prirent sur eux de se rendre mt^diateurs entre
IcH Turcs ot le roi. Le kan, et surtout le bacha de
Bender, qui n'avait nulle envie de faire violence k co
monarcjue, re(;ur{int avec enipressement les ortres dc
coH deux niinistres: ils curent ensemble li Bender deux
conft^rences, oi'i assisttirent cet Iniissier du werail t;t lo
grand mattre des ucurics, (jui avaient apport^ I'ordre
du sultan ot lo fetva <lu mufti.
VoLTAiRK, (Ihadi'fi Xll, Liv. vi. p. 213.
1. eut havricaiU. State the difl'erence between this
tense and the pluperfect.
2. <]\ie le roi. Explain the use of que.
3. jouer aux. State the difference between jouer, p'iacer,
and toucher, and between jouer d&nd jouer de.
4. si tout ciXt I'te. What tense and mood are here ?
5. Heiireusemeni. How are adverbs in -ment formed
from adjectives ?
0. n'etait loge. What tense is this ?
7. village. Give some feminine nouns in -age,
8. voyant. Give preterite definite of this verb.
9. mediateurs. Why no nrticle ?
10. ou. When is this an adverb ?
11. (^curies. Distinguish fiom I'tahle.
12. Bender. On what river ?
M '.
lite '■'■
FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING ONLY.
Translate :
Tl tHait k la chasso aux ours (luatid il recjut la
nouvelle do I'irrupiion des Saxons en Livoiiio : il
faisait cette chasse d'uiio manioro aussi nouvelle que
dangereuso ; on n'avait d'autros amies (|ue des batons
iburchus derriere un filet tendu a des arbres : nn ours
d'une grandeur d^niosnn^o vint (h'oit an roi, qui le
terrassa, apves una longue lutte, h I'aide dn filet ot de
son bftton.
II faut avouer qu'en considdrant de telles aventurca,
la force prodigieuse du roi Augiiste et les voyages du
czar, on croirait etre au temps des Hercule et des
Thes^e.
II partit pour sa prernit're campngne le H niai,
nouveau style, de I'annde 1700. II quitta Stockholm,
ou il ne revint jamais.
Une foule innombrable de jieuple racoonipagna
jusqu'au port de Cailscroon, en faisant des voeusc
})our lui, en versant des Jarmes, et en I'admirant.
Avant de sortir de Su«.'de, il (ftablit a Stockholm un
conseil de defense, com[)ose de phisicnrs st^nateurs.
Cette commission devait prendre soin de tout ce qui
re^ardait la flottc, les trou[)es, et les fortifications tin
pays.
Charles XIL, Liv. i. p. 48.
1. Ours. How pronounced ?
2. Livonie. State boundaries of this.
3. d'autres armes. des batons. Why is article used in
one case, and omitted in the other ?
4i. vint. Give infinitive present of this.
5. des Hercule. Explain grammatical construction,
Q. nouveau stijle. Explain. When was this introduced
into England ? Where does old style still prevail ?
7 prendre soin. Distinguish from prendre garde.
i
Til.
FOR ARTS ONLY.
TnuiHlato ;
II faut l>ion quo je plourn :
Mon iiisonHiblo amiiufc onloiinc^ (pie jo iikmivo,
Et, quand I'hyujcii ])()ur notiH allunio son Hainbeaii,
II l'(H(!iiit Jo sa iiiaiii ])()ur lu'ouvrir I(* tomhoan.
(,'o coonr iiunitoyahlo jI ma porto s'ohstine,
Kt (lit (pril in'aimo encore alors ([\\"\\ ni'ussassiuo.
Que les plouvH d'uiie anianto ont do puiHsants discours,
Kt (pi'iin bel oeil est fort avec nii tel seeouvH !
Que men coeur s'attoiidrit a cette triste vue 1
Ma eoustanco eoutre elle a regn^t .s'l^vertue.
N'atta(iue/ plus ma gloin^ avec taut do douleurs,
Kt laisHCz moi sauver ma vcrtu do vos plours.
Je sens ([u'elle cliancelle, et defend mal la |)laco ;
Plus je suis votro amant, moins jo suis ('uriac(! :
Faible d'avoir di'ja combattu I'amitie,
Vaiiicrait-olle si la fois lamonr et la piti(! ?
All(>z, no m'aimoz plus, ue verse/ plus do larmes,
On j'oi)pose roffenso a do si foites armes ;
Je nio (Idfondrai mioux (X)ntre votro .'oiirroux,
Kt pour lo mt^riter, je n'ai plus d'yeux pour vous.
Vengez-vous d'un ingrat, [lunisse/ un volage.
CoRNKiLLE. IForace, Acte IV., He. v. p. 38.
1. Who is supposed to speak in the first extract ?
2. pleure. After what constructions does the subjunc-
tive occur !*
3. meuve. Give present infinitive and past participle
of this.
4. hymen. How is this pronounced ?
5. eteint. Give preterite definite, first singular of this.
G. de .sa main. Give rules for use of dc and 2>c('>' after
passive verbs.
7. oiivi'ir. Give pa.st participle.
8. Write notes on the first two lines of the second ex-
tract.
9. Je sens. Give infinitive present.
10. Faille. With what word does this agree ?
FOR CIVIL RNOINEEflTNO ONLY.
Tianslato :
l)(,niio.ni..i .1..IH'. baiLaro, ut. ooour commo lo tiuii :
VA. Hi tu vcux .-nfin qiu) jo t'ouvro inon aino,
K,.'.HlH-in(.i iH.m <!inia."o. on IhIshc a<fiv ma tlamme.
Ma ym ot uwh .loulcms iI.'p.m.lai.M.t do hou sort.
,1(5 I'adorais vivant, .-t jf lo plciiro niort.
N«! cIicivIk* plus ta soi'ur «>h tu I'avais laiHsas
Tu no r(!V()i.s en iiioi (pi' uik! auuiiitt) oUoiihoo,
(.^iii ooimiu! lino furio atta(!li(!<! a ton pas
To vout iiiooHsaniniciit roprochor son tro)-.aH.
Thnv n\tM do huiij,', (pu nic di'lbuds los laimcH,
Qm\ voux cpio daiiH Ha inort jc! trouvo eneor dos duinnos
Kt (pit* jus(pios au oi(d »'lovaiit toH oxploitH
Moi-nu'^MK! jo lo tuo uiio sooonde luis !
PtiiHH(! taut' do nialliours acc()iiipa},'iKir ta vie,
Quo tu ioinlioH au p(»int do luo pcrto-r eiivio !
Kt toi Li(Mit(U Houillcr par (purKpK! laohoto
C'(!tto <,doiro Hi oh('ro a ta Lrutalito I
O oiol ! qui vit jaiuaiH uik; paroillo rage!
(jroin-tu doiio (juo j(( hoIh iiiHCiUHibio k ruutrngo,
Quo jo HoiiU'ro on nion .san;^' oo niortol dc'slionneur {
Aimo, ainio ootto iiiort (pii fait notro bonhcur ;
Kt pn'foro (111 moiuH au souvonir d' uii hommo
Co (pio doit ta nainsanoo aux intoivts do Roino.
CoKNKiLi.K. Jfomci', Acto IV., Sc. V. p. 71 . '2.
1. DoHorilto the cliaraotorH who horn Hpoak.
2. Donnc-mo'i. Translato tho follovvinj^ : (live it to
her, or lend it to her. Do not tear it from him. Do not
(jive it to me.
3. 'veux. Translate the Ibllovving, lining voaloir : lie
Itears ill-will to me. JFave the (joodnexH to repeat it. I
cannot forgive mi/Kelffor havivy been so thonxjhtlenH.
4. ouvre, 80\iffre. Give intinitivcH present.
5. dme. State the various uses of tho circumHex accent.
0. laiasee. Explain agreement.
7. encor. Why not encore ?
8. Qiel, State and translate ])lurals of this.
!). toi. Explain difference of French Canadian and
Parisian pronunciation of this.
XO. toi, souiller. Explain grammatical construction.
2ilnflif riQiitfi of Covonto,
ANNUAL KXAMINATIONS : 1876.
HKNIOU MATRICULATION.
(jiii:i;k.
E.vamivey : H. AuTiiru MARUNrs, M.A.
I.
Triinslatc :
}k\a')(ofievm> 81 avTaw kuI uTTopovfia'rou, Oe&u ri^
aiiToh fiij^avi)u au)Ti}pia<i hi8(oau'. 'EfaTTiV^/v yap dyt-
Xafiyjtev oIkUi rSiV Hv Be^ia otou 8») evd-^aurot. 'ilf 8'
aihi) o-uftVtTTTt^, ^(f}€vyov ol I'nro rwv €i> Seft/i oUiuv.
'il<i 8' efiadep u Seuocfjuu tovto trapa tPii TV-ytj^^ tvdtneiv
eK^Xeve Koi Ta<i tV apia-rtpa otV/av al 8t ^vXivai 7iaav,
Morre koI ra^v eKaiovrn. "\^<f>€Vyov ojJf Kal ot (itto
TOuTaw rSiV oiKiSiv. Ot Se kuto. to (rrufia 8)) eri
fiouoi eXvTTovii Kal 8riXui tfaav iiri cTriKeiaovrai iirX rf}
tfoS(ji Tf Kut Kura^daei. 'V'ji'TavOa TrapayyeXXec (f>opeiv
^vXa o<Toi €Tvy)(aifop eftu ocTtv t&v fieXatu elf to fieaov
iavrSiv koX rSiv iroXefiiwi'. 'ETrei 8e iKavn ij87} ■>jv,
^vPjyfrav' kvrprrov 8e Kal Ta<i Trap avro to '^apdKatfjta
()lKia<{y oTTWv 01 TToXefiiot, ()fi<p\ ravra e-^oiev. Ovrta
IXoXlS UTTljXdov IITTU TOV '^WplOV, TTVp tV /it'o-^ eaVT&v Kal
rSiv TToXt-fiifov TTOiriallfievot, Kat KareKavdr) vaa-a r)
7r6Xi<{ Kal al oIkUii Kal al rvpaei^ Ka\ ra aravpatfuna
Kal raXXa •navra ttXiju t'^<? aKpai.
Xenophon, Anabasis, V.
1. otou, e^oiev. Explain the coastructions.
2. KUTa to a-TOfia. What is tho incanin|{ ?
^. Illustrate from the extract the difference between the
imperfect and aorist tenses.
I
1
il.
Translate :
'AXXa 7ap oiroTav ya\r]vr) ^ e>^i/3w. Ovkovv iycb
fiev ev ei't ttXo/^ irXevaovfiai, vfiel<i Be TovXayitrrov iv
eKUTov. ITw9 av oh v/J.d<i iya) t) fiiaa-aifir)P avv efxoi
TrXeiv fii) ^ov\ofjievov<; rj i^airarrjaa'i djotfii ; XloiS) 8
v/itt? ei^arraTrjOepTaf, Kal KaTayoijievdevra^ vif ifiov
rJKCcv ek fl^dtTiv m\ Brj Kal uiro^aivofiev ek ttjv ^Mpav
yvcoaeade SjJttou oti ovk iv rfj 'E\\tt8t eo-je" koI ijd) jxev
eaofiai 6 e^ijiraTrjKCD'i eh vfid<i, vjxeh he ol e^iprarrffievoi
eyyv<i fivpitov eyji)VTe<i ojrXa. riwv av ovv eh-avr/p /xaXkov
Bolv) BiKTjv 1] ovra trepX avTov re koI vh&v jSov\cv6fievo<i ;
'Aw ovroi eicnv ol \6yui uvBp&v rfKidiwv Kal tfiol <f)6ov-
ovvriov, OTi eyfi) v<^ v/x&v xi/tw/iat. Kalrot ov ScKaio)^
. y av fioi ^dovoiev riva yap avrfav eyia kcoXvo) rj Xeyeiv,
ei Ti<f Tt Bvvarai hyadov, ev vfilv, y fiifyeaOai, el ri<;
eOiXei^ wrep vp.S»> re xal eamov, // eypijyopevai Trepl Trjs-
viierepa<s aa^aXeia^; CTTifieXofievov ; Tl yap ; dp'XpvTa<i
aipovp,eva)v v/ia>v t7a) ti'vi efnroB(ov elfii ; Uapirf/xi,
dp'XeTCii' povov dyaQov n ttoi&v vfid<{ ^aiveaBo).
Ibid.
1. Briefly descrioc the circumstances to which this passage
refers.
2. Parse ep,^i^S), e^rjTrarijpevoi, ilypTjyopevai, (f>aive(r6o>.
3. Distinguish Tiva and rwa, &)? and w?, Trdpa and irapd,
e^oi and e^o), ttw? and ttw?.
4. Write the other degrees of comparison of raxv^ eXd-
Xi'^TOv, iyyv^, BiKaicoi, dyadov.
5. Decline throughout, fieXoiv, dvrjp, avTov.
C. 4>ao-ti/. Give the ancient anci modern names of the
country through which it flows. *
III.
Translate :
y"'\^^P y^'P °"^^. ^fivavTO'} vm Kparepo'i AvKoopya
Atjv yv, 09 pa deoitrlv enovpavioiaiv epi^ev,
Of TTore fiaivofievoio ^tavva-oio TiOr^va^
lew KUT riyddeov Nto-j^ioi/- al 8' dfia irdaat
Qvadka xap,al Karex^vav, W dv?ipo(j)6voio AvKovpyov
V^eivofievai ^ovTrXrjyi. Auovv(To<i Se (f>o^i)deh
Avtreff u\6^ Kiirh KVfia^ ©ert? 8' inreSe^aro Kokirtp
AeihtoTW Koajcpo^ yap eve rp6fM0<i dvBp6<i ofWKKfj.
L (p pev eireiT oovaavro aeoi peia ya)ovT€<{,
Kat piv TVffAov e6i]K€ Kp6i>ov TraU' ovS" dp* tri 8t)v
'Hi', eVet dOavdroKTiv diTrj'vdero irdac deolaiv.
Ou8' &v iyo) fxaKapecrm deoif ediXoipn pdyeadai.
Et Se Tt<» eV/Tt ^porSiv, o'l dpoupr]<i Kaprrov 'iSovaiv,
^Aaaov W\ <U9 K€V ddcrcrov oKedpov ireipaff iK7}ai,.^'
vv. 130-143.
0. ^H pa yvvi) rafiit)' 6 S' dTreaavTO Sto/iaTo? " ltl«TO)o
Ttju vriji' oBou avTi<i hvKTipeva^ Kitr ityvids^
K5t- ■rrvXat iKave hiep'^op.evo^ p.kya darv
]iKacn<i — rfj yap ep^eWe Sie^ip,€vai TreSiouSe — ,
"Ep6' a\o)(p'i irdXvSfopo'i ivavTit} ^Xde deovaa
^ AvBpopdyr], dvydrrip p€ya\i)Topo<i 'Hertwi/pv,
'Weriaiv o? tvaiev vtto W\dK(p vXrjiacrr},
("iijBrj wroTrXaKir), KtXiKfffO"' dvZpeaaiv uvdaaoav'
'Vov rrep hi] 6x/^dri]p eycff" "FjKTopt yaXKOtcopvarri.
H oi eiTfiT ^ivTrja , ajxa o aiLtpiiroXo^ Kiev avrfj
ITatS' tTTt KoXTTb) e^x^ova draTui^pova Drjinov avrtof,
' E'KzopiSr}!' uyaTTr/Tov, dXiyKiov darepi KaXto,
Top p "Kktmp KaXeea-Ke 'S.Kap^uvBpiov, ainap o'l dXXoi
^Aa'ivdvaKT' oio^ yap tpdero "I\toi'"E«Tei)/3.
"Hrof 6 pif p.ei8r)(rev ISoiv t\ iralha tTKoirf}'
'AvSpopdyt] 8e ol dy)(L irapia-raro 8aKpvyeovara,
VjV r apa oi q>v X^^P'i <=''''"> ''" <:<p«T » tvc r uvop>a^€v.
vv 390-40(5.
HoMkiR, Iliad, VI.
1. Write short notes on Au/coo/3709,Nfo-?/toJ', "^KauKi, Qr]0rf.
2. V. 306. 'HertW. What peculiarity? Cite other in-
fltarsces.
3. Parse SvaeO^, SeiSiuTa, d-jri'iydeTo, id\ aTTtVo-uTo, t'^e^\
e<}>aT.
4. dvadXa. What is meant ?
i5. Scan vv. 138, 392, 396, noting any metrical peculiarities*
G. Mention the principal uses of I he accusative case in
Greek ; and discuss the sj^ntax of oBov (391), TruXa? (392),
CTTO? (406.
7. What is the force of the suffixes -c/cf, -0i, -Oep, and -Be >
and how are they attached ?
w
IV.
1. A short life of Xenophon.
2. The intenial evidence as to the authorship of the Iliad.
3. Explain such forms as 'i/cijac, hai'ifievai, KainreSlop, ij8r).
4. The derivation of ^ovTrXrjyi, ofioKXfj, vr^iriov, "Wiov.
einfUev0fi|^ of SToronta*
ANNUAL i;XAMlNATIONvS: 1875.
SENIOIl MATKIOIILATION.
HONORS.
Rnniiinrr: S. AiiTiiiiu Maruxo, M.A.
I.
Translato
ZETS. Ti ow dyavaKTeit icar avrtou ; SiBoaat yap
aiJb(f)(o KoXijv ri)v SiKijv ol fiev, oiairep 6 ^dvToK.o'i^ atro-
Toi KaX d/yevaroi, Kal ^rjpol to aro/xa, e7rcKe^rjv6T€<{ fiovov
Tq> ')(pv<Ti(p' o'l 8e. Kaduirep 6 ^l>(veu^, cltto rrj^ <f>dpvyyo<i
Ti)v rpo(f)r)v vTTo TMv' ApTTVcwv a(f)aipovfievoi. 'A\X dtridi
i]8r] aaxfjpovea-Tepfi} TraparroKv tm Tifxtavi euT€v^6fievo<;.
If AOTT. 'E/ceTj'o? yap ttotc TravaeTai iocrrep sk Kotfyipov
TeTpv7rr)p,ivov, irplv 6\a)v tlarpvrjvai fie, Kara cnrov8r}v
t|aj/T\ei)</, 'pdua-at ^ov\6fi€vo<i rrjv eiripporfv, fxi) vrrepai r-
\o? ei(nre.au>v eiriKkvaw avrov ; ware e? top rSiv £Lavat-
h(0v ttlOov vBpo(f}op/]cr€iv fioi SoKio, Kal fidrrjv iTravTXrjareiv
Toy KVTov<i /jbt) (TreyovToi;' dWa trp\v ehrpvrfvai, a-^eSov
^K'^vO'qaofievov rov eTTLppeovro^' ovtw^ evpvrepov rb ttoo?
T7JV eK^^vaiv K€^t]V()<; tov ttiBov, Kal a^mXuTO? /; ?fooos\
ZETS. OvKovv el fxi) efi(f)pd^Tai to Ke)(r}vo<t tovto, Kal
et9 TO uTTa^ dvanrenTTafjievov, eK^vOevro'i iu ^payel aov,
paSito<; evpt'jaei riju 8i<f>0epai/ avOii, Kal rrjv hUekSMv iv
rfj rpvyl tov irt'Oov.
1jU(;ian, Timon,
\i
U
I
1 'AoTTvim. Give their names, anii the meaning of each.
What explanation of the fable ? Wlmt connection with tho
Strophades ?
2. Explain the construction of rpo<f)i]v, and of Trauo-eTo*
to impporjv.
8. Aai/ai'W. Who ? Quote from Horace any alluaions
to them.
4. Mark the quantity of the penult, in Ko(j)ivov, t7riK\va-(o,
5. Parse imKexvvore'i, evTev^ofieuo^;, cl<Tpvr)vai, tK^vffijao-
fiipoVf avaTreirrafievov.
II.
Translate :
TIM. 'AXV oiiK einreTTprjarai, & fiiape, i) uKpoTroXif;,
ware S^Xo? el avKoSavT&v AHM. 'AWa Koi TrXouret?,
Tov oTTiardoBofiov oiopv^a<i. TIM. Ou hidapvKrai ov8t-
0^0^' ware airiOavu aov koI ravra. AHM. Aiopvyffi]-
aerat fih> varepov ijhr) Bl av Trdvra to, eV aurco e'xeii}.
TIM. OvKOvv Koi dXKrjv Xdfi^ave. AHM. Oi'/iot to
fierd^pevoV' TIM. My KCKpa^dr Karoiaa) yap aoi
Kol Tpktjv. fcVet Koi ye\o7a nrdfnrav iraSoiixi, hvo
fxev AaKeSaiixovifov fioipat KaTaic6yfra<i ai/07r\o?, ^v St
fiiapov dvdpaymov fit} eirnpvy^a^- /jAttii' yap &v c^rjv kui
veviicqK<a^ ^OXvpnria irv^, xal iraX'qv.
Ibid.
1. Write short explanatory notes on arvKo<f)avTcov, uttixt-
doBofiov.
2. TplTTjv. What is the ellipsis ?
3. AaKeBatfiovuoVf k.t.X. What is the reference ?
4. fioipa^. What other reading ? Give the derivation.
How many men in a fioipal What were its subdivisions ?
5. 'OXv/Miria. What is the construction ? Explain the
terms eKCxeipla, trkina&kov^ irayKpuTiov. What special
qualifications were demanded iti the competitors at these
games ?
6. Translate into Greek (1.) He grasped me by the feet.
(2.) I will have the boy taught music. (3.) Xenophon left
half the army to guard the camp. (4.) He accused Cyrus
to his brother of plotting against him.
III.
Tiiinslato :
"'HficK fih' fTTeipeoTroP aveTrXioficv ffouanne^*
"Ej/^er yap 'S.KvWrj, treptodi 8e Bia Kdpv^Bis'
Aeivbi' aveppoi/SBTjae OaXdaaij^ iiXfivpov vBup,
"Htoi ot ^^Cfieaeie, Xc/St;? (Os^ ev vvpl 7ro\\([I,
MCia avefiop/xvperrKc KVKOifievr)' ir\fr6(T€ 8' aji^vv
"AKpoiarKTKOTreKoiaiv eV niJL<f)OTepoi<riv eirnrTev,
'AX\' OT avafipo^eit- ddkdaarj'i aXfivpov vhatp^
\\d(T euroadc (fxii'eaKe kvkwix^vi), dfi(f)l 8t Trerpr)
Aeivov e^e^pvytiv, vtrkvepOe 8e yala dtdvcaKev
^I'a/i/Ltft) Kvavejj' tow? 8t '^Xcopop 8to? jjpei.
'\1/Met<i fiev irpof Tr}v thofiev oeiffavret okeQpov.
Tu(f)pa Se fjLoi SacuWi; KoiXr)'; t/c vr)o<i eraipovi
'^Ef ^\e^' ot ■)(€patv re ^itjipi re ^epTUTOi ^jtrav.
"StKeyfrdfievoi; 8' e«f vija Oot)v afjua Kal fied' eTaipovi
HSr} tS>v iv6r)<Ta iroSaf Kal ;;^€7/30<? xnrepdev
"Tyjroa deipcfievcov' t'/ie Be ^BeyyovTO KaXevpra
^ ^E^evo/jiaKXijBrjVf tot£ 7' vararov, d^vvfievoi Krjp.
Homer, Odyssey, XII.
1. Parse e^e/icaete (giving the force of the mood), ^dveaKC,
jjpci.
2. Derive S/fy\\»;, Beivov, ^Xcopuv, Kdpv/38i<;, ylrd/Xfiu).
'\. Give the ordinary for the epic forms in this passage.
4. Distinguish ore and orav, B7a nnd Bui, •ijBrj and ijBr].
/). ^ir}(f>i. Explain the meaning and use of the suffix -0t.
C. When is a long vowel or diphthong at the end of a word
generally made short in Homer? What are the excepiions?
IV.
Translate
'^fl<? iipa <f>a)vi')aaa direlHi] <yXavK0)7ri<i ' Adiji'r]
Xlovrop tV drpvyeTOp, Xifre Be ^-^epirjp epaTeipi/p,
"Ik6to S' fcV Mapa6&pa Kal evpvdyviap 'Ad7)pr]p,
Awe S' 'E/jeY^»}o? ttvkipop Bofiop- avrap ^OBva-crexfi
WXkipoov TTpo^ BdifuiT I'e KXvrd. iroXXd Be ol Kijp
"Hpfiaip' icTTafiipo) irpip yaXKeop ovBov iKeaOai.
"n>f T€ yap TJeXiov atyXr} TreXcp tj^ aeX'^vr)^
Aat/JM Kad^ inlr€p€<j>€<i fieyaXrjropoii ^AXkivooio.
»;i
Xd\Keot fiev yap Toluol i\i]\eBaT ev6a Kai tvBa,
'K<f (xvyhv t'f ovhov, Trepl St dpiyKh<i KViivuw
K.pv(Teiai Se Ovpai ttvkivop hufiov hTo<i eepyoi*'
^raOfiol S' dpyvpeoi tV yaTucew earaaav ovh[)y
^Apyvpeov 6' e<f) {mepdvpiov, j^vaer) Be Koptovr).
Kpvaeioi 8' ^Karcpde Kai upyvpeoi Kwef ^aav,
O&?"H0ato-To? ezev^ep IBvirjai irpaTTiheaaw
Acitfia <f)v\aaaefH:vai fieyaXtJTopoi} ^AXkivuow,
AOavuTov^i 6vTa<i fftl ayrjpta^ I'jfiara iruina.
'Ej> Bt Opovoi nepl rol)(pv epijpeBuT evffa xdl tvOa,
'E? ftvyoif t'f ovooh BiaijL7rep€<i, evff ii>\ 7reV\o<
AeTTTot eivjnjToi (iejSkriaTo, ipya yvvaiKOiv.
"Rv0a Be ^aiTjKtov ijyr'jTopeii eBpiowvro
ITiVoj'Te? Kai eBoiTef eTnjeTavov yap eyeoKov.
ibiii, vir.
CAttfUftDifti^ Of STovontd*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
SKNIOK MATRIC'ULATJUN.
LATIN.
Exnj]idiwr: \V. D. Peauman, M.A.
I.
Traiialatc :
Prudciis futuri toiuporia exitniu
Caliginoaa iiocte premit dcus,
Ridetquc si mortalis ultra
Fas trcpidat. Quod adest memento
Componero aequus; cetera fluminis
Hitu ferujitur, nunc medio aequcrc
Cum pace deiabentis Etruscum
In mare, nunc lapidcs adesos
fStirpesque raptas et pecus et domu>s
Volvcntis una non sine montium
CLimore vicinaeque silvae,
Cum fera diluvies quietos
irritat amnes. lUe potens sui
Laetusque deget, cui licet in diem
Dixisse Vixi : eras vel atra
Nube polum Pater occupato
Vcl solo puro ; non tamen irritum
Quodcunque retro est efficiet, neque
Diffinget iufectumque reddet
Quod fugiens semel hora vexit.
Fortuna saevo lacta negotio et
Ludum insolentemludere pertiuax
Transmutat incertos honores,
Nunc mihi, nunc alii benigna.
Laudo manentem ; si celeres quatit
Pennas resigno quae dedit, et mea
Virtute me involve probamque
Paupcriem sine dote quaere.
Horace, Odes, III.
1 Give perfect teneo of prmit, ridet, dsget, qmtit.
2. Prudens. Quod adett. jiotetis mi. Lando. Statfi
the preciHO fnrca of ihoso wnvih as used in tliiri extract,
giving the Greek cqiiivalont whore you iiro able.
a. Give the dorivation of trepidat, aequHs, diluvietf, irri-
turn, insolentern.
4. Give a sciilc of the metre of this (xle. State whether
it is fiovoKoiXov or fiowcTpocpov, cxphiiiiiiii; the meaning of
thcHe terms.
II.
Translate :
Ante, dcos hoinini (juod coneiliare valcrot,
Far orat et puri liicida mica salis.
Nondum pertulcrat lacrimatas cortico inyrrhas
Acta per acquorcas hoapita navis aquas ;
Thuranec Euphrates, luc miscrat India costum,
Nee fuerant rubri co^nita fila croci.
Ara dabat fumou, herbis contenta Sabinis,
Et non cxiguo laurus adusta sono.
Si quis erat factis prati de florc coronia
Qui posset violas a' ,re, dives erat.
Hie, qui nunc aperit porcussi viscera tauri,
In sacris nullum cultcr habcbat opus.
Prima Ceres avidae gavisa est sanguine porcac, .
Ulta suas merita caede noccnti.s opes.
Nam sata vere novo teneris lactentia succis
Eruta sctigerae comperit ore suis.
Sus dederat poenas : cxcmplo territus hujus
Palmite debucras abstinuisse, caper.
Quem spectans aliquis dentes in vite prementera
Talia non tacito dicta dolore dedit :
Ovid, FuHti, 1.
1. Give the gender of flore, sanyuine, palmite, dentes.
2. Parse gavisa, ulta, comperit.
3. Distinguish between aliquis, quis, quidam, quisquam,
quivis.
4. Palmite debueras &c. Notice any peculiarity of con-
struction in this verse.
5. Write short geographical notes upon Euphrates,
Sabinia.
lit.
Translate :
Ad iinoc conflultanda procurandatjuo multitudinc omtii
a vi ct armis coiivcrga ct animi aliquid agendo occupati
crant, ot deoruin adsidua innidtn.o cura, ((iiutn intcresHc
rebus huinnnis coelcstc numcn vidcrotur, ea piotato
omnium pcctura imbuerat, ut (idea ac jusjuranduu:
proximo logutn ac poonaruni mctu civitatcm regcrctit.
Et ((uum ipsi hu homincH in regis velut unici exempli
mores formarenl, turn finitimi etiatn populi, qui antea
castra non urbem positam in medio ad sollicitandam
omnium pacom crediderant, in earn verecundiam adducli
sunt, ul civitatera totam in cultum versam doorum
violarc ducercnt nefas. Lucus erat, quern medium ex
opaco Hpecu fons pcrcnni rigabat aqua : quo quiasc
pcrsajpo Numa sine arbitris vclut ad congressum dcac
itifcrebat, Camenis eum lucum sacravit. (juod carum ibi
concilia cum conjugo sua Egeria essont.
LiVY, V.
1. Distinguish between jus jurandum and saaramentum ;
vereoundiay pudioilia^ and modestia; adsiduua and diligena ;
pcrennis and perpetuus.
2. llow may the so-called " Servian" laws be generally
distinguished from (hose attributed to Numa ?
.*>. (rive the dorivatioji of (wena, arhiter, concilia.
1. intereasc. State and explain the various constructions
ill which this verb is used.
i^i
Wini\9tvnn» of SToronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : l«7r..
SENlOIl MATKKJUJ.ATION
LATIN.
HONORS AND SUHOLARSHIPvS.
Knimiuef: VV. D. Plauman, M.A.
I.
Translate :
Rurnaj interim satis jam omnibus ut in tali ro ad
tuendam arcem compositis turba seniorum domus re-
gressa advcntum hostium obatinato ad mortem animo
exspoctabat. Qui eorum curules gcsserant magistratus,
ut in fortunae pristinac honoruraquo aut virtutis insig-
nibus morerentur, quaj augustissima vestis est tenaas
ducentibus triumphantibusve, ea vostiti medio eedium
eburnis seliis seder.. Sunt qui M. Fabio pontifice
niaximo prajfanto carmen dovovisse eos se pro patria
Quiritibusque Romanis tradant. Galli, ot quia inter-
posita nocte a contentione pugnae remiserant animos et
quod nee in aoie ancipiti usquam certaverant proelio nee
turn impetu aut vi capiebant urbem, sine ira sine ardore
animorum ingressi postero die urbem patonto OoUina
porta in forum perveniunt, circumferentes oculoa ad
templa doClm arcemquc totam solam belli specieai
tonentem.
LiVY, V.
t
1. Derive ohtinato, aneipiti. DiHtinguish between />r/«-
tinut.priaoun, vetui, and ant'muut.
2. Vuruleg maijUtratm. Whnt wore tlicy ?
II.
Transluto :
"Mciio igitur BociuiM suiuinis a(ljuii;,'»:ri' rebus,
Nisc, I'ujiis ? solum to in tiiritii |iori(nila inittain ?
Hon ita nio genitor bolli.s iiK.suotUH Ofilii'ltos
Argolicum toiToroiii inter TroiiutpK; liiborcs
Sublatuin erudiit ; nee tecum tiilia ^essi,
Mttgnaiiinium -.Ktu'ati ct r;itn cxtioma socutus.
Est hie, csit iininiu:! lucis eonteintor, I't istuin
Qui vita bono crodut eini, quo tuntlin, liunorein."
Nisus ad luce : "Etiuideiu de to nil talo vcreb.ir :
Nee fas — non. lla nic relcrat tibi ninj,'tius ovantcin
Jupiter, aut (|uiuunii|ue oeulis luce aspieit acquis.
Sed si quis— quie niulta vidts diseiiniine tali —
SSI (juis in udvorsum rapiat casusvc deusve,
To supercsse velini ; tua vita dignior ictas.
Sit, qui mc raptum pugna pretiovc icdemtum
Mandet hutno ; solita aut ui qua id fortuna vutubit,
Absenti ferat inferias, decoretquc sepulcro.
Neu matri miscric tanti siin eausa doloris :
Quae te sola, puer, uiultis e inatribus ausa
rcrscquitur, m "gni nee moenia curat Accstsc. "
Virgil, ^Eneld, IX.
' «"<'
M
i1
1. Te in tanta perlculu m'tttain, Quote instances of
similar alliteration.
2. Qui vita bene credat, &c. Explain the construction
of this sentence.
3. Scan the 6th verse of this extract, maynanimum
j^nean, &c.
ni.
Triinslato :
Qunru coiiBorv.itc, ju(lici>8, hominctn pudoro co, ((Ui'iti
iitniconitn viiictis cotiiprohiiri ((uurii dignitato tutr etiiini
votustiitu, iii^ciiio iiuteiii tiinto, (quantum id cuiivniiit
cxistiinuri, <iu<)d .siiininoruui liomitium ing(>nii8uxpRtituiii
(Hsc videiitis, causa vcro ojiisinodi, (lUfu honoficio legifl,
iiiiuturitatu luuniuipii, teytiinuniu Luoulli, tabulis Mutolli
coinpi'obutiir. Quic (]uutn ita 8iiit, pulimuH a vubis,
judicuH, KJ (|ua tioii iiiudu Iiuiuhiiii, vcriiin cliatii divina
ill tatitis iiigeniis coniiiicndatio doi)ct esse, ut cum, ({ui
vus, (|ui vcNtruH iinpjraturcH, (|ui pupuli Ilomani ve»
gedtaH Hciuper oruavit, qui ctiaiii \m roccntibus nustria
vcHtriaquo donicdticiH pcriculis ictcniuui su tostimoniurii
laudis daturuui chso profitctur, cstquc ux ou nuinoro,
qui semper apud umnes Maiicti sunt babiti itaque dicti,
Hic in vcHtrain nccipiatis fidtim, ut buir.anitatc vcstra
lovatus potius (]uani aucrbiiute violatus esse videatur.
Cicero, pro Archla.
1. Mark the ((uantity uf the penult, and antepenult, of
expetitum, periculia^ levatus.
2. Distinguish between municipium and colonia.
3. Ancturitate. What is the radical meaning of this
wuid? Show how it com'.s to have the meaning with which
it is employed in this extract.
4. Before whom was this case tried ? What is meant by
the terms
in jure f and ^^in Judicio'
TV,
Translate : \
Sint sane iniinicitia; ; quae esse non rlebcbant ; rex
cnim Dciotiirns vcstram familinm abjoctain ot ob&curani
e tencbris in lucciu evocavit. Quis tuuni patrera antea,
qui essef, quara cujas gener oasct, audivit ? Sed quam-
vis ingrate et irapie neccssnitudinis noracn rcpudiarctis,
tamen inimicitias honiinum more gerere potcratis, non
ficto crimirio inscctari, non expetoic vitam, non capitis
arcessere. Esto ; concedatur hspx quoquc acerbitas et
odii magnitudo; adeone, ut omnia vitae salutisque com-
munis atque etiam hu'^anitatia jura violentur ? Servum
soUicitare verbis, spe promissisque corrurapere, abduc^^re
domum, contra dominum armarc, boc est non uni
propinquo, sed omnibus familiis netarium belium indicere.
Nam ista corruptela servi si non modo irapunita fuerit,
bed eliam a tanta auctoritate approbata, nulii parietes
nostram salutem, nuliae leges, nulla jura custodient.
CiOERO, pro Deiotaro.
1. (jrivo the Greek equivalent oi necetsitudinis.
2. Capitis arcessere. Explain the construction.
W ^'
it ; rex
fecuram
antea,
I qunm-
liarctis,
is, non
capitis
:)itas et
le cora-
Servum
bducere
ion uni
ndicere.
I fuerit,
parietes
Lent.
otaro.
Jlnwet»u» of JToronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
SENIOR MATRICULATION.
ALGEBRA.
Exiiminer: Edgau Frjsby, M.A.
I' ,'.'*']
I. State the advantages ol employing negative and frac-
tional exponents.
Prove that the product of (I+a:)'^ + O-^Y «"" ''^ -
(I - x')^ is
• (1 + x)' + (I - ^ ■
2. Divide, according lo Horner's Method,
2x* - Sx' + 1x' — 8x + 10 by x' - 3a; + 4.
3. Write down the quotients of x* - / divided by x i y ;
and prove
(a + 6 - c)' (o - 6 + c) + (« + i + c)' (« + ^ - '')
(& 4- c — a) = 46c (a + i - t).
4. Prove the following .
(i.) The difference between any the same odd powers,
of two quantities is exactly divisible by the difference between
the quantities.
Cii.) The difference between any the same even powers
of two quantities is exactly divisible by the sum of the quan-
tities'and also by their difference.
5. Explain the use of the terms dimensions, measure., and
multiple, in Algebra, and prove that a common measure of two
quantities will measure the sum or difference of any multiples
of those^quantities.
Find the.H. C. M. ol gx' + 9x^ + 4z - 15 and 4x« +
8«' + 3a; + 20.
a? -be
/>'-
+
ah
G. Simplify
('•) (aZ6f(^_c) "^ (J>-c) {b-a) "^ (c^a) (c—b)
7. Solve the equations
5a; — 3 8 - X
8 - X 7x 4 /^ „\
VS + x + Va; + 3 = 5.
8. Solve the equation x" + /jx -j- tf = 0, and shew how to
form the quadratic whose roots are given.
9. Goods are marked for sale at a price which gives a profit
of » per cent, on the selling price, and n + 50 per cent, on
the coet price. Find n.
10. One root of a;» + 8 = 6a;' -|- I8x + 16 is — 2 ; find the
roniaining two.
11. In simultaneous equations, what is the nature of the
solution according as there are more or fewer equations than
unknown quantities ?
Find the ratios x; y: z, from the cquatious
bx -}- 2y - 3s = 0,
17x + y — 6s = 0.
12. Shew how to find the sum of n terms of a series in
Arithmetical progression.
The middle term of a scries in A. F. is 100; find the
sum of 51 terms.
13. If -^=^'^ = 'land?: + |;+V=^then
z y ^ a' b' &
'' J- *''* U. "^ =: ^'^ **" ***" "^ ""
a
a« + 6» + c»
3lnftier0fti? of JToronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
SENIOR MATRICULATION.
TRIGONOMETRY.
Examiner : Edoar Frisby, M.A.
e'M
1. Write down the characteristics of the logarithms of 235,
2-368, -806, •00035.
2. State the numerical limits between which the numbers
lie whose logarithms have characteristics 5 and 2.
3. Stale the rules for finding the logarithms of products,
quotients, powers, and roots.
Find the logarithm of ^^-"671134 x (3-8826)'«.
4. Given log 2 = -30103, find log 00025.
Calculate the values of
38^826 ^" V4i2^7 x 4«2"75'
5. Explain how the size of an angle is expressed in Trig-
onometry'.
Find the complement of 66" 41' 4" and the supplement
of 100" 6' 25".
tt. Define the Trigonometrical ratios of an angle less than
two right angles.
Find the sin, cos, and tan of 30° and 60°.
7. In a triangle (-4 7 -fi) prove
sin {A 4 B) = sin i cos ii 4- cos A sin B,
lan^iA-B) ^tH^coih C.
a -{■ b
8. Prove tlie formuliiH
tan' .la; =
tan i X
I — cos x
I 4- cos X
1 4- sin X — cos X
I -f "'" a-' + COS a-
9. (I) Given r = «r3.34, A = 3ri° 16' 25", C =- 90% solve
the triangle.
(2) Given /I = 50' 88' 52", /? .- 00° 7' 25", a = 412.67,
solve llie triangle.
10. If grrthe semi-perimeter of the triangle i4i?6\ prove that
the radii of the inscribed and circumscribed circles are, re-
spectively,
8 tan } / tan ^ Bian ^ C, J s sec ^ A sec ^ B sec } C*
No.
10473
log.
02006
Angle,
sin. 3.'>° 16' 25"
Log.
9-76154
IIG91
06788
cos. 35° 16' 25"
9 91190
3Kb20
5^913
cos.^c. r.0° 38' 52"
10- 1 1167
41267
61560
sin. 60° 7' 25"
9-93807
46275
66535
sin. 69° 13' 43"
9 97081
49899
69809
54890
73949
67231
82759
2tln(bct«ftj|? oC SToronto.
ANNU/VI, KXAMINATIONS: lH7fi.
SKNTOIl MATRICULATION.
EN(.LISH.
Examiner : William Houston, M.A.
1. Givp n sketch ol' the origin niid hintory of alphabe-
tical wiitinjjf, and shew how far the imperfections of the
English alphaU't may be historically accounted for.
2. How far is the term " inflection" applicable to the
gender of noaiis iii English ?
Point out and account for any peculiarities of forni
or meaning in mnif)ih't\ maUster, yonrufster, nonfjutress, and
S. Distinguish etymologically and in signification be-
tween the first "one" and the sopond in the following sen-
tence, and disoiiss the applicability of the temn pronoun to
each :
" Oiif <loes not know whether to accept the one or
the other."
4. Some granunarians are of opinion that self was
originally a noun, others hold that it was an adjective.
Which theory will liest account for anomalies in the forma-
tion of the eonipoimd pronoims, inysclf, thyself, himself,
herself, themselres, and why ^
5. Mr. liushton says : " Grammarians have produced
much needless perplexity by confounding the two forms in
-ing."
Distinguish (,'tymologically between these two forms
of the so-called present particij)le, and shew whether
any advantage is gained by observing the distinction in
practice. . .„ .
0. Account historically foi- the introdiicti()n of the
Latin eleniont of the Kn^^llsh vocalmlary, ^civin^r n ft-w
examples of words of Latin origin hclonginor to each of the
two earlier stages of the process.
Derive the following words, giving the intei-mediatc
forms : S'w, madam, ciirfev\ vlnepafMrliclor, prize, hiticiiH,
proxy, kerchuf, and verdid,
7. DoKne, and illustrate 1>3^ oxamples, the following
figures: (:iimile, metaphor, allnsimi, antithr»is, and hyper-
bole.
S, Pole—iM Rome, that first made martyrs in the
Church,
Trembled for her own gods, for these were trem-
bling —
But when did our Rome tremble ?
Paget — Did she not
In Henry s time an<l Edward's ?
Pole— What, my Lord !
The Church on Peter's rock i never ! I have seen
A pine in Italy that cast its shadow
Athwari a cataract ; firm stood the pinr —
The cataract shook the shadow. To my mind,
The cataract typed the headlong phmge and fall
Of heresy to the pit : the pine was Rome.
You see, my Lords ;
It was the shadow of the Church that trembled ;
Your church was but the shadow of a church,
Wanting the triple mitre.
Gardiner — Here be tropes.
Pole — And tropes are good to clofhe a naked truth,
And make it look more seemly.
Gardiner — Tropes again !
Pole — You are hard to please. Then without tropes,
my Lord.
An overmuch severeness, I re|)eat.
When faith is wavering makes the waverer pass
Into more settled hatred of the doctrines
Of those who rule, which hatred by-and-by
Involves the ruler (thus there springs to light
That Centaur of a monstrous Commonweal,
The traitor-heretic) then tho' some may quail,
Yet others are that dare the stake and tire,
And there strong torment bravely borne, begeta
An ftdmiration and an indignation,
And hot «loHJro to iiniiato; so tho f»lagno
( )(' sr'IiiMiii spn'jirls ;
« « # « «
Mi'thinks that umler o\ir Qiii'«'irs rt^^iiuon
We iiii^ht go sot'tlirr than with (uinison rowel
And strraniin^ lasli. When Herod-Henry llrst
I'p^an to liattor at VT>nr Knglish Chnrch,
This was the oause, and hence the judgment on her.
She seethed with sneh a*hdteries ; and the lives
Of many aniong yonr elunelnnen were so Ibnl
That heaven wept and earth l>lus]i'd. I would advise
That we shonld thoroughly cleanse the Church
within
Before these bitter statutes be requicken'd,
So after that wiien she once inoro is seen
White as the light, the spotless bride of Clirist,
Like Christ himself on Talior, possibly
Tht! Ltitheran may be won to her again ;
Till when, my Lords, I counsel tolerance.
Tennyson's Queen Mary, Act iii., scene 4.
(d) Shew, by pointing out the figures of s|)eoch
made use of by Pole, how far Gardiner was
justified in his remarks, " Here be tropes," and
"tropes again !"
(h) Shew by a similar analysis to what extent Pole,
in his suVisequent remarks, failed to fulfil his
promise to dispense with the use f»f rhetorical
figures.
9. J^iscuss the propriety of regarding Chaucer as the
founder of a school of poetry. Give an account of the
principal writers usually classed as his disciples, enumerat-
ing and briefly describing their more important works.
10. Account for the literary barrenness of the ]r>tli cen-
tury, and trace the operation of the causes leading to the
reimissancc of the Elizabethan age.
11. Name the authors of the "Utopia," the " Praise of
Folly," and the " Arcadia." Describe these works, and
point out the relation of their authors to the ])rogi'es8 of
learning and literature in England.
12. Hnllaiii, sppukiii;; r>|' the l(iii;i[iia:^'i' of the uiiih()ri/(>t|
vt'isiun of till' liiltic, says; " It iiiiiy, in JIh' t'Vt's ol' iniiny,
liu II hntti-i- Kti^HisI), Itiit it is not tii)> Kn^'lisli of Daiii**!, or
Kalf'i^li, or Bacon, as imy one may oasily ncrcoivc"
Kxplain full}' Nvhiit is iniplicil in this stiitonicnt, and
account for tlu« (liHl'nMKu^ hrtwccn tlu' Ktij^rlishol' tlic HiltK-
and that ofconttMnporary wiit'Ts.
Siihjt'ii for CariipdNlllnn :
The rt'lntiori which the Literal u re of n country bears to its
Political History.
nnfUetiifttf of Votonto.
ANNUAL KXAMINATIONH: I87rt.
HKNIOR MATRICULATION.
KNdLISH.
IIONOJIS.
ICxaminvv : J. M. Buciian, M.A.
ENGLISH LITERATURE.
1. Tell what you know about Botle, Roj»er Bacon, and
Robert Mannying.
2. *' Ye no schulon oten vlosclis ne f«oim buton Ine inuchelo
sconcspe ; other hwoso is ouor I'cble oleth potage blitheliclio,
and wuMiJth ou to lutel druneh. Notbeleus, leoue sustrcn,
owor mc o and owor druncli haueth ithuht mo lease then ich
wolde."
Ancren Riwle.
(1.) Rewrite in modern Engliah.
(ii.) What is the meaning of ' Ancren Riwle' ?
(iii.) Give an account of the work.
3. Compare or contrast the Canterbury Tales and the
Vision of Pier's Ploughman, in regard to their poetical
form, the mental iind moral characteristics of the authors,
and their modes of treating the same subjects.
i^'i
I
PROLOGUE TO THE CANTERBURY TALES.
4. " A gentle maunciple was ther of a temple,
Of which achatours mighten take exemple
For to be wys in beyying of vitaille.
For whether that iie payde, or' took by taille,
Algate he waytede so in his achate,
That he was ay biforn and in good state.
Now is not that of God a ful fiiir grace.
That such a lewcd mannes wit schal pace
The wisdom of an heep of lernedp ""^n ?
Of maystrea hadde he moo than thries ten.
That were of lawe expert ai d curious ;
Of which ther were a doseyn in that house,
Worthi to ben stiwardz of rente and lond
Of any lord that is in Engelond,
To make him lyve by his propre good.
In honour detteles, but-if he were wood,
Or lyve as scars !y as hym list desire ;
And able for to helpen a! a schire
In any caas that mighte falle or happe ;
And yit this maunciple sette here aller cuppe."
Prologue to the Canterbury Tales^ II. 567-586.
(i.) Rewrite line by line in modern English.
(ii.) Give the derivation of ' maunciple/ * achatour,'
•vitaille,' 'taille,' * doseyn.'
(iii.) Scan 1. 585.
(iv.) Parse 'hym,' and 'list,' 1. 583; and 'here* and
'aller,' 1.586.
(v.) What inflexions are marked by final e in Chaucer's
adjectives ?
JULIUS CiBSAR.
5. Describe the character of Anthony as conceived bv
Shakespeare. ^
6. 5rM<M«— Let me tell you, Cassius, you yourself
Are much condemned to have an itching palm;
To sell and mart your offices for gold
To undeservers.
CassiuB — I an itching palm ? 5
You know that you are Brutus that speak this,
Or,by the Gods, this speech were else your last.
Brutus — The name of Cassius honours this corruption,
And chastisementdoth therefore hide his head.
Oasssus — Chastisement !
10
Brutus — Remember March, the ides of March remember !
Did not great Julius bleed for justice sake ?
What villain touched his body, that did stab.
And not for justice ? What, shall one of us,
That struck the foremost man of all this world 15
But for supporting robbers, shall we now
Contaminate our fingers with base bribes,
And sell the mighty space of our large honours
For so much trash as may be grasped thus ?
I had lather be a dog and -! , > the moon, 20
Than such a Roman.
Julius CiRSAR, Act IV., Scene 3.
(i.) Notice any lines that cannot be scanned in the
ordinary way.
(ii.) Distinguish ' mart' from ' sell,' in 1. 3.
(iii.) Point out any constructions that would not be
used in modern prose.
(iv.) Parse 'but' in 1. 16.
(v.) *You are Brutus that speak this,' 1. 6 ; * chastise-
ment doth hide his head,' I. 9 ; and ' I had
rather bo,' 1. 20. Discuss the grammar of these
constructions.
(vi.) Give the derivation of * chastisement,' * justice,'
'finger,' 'base,' and 'such.'
(vii.) Analyse from ' what* in 1. 14 to the end.
(viii.) Point out any examples of rhetorical figures that
occur in the extract.
(ix.) L. 20. How does 'bay tho moon' differ from *bnit
the moon' ? Which is the preferuble reading ?
Give reasons for your answer.
PROSODY.
7. Enumerate the meanings ot the word ver»e.
8. Quote or compose examples of the different Iambic
measures used by English poets.
i
^ni^tvuitp of Zovonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
SENIOR MATRICULATION IN ARTS :
JUNIOR, IN LAW.
FRENCH.
Examiner : Rev. James Roy, M.A.
I.
§
B
GRAMMAR.
1. Whoii arc the names of countries used without the
article ?
2. Are the following expi-essions correct ? What is tlie
difference of meaninj; between them ? State the rule
governing them, (a) I^'avons-mmn pas dfi Vargent f (h)
N'avonft-nous pas d'arffcnt I
3. Why do we say, le Danle, le Tasse, le Guide, with
the article, but Petrarque, Michel -Anye, without it?
4. Of what number is soi ?
5. When may d come before tious ?
6. What prepositions follow aimer, accouturner,chercher,
s'eforcer, a'empresser, 'penaer f
7. What is the difference between forcer d and f<rcer
(le, contraindre a and contraindre de, ohliger d and ohliger
de ?
8. In the following sentence what governs the subjunc-
tive: Je doute que vous ayes etudi^ hier.
9. State the position in which Men stands with an
infinitive.
10. Give the principal rules for the use of the subjunctive.
n.
EXERCISES.
(a) Translate:
1. Have that fish fried.
2. He plays the great lord.
3. Have you any green peas ?
4. He is pretending to sleep.
o. He speaks and writes Geiman.
G. Tne late princess was admired by everybody.
7. The more one has the more one wants.
8. That house was formerly mine.
9. Are you pleased with that speech ?
10. The ladies I heard singing.
11. The songs I heard sung.
12. We who are cooks put the frying pan on the stove.
13. The gang of thieves got in.
14. A gang of thieves got in.
16, I should write if I could,
(?>) Correct the en'ors in the following, and give reasons for
each correction :
1. L'lwmrne qui aime d falre h hien, et qiCon Ven loue,
n'est pas vravment vertneux.
2. Xe temps renverss tout ce qiCil e'k've.
3. JJaigle est dune cardct^re dominante, il est le tyran
des hahitans de I'air et de ceux de la terre.
4. Ma iMine va mourir que fai crue imniortelle.
5. Cest le plus brave des officurs du regiment qui ait
4te d4cor4.
Translate
HI,
Le mal que peuvent faire les mauvais livres n'est
corrig^ que par les bons ; les inconvonients des lumieres
ne sent ^vit<^s que par un plus haut degre de lumiferes.
11 y a deux routes i prendre en toutes choses : retran-
cher ce qui est dangereux, ou donner des forces nou-
velles pour y rdsister. Le second moyen est le seul
qui convienno k I't^poque oh nous vivons; car Tinno-
cence ne pouvant etro do nos Jours la compagne de
I'ignorance, celle-ci ne fait que du mal. Tant de
paroles ont 6i4 dites, tant de sophismes rdp^t^s, qu'il
i'aut beaucoup savoir pour bien juger, et les temps sont
])ass«^s oh Ton sen tenait en fait d id(^es au patrimoine
do ses pferes. On doit done songer, non h repousser
les lumiercs, mais a les renrlre completes, pour que
Umu's rayons brist's ne prosentent pointde fausses lueurs.
Un gouvernenient ne saurait pret(!ndi«' k dc^rober k
une grande nation la connaissanco del'espritqui rfegne
dans son sibcle : cet esprit renfenne des Elements de
force et de grandear, dont on pent user avec succes
(juand on ne craint pas d'aborder hardiment toutes les
(juestions: on trouve alors dans lf*s vt^ritt^s f ternelles
dcs ressources contre les erreurs passagores, et dans la
]ibert(^ inenie lo mairitien de I'ordre et raccroissenient
de la ]>iiiss;)nee.
Madamk dk Sta1*;l, L'AUern, p. 39.
1. IcH hicont'cninitfi de Imnleren. What English
poet has an often quoted sentiment similar to this ? Quote
the words.
2. nouvcUex. (a) Distinguish noiirelles from neuvefi.
(h) Give sentences illustrating the use of the diffei'ent forms
of nouveUes.
3. Second moyen. CJould douxlhne be used bore ?
4. coYivlennc, preaetiient. What parts of the verbs ?
Why used ?
5. vivons. Give preterite definite.
C. done. When is final c not sounded in French ?
7. de fausses liteuro. Why no article ?
8. saurait. To what other French word is this equi-
valent ?
9. eonnaissance. {a) From what verb is this derived ?
(/>) Distinguish that verl> from savoir.
10. Le second nioycn nous vivons. Write, in French
a short criticism on the sentimetit here expressed.
IV.
1. state the arguments of Madame de Stael on the
question of Language versus Mathematics, as a basis of
instruction.
2. Compare the literary cl)aractor of Madame de Stael
with that of Voltaire.
V.
Translate :
Les Fran(;ais sont les plus habiles diplomatcs do
I'Europe, et ces hommcs, qu'on accuse d*indiscr6tion et
(Virapertineiice, savent mieux que personne cacher
un secret, et captivor ceux dont its out besoin. lis ne
dt'plaisent jamais que (juand ils le veulent, c'est-a-dire,
(juandleur vanit*' croit trouvor mieux son compto dans
lo dt^dain que <lans robligeance. L'esprit de conver-
sation a singulierenient ddveloppt' cho;^ les Fraiu;ais
l'esprit plus serieux dos negociations politicjues. II
n'est point d'ambassadeur dtrangerqui pfit lutter con-
tre eux en ce genre, a moins (pie, mettant ab.solunient
de cot«' toute pr(:^tention a la finesse, il n' allnt droit en
affaires, comme celui qui so battrait sans savoir
I'escrime.
IjAllem, ]). 58.
UniiHVtHts of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
SENIOR MATRICULATION, ARTS: JUNIOR, LAW.
FRENCH.
HONORS AND SCHOLAl'-SHIPS.
Examiner : Rev. James Roy, M.A.
I.
Translate :
ciel aneantis lua fatale existence.
Quoi ! ce Dieu que je sera lae laisse sans secoura !
II defend a mes mains d attenter sur iiies jours !
Ah ! j'ai (juitte des dieux dont la bonte facile
Me permettait la niort, la niort, mon seul asile.
Eh ! quel crime est-ce done, devant ce Dieu juloux,
De hater uu moment qu'il nous prepare k tous ?
Quoi ! du calicc amer d'uu malheur si durable
Faut-il boire a longs tr.aits la Ho insupportable ?
Ce corps vil et mortel est-il done si sacre,
Que r esprit qui le meut ne le quitte k son gv4 ?
Ce peuple de vainqueurs, arme de son tonnerrc,
A-t-il le droit affreux de depeupler la terre,
D'exterminer les miens, de d^chner mon tlanc ?
Et moi je ne pourrai disposer de mon sang ?
Je ne ])ourrai sur moi pei*mettrc a mon courage
Ce que sur I'univers il pennet h sa rage ?
Zamore va mourir dans ses toumients affreux.
Barbares !
Voltaire. Alzire, Acte V., Sc. iii.
1. aneantis. Distinguish an^antir from dMndrc.
2. sers. Wlmt compound of this verb is regular ?
3. h(Uci\ Translate l»y this vorh, aiul l)y unotlior, tho
exprt'SHion, " Make hasoe." •
4. amev. In wliat wonls of moro than one syllahk! iw r
final, preceded hy r, sounded ?
5. )muL (Jive infinitive.
6. (jre. Give and tiaiislale a Kreiieh .sentence ilhis-
trating the meaning of sdmrlr f/v'.
7. pourral. Witli what verl)s may /)«« he omitted
after nc !
8. Afourir. Give [wesent indicative.
9. Quoi ln8iij>j>oi'tahie. Write, in French, a short
criticism on these lines.
10. Write, in French, a short account of the incidents of
this play.
II.
Translate :
Connaissez-vous un liommc appcle rEniinence grise,
CO capucin redoute que le Cardinal emploie a tout,
consulte souvent, et mdprise toujours ? Cest a lui
que las capucins de Loudun se sont adresses. Une
femme de ce pays et du petit peuple, nominee Hamon,
ayant eu le bouheur de plaire h la reine quand elle
l)assa dans ce pays, cette ])rincesse I'attaclia j\ sou
service. Vous savez quelle haine se|)arc sa cour <le
celle du Cardinal, vous savez qu' Anne d' Autriche et
M. de Richelieu se sont (juelque temps disputed la
faveur du roi, et que, de ces deux soleils, la France nc
savait jamais le soir lequel se leverait le lendemain.
Dans un moment d'l^clipse du Cardinal, un satire
parut, sortie du systeme planetaii'e de la reine j elle
avait pour titre la Corclonniere de la reine mere;
elle etait bassement ecrite et con^ue, niais rofermait
des choses si injurieuses sur la naissanco et la pcrsonne
du Cardinal, que les ennemis le ce ministre s'en
empar^rent et lui donnerent une vogue (jui 1' irrita.
On y r^v^lciit, dit-on, beaucoup d' intrigues et de
mysteres qu'il croyait impt^netrables; il lut cet ouvrage
anonyino ot voulut cri savoir rauioiir. Co fut dans co
ternps memo cjuo les cnpucins <lo cctto ])otito villo
dcriviront an ulna .losopli (lu'uno ccjiTOHponduncc
contiiinello outre Oraiulior ot la Hamuli no Iciir
laisstiit aiu'iin doiito uu'il uv tVit raiitcur dc cottc
diiitiilfc. Ell vain avait-il publio pit'oddommotit dos
livroH roli;;;ieux do ])ri«>ro.s ot do mcditatiuiiH dont K;
stylo sc'iil dovait raUsoiidro d'avoir mis la main i\ un
libolle oerit dans lo laiiguaj^o dos hallos; lo (cardinal,
dos longU'inps pvi^vomi contro Urbaiii, n'a voulu voir
ipio lui do coupablo: on lui a rappolo (|Uo lorsqu' il n'
rtait oneoro ((uo priour do Coussay, Grandior lui
disputa lo pjus, lo ])iit, mome avant lui : Jo suis bien
trompo si ec pas no met son pied dans la toinbo.
])E ViciNY^, Cinq-Mars i)p. 58, 1).
1. L^ Eminence yrlse. Who was this ? Doscribo his
character.
2. a kit. Why is d i)ermittod before lui !
3. adresses. Explain agroomont.
4. 2)(t?/s. Distinguish from caiwpmjne and patvie.
5. 8c sont — dispute'. Why h dispitte'in the singular?
0. Icquel. Why not qui^
7. le sou: Ic Xcndemain. Explain construction.
8. Dans tin moment, <i'C. What figure occurs in this
sontonco and the previous one ?
i). parnt. Give intiuitivo ])resont.
10. fdt. Why this mood and ten.se ? •
11. En vain. Give some other expressions after which
subject and verb become inverted.
12. Vabsoudre. (a) What parts of this verb are wanting ?
(b) Give the participles.
HI.
Trftuslate :
Th«? thrill (mmHMiiv.vt) of joy wan more flan^^erous
for Wish dv Lijolais than yrief. Tht! poor chihl lell
heavily and w'lisi'hiHH on the niarblr of the j,'allory.
Thanks to thu caio of tho Knipross, of in-inccsH
Hortenst', and of their J.-idicH, Mis,s do LajolaiH Hoon
recovered her cotiHcionsnesH.- "My father, my father 1"
she mnrniured a.s soon as nJie eonld .s[)eak. "Oh ! lot
me be the first to atinonnco to him his pardon." Then,
rising, slio wished to escai)e from tho arms which re-
tained her; but, too feeble for so many ditteront
emotions, she fell back helpless. "Thoro is nothing
pressing, now, Miss," said one of tho ladies, "take a
little rest and some nourishment : you will go after an
hour." "After an hour!" cried Maria, "you want me
to delay foi' an hour the announcement of l*'b to a man
condemned to death, and that man my father! Oh !
madam," added she, turning towards the enipress, "let
me go, I beg of you ; think that it is my father, that
he has his pardon, and that he does not yet know of
it." "Be it so, my child," replied tho oxcoUont
Josephine; " but you cannot go alone to his pri.son."
"But I came very well alone to your castle," she (piickly
replied. "May your majesty permit us to accompany
Miss de Lajolais," deuuinded at once several officers and
aides-de-earnp of the Emperor, whom the action, na-
tural though it was, of Miss de Lajolais had filed with
admi -tion. "M. do Lavalette will do me this favor,"
said the em])ress, smiling graciously at one of them.
8fttifuev0fttf cif Toronto.
ANNUAL RXAMINATI0N8: 187f..
HKNIOR MATirrOITLATION.
GIKRMAN.
Kmniinvy : J. K. OuAFlAM, M.D.
Tianslato
I.
(ihampaiVu*. l)aim ^vaw von SOiinMllc.
(il> am^nj^n c (allct'n). 8if fint fort~(S5Ulcf ju,
li'hampaivu' ! i)ci' (Sicip'ft unfcv! ^\f(jt fvifd; nnd JliJfrf,
tap wiv tic .<>fjrat(> nodi in ticfrv *')lad){ ,^u (Stautc luin(\en
—Da fommt tic ^djwcftcr mc^nc^^&c^•n; ihv fann'id)
aUcci fa^cn.
g V. IV 3K i V y i 1 1 c. ;>((>, Infi tu ta (i'bampaivic ? 'Bei\it
tu nicfu, au> tcr ^nfcl ift ?
(» b a m p a q u c. '^(uf tcni '}Qti\ nad) 3ti:a9buriv
?5 r. y. «i i vy i 1 1 c. 3i5ic ? SBao ^ (i'rfUirc tid/!
(i I) a in p a i^ n c. 'Hcdu flcin, ',M)v ©natcn. 8ic wiffcu
iMcl(cid)t niA}t, tap ntcia ^civ unt ticfcr ^ovmcuil cincn
bcftiflcn 3«nf snfanimcn i^cljaOt (jal^cn.
5 v. y. 5!)n VIM 11 c. ©anj im (^3cflcntbct(. ^k fint al^
tic bcftcn <5ffwntc i'\cfd)ictcn, ta^ wcip id).
Ci 1) a m V a i^ n c. 9Jun, fo babe id/gi abcr nid)t c^cwupt.
Unt in tcr .P>iic nicinc? I£ifcii3 flinfl id) l)in, miv bci tcv
^iPolijci ^ilfc jn fudjcn. 3d,' fominc bcr niit jwci Ocii^can-
ten, tayon tcr cine ^cfcbL bet, tcni ^crrn i>on ^orincuil
an tcr ®citc :\u bleibcn, tcr antcrc, mcinen ^cnn nad;
Strapbnvfl jnriicf ju brin(\cn. — 9hin rcitct tcr 2cnfcl
ticfcn ycrwiinfd^tcn Scn^cantcn, tap cr ten Onfcl fiir ten
iWcficn nimmt, ibn bcinal^c mit (^cwalt in tic .Wutf4)C
padt, unt fo»' mit i{)m, ja^ft tu nicbt, fo ijilt'e nidi^t,
mii) ©trafburg !
J5 r. V. 5W i vv i 1 1 f. ®if, dbflinpafluc ! Mi fdiirfO meiiifn
Onffl flnftatt mclncc ^Jrutrrv^ nuf tie ^Kf(ff V 'Mn. trte
fanu nl^t telu (frnft ffln.
(i b a m p a c\ n c. Urn ^i^crrtrlniiijv f<J lf» mdii voller tf rnft
— Drtd (ilfap'ift clu fdjarmaiUfO I'flnt; trr .i>frr Obcrft
babcn fid) nod) n(d)t tarfn unirtcfeben, iint id) »crfdiafff
^\)mn tiffc flfine (fvrtiJeHdjfcft.
'<^ r. ». 9W i r » i 1 1 r. Du fnunfi lunt fd)fr^cu ^ iOae
mail abcr tcr .&c4r i>on Vormcuil V
g I) n 111 p a rt n f. (fr fttt)rt ffinen ^frrtfanifti in tfr
Slfltt fpaj^fcrni.
5 r. ». 9W i r V i 1 1 f. Xtx annf .^mti^ ! ( rtiftil
woil oa§ id} 'Mi^tii an ibm ncbnie.
(J b a in P « rt " f« ^-'l""' flniibiflc <^rflu ! 'Urn ©fif ! ^'eiiic
3f{t ttcrlorcn ! SCctin uifin {icvr fcfnc (Jouftnc niir crft f^c
belrot^ft Ijat, fo iPoUcn n?fr ten Cnfel jiirilcfbolcn. 3d)
fu(|c nifincn ^crrn auf ; Idi bdtiflc \\}n bcv, iint roenn nur
2>it un0 bciftcbfii, fo mu^ bteff ^lad)t allfc* ridjtifl werbcn.
►ScHij.LEH, Dd* iV>^ij rf/fl Onkcl.
1. Conjugate hringen, bleiben^ nefimen^ gelteny verlieren,
heittehen, giving tlic present indicative of ench.
2. Give the plurals of Heirath, Naoht, Zank, Frau, Stadt.
3. Give the gender of Qlilck, Weg^ Gegentfieil^ Qewalt,
Antheil.
4. Nun reitet der Teufel, ^r. Explain the construction
of this sentence.
6. Um Vergebung. Supply the words which »ro under-
stood.
Translate :
II.
'^m bunfeln ®d)oo^ bcr ^cil'gen (irbe
aScrtraucn wix ber |)dnbe Xijat,
SSertraut ber ©(tmann fcinc Saat
Unb f)offt, ba§ jtc fntfeimcn werbe
3um ©cAeU; nacb bc# ^tmmcl^ 9lotb.
9?o(^ fiJftltd;ercn 8amcn bergen
Sir trauernb in tev grbc ®cboo§
Unb ()offcn, ba§ cr (i«^ ben (Sdrgen
erbiaben foil ju [(^iJnerm Sooei.
*Bon tern ^omf,
im tic Wlocfc
Cfinft bcnlfitcn ibic Xiaucrfd^Mj^c
(iiJicii ^JOantrcv auf tern letUfii "iiJfj^f.
^^d;! pic Watt in ift'<J, tic tbcurc,
?(d>! cc^ ift tic trcuc Wuttcv,
Die tcv fdnvav^c (^ilrft tcr (5d)attcn
SCcjifilbrt a«0 tern ?(rm tc (vUittcn,
tHu^ tcv i^artcn Winter ^iiiiaar,
iic fie blUbcnt ibm (\cbar,
Tic fie on tcrjveuen Jiirufi
^iOadM'cn fflb mit ^V)}uttcrluO —
M) ! te(J -Onufec ^avtc ^3ante
viint flcIiJ^t auf immcrtnv ;
Xcnn fie wobnt im (3d)attenlanf c,
Xic tcC ^aufcc* Gutter war ;
t)enn c«> fcblt ibv trcuesJ fflaltcn,
^brc 3o^c ii>ad)t nicfu nicbv
V(n i^erwal^ter ©tciitc fd^altcn
'^ixt tie J^renibc, licbclecr.
SuHlLLKH, Daa Lied oon der Olocke.
1. Conjugate henjen, bcf/hiten, wachien, sehen.
2. Give the plural of That, Rath, Loos, Schaar, Ham.
3. Give the gentler of Schooss, Rath, Schaar^ Hans.
4. Give the gender of Band. Enumerate substantives
which have a double gender giving their different meaning.
5. Enumerdte substantives which have two plurals, with
their different meaning.
III.
Translate into Germait :
An old philosopher ( Philosoph) observing a young
man who had too great a \o\ah\\\ly {Gelailjigkeit) of
longue, spoke thus to him : Take notice (Bedenken sie),
my friend, that nature (die Natur) has given us two ears
and but (Mm) one tongue, that (damit) we listen much
and speak little. ,
Milton, being asked by {von) a friend, whether (ob) he
would instruct {nnterrichten) his daughters in the dif-
ferent languages, replied, No sir, one tongue (die Zunge
die Sprache) is sufficient {genug) for a woman.
th
of
pi
Uni\»tv&iip of Toronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : J876.
SENIOR MATRICULATION.
GERMAN.
Exctminer : J. E. Graham, M.D.
I.
GRAMMAR.
1. Give the con tructiou of tho direct principal sentence ;
the invPiMcd prmcipnl sentence, and tiie dependent sentence.
2. Define the strong and weak conjugations. Give
examples.
3. IIow is the passive voice formed in its various moods
and tenses. Illustrate by an example.
4. Give general rules for the determination of the gender
of substantiveb.
5. What chisses of substantives modify the vowel in the
plural ?
t). Give gcreral rules for the declension of adjectives.
7. Enumerate and decline the relative pronouns.
8. What prepositions govern the accusative only ?
Translate :
II
Dee 2)U D d) c 11 5 .H I a (\ c .
Dev (Sid)tt)alr braufet,
Xtc aCclfcu \k\}\h
Dae aWdqtlcin ftljct
^^In UfciM Wn'in,
(fc^ bvirbt fid} tic ^i«cl(c imt iDiadU, mtt '))lad}t,
lint ftc [cufjct Miunu^ in tic unftcve :')iadU,
i^ae VHui^c yoiii JlU-incn j^ctvubct.
„Drte .f)cn ift flcftovbcn,
DicSdttftlmv
Unt wet'tfv gtbt fir
Dem 3Bun[d)c ntri)te titebr.
Du .^cilti^c, vufc tciu Stint i^miid,
M) bak 'flCJU^ffcn tae Irtifdjc OHiirf,
C^d; ^abc flclcbt unt (^clicbct."
„(fe linnet ter Il)vanen
2?crgcblid)ev Sauf ;
Die ^\a(\t, fie werfet
Die Gotten nid;t anf ;
Dod) nenne, irne tvoftet unc beilct tie !iPv«ft,
^)tiid) tev [ilfuMi !l'icbe yevfriMinintcncv Vuft
3d;, tic .^imnilifdjc, unU'e nidu ycvfartcn."
„i?af,' vinncn tev Xlnanen
S5cvc\eblid)cv ^nuf !
(f ^ njccfc tic St\a<\(
Den 2:ottcn ni*t auf 1
Dae fil^eftc (sHiirf fill tic tiaueinte '^^riift
"MA) tev [d)oncn Vicbc ycrfdjunintenci Vuft
vtint tev Viebc i^djmcvjen unt Ailartcn."
SchiUei:
1. Conjugate ziehn, geben, rinnen, netinen, sterben, ver-
sckwinden, brechen.
2. Give the gender of Ufer, Blacht, Kind, Wolke.
3. Give the plural of EicJiwald, Kind, MacJit, and Lauf.
4. Decline Auge and Herz.
5. An Ufers Griin. Explain the construction.
6. Naeh der siissen Liebe verachwundener Lmt. Explain
construction. Why is Lmt not preceded by an article ?
m.
LITERATURE.
1. Write what you know of the Minnemnger and Meister-
sdnger?
2. Give souKj account of the following authors and naino
their principal works: Herder, Schiller, Goethe, Qrillparzer,
and Heine.
^nibttuitsi of SToronlo.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
SENIOR iMATRlCULATION.
(IHEMISTRY.
HONORS.
Examiner: W. Oliver, B.A.
1. A 8mall quantity of chloride of lime is placed in a sick
room ; explain its action. Suppose you add a little diluted
acid, what would be the effect ?
2. Compare the burning of a candle in oxygcji and
chlorine. How do you account for the large amount of
smoke or soot when a substance like turpentine is consumed
in chlorine i
3. Explain why there is supposed to be a metal called
ammonium. Sal ammoniac is heated with lime — What gas
would be given off? Explain by equation the chemical
changes taking place.
4. Interpret the following : N,0, NO, N,0„ N,0„ N.O^,
explaining the signification of such letters and figures
generally. State in clear terms the law illustrated by these
formulse.
5. Distinguish between coal, marsh, and defiant gases,
giving formulae for last two. Mention the several sources of
illuminating power in ordinary coal gas, and state how it
may be increased.
6. Draw a simple diagram illustrating the combustion of
a common candle, and explain fully the chemical changes
that take place.
7. WatAi' oontaioB mineral, organic, and gaseoui im-
purities. How would you proceed to got rid of each of these,
observing that such matters may bo either in snspension
or solution ?
8. Given sp. gr. of sulphur at 2.07, a cubic foot of it on
being tested gives only 1.75 sp. gr. Calculate the cubical
contents of the cavities, a cubic inch of water weighing
■03616 lbs. avoirdupois.
0. Explain the chemical changes in the following : —
<(a) A piece of polished iron exposed to the atmos-
phere for a length of time.
(h) Sulphur and iron filings heated together for a
length of time.
(c) Soda and tartaric acid mixed together in presence
of water.
(d) Action of acid preserves on the zinc top of pre-
serve jars.
10. Deduce the empirical formula of the following sub-
stance : carbon 20 per cent., oxygen 26.67 per cent., and
sulphur 53.33 per cent. Also, how much potassium chlorate
will be required to give 5 lbs. oxygen gas.
H. Mention the more common ores of iron with their
formulaB, and give a brief description of the manufacture of
the metal from its ores.
BnMvnitu of Sototilo*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
FIRST YEAK.
GREEK.
Kimmhier: Rkv. Nkil MacNish, B.D., LL.D.
I.
Xknophox : Amilxisls, B. V.
1. Alentiuu tbo losuling iiicidcMts in the lil'e of Xeuoplion.
2. Wliat was the chiut'aiiu of his writings i
3. Account for any peculiarity in his style.
4). Discuss the statement which he umkes in his Jfellenics:
" How, therefore, Oyrus ccjllected an anny and went up
with it against his brother;- how the battle took place ; —
how he was killed, and how the (J reeks afterwards returned
ill safety to the s(!a, has l)een written by Theniistogenes
the Syracusan."
5. {a) Translate :
'E-TTet Se TO, iinTrjhiia omen Tjv \afij3dvetv &<tt€ utt-
av6r]/iepit,€iv iirX to tt paroiTehov, ix tovtov Xafioav 6 He-
vo<f>(av i)<yeij.6va<i rSiv TpaTre^ovvricov i^dyei 649 Api\a^ to
rffiuTv Tov crrpaTevfiaTOf, to 8e rffiurv ^vkdrreiv KaTeXtire
TO (TTpaToiretov oi yap J^oX^oi, aT€ e/CTrcTTTw/coTfi? t&v
oIki&v, TToXXol r}<Tav dOpooi Koi imepKddrjVTO iirl t&v
aKpwv. Oi he TpaTre^ovvTioi otrodev fiev to, eTviT'^Beia
pa^iov rjv Xa^elv ovk ^ov <^lXol yap avToZ'i Tjaav eh
T0U9 ApCXa<i 8e Trpodvfiox; rjyov, v<f) &v KaKm<i €Traa')(0Vi
el<i "xmpia Te opeivd Kal Zva^aTa KcCi dv0p(O7rov<; TToXefii-
/cwTaToi;? Twv ev tS Uovt^.
(Ii) Pm-He Xafttoi^, eVTreTTTW/roTcv, ^oi;.
(o) Coinpaii! pnhiovy TrpoBvfuo^.
(d) Explain ex toj/tou, uTe.. oiKidv^ (ftiKoi <yap...i)(iav,
1*9 OiV...€'JTa(T')(Ol>.
(e) Derive e7nT>')8eia, i't7rav6ii/jLipi^(H>, hmfima.
6. (a) Translate :
Ola he vfilv Kal hia'Tmrpd-)(naiv o! nvdaiptrot, oxnoi
arparrffoX aKi-^aade. '/jn'Kap)(p^ pkv <yap 6 uyupavo/xo^
el fiev ahiKel vfid<i, otyerai dTrmrXeriw ov Bovs vfiiv BiKrji''
el hk fii] dBiKei, (f>evyei eV toO (TTpaTevfiaTOf; Beicras fiij
aBlKW^ OKpiTot (iTroduvii. Ol Be naTaXivaatncs tovs
TTpea^eis 8ie7rpd^avTo vp.lv povoi^ fiev iSiv 'VjWyivwv et<»
KepatrovvTa p,r) d(T(f)a\')'i elvai, edv fxij avv l(Ty(yi d<f>iK-
vrjcdc TOVS Be veKpoii'i otit TrpoaOev ainol ol KaTaKav6uTe<{
eKeXevov dairreiv, tovtovs BieTrpd^avro p^yBe cvv Ki^pvKuo
^71 d<T<j)a\k'i eivai dve\ea6at. Tif ynp edcXt'iaei Ki]pv^
levat Ktjpvua^ direKTOvm ; 'AW' >;/At"tv KtpaaowTifav
$dylrat avTOv<i eSei]6r)p.ev.
(6) Decline Bovf;, Kfjpv^.
(c) Explain the terms : dyopai'6p,o'i, K))pvKi(p.
{(I) What is the constniction of oi^yerai. uTroTrXtW...,
oi Be KaTaXev(TavTeii...fii] ria^Xcf elvai, tovtovs
. . .dueXecdai 1
II.
lioMKH: Iliad, y I
1. How can the probable age of Homer be dotermiiied ?
2. What argument in favour of the antiiiuity of his
poems can be drawn from the JJujamma {
3. Give the Greek and Latin names of the deities that
are mentioned by Homer.
4. Who were the Oyclic poets, iho Ohovizontes, and the
Jtiomeridai ?
.'). (rt) Translato :
Ata<i bt 7rpwT0<f 'WKafitovio'i, tpKos 'Ayntoyu^
'ypwiov pTj^e (^dXayya, (f>6ci}>i S" erdpoKTijj tOijtcev,
" kvhpa (3n\(ov Sv upcaro^ €vl HptjKeaai rervKTOj
Tlov 'Vjva(T(opov 'AtcdfiavT »)i) t€ fityav re
'\\}V p i'/8a\e irpSno<; Kopvffo^ ^uXov hnr<iba(Te(i)<i,
' Ev 6e fiCTomfp 7r?}f f, veprjare B' dp oartov e'iafo
Ai\jxt} ■)((i\K€ir)' rov hi <TK6ro<i 6aa€ KuXvylrev
(b) Pai'He TCTuACTb, rjvv.
(o) tJivo Uiu n.caninj; ni' <l)d\ov, and mention the
nani(!Hot' the other jiartsol" the CIrecian helmet.
(d) Kx|>hiin the construction of epKo<i 'A;^ata»i', rov
h€...Kd\v^€V.
(fi) Scan di'hpa...fi€yav re.
(). (a) Transhitc :
flv ^dro, rov hi dvcucia voXos Xd^ev, olov aKovaev.
Krelixii fiei^ p dXieipe, ae^daaaro yap to 76 $Vfi^,
.ll€/i.7re he fiiv AvKiijvhe^ iropev h' 6 ye arj/xaTa Xvypdy
Fpai^av iv irivaKc TrruKTfp 0v/jM(f)06pa 7roX\«.
Aetfat 8' ijvoyyeii' oj invBepal) 6tj>p uttoSxhto.
(/>) Account for tlie lie<iuent absence of the avgmcnt
in Homer.
(0) Kxplaiii tlie historical leference in the extract.
{d) Parse crefSdaaaTo, Trope//, irivaKi.
(c) What is meant by (njfiara Xvypd ?
(J) What arguments can be adduced to prove that
writing was unknown in the time of Homer ?
7. (it) Translate :
" Aaifiovit), fit] fioL Tfc Xirjv uKa'^il^eo Ovfi^.
Ov ydp Tt9 fi VTTtp alaav dvrip "Aiht irpoid'sffei'
Molpav 8' ov Tivd <f>r)fit Tre^uyfievov efifievat dvhp&v,
Ov KaKov, ovhl fiiv ea&Xov, eirrjv re. irp&Tu yevrjrai.
'AXV 649 oIkov iovaa rd a ainrjii epya KOfii^Cj
'larov T rfKaKdrr}V re, Koi d/j,<bi7r6Xoi<n KiXeve
"Epyov eTToix'^a'dai. HoXe/io? o dvhpetrai fieXijaet
UdariVf ifiol hi /idXiaTUf rol 'lXi<p iyy€yda<Tii:''
vv. 486-493.
(6) Scan vv. 487, 493.
(c) Explain the terms : pd^ho<i, diacuco^, paylrQ)h6<i,
KiBap^ho^.
{Attfuernftff of Toronto.
ANNUAL KXAMINATIONH: 187ft.
KIHST VKAR.
GKEIIK.
HONUKS.
Kxatninci' : Rkv Nkil MacNish, H.D., LL.D.
1.
LlJciAN : Tvaon.
I. Wliat wcro tli« cluu<icU)riHticH ul" tlic age in which
Liieian HvcmI ?
1. FiXaininc tlic stateiiieni of 1 )oiialdHoii ; " Luciaii is on
iiiiuiy accounts, one of tliu most interesting' of men of letters
in the declining period of Greek literary nistory."
U. With what profniety may the name prone Aristo-
jiliaiten be givoji to Lucian f
4. What is the impoit oi" the term rarrheaiadeH which
Lucian applies to himself ?
6. (a) Translate :
ZETS. Tt9 oi>r6<i ia-riv, w 'K/s/i^, 6 KiKparfoyi eie rfj^
ATTiKi]<i irapa rov "Tp,rynov iv tj} virwpeia; 7nvap6<i
6\o<i, Kai airx/jL&v, Kal xmohi^Bepo'i. aKUTrrei Be olpMi
imKeKV<f)a><i' \aKo<i avSpaytro^, /col $pa<Tv<{. ^ov ifn\6-
ao<f)6<t iffTLV oil yap aif oOrwi aaefieK tou9 \070u9 Bie^i
icaff rjfi&v. EPM. Tt (f>rj<;, & trdrep ; arp/otl^ Ti/juova
rov Kx'SfcpariBov, rov KoXvrrea ; o^6<i hariv o iroWaKi^
i]fjM^ Kad iep&v reKeltov earidffai, c i/cottXouto?, ret^
Ska<: €Kar6p>^a'i' rrap ^ XafirrpoK eiatdap^ev ioprd^eip r^
^idaut.
(h) Parse KiKparfm, elaiOafiev.
(o) Write exi))anatory notes on -rrapa rou 'Y/iii/TToj/, 6
(d) What is the construction ol' ov yap dv...})/xa>v {
6. {(C) Translate :
MaWof^ lie. vale «tc (f»]fii hhjaavpc ■)(pvaov, imd-
Kovaov 'YlfKovi. TovTm, kuI Trdpan-^e crtaVTOV dveXeafiai.
aKUirre, & Tt/jbroi; Iia6ua<i Karad^ipwv tym hk vfuv virn-
(TTijaofiai. Tli\i. "Aye 8t], w fiiKcWo, vvv fiui cTrippwarov
(reavTiju, Kal fiij Kafirs eV tov jSaOovi tov ("hjaavpov e'f
Tovfid)ave<; irpoKakovfievij. m ZeO T^pdtntc, kuX (JjCKoi,
Kopv^avTe<;, Kal 'E/ayu,/] KepScje, vodev ypvaiov ToarovTou]
1} TTov ovap ravrd eari, ; h^hia yovv /jli) clvOpaKas eijpo),
dveyp6fievo<i. dXKt, fiy)v ^vai'ov iarlv eTriaijfiov, vnepv-
6pov, ^apii^f Kal Ttjv TTpoaoyfriv UTriipijBKTTW,
AlOofievov yap Trvp art" SiaTTpeTrcis, Kal vvKTUtp. Kal
fieO' rffiepav.
(6) Parse eTnppaxrov, Kdfitj'i, Tovfi(f>aiies, Sehia.
(<?) Eyw Be vfilv viroartjcro/Mit. Give diHercnt read-
ings and intei-^jretations.
(d) Who Avere the Kopv/Savre^; ? By what other names
were they known ?
{e) What is tlie alhision in fiij av6paKa<i evpto i
if) ^ ;tPvo"e...^/4e/3ai/. Frou) wliat authors have these
words heen taken ?
(^) Explain the terms : Anacoluthon, Ai^yndeAon,
Braehylogy^ Hyperbaton.
MM
:» ;
II.
Homer: Odyssey, Xll.
1. (a) Translate: j
^'^Avrap eirel iroTafioto \iirev poov TlKeavolo
Ni^i)?, OTTO 8' hero KVfia daXda-arjf: evpinropoio
N»}o-6i/ T AtatV, odt T 'HoO? ripiyeveir]^
Ohe^a Kal '^opoi etVt Kai avroXai HeXtoto,
'Nrja fi€v ivd' hXdovre^ iKkXaa^iev ev -^jra/jAdoKriv,
'E/e 8^ Kal avTol ^fjp,€v eirl ptjypZvh daXdaa')]<;.
' Ev6a S" dwo^pl^avTiii ifielvafiev Hw hlav.
(b) What meaning did Hoiucr give to the term
'flKcavof ?
(c) Decline fnjyfuvi.
(d) What is meant by o^t r' ' Hovs . . -uvToXai 'HeXioto ?
:J. (a) Translate :
"EvOa S' evt %Kv\\i) I'aiei hiipoi' XeXaKvin.
T^<f ijToi. (\>mn) fJ,€V 6(T7} (TkvSmkos veoyiXrj^
Viyvtrai,, avri) 8' avrt Trt'Xwp kokoV ovhk Ke ti? fitv
T^? ?/Tot TToSe? €icrl BvcoSiica 7r<fhT€<; a(opoi ;
"E^ he. re ol Seipal Trepifj'jKee^, Iv St cKuaTji
'^fiepBaXeri Ke(f>aXr]^ ei.> he rpl<rTof)(Qi oSoyrc?,
\]vi(voi\Ka\ dafices, TrXeiui fxeXavn^; OavuTOW.
Mi'cro"*/ /MfM Tf Kara mrciov^ KoiXoto hehvKt-v,
"E|(u h' i^icrya. KetfjaXa^ htivoco f3epedpov,
AvTov o lj(pvda, (TKoireXov Trept/aaiixdocoara,
AeX<f)lvu'; re Kvva^i re, koI ti' ttoOi pud^ov eXyaiu
Kt)To?, a p^vpia fiu(rK€i. uydo-Tovos' ^Ap,(j)iTpiT'rj.
'Vrj S' ov TTco TTore vavrai iiKt^piot, ev^erocovTai,
Uap<f>vye€tu avv vrfc, <f>epei he re Kparl cKuaTfo
<1>wt' e^apird^aca veof KvauoTrpcopoio.
vv. b5-lOO.
(6) l^avse ireXtop, hehoKcv, kvV(x<^.
[c) .Scan vv. 91, })5, 1)7. !)S.
111.
1. Name the [H>enis which have been assigned tu Homer.
i. Which of them are to be regarded as spurious, and
why i
3. What traces of tlie infancy of the nation are to be
found in the Iliad and Odyssey ?
4. What conclusion is to be drawn regarding the Gods
from the representations which the Homeric posms contain ?
5. Discuss these statements :
(a) 'Ot pbkvTOi dp-)(filot, Koi rov KyAcXof dvd<^epov<nv elt
"Ofirjpov.
{b) Ofirjpov fiefieXoTTOi'rjKevai irdcrav iav rov rrjv TroLtjcriv
(c) 'Tte MiXijTO'i, "Ofiijpe a if yap AcXeos 'EXXaSt Trda-r]
Kal K.oXo(})(avt irdrprf QTJKa<i iv diBiov.
;'i
6. Exainino the (|neHfci'ons wlildi Grotr asks respecting
the Homeric pueuis : " \V(M(; they proservt-d vvitli or witli-
out being written ? Was tlie Iliad originally composed a.s
one poem, and the Odi/saeij in like nuunuir ? or is each of
them an aggregation of parts originally si-lf-existent and
tmconnectcd i Was the auMiorship of each poem single-
headed or many-headeil f
IV.
JIoiViER : Iliad, XV 111.
Translate :
'Ei^ 8e X'^P'"^ TToiKiWe 'TrepiKXvT6<i ' AfM<fii/yvijei<}f
TfiS iKeXov oUv TTor evl Kvo)(T(p evpeirj
Aat'SaXo? ijaxyo'ev KaWcTrXoKiifjifp 'ApuiBvtj.
"Ev6a fiev 'ijWeoi koI TrapOevoi a\(f)eai^oiat
'Hp^evvT, dWijXtov eVi Kapirm x^t/oa? e^oi^Tes\
Toil' 8' ai fiev XeTrra? odovm 'e-)(ov., oi 8e '^iT&vat
Euit' ivvvrfTovi, TfKa <tt l\fiovTa<i eXaiat'
Kab p ai fih KaXa<; aT€(f)dva<; e^ov, oi Be fia^xaipaf;
Eilyov ')(pv(Teia<i ef dpyvpe(ov TcXafKovcov.
Ot 8' ore fxev Ope^aaKou eTna-Tafievoicrt, iroheaatv
'Vela fidX\ a>9 ore Tt9 rpo^ov apficvov iv 7raXdfiTj(riv
'Ef6/i6W9 K€pafi€v<i ireip^aerai., ai /ce derja-iv'
"AXXore 8' av dpe^aaKov tVl <TTi')(a<i uXXrfXoKnv.
IloWo? 8 ifiepoevTa X'^P^^ TrepitaTaO' o/Mi,Xo<i
Tepirofievot,' fierd 8e (T(f)iv efikXirero deto<i doiBo<;
(fiop/ii^av' Soto) Be KV^iaTijrripe /car' avTov^
MoXtt^? e^dpyovTO'i eBivevov Kara efiaaov<i.
What is meant by o AtVo?, o-Tt;!^a)8oi, Xeidipeiv X'^P^"'
Kp€fi^aXia(rTV<i, eiipv^opoi ?
^anfiierfiiiti? of ^Toronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
FIRST YEAR.
LATIN.
Examiner: S. Atithttr Martjnq, M.A.
Translate :
Postcro die libera corpora dictator sub corona ven-
(lidit: easola pocvmia in publicum redigitur baud sine
ira i)l(>bis. Et quod rettulere secum prsedae, nee duci,
(jui ad senatnui- malignitatis auctores quserendo —
rem aibitrii sui rcjecisset, nee senatui, sed Liciniai
ramiliii', ex qua filiuH ad senatuin rettulisset pater tarn
popula 's sontontin^ auetor fiiisset, acceptum referebant.
Qmuii nu liinnaiiuiopes egestsu a Veiis essent, anioliri
tnin deii i dona ipsosque deos sed eolentium raagis
(|uain lapieiitiuni iiiodo ca^pere : narnque delecti ex
r)mni exercitu juvenes pure lautis coi*poribus Can-
dida vest(i, (piibus deportanda Roniam regina Juno
adsignata cj'at, venorabuiidi tem})lum iniere, prime
religiose adnioventes manus, c[Uod id signum more
Ktrusco nisi certiu gentis saeerdos adtreetare non esset
solitrs: dein (pnnn quidam sen spiritu divino tactus
seu jnvenali joeo, " Visne Romani ire, Juno?" dixisset,
a(buiisse (ueteri deam conclamaverunt. Inde fabulse
adjectuni est, vocem quoque dicentis velie auditam :
laotani certe sede sua parvi molimenti adminicuiis
se([ucutis njodo accepimus hivem ac facilem tralatu
luissc, integrain(|ue in Aventinum juternam sedem
suani, (|U(> voia Jiomani dictatoris vocaverant. perla-
tam, ubi tenqilum ei post ea idem qui voverat Camillus
dedicavit.
LiVY. V.
1. Rejecisset Why in the subjunctive mood ?
2. Parse egeatoi, deledi, lautis, tralatv, giving the prin-
cipal parts.
3. Et quod rettulere referebant Explain fully
the meaning.
4. Give the origin and meaning of the following terms
and phrases: sub corona vewlere, cuniculus, fuatuarium,
aygev, candidati, st'ipendmm, sab hasta veniere.
5. Mo7'e Etruseo. On what grounds have the Etrurians
been styled " The most singular people of the peninsula " ?
G. Whence did Livy derive the materials for his history ?
II.
Translate
Herculis ritu modo dictus, o plelw,
Morte venalem petiisse launun
Cspsar Hispana repetit penatcs
Victor ab ora.
Unico gaudens mulier marito
Prodeat justis opertata sacris,
Et soror clari ducis et decora'
Suj)plice vitta
Virginum matres juvenumquc nu])er
Sospitum. Vos, o pueri ot puolla>
Jam virum experta', male ominatis
Parcite verbis.
Hio dies vere nihi festus atras
Eximet curas : ego nee tumultum
Nee mori per vin metuam tenente
CsTssare terras.
I, pete unguentuni, puer, et coronas
Kt cadum Marsi memorem duelli,
Spartacum si tjua potnit vaganteni
Fall ere testa.
Die et argutie properet Nesera^
Myrrheum nodo cohil)ere crinem ;
Si per invisum mora janitorem
Fiet, abito.
HoRACK, Odes, TTI.
..r\^l'y'f'''f^'' ^(^'^Mard dadUjumultum, coi-onas.
Wnte brief explanatory notes on these .expressions.
2. Mulier, soror. Who are meant ?
3. Operata, falkre. What are the corresponding Greek
terms ?
4. Mihi,properet,da<>lli,qHa. Explain the constructions.
'). Conjugate prodeat, eximet, metuam, vagantem.
0. Distinguish Penatea and Lares, muUer and femiiui,
(iter and niger, nietuo and timeo, ccmdidus and albua.
7. Wliat different reading and interjiretation of the 11th
line ?
III.
Translate :
Care nepos, Palla, fnnesta quid induis anna ?
Indue : non huniili vindice cspsus eris.
Victa tamen vincea, eversaque Troja resurges ;
Obruet hostiles ista ruina domos.
Urite victrices Neptunia Pergama ffammio ;
Nuiu minus liic toto est altior orbe cinis /
Jam jiius ^]neas sacra, et sacra altera patreni,
Aft'eret : Iliacos excipe, Vesta, deos.
Tompus crit cum vos orbemque tuebitur idem,
Kt fient ipso sacra colente deo ;
Kt ])enes Augustos patriu' tutela manebit.
Hanc fas imperii frsona tenere dominn.
Indo nepos natuscpie dei, licet ipse recuset,
Pondera ca'lesti mente paterna feret.
(Itque ego perpotuis olim sacrabor in aris,
Sic Augusta novum Julia numen erit.
Talibus ut dictis nostros descendit in annos,
Substitit in medios pra'scia lingua sonos.
Puppibus egrossus Latia ?^tetit exul in herba.
Felix, exilium cui locus ille fuit I
Nee mora longa fuit ; .«!tjibant nova tecjta, nee alter
Montibus Ausoniis Ai-cado major ciat.
Ecce boves illue Erythcidas applicat horos
Kmensus longi claviger orbis iter.
])unK[ue huic hospitium domus est Tegeaea, vagantur
Incustodita' lata per arva boves.
Ovid, Fasti, I.
1 . Nepos eris. What is the meaning ?
2. Sacra altera, horns Erytlieidas, donvus Tegewa. Whj'^
so called V
3. (tt) Compare jyias, sacra, and novum; and (b) decline
cinis and bovea.
' 4. What iH the fierce of v. 540 ?
5. Give the rules foi- the uhc of the .supines in Latin.
(). Shew that the meaning of the following words varies
with the quantity : faUrrf, rednci, aula, vincia, paret
7. What alterations were made in the Calendar by Julius
CsiBsar ? What changes have 1>een made subsequently ?
8. Scan the following verses ; mark the quantities ; give
the metrical names, and note peculiarities :
Sen malis vetita legibus alea.
Tibi qualum Cytherea! puer ales tibi tolas.
Vos lene consilium et datis et dato.
Frangere enitar modo multum amnti.
Oblitus {leternreque Vestsu.
Imbrium divina avis imminentum.
f
\
f!iinfii(r»ft|^ oi STovonto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
FIRHT YEA.R.
LATIN.
HONORS.
Examiner: 8. Airrnuii Mauling, M.A.
I.
Translate :
(a) Al|)es indo oppositst; eniut, (juas inexsuperabilea
visas hand eeiuidem niiror nulladum via — quod quidem
continens luemoria .sit, nisi de Hercule fabulis credere
libet — suporatas. Ibi quuni velnt sfeptos raontium
altitude tenoret (xallos circumspectarentque, quanam
per juncta cu?lo ju<^a in aliuiii orbeni terrarum transi-
rent, religio etiaui tenuit, quod Hdiatum est advenas
quairentes agrum ab Saluviuin gente oppugnari. Mas-
silieiises enint ii navibus a Phocaia profecti. Id Galli
fortumii suae omen rati adjuvere, ut, quem pritnum in
terram egres,si occupaverant locum, paten tibus silvis
communirent, Ipsi per Taurinos saltusque Vesuli alti
Alpes transcenderunt, fusisque acie Tuscis baud procul
Ticino flumine, quum, in quo consederant, agrum
Insubrium appellari audissent — cognomine Insubribus
pago -^duorum — ibi omen sequentes loci condidere
urbem, Mediolanium appell^runt.
LiVY, v., 34.
Write short notes on the names of places in the extract.
cum
nam
II
i
(6) Lucretio consuli tsa proviucia ovclut. Th r,
exercitu protectus acio liostes vincit, vi(;ton|iio Hoin
ad maju« aliquanto certamoii lodit : dies dicta evat
tribimis plebi bieiinii supcrloris A. Vor^nnio ot Q.
Fomponio, quos dofoiidi patvum »-oiiset)HU ad tidem
senatu.s pertiiiobat; neqiin cnim cok aut vita- iiUo
crimine alio aut gesti uiagistratus (lULSijuaui arguebat
prreter quam quod grutificantcs i)atiibiis ro^aitioiii
tribuuiciiii intcrcessisscut. Vicit tanii.u giatiani wna-
tusplebi-s ira,i3tpes,siinooxem])loinn()xii doiiis uiillibus
craviH toris condomnati Hunt.
•^ Ibid, 21).
1. Explain fully the meaning of extract (b).
•2. Give the origin and meaning of* lUenr laiirmUv,
poTncerium, tiimidtuanm exercltun, carules viajistmtas,
Jlamen dialh.
3. Camilluspalam sceleris plebcm argucro, " qua? Jam in
Muos versa uon iutelligoret so ]jravo judicio de trilmni.s
intercessionem suHtulissc, interccssiono Hublata tribuniciam
])otestatem evertisse. Nam quod illi wperarent, eflVenatam
licentiam ejus magistratuH patres laturos, falli eos; si tri-
bunicia vis tribunicio auxilio repelli nequeat, aliud tolum
patres inventuros esse." Transform the <]Uotation into the
oratio recta.
II.
Translate :
Census nostros roquiris scilicet. Est cnim obscurum,
proximis censoribus hunc cum clarissimo impcratorc,
L. Lucullo, apud exercitum fuissc : supcrioribus, cum
eodem quaistore fuisse in Asia : primis, Julio et Crasso,
nullam populi partem esse censam. Sed, (juoniam
census non jus civitatis confirmat, ac tantummodo in-
dicat, eum, qui sit census, ita se jam tuni ge.ssisse i)ro
cive, iis temporibus, quae tu criminaris no ipsius qui-
dom judicio eum in civium Romanorum jure esse ver-
satum, et testamentum ssepe fecit no.stris legibus, et
adiit hereditates civium Romanorum, et in beneficiis
ad eerarium delatus est a L. Lucullo prsetore et consule.
Cicero, pro Archia.
1. Nostros, auperiorihus, prenu's. What is the meaning ?
2. Nullam partem . . . censam. What was the reason ?
3. Quoi. What is the construction ?
4. jErarium. Where kept, and under whose charge ?
5. Pretore et consule. What different reading has been
suggested, and on what grounds ?
in.
Tvaiislatu :
((t) Tuin si(^ llyi'tiU'uU's : " Aiulito o nmtitibiis i»'(|ui.s
yKii('a<lii', novo liax; nostris H|K;cteiitui"alj atiiiis,
(^Mii<' i'< ritaiis. Iliitiili hoiiiiio viiiu(|iit> soluti
('oiiticnuto ; locum iiisidiis coiisprxiiiius i|»Mi,
(^liii puti't ill liivio porta', ([Uii! proxium punLo;
liiternipti iijnt'M, }itor(|U(^ lul sidcra rimius
Krij^itiir; si fortima ptuinittitis uti,
(^iia'situin /Kiu'aik arl iiKiMiia Pallaiitua
Mox liii' cum spoliis, iiigouti cjcdc [)orucia,
Aftbrc conioti.s. Nnc nos via tallit cuutes :
VidimuH olwcuris primain suli vallibus urViom
Vcnatu iiHHiiluu cb tutuui cogiiuvimus amnoin.
Vilioii,, jEneid, IX., vv. 234-245.
{h) Haiic e^o nunc ij^iiaram luijus <pio(l(nim({UB |)ericli est
Iiujuo saiutataiii lin((Uo ; Nox ot tua testis
Dextura, ijuod neiiueam lacrimas pcrt'eire [lareutis.
At tu, oro, solare ino))em, et succurre relictac.
Haue sine ino spcm ferre tui : nudentior ibo
In casus omnes. Peicussa mente dcderunt
Dardanidaj laerinias ; ante omnes i)ulcher lulus ;
At(|uc aniniuni patriae strinxit pietatis imago,
Turn sic afiatuv :
Spondeo 'digna tuis ingentibus omnia cojptis.
Nanupie orit ista mihi gonetiix, nomenquc Creiissx;
Solum deiuciit, nee paitum gratia taleni
Parva nianet.
Ibid, vv. 287-29!).
1. Hyvtacldes. Who is meant ^ Wliat similar episodes
in other poets ?
2. Notice different readings in the extracts.
11. Translate the following ])assages, noting any peculi-
arities of allusion or construction :
{a) Extremas Corythi penetravit ad urbes
Lydorumqiie manum.
(6) Castra iuimica petunt, multis tamen ante futuri
Exitio.
(c) Tu tamen interea calido mihi sanguine poenas
Persolves ambonim.
[d) Excussi manibus radii, revolutaque pensa.
m
IV-'
{(') Vos, o Calliopo, prticor. aM|)iiatc cniu'iiti.
(/■) KiiHO Icvis mido piirmii (]nv. ingloriuH hasta.
Q/) Dositliac cordi : juvat iiululj^ano choreiH,
Ettuniciu inanicas, ot haWoiit rcdiniicula uninv.
t. Distin^jfuish tlu; diM'civiit iiioanin<,'s, accord iiij,' to
(|uaiitity, of'/nr, Holimi, uitevs, mori, doiiio, ora, opera,
anil I'cllqul; and mark tlio qmintity of tlio final letter in
milii, bene, atdea, eyu, eiyo, quia.
IV.
Tran;;latc :
Felix, fiui potuii reruni coornoscere causas,
AU\\Ui nietuH onniOM ct iiuixorabile latum
Hubjccit pcdibuH strepitiinuiue Aclierontis avari !
Fortunatiis et ille, deos (jui novit agrcstcn
Panaiiue Siivanuniqiio Hcnem Nymphasffue sorores!
Ilium non pojndi fasccH, non purpura reguni
Flexit, et intidos agitans diseordia fratrcs ;
Aut eonjurato descendens Daeus ab Histro ;
Non res llomana) peritura((ue regna; ne(|uc ille
Aut doluit miserans inopem aut invidit luibenti.
Quos rami fructus, (^ucs ipsa volentia rura
Sponte tulere sua, earpsit; nee ferrea jura
Insanumcjue forum aut populi tabularia vidit.
SoUicitant alii rcniis freta cjcca, ruuntij'uc
In ferrum, penetrant aulas et limina regum ;
Hie petit excidiis urbem miserosque penates,
Ut gemma bibat, ct Serrano dormiat ostro ;
Coudit opes alius, dcfossoi[uo incubat auro;
Hie stupet attoiiitus rostris ; hune plausus hiantem
Per cuneos geminatus enim plebis(]ue patrumque
Oorripuit ; gaudent perfusi sanguine fratrum,
Exsilioque domes et dulcia linnna mutant,
Atque alio patriam quaerunt sub sole jacentem.
ViiiaiL, Georgics, II.
1. Cite any parallel passages you may remember.
2. What allusions in the extract indicate the time at
which it was written ?
3. What is meant by eonjurato, tabularia, cuneos,
rostris ?
dnfUeriifts of SToronto,
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
ALL THE YEARS.
LATIN PROSE AND VERSE.
Examiner: Rev. Nkil MacNihh, B.D., LL.D.
I.
PROSE.
Let this, therefore, bo laid down as the first hiw of friend-
ship, tlmt we seek lionourablo things from our friends, and
that \vf do liononiable things for the .sake of our friends.
Let us not «n'on wait until we are asked. Let zeal be
always ready, and let delay lie al>sent. Let us rejoice to
give a(K ire 1'(>ely. Above all, in friendship, let the autho-
rity of friends, who are giving good atlvice, have weight ;
and let it, [i.e., the authority], be applied both to advising
not only oi)enly but also sharply, if the affair will demand
jsueh a thing] ; and let it be obeyed when it is applied.
For I am of opinion, that certain wonderful things gave
pleasure U) certain persons who, I hear, were reckoned
wise men in Greece,- -that excessive friendships are to be
avoidofl ; that every one has enough, and more than enough
of his own allairs, and that it is troublesome to be too
nnich involved in the affairs of others.
Hie igltiir pr'nnus lex amlcitia sanclo, ut ab atnicius
ltone.^tu.<< pefo, et amicus causa honest us facio. Ne exspecto
qaidevi (luia rotjor. Studium, semper adsurn, et cuuctatio
absnm. Consilium do gaudeo libere. Plurmiwm in
umicltia amicus bene suadeo valeo auctoritas, isque et
adhibeor ad moneo lutn modo apevte, sed etiam acrlter,
si rer, postulo, et a.dli ibitas pareor. Nam quidam, qui audio
Sapiens habitus in Graecia, placeo opinor 'iioirabilia
quidam, fugior sum nimius amlcitia, satis superque sum
8UUS quique res, et alienis nimis implicor moleatus sum.
n
After all, what kind ot'iv Doity nm.st that he who is not
giacocl with one siiij^Mo virtuo, if wosliouhl Hiiceoed in form-
ing this idea of siioh an one ;* Mu^t w«^ nof attrihutM ))ni-
(Innco to a Deity '. — a virtuo which consistH in tho knowlodgo
of thingH good, liad, and indiHercnt. V'(!t what ncod has a
being for tho diHconnnent of good and ill, who neither has,
nor can have, any ill i Of what use is reason to him ?
Of what UMO is undorstanding f We men, indeed, find
them UN(>ful to ai<l uh in tiniiing ont things which are
obscure by thoHe wliich are clear to ns ; but nothing can
be obscure to a Deity. Ah to justice, which gives to every
one his own, it is not tho concern of the Gods ; since that
virtue, according to your doctrine, received its birth from
men, and from civil society. lY'mperanco consists in
a})stinence from corporeal pleasures, and if such abstinence
have a place in heaven, so also must the pleasures abstained
from. Lastly, if fortitude is ascribed to the Deity, how
does it appear ? Tn afflictions, in labour, in danger :* Non«?
of these things enn affect a God. How then <'an we con-
ceive this to bo a Deity, that makes no use of reason, and
i.s not endowed with any virtue ?
III.
VERSE.
KI.KGIAC'S.
Friend ! for ever loved, for ever dear !
What fruitless tears have bathed thy honour'd bier!
What sighs re-echo'd to thy parting breath.
Whilst thou wast struggling in the pang of death!
Gould tears retard the tyrant in his course ;
Gould sighs avert his dart's relentless force ;
Could youth and virtue claim a short delay,
Or beauty charm the spectre from his prey ;
Thou still had.st lived to bless my aching sight.
Thy comrade's honour and thy friend's delight.
If yet thy gentle spirit hovornigh
The .spot where now thy mouldering a.shes lie,
Here wilt thou read, recorded on my heait,
A grief too deep to trust the .sculptoj-'s art.
No marble marks thy couch of lowly sleep.
But living statues there arc seen io' weep ;
Affliction's semblance bends not o'er thy tomb,
Affliction's self deplores thy youthful doom.
What though the Hiro lament his tailing line,
A father'H hoitow cannot p(iual niino !
Though none, like thor, hiw dying hour will cheor,
Yot ot lu'V (»ttspring sootho Iuh iingniHli luM*e ;
But who with mo Hhall hold thy t'ormor place ?
Thine imago, what now IViondHhip can ettaco !
Ah! none! a fatheiH tcais will coaso to flow,
Time will asuuage an infant hrothor's woe;
To all, Have one, is consolation known,
While Holitary friendship sighs alone.
IV.
SAPPHICS.
Few years have passed since thou and I
Were firmest friends — at least in name ;
And childhood's gay sincerity
F^reserved otir feelings long the same.
Hut now, like me, too well thou know'st
What trifles oft the heart recall ;
And those who onc<^ have loved the most.
Too socm forget they loved at all.
And such the change the heart displays,
So frail is early friendship's reign,
A month's brief lapse, ])erhaps a day's,
Will view thy mind estranged again.
If so, it never shall be mine
To mourn the loss of such a heart ;
The fault was Nature's fault, not thine.
Which made thee fickle as thou art.
As rolls the ocean's changing tide,
So human feelings ebb and flow ;
And who would in a breast confide.
Where stormy passions ever glow !
What friend for thee, howe'er inclined.
Will deign to own a kindred care ?
Who will debase h5s manly mind,
For friendship every fool may share ?
In time forbear : amidst f he throng
No more so base a thing be seen ;
No more so idly pass along ;
Be something, anything but — mean.
V.
pi.
ALCAICS.
Friend of my youth ! when young we roved,
Like striplings, mutually beloved,
With friendship's purest glow ;
The bli.03 wiiich winged those rosy hours
Was such as pleasure seldom showers
On mortals here below.
•
The recollection seems alone
Dearer than .ill the joys I've known,
When distant far from you ;
Though pain, 'tis still a pleasing pain,
To trace those days and hours again,
And sigh again, "adieu."
My pensive memory lingers o'er
Those scenes to l)e enjo3'od no more,
Those scenes regretted ever ;
The measure of our youth is full,
Life's evening dream is dark and dull,
And we may meet — ah ! never.
Yet since in danger courts abound,
Where specious rivals glitter round,
From snares ma.}' saints presei've you ;
And grant yoi; love or friendship ne'er
From any claim a kindred care,
But those who best deserve you !
Not for a moment may you otray,
From truth's secure, unerring way !
May no delights decoy !
O'er roses may your footsteps move.
Your .smiles be ever smiles of love,
Your tears be tears of Joy!
Oh ! if you wish that happiness
Your coming days and years may bless,
And virtues crown your brow ;
Be still as you were wont to l)e,
Spotless as you've been known to me —
Be still as you are now.
d,
mnfiietfiifti? of roronto^
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
LATIN GRAMMAR.
HONORS.
Examiner : Rev. Neil MacNisk, B.D., LL.D.
1. Decline together, murking the (quantity, aloe acris,
eucumia bonus, supellex inelior.
2. Show how the »ji.antity of syllal^les is affected by
their position.
3. What names in the second declension have uw iiistctid
of orum in the genitive plural ?
4. Give reasons why this form is to be written um and
not 'Am.
5. Discuss the quantity of e in che genitive and dative
singular of the fifth declension.
6. Give the list of derivative words where the (quantity
of the root is lengthened.
7. Give a list of derivative words where the quantity of
the root is shortened.
8. Give a list of nouns that are defective in case.
9. Give a list of words derived from the Greek, wherein
the digamma can be traced.
10. Decline unusquisque, nostras, alteruter.
11. What are the chief archaic fortns of the Latin
declensions ?
12. Give a list of adverl>s ending in im.
13. Explain the reason why such forms as amarier,
nutriham, scibo, edim, duim, and pey'duim are used by
Latin authors.
14. Give and conjugate the compounds of teneo, statuo,
facio, jacio.
15. What is the third person singular, in all the tenses
and moods, or queo,Jio, aio, Inqiiam ?
16. Detail the advantages which the Latin language
derives from its gerunds and supines.
17. Translate into Latin :
(a) It is disgi'aceful to lie.
(6) Timoleon, which is though!, more diHicult, bore a
prosperous more wisely than an adverse fortune.
(c) It cannot he denied, that it is more disgraceful ta
deceive than to he deceived.
(d) What ])revent8 Caasar from being happy ?
IS. Translate the following sentences, and explain the
construction :
(a) Mi hi negligenti esse non licet.
(6) Augustus Alexandria brevi potitus est.
(c) Dignus est qui ametur.
(d) Quo factum est ut plus quam CoUegac Miltiades
valuerit.
(«) Themistocles oertiorem eum fecit id agi ut j)ons
(|uem ille in Hcllesponto fecerat, dissolveretur.
(/) Natus est Caesai- tertio Kalendas Octobres.
19. What is meant by tnetrical foot, verse, onetre, dipodia,
Spondaic lines, Trochaic Caesura, Fenthemimerol Cassura ?
20. In Latin poetry, what are the laws affecting the
quantity of the last syllable in the verse ?
21. Explain and illustrate the meaning of Systole and
DktstoU.
22. What is meant by Molossus, Anapaestus, Amphi-
macer, Antispastus ?
23. Explain the terms : Carmina Dicola Distropha,
Carmina Dicola Tristropha, Carmina Dicola Pentastropha,
Carmina Tricola Tristropha, Carmina Tricola Tetraa-
tropha.
Ift"
Unrnvnitu of ^Toronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
FIRST YEAR.
ALGEBRA.
Examiner : J. Galbuatth, B.A.
1. Willi the convention that a;» = x.x.x to w factors
shew that a;'" X a,*" = .r '" + " when m and M are positive
integers, and assuming this law to be general assign a mean-
ing to a" when v is fractional, negative or zero.
2. Give the rule for and proof of Horner's method of divi-
sion : show how you proceed if the leading coefKcient in the
divisor be not I, and how the finite remainder, it any. is
I '^certained
Divide by Horner's method
a;» _ 4a;« - a;' + Ha* — Wx" — 21a;* -f- SOa;" — 8a;* — l()a; -♦- 3
by X* — ^tr* -I- 2a?^ — 2 showing the final remainder.
9a; J — by 4a^ + 8 giving the quotient as far as the
term involving x—^,
I — X
Expand by this method j.
3. Show that when any function of x is divided by ax + h
with a remainder which does not contain x, this remainder is
the value of the given function with — substituted for z.
a
Show that the value of
ea;« — 481 a» + 79a:* + 8Ix*
a; = 80is— I.
81a;' -f 86a; — 481 when
i^'
4. Investigate a rule for obtaining the s(|Uftri' root of un
algebraic quantity.
Deduce the arithmetical rule.
5. What kind of quantities only can be measures or mul-
tiples?
Investigate the method of finding the Greatest Common
Measure of uvio jr 'ynomials involving powers of some one
letter.
Find the Qrentest Common Measure of
a;' + ix" + 3x* — aa;" + 1 and Gx' +x'' + llx^ — Tx" — «.
5, Reduce to its lowest terms
W^ 1 1 a;* + 8 i ' '^xhr^ — 3:f + ]i — X- '//'^
6. Simplify the expressions
b
a
a — b a •{• b
a
b
a;* + y _ y^-jr
x^ + y-
x^
y
a \ b
7. Define a surd. When is a surd said to bo in its simplest
form ?
Rationalize the denominators of the following tractions;
Extract the square roots of
7 i V40~, •') — yfW-
8. Explain the difference between an equation and an
Identity. What are the roots of an equation ?
Slate the axioms which govern the operations of the
solution.
Solve
X
X
1
\X
+
3
'i.
1
3
4-
a
X
3
.T - 1 ' a: - 2 X - 3
'^ ax — -s/hx — a — b.
!). Solve llie quadralic ox^ + h.r -J- r = 0.
Determine when its rool» are (1) real and positive, (2)
real and negative, (A) positive and integral, (4) real and equal.
Solve the equations
b
1 -aj
1
^x - 2
= I.
10. What i« meant by ehaninuiion ?
Describe the usual methods of elimination
Solve Jte (- 5y - M
.ry = 6 f
X + ,y
;i.'
^
7
X u a
x} + ?/'■' + z"-
X) h
Xlf = ttlt
ffK + .:;« + xif = A"
X + ,y — '. — c
II. Find the sum of n terms of an arithmetic progression,
having given the first and last terms.
The first term of an arithmetic series is I, ilu sum of
the first "ZO terms is 400 — find thr 30th term.
\2. Pind the sum of a geometric progression to infinity
having given the first term and the common ratio which is less
than 1.
The first term of a geometric series is 1792 the 9th t^rm
is 7, find the sum to infinity.
(I c
I;^ If - =-_ and J (a, h), ^ (a, b) denote any two homoge-
neous functions of ?{ dimensions in a, b, then
Ld'^L = CM)
* (a, b) tp{c,d)
Kxpiain the .neaning of ilie terms "dimension," " func-
tion," ''homogeneous."
Silnitiev0iti> of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
FIRST YEAR.
EUCLID.
Examiner: H. V. Milligan, B.A.
,'i:
IN
'i-::
1. If two uMglfs of u triangle art- eiiual llio sides sub-
tending' them are equal,
Two equal circles, centres C and F, interred in the
points A B, through B the dianieler B C J) is druwri C A is
joined and produced lo meet the other circle in E und 1) A
IS joined and produced to meet B E in G. Provo .1 U A' is
an isosceles triangle.
'1. In any triangle the greater side is that which sub-lends
the greater angle.
Find a point within an isosceles triangle the per|)endic-
ulars IVom which upon the equal sides are each double of the
perpendicular on the base.
3. Equal triangles upon the same base and upon the same
side of it are between the same parallels.
\{ A B C, A D C be the two triangles und E F the
intersections of their sides prove that E /'bisects base,
4. The opposite sides and angles of a parallelogram are
equal to one another and the diagonal bisects it.
If a diagonal of a quadrilatrif! bisect it, it also bisects
the other diagonal.
5. If a straiglit line be bisected and produced to any point
the rectangle contained by the whole line thus produced and
the part produced togetht r with the square on half the line
bisected, is equal lo the square on the straight line which is
made up of the half and the part produced.
If CD be equidistant from tlie extremities of the straiglit
Jine AB, prove that the rectangle AB, CD, and the square on
ilC, are together equal to the square on BC.
rt, Dividii a piven straight linn into two parts «o that thr
rccliirigic contairifd by iho wliolu tiiui one of the pHPls fhwll be
tMuiul to ihf square on thu other part.
Produce a given line so that iho rerlangle contained t)y
the whole line produced, and the part produced, shall be equal
to the square on the line which is half the differenco of the
given line and the part produced,
7. If any point be taken in ilic diameter of a circle which
is not the centre, of all the slrnifjht lines whicli can be drawn
Irom it to the circun ference, the greatest is that in wliich the
centre is and the other pan of that diameter is the least.
^'rom a given point without a circle draw a straight line
so that the part intercepted by the circle shall be equal to the
radius.
8. One circle cannot touch another in more points than one.
Describe' a circle touching three straight lines, two of
which are parallel.
9. The angles in the same segment of a circit* are equal to
one another.
Two circles intersect and a triangle is formed having for
basr a common chord of the circles passing through one of the
points of intersection, and for vertex the other point of inter-
section, prove that the angle between the bisector of the ver-
tical angle and the perpendicular from the vertex on the base
is constant and equal to half the difference of the base angles.
10. If two straight lines cut one anotlier within a circle,
the rectangle contained by the segments of one of them is equal
to tlic rectangle contained by the segments of the other.
Any number of quadrilaterals having two opposite sides
eq lul, but lutt parallel, are inscribed in u circle if the equal
iiidt's all pass througl a point, thi; diagonals all pass through
u p^'Ot.
11. Inscribe a circle in a given equilateral equiangular
pentagon.
The perpendiculars from the angular points A, B, C, of
of a triangle meet in 7-* prove that the circles described about
the triangles F A B, P B C, F C A, are equal.
12. If two triangles have one angle of the one equal to one
angle of the other and the sides about two other angles propor-
tionals, then if each of the remaining angles be either less or
not les-: than a right angle the triangles shnll be equiangular,
and shall have tliose angles equal about which the sides are
proportional.
Prove this by superimposing the triangles.
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
/.
^
:^
V'
m<t-
e ^^^
%>,^
^
1.0 ^^^ 1^
lj£ 1^
1^
£f Lfi 12.0
4^ ,aV ^oN
Sciences
Carporaiion
33 WKST MAIN STRUT
WttSTIII,N.Y. MSW
(716) t71 4503
'^
Wini\^tvf$ltti of Q:otonto,
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
FIRST YEAR.
TRlGOiXOMETRY.
Uxaminer: J. Galbraith, B.A.
1. Sliow by general reasoning that llie logarithms to base
10 of numbers between 1 and are negative. How are the
tables made use of in the case of such numbers?
Example. Find the logs of 0493, -18392, -0072.
2. Explain what is meant by the characteristic and the
mantissa of a logarithm. Show clearly why it is necessary to
register only the latter in the tables.
3. What are the numbers given in the Tables of Logar-
ithmic Sines, Tangents, &c., logarithms of?
Having given a table of logarithmic sines from 0° to 90°
at intervals of 1', shew that any logarithmic function of any
angle expressed in whole minutes may be found by one
operation of addition or subtraction.
4. Explain the use of the columns headed D and P, P,
given in some Logarithmic Tables. How would you proceed
in the absence of such columns ?
5. Perform the following operations by means of logarithms;
Divide the product of 511-62 into 18-38 by 66, and extract the
fifth root of th*i quotient.
144 -^ 616
Find A from the equation cot A =
tan 38" 2'
Find the logarithms of
9- 19 X 19;«
(36 X 40)«
; 7^673 -rl6B».
«
6 Havin<r given a table of natural tangents, show how you
would procee°d to find .he angle of elevation of a nfle aimed at,
and properly sighted for a distant object at the level of the eye.
7 Trace the changes in sign and magnitude of the sine,
cosine, and tangent through the first two quadrants, and deduce
these functions of 180 -.4 in terms of the same functions ol A —
A being in the first quadrant.
8. Prove the following relations:
cos (A -^ B) = cos ^ cos 5 — sin A sin B.
a sin ^ cos 5=^ sin (.4+ B) + sin {A - B.)
C0S2 A — 8in2 B - cos (A + B) cos (A — B).
^iA±ii!!4 = tan2^ + sec3^.
cos A — sin A
tan2 ^ 4- cot2 il = 2 + 4 coi2 2 A,
9. Having given the three sides of a triangle, find its area
and also the sines and cosines of its angles, independently of
each other.
Example : Three sides oU ^ being 6, 6+ V3, 6- y/'i,
find its area, the sine of the angle opposite ihe lenst side, and
the cosine of that opposite the greatest side.
10. In any triangle prove the following
tan
A _ »(s— 6)(8— c)
~i ~ V s(s-tt)
area =
n2
sin ^sin C
sin"(B+^)
== ^ (1,2 _ c2)
sin £ sin C
sin (B - C)
r = a cos B ■{■ b cos A ,
Show that the latter expression always gives a positive
value for c.
11. Solve the triangles .
a = 380, fc = 23B, C-103°.56',
a = 200, i = 493 24, c-330.
12. A and B are two inaccessible points on a mountain side.
A surveyor measures a horizontal base line C J) and observes
with a theodolite the altitudes of A and B and their angular
separations from C P at C and then at D. Shew that he has
data sufficient for mapping A and B, and also for checking his
work.
\
sinflitrfiiftl^ of (Toronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 187S.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A. AND FIRST YEAR.
ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY.
HONORS.
., . f J. Galbraith, B.A.
hxamineys:^^^ P. Milligan. B.A.
1. Find ilie number of combinations with r things in «>ach
combination that can be formed out of n se^s of p things each,
no two of any set occurring in the same coaibination.
Prove that ilie total number of combinations formed bv
taking one out of each of any number of ?j sets containfng p
things each is one less than the number of combinations formed
by taking one out of each of m sets containing (p -f I) things
each.
2. The arithmetic mean of any number of positive quanti-
ties is greater than the geometric.
Prove a* + i* + c* >a» ft* + i« c» -f c» o».
3. Prove the law of formation of the successive convetgents
to a continued fraction.
n n
If -' , ^ &c., be jthe successive convergenls to a con-
tinued fraction, prove
PsJUh — P^—P» = J. 9i — g,
4J Prove Format's Theorem,
If a be prime to b show that the sum of the quotients
formed by dividing «, rJa (b - l)a by 6 is i^L^zAH^^)-
i:
5, Suppose lliu >ali lerin of a series to bo
U^ =ian + il|a(n + I) + ij |«(« + m— I+i) |
where m is a fixed positive inloiyer and a and h known con-
Slants, shew that the sum of the first n terms will be
^^I!i^3}+\ + C, where C is some constant.
Find the sum of the first » terms of iho series :
12 3
1-2 "^ 2 • 3 *
+ ..
8 ■ 4 • 5 • «
+
0. A bag contains twenty balls, two of which are marked.
Ten are drawn and replnred, then eight are drawn and re-
placed, then seven are drawn. Find the cliance of the double
event that the two marked balls are drawn each time and
that no other ball is drawn twice.
7. Find the general expiossion for angles which have
(a) the same sine, (//) the same cosine.
Show that the general expression for angles which liave
sine and cosine of opposite signs is ir (n -f cos*-) where o
m
< — ctnd n is an integer or zero.
8. Show when a small increment of B will produce a nearly
proportional increment of tan 0.
Shew that when sin {0 — &) is nearly equal to s»n ft — sin &
it is nearly equal to^ — H', but that it may be nearly equal to
g — ff without being nearly equal to sin $ — sin $'.
9. Find the radii of the inscribed and escribed circles of a
given triangle.
If r be the radius of the inscribed circle of a regular
polygon and »''the radius of the circle inscribed in the triangle
formed by producing two alternate sides to meet, shew that
4rr'=a'', o being a side of the regular polygon.
10. Shew that
C0S« = 1-|^ +g^-
II, Slate and prove Uernoivre's llieorem for real values of ?i.
Shew that the expressions
m
m
cos — (arTT 4- ^) + v' — 1 sin - (2nr + 0)
n
and cos
2r7r -f md
n
+ y/ — 1 sin
J/'TT
■{■md
give the same set
of values on taking r from 1 to »i — 1,
13. If 2 cos a, =s x, + x-^, 2 cos a = or -{■ x-^, &c. then
— an> — h
2 cos {^^a^ + 60,+ ) = «,%'' + x-f^x.
Expose the fallacy in the following : —
If 2 cos o - ;*: + x,-^ , then 2 cos ma = .r"»4- ar-»» ,
whether wi be integral or fraclional|: Now 2 cos27r ~ 1 + l-\
. ' . 2 cos 2?»7r = l»"-f I-"»:^2, or cos 2m»r ss I, . • , m cannot
be fractional.
13. Sum the fullowing :
a* a*
asin(0 + a) + , sin (0 + 2a) + , „ sin(tf + 3a)
LL
ce'
Li
sin (0 + 4a) + in inf.
sin 20 + 2 sin 40 + 3 sin 60 + + wsin 2n
sin sin 20 + 2 sin 'if) sin 4-0 + 3 sin 30 sin 60 +
4- n sin »iO sin 2n0.
Wini\^ttnitp of Soronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIUNB: 1875.
ALL THE YEARS.
PROBLEMS.
HONORS.
Examiner
f J. G;
inern: -{up
J. Galbraith, B.A.
MilligAlN, B.A.
1 . Find a point in a side of a triangle, the distance of which
from the opposite angle is double of the distance from one of
the adjacent angles.
2. Describe a circle which shall touch a given circle and
a given tangent to that circle.
3. ABC is a triangle £U, BK lines perpendicular to and
bisecting the base respectively, F is the middle point of BDy
BG is drawn parallel toiS^/', meeting the base AC in G. Prove
that AD is equal to CG.
4. Given the sum of the sides, the base and the height of
a triangle ; construct it.
5. If X + y + « = + 4. * = 0, prove
(I)
(3)
a* + y« 4. a* = 0.
6. vfir) = L.»:6"^"i?!i-=1)3-
l+/(l)+/(S)*+
prove
}
7. Show Umi
(27r)'
(:j7r)'
*" p-(.%)1'
— in iiil.
u
8. Tlireo (lico each immborcMl from cmi! lo «ix, arc thrown
twice in successiun ; lind the cliancf ilml no number \h re-
pented.
Six (licf! Hr(! thrown ; hn<i tho thancc thai tht; numhcrs
are all diflcront.
1). If ABU be a iriaiiglo describcil about u circle, and r,,
/•, r,, the radii of the circles inscribed between tliis circle and
llic sides containing the angles A, B, C\ respectively, and
p,(i, r, the perpendiculars from these angles on the opposite
sides a, b, <•, respectively, then
{abcpqr)h a (a + b + <) ( y/i\r^ + y/ t'^r^ + Vr,,,)
10. ABC is a given segment of a circle whose centre is 0.
/? and D the middle points of its arc and chord respectively;
a circle is described on BD as diameter. Find the centre of
the circle touching the arc, chord, and inscribed circle.
11. ]( straight lines diverge in one plane from a point C,
each line bisecting the angle between the two neighbouring
lines; the point C revolves in a circle of given radius in the
same plane, shew that the sum of the intercepts of the lines
between the point C and the circumference of a fixed circle
concentric with that described by C, but of greater radius,
bears a fixed ratio to the sum of their reciprocals.
12. If in any triangle ABC, a line be drawn from one
angle C to the point Z>, where the inscribed circle touches the
opposite side, and if in the two triangles so formed circles be
inscribed touching AB in E and F, and the sides AC, BC
in G and H respectively, shew that EF is bisected in D, and
that a circle may be described through G and H, touching
AC and BG.
13. If the circumference of a circle be divided into v parts
which subtend angles a,, a,, a, a . at a point within the
circle, and if . '*
3 cos a, = a;, + x-^ , a cos aj = x^^ xfh
Sec, &c., then
14. Find the respective cohIn of Dominion loans issikhI HtflO
and 107. bearing intorciii at ilio rales of '1 and 6 per cunt, per
annum respectively, supposed payable annually, chcIi having
:H) years lo run, interest being uumpoundud annually.
No. Log. Difl.
1046 mwM no
:W8l riyHM'l 1I3
:)8'^5 582681 114
15, Sum the HcrinN
sin or tan .i; sin Ir tan 2x hiii ij'.x* tanS'a;
to n terms.
a\nne + (n - 1 ) sin (» - 1)6 -^ "" .J" " ain (n - 2) ^ +
.." + (»i — I) sin 20 + sin ^.
Unt^^tvniin ot Sovonto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
FIRST YEAR.
ENGLISH.
Examiners :
f J. M. BucHAN, M.A.
\Fred. E. Seymour, M.A.
I. Classify the letters ot" the English alphabet with refer-
ence to the organs by which they are produced. Classify
the sounds of the English language in the same manner.
-. Give a detailed account of the accidence of the Eng-
lish Noun, noticing not only it.« general but also its excep-
tional Etymological Forms.
3. Trace the changes in signification which the following
words have undergone, — bombast, villain, chattel, cheque,
gazette, lumber, pragmatical, preposterous, prodigiouSf
romance.
4. Trace the following words to their Latin roots and
account for the changes in form they have undergone, —
address, custom, delight, esquire, gin, invoice, preach, route,
soldier, toilette.
5. Point out the etymological sources and derivation of
the words in the following extract : —
" Jostled and jostling through the mud,
Peculiar to the town of Lud,
Down narrow streets and crooked lanes they dived,
Past many a gusty avenue through which
Came yellow log, and smell of pitch,
From barge and boat, and dusky wharf derived ;
With darker fumes brought eddying by the draught.
From loco-smoko- motive craft ;
Mingling with scents of butter, cheese, and gammons,
Tea, coffee, sugar, pickles, rosin, wax,
Hides, tallow, Russia-matting, hemp, and flax,
Salt-cod, red-herrings, sprats, and kippered salmons,
Nuts, oranges, and lemons.
Each pungent spice, and aromatic gum,
Gas, pepper, soap-lees, brandy, gin, and ruin ;
Alamodc-beef and greens, — the London soil, —
Glue, coal, tobacco, tui*pentiue, and oil,
Bark, asafcetida, s(iuills, vitriol, hops.
In short, all sniffs, and whiffs, and puffs, and snuffs.
From metals, minerals, and d} ewood stuffs
Fruits, victual, drink, solidities, or slojis —
In flasks, casks, bales, trucks, wagons, taveins, shops,
Boats, lighters, cellars, wharfs, and warehouse-tops.
That, as we walk upon the river's ridge.
Assault the nose — liclow the bridge."
— Thomas Hood.
6. Define and give examples of anaccenosis^ antonornasiay
catachresis, epizeuxh, metonymy, syllepsis ; and point out
the Rhetorical Figures in the following passage : — ^
" O for a draught of vintage that hath been
Cooled a long age in the deep-delved earth,
Tasting of Flora and the country green.
Dance, and Proven9al song, and sun- burnt mirth !
O for a beaker full of the warm South,
Full of the true, the blissful Hippocrene,
With beaded bubbles winking at the brim.
And purple-stained mouth ;
That I might drink, and leave the world unseen,
And with thee fade away into the forest dim."
— Keats.
7. Trace the derivation of agate^ ammonia^ anthem^
artesian, helfry, canter^ ermine^ hoaxj imbecile^ musket,
sheriff, silly, tariff.
8. Give a detailed account of The Vi.sion concerning
Piers the Plowman, describing its rhythm and versification,
its aim and subject, its style and language, its place in
English literature, and what is known of its author.
9. Give some account of the life and v/ri tings of —
(i.) William Tyndal,
Cii.) John Skelton,
(iii.) William Dunbar,
(iv.) Henry Howard,
(v.) Robert Greene,
(vi.) Thomas Nash,
(vii.) Michael Drayton.
10. DcscriV)€^ briefly the Ibllowing works, mentioning
authors, dates, and leading chaj-acteristios, as tar as you can :
(i.) Toxophilus,
(ii.) Pastime of Pleasure,
(iii.) Six Centuries of Epigi'ams,
(iv,) Ralph Roister Doister,
(v.) Fcrrex and Porrex,
(vi.) Fair Rosamund and Queen Eleanor.
Subject for Composition :
"Every popular writer is, in a certain sense, a pro-
duct of his country and his age, a reflection of the
intfcUect, the moral sentiment, and the j)revailing
social opinions of his time.''
~G. P. Marsh.
m
!
1,
is api
2,
Shak
3.
^ni\^tvnit» of STotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
FFRST YEAK.
ENGLISH.
HONORS.
r, . f .T. M. BUf'HAN, M.A,
f^'mm>ner^:\Y^^^j,^ E. Skymour, M.A.
JULTTTS C^SAR.
1. Discuss tlio (|Ucstioii whether the name of this play.
is appr()|»riato.
2. Point out the political and the moral errors of
Shakspeare's Brutus.
3. Contrast the characters of Brutus and Cassius.
C faiths
4. Brutus. No, not an oath: If not the-^; i-.j.. Vof
men,
I
] . fate r
' face )
The sufferance of our souls, the tir.es' abu.se, —
If these be nmtives weak, break oft' betimes,
And every man hence to his idle bed ;
So let hiffh-siffhted tyranny < ° !- on I
o o J . J ^ range j
Till each man drop by lottery. But if these,
As I am sure they do, bear fire enough
To kindle cowards, and to steel with valour
The melting spirits of women ; then, countrymen,
What need we any spur, but our own cause, 10.
To prick us to redre.ss ? What other bond,
Than secret Romans, that have spoke the word,
15.
20.
2.5.
And will not palter ? And what other oath,
Than honesty to honesty engaged
That this shall be, or we will fall for it ?
Swear priests, and cowards, and men cautelous,
Old, feeble carrions, and such suffering souls
That welcome wrongs ; unto bad causcjs swear
Such creatures as men doubt ; but do not stain
The even virtue of our enterprise.
Nor the insuppressive mettle of our s]>irits,
To think, that or our cause or our performance
Did need an oath ; when every drop of blood,
That every Roman bears, and nobly bears,
Is guilty of a several bastardy,
If he do break the smallest particle
Of any promise that hath passed from him.
(i.) Discuss the suitability of the different readings pro-
posed in 11. 1 and 5.
(ii.) Explain the meaning of ' Till each man drop by lot-
tery (I. 6), of ' men cautelous' (1. 17), and of 'even
virtue' (1. 20).
(iii.) Point out all words used in a sense which they do
not bear at the present day.
(iv.) Parse ' what ' (1. 10), ' but ' (1. 10), ' Romans ' (1. 12),
'that'(l. 18),'as'(l. 19).
(v.) Scan 11. G, 8, and 9.
(vi.) Point out the rhetorical forms in the flist fifteen
lines.
PROLOGUE TO THE CANTERBURY TALES.
5. *' A inarchaunt was ther with a forked herd,
In motteleye, and high on horse he sat,
Uppon his heed a Flaundrisch bever hat ;
His botes elapsed faire and fetj^sly.
His resons he spak ful solempnely,
Sownynge alway thencres of his wynnynge.
He wolde the see were kept for eny thinge
Betwixe Middelburgh and Orewelle.
Wei couthe he in eschaunge scheeldes selle.
This worthi man ful wel his wit bisette ;
Ther wiste no man that he was iu dette,
So eHtately WJis he of {vovernannee,
With liis hnrgayns, and with his ehevysaunoe.
J For Kotlie he was a worthi man withalle,
But sotlj to sayn, I not what men him callo."
/./. 270-284.
(i.) Re-write line by lino in modern Englisli.
(ii.) Scan II. 273, 277, 278, 280, and 2H.3.
(iii.) Explain the meaning of 1, 278.
(iv.) Trace the deviation of fffynhj, renon, and cIh'V}/-
(v.) F]x])lain the forms vyif*h\ xai/)}, not, and call<\
(]. Give an account of the case inflections of nouns in
Chaucer's English.
HISTORY OF ENGLISH LITER AT (IRE.
7. " It is conunonly asserted that for some reigns after
the NormaTi Con(iuest, the exclusive language of govern-
ment and legislation in England was the French — tliat all
pleadings, at least in the su|>reme courts, were carried on
in that language, — and that in it all det^ds were drawn up
and all laws promulgated." — Craik.
Give the correct account of the matter referred to in the
sentence (juoted, and also state to what extent the French
language superseded the English in the period following
the Conquest.
8. Describe the literary and the linguistic character of
the extant specimens of the English of the first half of the
thirteenth century.
PROSODY.
9. State the laws of the sonnet.
10. (Explain the scansion of
" Break, break, break,
At the foot of thy crags, O sea!
But the tender grace of a day that is dead
Will never come back to me,"
Tennyson.
\\, Compare the merits of rhymed and blank verse,
nl
Si
m
Sitt(tiet0((i^ of sroronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
FIRST YEAR: ARTS AND CIVIL ENOlNEBRIi.a
FRENCH.
Examiner: Rev. James Roy, M.A.
GRAMMAR.
1. Give a list of adverbs which take de, without an
article, after them.
2. Explain the use of the different forms of demi,
3. Explain the use of second and deuxieme.
4. When is the article before plus and moins invariable ?
5. When is §tre, after ce, plural ?
G. In sentences of two clauses, beginning with ce qui
or ce que, when is ce repeated, and when not ?
7. When is duquel preferable to dont ?
8. Explain V in Von.
9. Explain the difference in construction between ni —
ni, and neither — nor.
10. Explain the agreement of variable words with
general collectives, and with partitive collectives.
•
11. Give rule for connection of moods and tenses with
the subjunctive.
12. What is the chief point to be observed in deciding
the variations of past participles ?
13. Distinguish between autour and alentourf au travert
and d traversy avant and devant.
i
14. When may de be oinittod allcv pres and proche ?
15. Explain the pronunciation of (7a«n, Michel^ Michel-
Ange^ Joady Madrid^ Douha, J6%m, Jonas, bourg, ^'trat-
bourg, SieyeSy Soult.
II.
Translate :
1. Give me Home good French wines.
2. Has he not any friends ?
8. Wheat is sold for a dollar a bushel.
4. He gives him a hundred pounds a year.
5. The gentleman and lady are gone.
6. Dante, Tas.so, and Ariosto, are celebrated amongst
Italian poets.
7. He is a physician ; but ho is an unfortunate man.
8. She has many jewels. (Give in two Luu.yn.)
i). My vine wants cutting.
10. I have enough of money.
11. Will you have some more toast?
1:2. Not any more, 1 thaidc you.
13. I beg pardon, that is something astonishing.
14. The man who wears crape on Ids arm may eat a
pancake.
15. What wicked people !
10. They are the most wicked people in the world.
17. How many saw-mills had your lather ?
18. These flowers smell well.
19. It is charming to see so line a landscape. {Give in
two ways.)
20. How wide is that river ?
21. Here is the answer I have received.
22. These are the prizes I have obtained at college.
23. Near noon, she was ready to go out.
24. Have you come from Lower Canada ?
25. No, sir, I have just arrived from France.
\
III.
Correct tlu! ovvoyh m the following HonteiiceH, ami givo
reasonn for oach con-cction :
1. fj(i iKifinr fontc ciit'iPiY sc fronvr (lan» las tjrdndH
2. Moil } nnocnu'f csf fc sfiif him qui nic rcntr ; laini^ez-
3. Ln'iMfii'Z-min rctto rhatvf, on, m'arrachez le jmir.
4. f/l*^^'Z D('i)ionihhu' rf (Vio'iuw ; iln HotU leu pbm fjnmffM
orafein'H que Vavt'tqiuli' {I'll pnuhtHn.
'). Klri^-vniifi mPir t ,/r /«• n)iis.
IV.
F(JU ARTS ONLY.
*,* Stinfevlfi to mill, first imragrayih.
Translate :
llcnler vonait tic niourir (|uand je suis ariiv<ie il
Wt'imaT, uiaiH Wioland, Goethe, et Schiller y <^taient
encore. .Je peindrai chacun «le ces homine.s sepan'-
nient, dans la section suivante; je les ])eindrai surtout
pnr leurs onvrages, car leurs livres resHeniblent parfaite-
nient ii leur caractore et a leur entretien. Oct accord
ties-rare est une j)reuve de nincdrite: quand on n.
|)o»ir ]>reniier hut, en .('crivant, de faire efifet huf le.s
autrew, on ne se niontre janijji.s a eux tel qii'on est
reellcnient ; niai.s quand on dcrit pour satisfaire k 1'
inspiration int(5rieure dont 1* ftme est saisie, on fait
connaitie pnr ses ecrits, meine sans le vouloir, jusques
aux nioindreH nuances de sa mani^re d' ^tre et de
penser.
Le s(?jour dos petites villes m' a toujours paru trfes-
ennuyeux. L'esprit des hommes s'y rt^tr^cit ; le coeur
des femnies s'y glace ; on y vit tellement en prt^sence
les uns des autre.s, qu'on est oppress*^ par se.s sembla-
hles ; ce n'est ])lus cette opinion a distance, qui vous
anime et lotentit de loin comme le bruit de la gloire ;
c'est un examen minutieux de toutes les actions de
votre vie, une observation de chaque ddtail, qui rend
incapable de comprendre I'ensemble de votre caract^re ;
et plus on a d'inddpendance et d'dl^vation, moins on
pent roapircr i\ tmvors touH ces pctits b'),rre»nix. Ccott
p^niblo gAno u'cxiHtait point «\ ''V<'iiimr ; w n't^tait
])oiiit \ino potito vill«>, iniiiH iin jj^rand eliiUoaii ; iin
/ cordo choiHi HVntrott>nnit avcc intorAt <lc <'lia(pi(' pro-
duction nouvelln dos arts. Dcs fcintncM, dlHciplcH
aimalilcs do cpiolcpuvs lioinnuvs supi^ricurs, n'ocictipaient
sans cesse dcs ()Uvi'aj,'os litti'raircs, (ionunc <l('s dv(^no-
nu'nts puMicH los j)liis inipoitants. On appolait 1'
univers lY soi par la locturo ct 1' t^tndc ; on ('ohappnit
par r t^tondtic do la pt!iis(?(» anx liorncs des (lircoiiMtaii-
ccH ; en rdlldchissanL souvcnt t'liHtMnhlcsur Ics ^randcs
(picstions quo fait naitro la dcstint'c connnnno a tons,
on ouldiait Ics ajiocdotcs ])arti('ul lores do eliaenn. On
no lencontrait aucun do ces nierveilleux do ])iovince,
(jui prennent si facileinent le disdain pour do la grA,<!e,
et raffeotation pour do I'dlejijanee.
Mmk. dp, Stakl, I 'Minn, pp. 74,').
1. Write in full the inipert'ect Huli)»inetive ol" tin' follow-
ing verbs: vninU, jM-indrai, e'ci-'it, /nrnnnil.
2. Moin'ir. Give past partici])le.
3. je HuU arniu'e. What verbs lake ^V/v ns anxiliary i
Give rules for variations of past participles.
4. titpiwinu'vL (jlive rules for position of adverbs.
5. SaiiH le I'onloii: To whatdooa Ir lelate ?
6. MoindrcH. Give positive of this.
7. (lea petiteft villes. Why not dc I
8. il travers. Distinguish from au travern.
9. wppeiaU. Write the present indicative, and explain
any peculiarity in the spelling.
10. Naitre. Give preterite definite of this vei'b.
:1
'■? i
W
V.
FOR CIVIL ENGINEKRING ONLY.
Translate :
Enlever les terres par des tranch<!cs, des deblais, ot
en faire des terrasses, des reniblais, on travailler pur
voie dc compensation; quand le transj)ort a de grandes
(liRfanceH devient trop cofttenv, oherchor plus loin cph
teiroH, oil i'airn (l(>H cnipruiitH; exilciiU^r oiitln ce travail
le plus H(irciuoiit Ic plus rapidciiiont ot surtout le plus
^coiiotnicpioniont poswilde, tel o.nt le pr()M^lm'.
Piusit'iirH moycDH hc pnW'iitont pour anivor it cette
solution :
DoH honimcH ct dos f'emnirH piocihciit la torrt' et la
portent dans dos panija-H. ("est hi lo prociMt^ priinitif
encore ('n usnjro I'n Kspa^no. Lo enomiii do for d'
E^^ypto a aussi <'t(' conHtruit do 'iotto fju'on. Les tor-
raHsciiients du cbeniin do Naples i\ ( 'astellanuiro ont
ot*' oxo('ut«^s on jijrando partie par dos foninies.
(.'onimo deuxituno moyen do transport, on so sort do
toniboreaux ou do brouettes ; do ses ddrnif»ros il y
a plus do doux millions on France. On dit (|ue o'ost
Pascal qui a invent*^ ce modeste at indispensablo
v«^hiculo.
Knfin, connne nioyon oxpoditif, on so sert do la gravity
ot do la vapoui-; los wnj^ons charj^c's sont abajidonnos
u lour propro poids, ou ils sont mis on monvomont par
dos locomotives d (piatro rouos n'fornu'os. La vapour
est oniployoo (piand la distance do transport dt^passo
700 metres. Pour hater lo di^chargcmont dos vagons,
on los fait roulor sur une ospoce dcj pont de bois dont
I'uno dos extroinit«'s repose sur le remblai et I'autn;
sur un ochafaud, uno ferme, (|ui avance sur iin petit
choinin do fei-, absolument oomme los machines ii do-
cliarger les bateaux a piorres de taille sur le quai
d'Orsay, ;\ Paris. Ce pont locomobile s'appelle en
termes d' atelier uno bateine.
With, Const, de Ohem. de Fer., p. 80.
1. Translate the following: Moelloiis, omlh'cs, longer-
ons, lowjrhiefi, louf/ufii'lnes, lamhv', rcmorqiKfn, cmieux,
UduH, moutoTi, af^'ouillrments, manh/c.
2. Where are wooden rails said to have been first used ?
3. What is the Prophilographe ?
4. Coejjident d' ^laaticite. Define coeficient as here
used.
5. La v^si stance ds la fonte a la rupture par V ecrase-
nient. To what is this proportional ?
G. Describe the apparatus patented in 1845 by Dr.
Pott.
7. What objections liave been raised to the use of iron
plates in the construction of bridges ?
8. Of what tubular bridge is it said that it has not
been subject to sensible horizontal vibrations from the
strongest tempests ?
9. By what term does the author designate the system
of constructing suspension bridges ?
10, What obiections does the author raise to suspension
bridges ?
sunftietfiifts of STotonto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
FIRST YEAR.
FRENCH.
HONORS.
Examiner : Rev. James Roy, M.A.
I.
Translate
Le ciel, qui veut ma mort, et qui I'a suspeiidue,
Mou pere, en ce moment m'am^ne a votre vue.
Mon anie fugitive, et prete a me quitter,
S'arrete devant vous — mais pour voua imiter.
Je meurs : le voile torabe ; un nouveau jour m'^claire ;
Jc ne me siiis eounu qu'au bout de ma carriere ;
J'ai fait, ju.s((u'au moment qui me plonge au cercueil,
Gemir riiumanitd du poid.s de mon orgueil.
Le ciel venge la terre : il est juste ; et ma vie
Ne pent payer le sr ng dont ma main s'est rougie.
Le bonheur m'aveugla, la mort m'a ddtromp^.
Je pardon, vi k la main par qui Dieu m'a frapp^.
J'etais maitre en ces lieux, seul je commande encore ;
Seul je puis faire gr&ce, et la fais d. Zamore.
Vis, superbe ennemi, soia libre, et te souvien
Quel fut, ev le devoir, et la mort, d'un chr^tien.
(A Mont^ze, qui se jette a ses pieds.)
Montfeze, Am^ricains, qui filtes mes victimes,
Songez que ma cldmence a surpass^ mes crimes,
Instruisez I'Amdrique ; apprenez a ses rois
Que les chr^tiens sont n^s pour leur donner des lois.
(A Za/more.)
■; 1
i ;'
Des dieux que nous aervoiiK counai.; la difference :
Les tiens font commando lo mcurtro ct la vengeance;
Et le mien, quand ton bras vient de ni'assassiner,
M'ordonue do te ijlaincUo et do to ])ardonner.
Voltaire, A hire, Ade V. He. 7.
1. Who speaks these word.s 'i
2. What circumstances led to the adoption by Voltaire
of the (Mnoihmmf, of this play f
3. Whose words are said to he reproduced in the last
part of this extract ?
4. Write, in French, a descriptiou of the chai'acter of
CkimuMi.
II.
Translate :
Le maitre des requetes reprit :
J'ai su par le vieil abbe souid (^ui ^tait a diner chez
la niar^chale d'Effiat, (;l< (pii a tout entendu, cpie ce
jeiine Oin({-Mars niontrait i)lu,s donergic (pi'on no
I'imaginait, ct qu'il tcnta de <l(jlivrer lo niardchal de
Baasompierre. J'ai eucoro lo rapport detaille du .sourd,
qui a trl's-bien Joue son volo; I'dniinontissinio (,'ardinal
doit en etre satisfait.
J'ai (lit a ni on, seigneur, roconunon(;a Joseph, oar ces
deux seides farouches alternaient lours «Ji.soour.s coni-
nio les pasteurs do Virgile ; j'ai dit qu'il sorait bon do
so d«^faire de ce petit d'Effiat, et «juc je ni'en ohargerais,
si tel dtait son bon [ilaisir; il sorait facile de lo pordro
dans re8j)rit du Roi.
II serait plus sdr de lo fairo inourir do sa blessuro,
reprit Laubardeniont ; si Son Eininouoo avait la bonU-
de ni'en donuer I'ordre, jo connais intimoniont Jo nio-
decin en second, qui m'a gudri d'un coup au front, et
qui le soigne. Cost un homme prudent, tout devoue
k monseigneur le Cardinal-Due, et dont le brelan a uii
peu derangd les affaires.
Je crois, repartit Joseph avec un air de modestie
m^ld d'un peu d'aigi*eur, que si Son Eminence avait
quelqu'un i employer d ce projet utile, ce serait plutot
son n^gociateur habitual, qui a eu quelque succ^s au-
trefois.
Je crois pouvoir en t^numerer quelques una assez
marquants, reprit Laubardemont, et tr^s-nouveaux,
dont la difficult^ dtait grande.
DeVigny, Cimq-Mara, p. 176.
t. Maifre (h' reqtistcs. Explain the (Ui ties of this oflice.
'I iVE()iat. Whence this title?
3. I'hnafjuKiil. Explain I',
4. ib'livver !<'■ Duirtyud. To what does this allude ?
5. Joseph. Who was this ?
6. Ie8 pafiteiti'ft (U VirffUa. Explain the allusion.
7. coup aa, front. Explain the allusion.
8. (Ted an horanie. Why not U cm I
9. Give the i)rineipal parts of the following : .stt, entendu,
doit, cvoi^.
10. Write, in French, a description of the character of
Richelieu,
III.
Translate :
" Prussia, which, since Frederick the Great, dreamed
of re-establishing {I'scovd'dver) the Germanic Empire,
knew well that she could find this fortune, menacing
to (pour) Europe, only after a military humiliation of
France ; and she prepared the means of it with an
indefatigable perseverance. She over-excited, by his-
toiy, poetry, and science, Geiinan ))atriotisiu against
those whom she caused to be called in hci" newspapers,
"The hereditary enemy." She armv,'d all her ])eoi)le
from twenty to sixty years ; she demanded (cxlijer)
of her oHicers the most comjjlete instruction, of her
troops, the most seveie disciplini! ; and, by an organi-
zation which left inactive no pai'ticle (parcelle) of the
national forces, by a foresight (pfevoijanca) which
utilized all the resources of industry and science, she
established, in the centre of Europe, the most for-
midable machine of war the world has yet seen.
Hist, de France, DuRUY.
'%n
(Uniberoftjif of ^^ovonto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
FIRST YEAR.
GERMAN.
Exmnincv : J. E. Graham, M.D.
I.
QRAMMAK.
1. How are the verbs divided into tlic strong and weak
conjugations ? Claj-sify the strong verbs.
2. What is the position of the verb in principal and
dependent sentences.
3. How is the passive voice of transitive verbs formed in
the different tenses of the indicative mood. Illustrate by
an example.
4. How is the gender of compound substantives deter-
mined ? Give examples.
0. Give the terminations in the different cases of the
strong and weak declensions.
6. Enumerate the demonstrative pronouns.and shew how
each is declined ?
7. How are the comparative and superlative degrees of
adverbs formed.
b. What prepositions govern the dative only ?
Translate :
t
II.
„2Ba(J W tcf> trau^cn »cr tern II)or,
Sas auf t^r ©rtirfc ft^nllen ?
?a§ ben ®cfan<^ »or unfcrni Obr
3m @aalc wtctcrljaUcn !"
Der ^fintfi fpracf)'«(, bcv ^a^c Itcf ;
Dcr ^'nabc fam, bcr ^'iJnicj rtcf :
,,?apt mtr herein ben Stltcn !"
,,®eflrit^et fcib mix, t\)\t ^^txxw,
©cflrtipt i\)x, fc^iJne Damcn !
Scl^j vctd;cr ^tmmcl ' ©tcvn bci 6tern
SBer fcnnct i()rc 9lomfn ?
3ni (5aal »oU ^j>rac^t unb .^crrlidjfcit
<5^ltc§t, 5luflen, cud) ; Ijtev tft ntd;! 3f't/
<Bi^ ftouncnb ju evrtft&cn."
Dcr (Sanger brtirft bic 3(ugen cin
Unb fd^Iu'g in vollcn ZHntn ;
2)te iRitkx fdfjauten mutl)tfl biein,
Unb tn ben @d;oo§ btc ©djiJnen.
Dcv ^finiQ, bem bae( Steb flcftcl,
iJtcp, tl)n ju e^ren filv ba«> ®piel,
Sine golbnc ^ette rcid)cn.
,,!Dte golbnc ^ctte gib mir nid;t,
2)ie ^ettc gib ben Slittcrn,
SSor bcren ffi^nem Slngefid^t
2)er geinbe l*anjen fplittern ;
©ib jie bem ^onjlev, ben bu b^ft/
Unb la^ i^n noc^ bie 0olbne Soft
3u anbern Saften tragcn.
^6) fmgc, wie ber SSogel ftngt,
Der in ben B^cigcn wo^nct ;
2)as Sicb, ba« au^ ber «c^lc brings
311 Sof)n, ber rci(^Ii(b lo^net.
Do(^ borf id^ bitten, bitt i^ tm& :
tcif mir ben bejten ^et^er 5Bein«J
3n purcm ©olbe reic^cn."
(Jr fe^t' iljn on, er tranf t^n aud ;
,,0 Ztani »oU fft§er «abc !
9Co tad ift f leinc (SJabc !
Gr^cbt'd cud) webl, fo fccnft on mid)
Unt banlet (^ott fo warm, old id;
gilr.ttefcn Xrunf cud; feanfc."
Goethe.
1. Conjugate laufeUf rufen, gcfallen, schliessetij geben,
trinken.
2. Cfive the gendera of Trank, Thor, Ohr, Saal, Auge.
3. Classify all the verbs in the latter half of the selec-
tion into the strong and weak conjugations.
4. Are there any inseparable verbs in the selection ? If
so, name them.
.5. Give the plurals of the following: Prachtj Zeit,
Schlo88, Lied, Trank, Haus.
III.
GERMAN LITERATURE.
1. Who were the Minnesdnyer 7 Name the most cele-
brated.
2. What is the character of Lessing's works ? Name
the principal dramas of which he is the author.
8. Write what you know of the characters of Klopstock,
Wieland, and Herder.
4. Name the principal works of Goethe. Give a short
sketch of his life.
0lniber»Ua^ of SToronid.
ANNUAL KXAMINATIONS : 1875.
FIRST YEAR.
GERMAN.
HONORS.
Examiner : J. E. Graham, M.D.
I.
TniUHlutc into Geinian :
Several {iiwhrere) of the Brif ish i'»jie8tH (;ivald) whieh
are now cut down (amhauen) at different periods
(ze'it) by order (aiif Befeld) of the English Parliament
because they harboured {zujlucht yewahren) wolves
and outlaws. Thus the Welsh {ivallwwch) woods
were cut and burned {vjiaderbrennen) in the reign
{Heivschaff) of Edward I. as were many of those in
Ireland by Henry II. to prevent (verhindern) the
natives {J'Jin(/i'bu rue) from h&rhounng{z ajiucht 8uchen)
in them, and harassing (beldstigen) the troops.
Practice ( Uebung) must settle {verleihen) the habit
(FeHlykeit) of doing {vollbrlngen) without reflecting
(nachdenkeii ilbev) on the rule {Regel).
During the eruption (J usbruch) from the crater of
the Tombora mountain in Sumbawa the darkness
{Flnsternl^s) occasioned {verursaclven) by the ashes in
the day time (am Tage) was so profound {tief) that
nothing equal to it was ever witnessed [wie moM nie
wai^ aehwliches tvahrgenammen) in the darkest {dunkel)
night of Lava.
M
I
11.
Tmtislate :
flcbt ab.
bcbfluptcn,
bflbcn? 91 ,
•Ofrr tii'fc<J .^aufcfii, rtl<^ tcr iUitfi* iiicliifv Iori)tcv, ale mcin
C^Jcmat)l cnblid;, battc tac* Jbuii fiMmcn, u>fl«< 2\i tlnitcn!
£) b c V fi aGflc< Icufcl biittf id» bcnn jV'tban ?
gr. y. I^orftrtinv a){u|! id) ^ic tavaii mnncrn!'
ai5tcV 8ic ttM'ffcn "itid)t nicbv, trtf» 2ic cift luu fur.^cni niit
unfmr lodjtcv flcfviod^cn, bafj ^io I'inc 9?ci}Vi»}U" ""f«vm
^Jlcffcn cntbrcft babcn, nub Hft wiv cine trovbcn finb, fie il)m
,^uv giau ,^u ^fbcn, fobnlb cr luiit anrtcfomntcii fcin ?
©be V . 3d; lofif? nidjt — SDJaranic, ob tne allce nur
ciu Irnum 3lncv (^inbilMttif^efraft ift, obcr ob UMvflid) ciii
Stnbcrcr in incincv 3lbn)cfenbcit nicincn 'Pla^ cinrtcniMnnicn
bat. 3ft bae Scjjtcrc, fo auiv'e b»>l;f Beit, tap ui) fani —
I)icfcv 3cmanb fd^laflt nicincn ^JdiiiM'cj^crfoljn tobt, i^crljci--
vatbct mcinc Xoc^Ucr nnb fiid)t mid) awi}' bci nicincv ^^rau,
unt mcinc %xm unt mcinc Xod)tcr laffcn fid;'« bcibc i^anj
vortrefflid) flcfallcn.
5 V . v/ 2) V f i i^ n \\ Scld)c 3!icvfto(f un(^ ! — 3n
SCa^r^cit, .?)crr voit il)erfif|nt>, id; mi^'i mid) in %x iBctva-
ftcn nid)t ju finbcn.
•D b c r |l . 3(i) wcrbc nid)t !(ufl au^ bcm 3()vt^'\cn.
Schiller, Dcr nefe aU OnM, Act II. Scene 7.
1. Conjugate 1,-onnen, ipinNtni, (jcMcn, ank)minen, ein-
neh'nien, steiien, (jcfallen. Give the present intlieativu of
each.
2. Give the plural of Tuchter, Vater, GnnM, Nevjuvii,
Traam. State whether they belong to the strong oi" weak
declension.
3. Give the gender of Tvaum, Wahrlieit,Betrmjen.
4. let das Letztere. . .htm. Explain the construction, and,
supply any words which may be wanting.
5. I'm Angmlcht, Give other instances of contractions
of prepositions and the indefinite article.
in.
Translate :
Uiit tci* 5^atcv mil fvohcm iBlicf
il^oii tc«i .Ortufcd wcitfd)flucntcm Wifbcl
Ucbrv,vil)lct fcin MfU^cnt Wlilrf,
^r icbct tcr 'Pfoftcu vartcntc 55iiumf,
lint tci' v5d)cuncn definite JHiiumc,
lint tic opcic^cr, yom >*crtcn rtcboflcn,
lint tco ,^'Dvncc bcwc^tc !i(Jortcn,
JHilljmt ftd» mit ftol.^cnt SJlunt :
'^t% wit tcv (Svtc (^hunt,
Wfflcn tc5 llnflUlrfc :i!)irtd)t
^tcl)t mir tco .j^aufce '.Prad)t !
a)od) mtt ti<^ (^kfd)tcfcji 9}?«d)tfn
3fl fcin cu^'s^r 53nnt ui flcdjtcn,
lint tacJ Unfllilcf fd^icitct fd^ncll.
3f5ol)l ! 9iun fann tcv Ohiji bcrtinncn ;
^d)jJn rtc,^flcfct {ft tcv JBvud).
X)od), bcyor )»u'0 laffcn rinncu,
^ctct cincn frommcu ©prud; !
8to§t ten BrtpffH flud !
(NJelt bcwaj)v' ta« .&au« !
^Wrtud)cnt tn ted .^cnfeld ^oflcn
^3)^pM^t'<J mit fcucrbrauncn SJe^cn.
Schiller, Dan Lial von tier Glocha.
1. Give the pliiralH of lUiti; Mand, Gi'und, Pracht,
Gu8t>, Briiclt, ^[n'uck.
2. Conjugate sehen, Hteken, Hchreitcn, hefjinnea, rinnen,
beten lasmn.
3. Give the genders of Blich, Giebel, Se<jen, Pracht,
Bogen, with rulew.
4. Rageuile Builme. Geyen dm Unglilchn Macht. Why-
is the article not used in these two instances.
5. Explain the difterence between rinnen, rennen, and
Laufen. t
0. Dock iidt...zu Jkchten. Explain the construction.
if
V >
mxVottnii^ of ^Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
FIRST YEAR.
CHEMISTRY.
Examiner: W. Oliver, B.A.
1. Give the formula for the composition of water, with
the names and combining numbers of the gases that
compose it, and a brief description of the properties of
each. Why are two atoms of hydrogen considered e(|uiv-
alent to one of oxygen ?
2. Given four vessels said to contain, each, ono of the
following substances: oxygen, bromine vapor, cai'bonic
acid, and chlorine. How would you set about to determine
the contents of each jjarticular vessel i
3. Write down the forrauisu for the oxides of nitrogen.
Distinguish between oxygen and nitrons oxide. Calculate
how many grar^mes of potassic nitrate will be reiiuired to
make fifty grammes of hydrogen nitrate (nitric acid).
4. Explain the chemical reaction in the following
cases : — .
(a) A piece of sodium thrown into a vessel of
water.
(6) A silver spoon brought repeatedly in contact
with an egg.
(o) Chlorine in contact with moistened litmus
paper.
(cZ) Sulphurous acid on a discolored straw hat.
(e) Sulphuric a^id on common salt.
5. Describe the structure of Hanie in a candle. A
lighted lani[) held beneath the j^lass chimney of another
lighted lamp extinguishes it. Explain. Why does oleliant
gas bum with a brighter tlame than hydrogen ?
0. Describe the manufacture of SO^, explaining the
reactions that take place.
7. Write in symbols, with combining numbers, hydro-
gen, sulphur, mercury, chlorine, nitrogen, lead, arsenic,
iodine, manganese, bismuth.
(S. (a) (Jahiulate the ([uantity of air necessary to com-
pletely consume G!J3 tons of carbon. (6) Convert 58° C to
Fahrenheit, (c) How much chlorine can be obtiiined from
525C grammes of hydric cliloride ?
sinflietttfti? of STotonto^
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
FIRST AND SECOND YEARS.
NATURAL HISTORY.
EMimim'r: R. Ramsay Wright, M.A., B.Sc, Edin.
1. Give Ji classiiication of the Foraminifera, with an
account of some of the chief living; tonus and a sketch of
the distribution of the order in time.
2. Descrllte the sk-ucturo of Hydra, and explain its
modes of rep?'0(hiction.
3. Givr h.^ .'haractors of tlie Sub-Kingdom Echinoder-
mata, iVMx i ' h^^ ehisses into wliich it is divided.
4. Compnic . scorpion with a lobster as to external form
and internal structure.
5. Describe the anatomy of the cuttle-fish.
G. What arc the amnion and allantois ? In what classes
of the Vertebrata do they occur ?
7. Describe the structures wliich are met with from
without inwards in a section of a Dicotyledonous stem.
8. Define the following terms : — Bract, placenta, hilum,
micropyle, aril, fovilla.
M
CO
2Anfbn*fiiftp of Qloronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
SECOND YEAR.
GREEK*
Examiner : S. Arthuii Marling, M.A.
Translate :
Hp&Tov fiev rolvvv. & avBpet *A6T}va2oif Tpi^p€i<i ireinri-
Kovra irapaa-Kevdaaadal Srjfjbi Seiv, eW avroixi oUto) tA?
yv(ofia<i e^civ tos'j eaf ti Seij, irXevarkov elf Tuvra^ avToi<i
i/x^aaiv. trpof he tovtoi<{ rot? ■^fj.laeai r&v Imritov itrira-
ywyovfi rpiTjpeif: koX irXoia ixava evrperria-eu KeXevoa.
ravra fiev olfiai Seiu xnrdp')(eiv eirl rat t^aitfypijf raura?
airo T7]<i oiKeiaf X^P^'* °'^^^^ (Trparela'; els UvXail^xal
Xeppoprjaov Koi "OXvvdov koX ottoi ^ovXerar Set yap
i<eiv<p TOVTO ev rfj yvMfirj irapaaTrjpai, (Of vfjb€t<i iK rijs
dfji€XeLa<i ravT7)'i t»}? dyaVj wairep eh l^v^oiav Koi irpo-
repov TTore (baaiv eh ' KXlaprov Kal ra reXevraia nrpdyqv
ek YlvX/ti}, i(T(i}<i cLv 6pfir]<TaiT^. ovroi TravreXw ouS' el yitj)
TToiriaaiT &v toOto, co? eytoye <f>rifii Beiv, €VKaTa<^p6v7yr6v
eariv, Xv t] Bia rov (fio^ov elSay; evrpeTreU Vfia<i — eta-erai
yap dKpi0&<i' elal yap, elirlv oi irdvr e^ayyeXXovre<i
eKeivtfi trap tjfi&p ain&p TrXelov; rov 8iopro<i — "qavyiav
' ^XV> V "TapiBatp ravra d^vXaKTOS Xrjifydfj, fii}Sep6fi optos
ifiiroBfop TrXeip ctti ttjp eKeipov 'X<^pap VfUP^ &p ivStf
Kaipop.
Demosthenes, Philippic I.
1. Parse ifi^da-ip, trapafrrijpaif rjfilaeai, opfirftraire, etaerai,
Xq^dfi.
2. avToixi kfifiaa-ip; TovBeopTO<i; firjBepo'i . Explain the
construction.
/^"1
3. Define the googi-aphical positions named in the extract,
and mention any important liistorical event connected with
any of them.
4. oi irdvT e^ayyiWovTai. Explain the allusion.
5. What classification of the orations of Demosthenes
has been made ? Give examples of each kind.
II.
Translate :
nw? yap oUad\ €<})t)v, & dv8pe<s Meaaijviot, Sfo-p^e/jw?
uKoveiv ^0\vv6iov<;, ell rt? rt \eyoi Kara ^iXiTnrov kut
eK€tvov<s Tou? ')(p6vov<i, or ^Avdefiovvra fxev ainoi^ '^(fylei,
i5v TrdvTe<i oi Trporepou MaKeBovia<i ^aaiXeh amerroiovvro,
iloTiBaiav 8' cBiBov rov<i ^AOrjvaiwv dnroiKov^ iKJdaXm,
Kal Ti/v (lev ey(6pav rrjv tt/so? '^p,d<i avT6<i dujjptjro, tw
j^copa!' h^ eKcivoa eBeScoKei Kapirovadai', dpa m ^joc/hoKav
avTov<i Toiavra Treicreadai, y XeyovTo^i dv rLvo<i iriarevaai
oiea-de ; aXX' t»'/i<u9 ed>i]v iy<o fiiKpov ^povov Ji}v dWorpiav
Kapirtoa-dfievoi ttoKvv t?}? ain&v vir tKeh'ov arkpovrai,
alaypm eVTreo-ovre?, ov KpaTr]6ivT€<i fiovov, dWd Kal
TTpoSodivTa inr dWriXuiv Ka\ irpa6€VT€<i' oi yap dariJMk-
6t9 rai"? TroXtretai? ai 7rpo9 Toi»v Tvpdvvov<; axnai Xiav
OfiCkiai. Tt 8' oi QerraXoC; dp oU(Td\ e^'qv^ or avroi^
T0U9 TVpdvvov} efe/9a\\e koI irdXtv NiKaiav Kal May-
vrjaiav iBiSov irpoahoKav tt}v KaBeaTaxrdv vvv SeKaBap'
Xiav etreaOac Trap' avroi^ ; rj tov ri]v TrvXalav u'irohovra
TOVTOV Ta9 tS/a? avr&v 7rpoa6hov<i irapaipt^aea-Oai ; ovk
eart, ravra. dXXd jiiji' yeyove ravra Kal frda-iv eariv
eiSevai,
Ibid. Phil. II.
1. &pa. What is the force ? ,
2. BeKahapxiav. What different inter pretation.s? What
was Philip's title as head of the Thessalian communities ?
3. When, and under what ci.'cumstances, was'this speech
delivered ?
4. What difference between the Greek{and Latin idioms
in regard to (a) the case absolute, (6) nouns denoting time?
Give examples.
laiv ecrriv
m.
Translate :
'^il? eltroiv ptiKea fieydXr)^ airoipyadeu ouX,^.
Ta) S' eirel ela-iSeTtjv eiJ r ((fypuTaavTO ^Kaa-ra,
KXaiov ap afi<f> 'OBvarji Sai<f)povi ;^«pe fiaXome,
Kal Mvveov ur/aTra^ofievot K€(f>a\qv re koX wfiov^
'^fl? 5* avTco^ ^08v<r€v<i K€(l>a\h<i koI ^etpa? €KV<r<Tev.
Kal vv K ohvpofiivoiaiv ehv ^do<i •qekioM,
Et 111) 'OSuo-o-ew auTO? lepvKaKe, ^vrjaiv re'
"Haveadov Kkavdfiolo yooio re, /x^ tk iBrjrai
'Ei^eXdoDV fieydpoio^ drap eiTrrjai koI et<ra>.
*A\\A irpofivrja-Thoi iaeXdere^ fiijB^ &p,a iravre^.
TT/3WT0? €70), fierk 8' vfifxe^' drap roBe arjfia Terxy^fda,
"AWot p.ev ykp 7rrfi/T€9, otroi fivija-Tfjpe^ dr/ai/o\f
OvK ida-ovaiv ifiol Bofievai fiiov rjhi ^apirprjv'
'A\\^ av, 8X' EiJ/Ltate, ^epatv dvd 8d>fiaTa rb^ov
'El/ yeipeaaiv ifioi difievai, elireiv re yvvai^v
KXrjKTai fier/dpoio 6vpa<i TrvKiv&<i apapvia^,
*Hy Si Tt9 17 <TTOpa')(i]<i r)k ktvttov ivBov uKova-p
'AvBp&v ^fieTepoicriv iv epKeai, firj ti Bvpa^e
Ilpo^KaxTKeiv, tiXV avrov dKtjv e/ievai rrapd epy^,
2oi B^, 4>t\otT/.e 8te, 0vpa<i iiririXXofjuii avKrj^
KXrjla-ai KXrjiBiy do&^ 8' eVt Beafxbv t^Xat."
Homer, Odyssey, XXI.
1. TrpofJkini<rT7voit fivrjarripe^, Beafwv. Whence derived ?
2. Parse reru;^^©, Oifievai, dpapvlwiy lijXat.
3. Express in ordinary Greek the Epic forms of the first
ten lines of the extract.
4. Give examples of euphonic modifications of Greek
verbs.
5. What portions of the Iliad and Odyssey have been
regarded as interpolations, and on what gi'ounds ?
Ti
Wi
<!An(tif r«ftfi of Covonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
SECOND YEAR.
GRLLK.
HONORS.
Exammer: S. Arthur Marling, M.A.
I.
Tianslato :
d\^ira>v atodtjvai' eiriaTeXKeiv 8* auT«5 tou? airoWvfiev-
ovif eav <T(a0r], dirarjfyeTKai rm S^fi^ 6ti oi arparrjyo). ovk
dveiXovTO rovt ap(arov<i vir^p t^9 Trarpihof yevofi6vov<i.
Tov he KaWi^evop trpoaeKakkaavro irapdvofia <f>d<TK0VT€^
y€ypa(l>fvai, RipvirToKefiof re o UeicridvaKToii koI aWot
rivh. TOV Be Bijfiov evioi ravra eViyi/oui/, to Bk ttX^^o?
e^oa BeivoP elvac el fi^ rif idaei rbv Bfjfiov irpdrreiv 8 hv
^ovXrjTai. Kol eVl tovtok eltrovro^ AvkIvkov koX tov-
Toi<i ry avrfj yp'i]<f>^ KpiveaSai yTrep Kat row (rrparijyov^j
edu /jlt} d<f)a)<n ri)v KXrjaiv, eiredopv^rja-e ttuXcv 6 Sj^o^^
Kal ^var/Kdadrjaav d(f)ievai rdt KXi](rei<i. r&u Be trpvrdv-
e<i)v rivoav ou ^oaKOPTcav irpoBrfaeiv rrjv 8mi^^t<rti/ Trapd
TOV vojMov, av0i9 KaXXi^€vo<i dva^d<i: Karijyopei avr&p rd
avrd. 01 Be e^owv KaXeip tou? ov <l>d<rKopra^ oi 81 irpv-
Tupeif <l)o^rj$epTe<t mfioXoyovp Travrev TrpoB^eiv irXriv
Sw/cpuTouv TOV ^(o^popiaKov 0UT09 3* OVK iifyq dXX' rj
KaTU vofiop Trdpra Troirjaeiv.
Xenophon, Hellenics L
1. irapdpo/jLa, k. t. \., d^iepai Tat KX-ijarsKt Trpvrdvetii.
Write (ixplanatoiy notes on these expressions.
2. ^(oKpdTov<i. What office did he hold at this time ?
i
3. What objectiouH to the proposal of CallixemiH ? By
what law were the nccuHcd trie<l, and with what result ?
4. Xenophon has been charged with mirpoHely niakiuj,'
this part of his narrative ()})scure : on what grounds f
5. 'EttI TovToi<!. Distinguish the meanings of iirl accord-
ing to the cases which it governs, giving examples.
6. " The Greek language is rich in uses of the participle."
Illustrate this statement.
II.
Translate :
Ti(riv oliv vfieU KivBvpevaair' dv, e'i ti yevono ; t«o top
'KWi^ffTTOVTOv vfi&v dWoTpitodrjpM, Tut Meytiptiiv Kal
T^? Ev^oias TOP TToXefiovpff v/xip yepcadai KvpioPy tw
\\e\onropp7}(Tiov^ TuKeiPov Apopfjaai, cItu top tovto to
fitfydprjfia eV} tt)p ttoXip lorTuvTa, tovtop elpi)P7)p ayeiv
eyia <^w Tr/ao? vfid^ ; ttoXKov ye Kal St'rw, dW* d(f} »)?
r}pApa<i dpeiXe <I><w/c€as", utto TavTfjt erywy avTop iroXefieiv
opU^ofiat. vfJLd<i he, idv /xep d/xvpijade V/St;, tT(i>(f)pop7jaeadc
<fyrifii enp S' marrjTe, oi/Se Tovff otup fSovXvjaBe ovptjoreade
TTOiYiaai. Kot TocrovTOP ye d(f>eaTr)Ka t&p aWtor, a»
ap8pe<: ^ hdi}Pa\oi,, twi^ avfifiovKevoPTaiP (aaT ovhe BoKei
fioi wepl Tieppopijtrov pvu (TKOirelv ovhh Buijai^r/ou, nXV
eirafjkvpai fiep Tourotv, koI SiaTrjpfjaai //,»; ti Trdffeoaij xal
To7<f ovcrip exet pvp aTpaTKoTai^ irdpS^ oatop dp SetoPTUi
rtTTotTTetXat, ftovKeveadai. fiePTot irepl TrdpTtop t&p 'E\-
Xjjj/wv to)v ip Kwhvp(p fieydXtp KaOeaTotTiop. ^ovkofiat 8'
eiwelp TT/ao? ufiav ef w/ imep t&p Trpayfu'tTayp ovtco
^fiovfiai, iV idp fiep opdaxi Xoyi^tafxai, fieTdayr^Te t&v
\oyiafi(op Kol TTpopou'tp tip vfi&p y avT&p, el fiij Kal tuiv
d\\(op apa ^ovXeade, iroiijarjadey edp 8k Xijpelp koI tctu-
<f)&<rdai 8oK&, fJVTe j^Of fxi'jT altOit a>v vyiaiPopTi poi
'rrpo<re')(ijTe.
DeMOSTHKNKS, Phili'ppk III.
1. Tt<7ti/, (f>popi'iaaij XoyifffioiP. Explain the constructions.
2. fiff^dprifia. What is meant ?
3. dpeXXe <Pa)Kea<i. To what does the speaktM* refer ?
4. Xeppoprjtrov. Dmw a rough maj) of the Chersonese
and vicinity, marking the chief Athenian settlements. How
was Philip compelled to evacuate the (Jhersonese ?
5. TraiiHluto tht* follow'm*^ smiU'UCi'H, an«l noticr gmni-
maticnl prmiliantinB :
(a) ()t " EX\»;ve? oikeo^ el^ov 6fiovola<i trpo^i aW'qkow.
(h) 'IcTtoto"? iw^Suvf T&v *\a)utov riju lyycfiopiav toO
irpo^ Aapelov iroXifiov.
(c) KoXaorriov iari aoi rov avOptairov.
[d) oi<p ye efioX, tTavrdtraaiv diropou iari,
(I. TraiiHlate into Greek {a) Tlie ships were lost, crows
and all ; (/>) He came into the houst' without heing ohservcnl;
(c) You said you would conu- on the third day.
III.
Translate :
""H/A^pore?, ou8' apa trto ti, BeoU eirieiKeX' *A;^(X\fr»,
'E/f Aio<{ 7}ct8r)<i Tov efxou p,6pov. "If rot tt^i;? ye'
'A\\« Ttc aprieiri)<{ koX eTrifcXotro'i emXeo fivBwu,
"O^jypa <T vTTohhelaa'i p,eveo^ a\ie?)<i re \dtia>fiai.
Oil fieu fioi (f)evyovTi p>era<\>pev(p ev 86pv iri'i^eiw
'AX\' ldv>{ fiefiaiaTi Bih aTijffeaffnv eXaaaov,
Et Toi eBioKe $€0^. Nyv aiJr' ifiov eyxftf aXevai
XuXkcov. 'n<? h') fnv (ru> ev ypo\ irCtP xofiiaaio.
Kai K€v eXadtporepof; TroXe/xof ipMea-tri yevoiro
^eio KaTa(t>uifievoto' <ru yap (T<f)i<n Trrjfia fxeyiaTou."
'II pa, Kai dfiTreTraXuiv trpotet, BoXf^paKiov ey;;^ov,
Kal ^uXe ilrjXeiSao fieaov auKo*;, oyS' difnifuip'ep'
TPfXe 8' dTreirXdy^fBri auK€o<{ 86pv. Xaxraro 8' "FiKTotp
"Ott( p(i oi /9fc'\ov toKV erdoaiov eK<f>vye ^et/jov,
^tP) Se Karrf^aa'i, oiiK aW c^e fieiXivov ey^o<i.
Ar)t^fiov 8' CKuXei XevKaaTrtOa, fxaKpov «iJ<ras\
"Hree p.iv hopv fiaKpop' 6 8' ov ri oi eyyvOev yjei>.
"V.KTa>p 8' eyva f/a-iv evl ippealj (fidtvrfffev re'
"*Ii TToTTOt, y fidXa 8i) p,e 0eol ddvarovhe KoXeaaaV
^i}'i(f>o^ov yap eytoy ^<f>dp.T)p Tjptaa irapeivai,'
'A\\' u fiev ev rei^ei,^ ip.e 8' e^atrdr'qiTev ^AOrjvt).
Homer, Iliad XXH.
1. Pai-se »;/A/9/joT€<f, aXevai^ KaTa<f>difievoio, dpm-eiraXmv,
(vnemXdyyB't}'
2, Derive p.6pov, eTrcKXorro*}^ Trqfia,
X fiiaovj fJMKpov. Compare.
4. (rt) State the rules which rc^gulato the elision or
modification of final vowels, in the Homeric verse, before
a word beginning with a vowel ? (6; Give instances of
Homer's adapting his metre to the the g-ht.
r>. What wns Rfntlt-y's o)»lMlnn us thr nnt1i(>rMbi|i oC tlio
Hoiiu'ric pociiiM^
({. Stttt*', \i'\'\' IdioHy, the iu>,'um<'nts l\)i- and against
thoir liavinj,' l>uen originally f()ninutto«l to writing.
IV.
TranHJjite :
^e<T7re<Tioi> fi' ti> traai fiereTrpeTTti' Ai<TOvo<i u/6v
KaXXei xai xo^pneffaip' tV avTtp B' Sfifmra Kovfjr)
Aof A irapa XiTrapi/v (Tyofihi] $i)e^To KoKvirrpriv,
Kijp dyei cjivyovaa' p6o<i Be oi ))vt 8i/eipo<i
'RpTTv^uv irerrorrjTO /act' l-yvia vktcto^voio.
Kai p 01 p,iv pa ?6fi(i)u e^rjXvOov dff-vaKotovre^'
XaXKioiri) 8e yoXou •7r€<f>v\c/yfieuif) Atrfrao
KapTraXi/Mo^ udXafiou Be avv viaaiv ohri ^e^tJKetf
AvTa)<i S' av Mi'iBna p.eTeari.\e' itoXSm, Be 6ufia}
"ilp/xaiv 6<raa t wwurev trroTpuuov<Ti fxeXeadai.
TlpoTTpb B' ap 6<\>vaXfiSiu iVt oi ivBdXXero trdvra'
AuTov 6* oh; erjv oloiai re (fxipeaiv €<tto
Ola r eei<f> w ff S^tr im Bpovov, wv re dvpa^e
"Hieif ovBe riv aXXov oiaaaro Trop<f>vpovaa
"Efiuevai dvepa toiov eu ovatri B" aikv opiopti
AitB^ re, fivooi re fieXi<f>pou€^ oti'i wyopevtre'
lappei ufjLip auTO), fit] fiiv poe^ ye Kai avro<i
Ai})Tr)<i <f>di(Teiev' oBvpero 8' r/ure Trdfnrai*
"HBr) redvei&ra' rtpevBe oi dfidii irapettfi
^d/cpvop aiuordrrp eXeay pee Kijooavin/a-iv
^\-\Ka Be fivpofiei'ij Xtyea)<i dveveUaro fivdow
iiirr efie oeiXair)p rob i^ei a)(o<i ; eia tr/e iruinaw
*\^8iacrai 'l\p<i)a)U'irpo<f>epeararo<i, eire p^epetW,
'Epperoi)' r) aev o^XXev uKt')pio<i e^aXeaadai.
Nat Bi] rovru ye irorvta Bed lleparji, TreXoiro'
OiKuBe voarrjGeie <f>vy<t>u fiopov el Be fiiu alaa
^firidfjvai xrrro ^oval roBe irpotrdpoiBe Baeii)
Ovvexeu oii^ oi eycoye KaKj/ eiriyaiofiai, arrj.
ApoLLONirs Hii(»i)i['s, A'tyonautica.
1. State Avlmt yoti know of the authoi',
2. Parse irerrdr'qro, earo, reBveiSna, dveveUaro^ epperdj
Baeirj.
3. nepori;i, ^oval. What is meant ?
4. What explanations of the myth of the Argonauts
have been suggested ?
5. ^peai. Give tlie Greek names for the garments
worn in the Heroic age.
SiitftieriiU|> of CTorstito.
ANNUAL BXAMINATIONS ! 1875.
SECOND YKAU.
LATIN.
ICoMminer: Rkv. Neil MacNisii, B.D., LL.D.
I.
OiCKRo: Catiline, I.
1. When and where was (Jicero born ?
2. Who were his instnictorH ?
3. Why was the term noviift homo applied to him ?
4. Define fully the place which ho occupies in Roman
literature.
5. State the circumstances which led to the delivery of
the m'atiorm against Catiline.
G. Ww* there anything unconstitutional in the treatment
of Catiline nnd his associates ?
7. (a) Translate:
An vero vir amplissiraus, P. Scipio, pontifex maxi-
mus, Ti. Gracchum mediocriter labefactantem siatum
rei publicae privatus interfecit : Catilinam orbem
teirae caede atque incendiis vastare cupientem, nos
consules perferemus? Nam ilia nimis antiqua prae-
tereo, quod C. Servilius Ahala Sp. Maelium, Dovis
rebus studentem, manu su& occidit.
(6) Parse cupientem, manu.
(c) Explain the historical references which are made
in the extract.
(d) Write brief notes on pontifex maxlmua, noma
rebus studentem.
8. (a) Translate:
Etenim jaradiu, Patres conscripti, in his periculis
conjurationis insidiisque versamur, sod nescio quu
pacto omnium scelennn ac veteris furoris et audaciae
maturitas in nostri consulates tempus oru})it.
(6) Explain fully the import of Patrcs coiwcripti
(c) Parso Scelerum, veteris, teuiims.
u
1 1'
II-
CiciiJilo : Pro Lujarlo.
1. Give a brief statement of the charge which was
brought against Ligarius.
2. By what arguments did Cicero defend him, and what
was the result of the trial ?
3. (a) Translate :
Fac igitur, quod de homine nobilissimo et clarissinio
fecisti nuper in curia, nunc idem in foro de optimis et
huic omni frequentiae probatissimis fratribus. lit
concessisti ilium senatui, sic da hunc populo, cuius
voluntatem carissimam semper habuisti, et, si ille dies
tibi gloriosissimus, populo Romano gratissimus fuit,
noli, obsecro, dubitare, C. Ceesar, similem illi gloriae
laudem quam saepissime (piaerere. Nihil est tarn
populare quam bonitas, nulla de virtutibus tuis pluri-
mis nee admirabilior nee gratiot misericordia est.
(6) Parse fcLC.
(c) What other verbs have a similar fomi in the same
mood ?
{d) Conjugate the verbs to which concessisti, da, noli,
qimerere belong.
(e) Derive and define curia, foro.
00 Ut ilium senatui. What is the reference?
(g) Exptlain the construction of ethnic fratribus,
similem quaerere.
in.
Virgil: Georgica, IV.
1. Wheii and where was Virgil born ?
i. Who were his instructors ?
3. Wliat literary men of note were his contemporaries ?
4. Give the epitaph which he himself is supposed to
have written.
5. Derive and explain the term, Georgica.
C. Give the name of the author and of the work that
Virgil has followed in the Georgics.
7. (a) Translate:
Namque sub CEbtvliae memini me turiibus arcis,
Qua niger humectat flaventia culta Galaesus,
Corycium vidisse senem, cui pauca lelicti
Jugera ruris erant ; nee fertilis ilia juvencis,
Nee pecori opportuna segea nee commoda Baccho.
(6) Parse memini, senem, seges.
(c) Write short notes on sub (Ehaliae arda,
Corycium senem.
•S. (tfc) Translate :
At chorus aequalis Dryadum clamore supremos
Implerunt montes ; flerunt Ehodopeiae arces
Altaque Pangaea et Rhesi JUavortia tellus,
Atque Getae atque Hebrus et Actias Orithyia.
(6) Derive, and give the genitive singular of, Dryadum,
Actias. '
(c) Translate into Greek : Chorus aequalis Dryadum.
(d) Indicate the position of the places to which
reference is made.
(e) Scan the extract, and mark the quantity of the
words.
(/) Notice any peculiarity in the scansion.
m^
S»n(tiet0fttf of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS t 1870.
SKCOND YEAP..
LATIN.
Examiwr : S. Arthur Marlino, M.A.
Translate :
Potestne tibi haec lux, Catillna, aut liujus cocli
spiritus osso jucundus, quum scias, horum esse neminein,
qui neaclat, te pridie Kulendas Jan. Lepido et Tullo
consulibus stelisse in coniitio cum telo ? raanuro, con-
sulum et principum civitatis interficiendorum caussa
paravisse ? sceleri ac furori too non mentem oliquam aut
tiraorem tuum, scd fortunam P. R. obstilisse ? Ac jam
ilia omitto : neque enim sunt aut obscura, aut non multa
post commissa. Quoties tu me designatum, quoties
consulem interficere conatus es ? Quot ego tuas petiti-
oneSjita conjectas, ut vitari non posse viderentur, parva
quadam declinatione et, ut aiunt, corpore effugi. Nihil
iigis, nihil assequeris[, nihil raoliris, quod mihi latere
valeat in tempore^ : neque tamen conari ac velle deslstis.
Quoties jam tibi cxtorta est siea ista de manibus ! quo-
ties vero excidit casu aliquo et elapsa est ! [tamen ea
carere diutius non f otcs :] quse qtiidem quibus abs te
initiata sacris ac devota sit, nescio, quod earn necesse
putas esse consul is in oorpore defigere.
Cicero, in Catilin., I.
1. Mark the quantity of the penult, in attequerit, excidit,
carere, effugi.
2. Parse obstitisse, desistis, extorta, devota, clapsa, giving
the principal parts.
3. Kalendaa, sceleri, ea. Explain the constructions.
4. Distinguish jucundua and amoenus ; i»te, is, and ilk ;
egere and carere.
5. Stetiase in comitio, &c. What Latin historians men-
tion this plot ? Give a brief account of it.
G. Kalendas. Whence derived ? Write the full Latin
expression ior the Ath of March, the 28th of April, the 14th
of May.
7. Write short explanatory notes on demgnatum, cum
teloy petitiones.
8. Where and when was this oration delivered ?
Translate :
Suscepto hello, Caesar, gesto etiam ex parte magna,
nulla vi coactus, iudicio ac voluntate ad ea arma pro-
fectus sum, quae erant surapta contra te. Apud quem
igitur hoc dico ? Nempe apud eum, qui quum hoc sciret,
tamen me, ante quam vidit, rei publicae reddidit : qui
ad me ex Aegypto litteras misit, ut essem idem qui
fnissem : qui, quum ipse imperntor in toto imperio pop-
uli Romani unus esset, esse me altcruro passus est: a
quo hoc ipso C. Pansa mihi hunc nuntium perferente
concessos fasces laureates tenui, quoad tenendos putuvi:
qui mihi tum denique se salutem putavit reddere, si earn
nullis spoliatam ornamentis dedisset. 8. Yide, quaeso,
Tubero, ut, qui de meo facto dubiiem, de Ligarii non
audeam confiieri. Atque haec propterea de me dixi, ut
mihi Tubero, quum de se eadem dicerem, ignosceret.
CiCEKO, pro Ligario.
1. ^gypto. Write a concise account of Caesar's cam-
paign in Egypt.
2. Fasces laureates... putavi. Explain the meaning.
3. Imperator. On what occasion did Cicero receive this
title ?
4. QuoBio. How is this verb commonly employed ? What
parts of it are in use ?
m.
Translate :
Quis deus haric, Musse, qui nobis extudit artem ?
Unde nova ingreasus hominum experientia cepit ?
Pastor Aristoeus fugiens PeneVa Tempe,
Amissis, ut fa ma, apibus morboque fameque,
Tristis nd extremi sacrum caput adstitit amnis,
Multa querens, atque hae affatus voce parentem :
*' Mater, Cyrene mater, quce gurgitis bujus
Iina ti lies, quid me prreclara stirpe deorum
Si raodo, quem perhibes, pater est Thymbraeas Apollo,
Invisum fatis genuisti ? aut quo tibi nostri
Pulsus amor ? quid me coelum sperare jubebaa ?
En etiam hunc ipsum vitse mortalis honorem,
Quem mibi vix frugum et pecudum custodia solers
Omnia tentanti extuderat, te matre, relinquo.
Quin age, et ipsa manu felices erue silvas ;
Fer stabulis inimicum ignem, atque interfice messes ;
Ure sata, et validam in vites molire bipennem :
Tanta mete si te ceperunt taedia laudis."
At mater sonitum thaltimo sub fluminis alti
Sensit. Earn circum Milesia vellcra Nymphse
Carpebant, hyali saturo fucata colore,
Drymoque, Xanthoque, Ligeaque, Phyllodoceque,
Cresariem effusse nitidam per Candida colla.
Virgil, Qeorg. IV.
3US est: a
tar s cam-
1. Write brief notes on Pene'ia Tempe, Thfmhrmuty
Milesia vellera.
2. Jpaum. What is the force here ?
3. Parse extudit^ querens, genuhtl, vellera, saturo.
4. Fucata. What objection to this epithet ?
5. Scan vv. 3, 15, 16, and 22.
G. What is the derivation of ihe word ' Georgics' ? At
whose suggestion and with what objects was the poem writ-
ten ? What Greek didactic writers did Virgil imitate and
improve upon ?
ii:
n
e:
CSnfuer0its of Soronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
SECOND YEAR.
LATIN.
HONORS.
Examiner : Rev. Neil MacNish, B.D., LL.D.
Cicero: Philippic, II.
1. Oivc a brief account of the political life of Cicero.
2. To what does he thus allude: Recto igitur Magnus
ille iioster, me audiente, posuit in judicio rempublieam
nostram justissimas huic inunicipio gratia^ agere posse quod
ex eo duo sui conservatores exstitisaent ?
3. Explain the allusion which Juvenal thus makes to
Cicero : "O fortunatam natam me consule Romam !" Antoni
gladios potuit coiitemnere, si sic omnia dixisset.
4. When, t^nd with what object, did Cicero deliver his
Philippic Orations : and why do they bear this name ?
5. (ft) Translate :
Postea vero quam se totum Pompeius Caesaii tra-
didit, quid ego ilium ab eo distrahere conarer ? Stulti
erat sperare, suadere impudentis. Duo tamen tempora
incidei*unt, quibus aliquid contra Caesarem Pompeio
suaserim. Ea velim reprehendas, si potes : unum, ne
quinquennii imperium Caesari prorogaret: alterum,
ue pateretur feiri ut absentis eius ratio haberetur.
Quorum si utrumvis persuasissem, in has miserias
numquam incidi^semus. Atque idem ego, quum iam
opes omnes, et suas et popuU Homani Pompeius ad
Caesarem detulisset, seroque ea aontiro coepisset, <|uae
multo ante providerain, infeiri(jm) patriae bollutn n(3}a-
riiim viderein, pacis, coucordine, conipositioniH auctor
0880 noil destiti, ineaqim ilia vox est iiota uiultis :
Utinani, On. Poinpui, cum U. Caosaru societateni aut
numquam coisses aut nunujuain diieininses : Fiiit
alteruiH gravitatis, altonnn prudentiae tuae.
(b) Detail the reteieiicos in Duo tamen, tempom
habcreiitr.
(c) What is the cou.sti'uction of (jaiban ... suasenm,
ea ... re prelim lit Ian, iic [xUereliir kaberctar!
{d) Explain and give oxaui])lu.s of Pleonasm, and
Elll'psis.
II.
Virgil: Georgics, 1.
1. Discuss the tpiestion as to whothor the poet's name
was Virgilius or VergUius.
2. By whom, and for what roa.son, was the name Partfic-
nias given to him ?
3. Determine from internal evidence the time at whicli
the Georgica were written.
4. Cite passages from the Georgics which have been
taken from Greek authors.
5. (a) Translate :
Vere fabis satio ; turn te quocpio, Medica, putres
Accipiunt sulci, et milio venit annna cura :
Candidus auratis apcrit quum cornibus annum
Taurus, et adverso cedena Canis occidit astro.
At si triticeam in messem robustaque farra
Exercebis humum, solisque instabis aristis,
Ante tibi Eoae Atlantides abscondantur,
Gnosiaque ardentis decedat ftella Coronae,
Debita quam sulcis committas semina, quamque
Invitae properes anni spem credere terrae.
(6) What is the construction of vere fabis aatio ?
(c) Give different intei-pretations of Taurus et
astro.
(d) Who are meant by the Atlantides, and what other
names do they bear ?
(e) Scan Ante tibi aiscowt^w^ur, and point
out any peculiarity in the scansion.
in.
HouACE: Odcft, II. & IV.
1. Defino fully tho iiifUicneo wlucli llonict^ t;.\ui'te<l ou
the Li/i'ic poetry <»t' Rome.
± Oive the iwunes (>r tlic iniiicii>al Lyric |ioctH of Oiecco
aikI Hoim>.
3. (Jive. exHiiiplos of GracciMms which arc iisutl by
llornce.
■f. Cito iniMMugcH from !iis vvritin{.;s to hIiow what opinion
he entertained of his own nieritH as a poet.
.'). (ft) Translate :
Nolls longa ferae hella Nuniantiae,
Nee diruni Hannibaleni, nee Sicuhun marc
Poeno purpureum sanyninc, mollibus
Aptari citharao modiH,
Nee saevos Lapithas ct niiniuni nicro
Hylaeuni ; domitosquc llerculea nmnu
TeUnris juvcries, undc periculum
Fulgcns cuiitremuit domuf*
Satiirni veteris.
(^) Explain th^ historical references which are here
made.
(ti) Give a .scale oi the metre.
G. (a) Translate :
Cartha;:^ini jam non ego unntios
Mittani luperbos. Occidit, occi<lit
8pes omnis et fortnna nostri
Nominis, Hasdrubalc interenito.
Nil Claudiae non perficient inanus,
Quas et benigno numine Jupiter
Defend it et cuvae sagaces
Expediunt per acuta belli.
(/>) Give the Greek ecjuivalent for benvjno nimiine,
Jupiter defendiL
(c) Give the dates of the Punic wars.
{d) Scan Garthagini to interemto.
(e) What is the meaning of Elegiambub, lambeUgus^
Aaynartete "i
nr.
Translate :
Clai'oruui vinn'iini facta morcwfjiie posteris tradero,
antiquitUH UBitatuin,iio iK^stris teiiiporihuH, iiuaiuquatu
incui'iosa .suoniiii uutas oiuisit, qiioticiiH magna iJiqua
OAi nobiliH virtus vicit ac .siipcrgresMa est vitiiuii^ parvis
• niamii.s(pic civitatiltiiH roniiimiic, ignurantiam recti ct
invuliaui. Sed apud priorcs ut agire digiia mcniuiatu
pronum inagimjuo in apcrto crat, ita euloberrinius (piis-
(pie ingenio ad prodendani virtutiH ntonioriani.NUic gra-
tia autand)itiono,bonactantunicoji8cientiao pretio ducc-
batur. Ac pluriquo suani ipHi vitani nan-uro fiduciaiii
uotiuH mornni (|uani'arrogantiani arbitrati sunt; nee
id Rutilio ct Scaujo citra fidoni aut obtrectationi full
Adeo virtutos iisdcm teni[)oribus optinio aoNtimantur,
qiiibus facillinie gigniintur.
Tacitus: A(/ricola.
Expand D.M.S.; H.S.K; F.O.; V.S.L.M.; V.S.LL.M.
nnmvms of STovottto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
BECOND YKAK.
STATICS AND DYiNAMlCS.
Examiner : J. Oalbraith, B.A.
1. What i« necessary to be known about a statical force
that it may be fully doierinined?
Explain how such a force is measured.
2. Give the laws of sliding friction, and sliew how iho
coefficient of friction between two substances may bo deter-
mined experimentally.
An isosceles wooden trestle consistinf:; of two legs hinged
together at the lop, standing on a rough floor, will support a
weight only when the I'^'gs include an angle less than !M)'. Il
is made to su|)port a given weight on the sumo floor when the
legs include an angle of 60° by connecting the .'"eet by a
string; determine the limiting vtilues of the tension of the
string and the thrust of a leg, iieglt'ciing iht; weight of the
trestle.
2. When arc two po'nts said to be rigidly Connected rela-
tively to the forces acting on them?
State the experimental law on which the science of
statics is based.
If a rod be pressed against a wall in the direction of its
length, are you to infer from the above law that the actual
pressure thus caused at any point in the wall, in the direction
of the rod produced, is equal to that at the point of contact of
rod and wall. Explain clearly the meaning of the law.
4. Define the resultant of a set of forces acting on a body
at a given point.
What principle, besides the above mentioned lat", is
assumed as an axiom in the proof of the parallelogram of
forces.
6. Define tin; momenl of n force nhnut n p;ivcn point.
Two intcrsHCiing forct'.i net on h ri^id body in tlii! same
piano with a fixed point round which thu body can turn ; de>
tormino thu condition of c(|uilibrium.
0. Define the c^>ntru of gravity of a syMtoni of heavy par*
ticleH.
Find the centre of gravity of a system of particles in
one plane. ^
A heavy uniform wire is bent into the form of an
p({uil>iti*ral triangle which is loaded nt the angular points wi'.li
weiglits in the propo'tion :) : 1 : 5 ; find the ccntr*) of gravity
of the system, the sum of the weights being ecjual to the weight
of the wire.
7. Find n formula for graduating the common steelyard.
Ex|)lain why it is not necessary in the common letter
balance to place the weights in any particular position on the
pan.
8. When is the motion of a particle said to bo uniformly
Hcccloratt'fl.
When a particle moves with a uniformly accelerated
motion in a straight line from a fixed point, to find the distance
from the point after a given time, v being the velocity at the
tixed point.
A stone is dropped into a well, and after 2 seconds is
hoard to strike the ''aler; required the depth to the surface of
tin* water, the velocity of iiound being 1I;J2 ft. per second, and
the uniform acceleration of the stone's motion 30 feet p«r
second.
9. Sta'.e and explain Newton's first law of motion.
Defining force to be any cause vvliich changes or tends
to change a particle's condition of rest or motion, shew that
the law is not merely a consequence of the definition.
10. Determine the motion of a heavy particle on a smooth
inclined plane, after a given time from rest.
If a heavy particle be projected with a velocity of 10
feet per second up an inclined plane, which rises at the rate
of 1 vertical in 3 horizontaU through what space will it have
moved at the end of 5 seconds.
11. A body weighing 10 lbs. is falling under the action of
gravity, and is being pressed vertically downwards with a
pressure of 1 lb. by another body, such as the hand ; deter-
mine its velocity at the end of three seconds from restj^
12. Explain the third law of motion, and shew how you
would test it by some experiment involving the collision of
smooth balls.
Sftnflietcfittt of CTotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
SECOND YEAR.
CONIC SECTIONS.
HONORS.
Examirjer: H. P. Milligan, B.A.
1. Investigate the equation to a straight line in the form
a
Find the locus of the foot of the perpendicular from the
origin on the lino— + ^f = 1, a" + ''* being constant and the
axes rectangular.
2. Find what the equation x cos a -f y sin a = p becomes
when the origin is transferred to the point a, o and the axis of
X is turned through an angle |3.
3. Find the equation to a straight line bisecting the angle
between two Itnes whose equations are given. A straight line
ia drawii cutting ofT intercepts on the ax s the sum of the
reciprocals of which is co*^stant, prove that the line bisecting
the angle between the given line and the perpendicular on it
from the origin passes through a 6xed point. ^
4. Find the co-ordinates of the centre of a circle from the
general equation, and determine the condition that the line
Ax -ifr By ■{■ C = D may be a normal to the circle.
What are the co-ordinates of the centre of the circle
3a;' + 2r»f -|- 3^« — 10-c — 5y + 4 = 0.
5. Find the condition that the line
X — a y — h
I m
may touch the circle x' + y' = a' and deduce the equation
to the tangent.
Find tho equations to the common tangents to the circles
x' — *Zax + ^» = 0, x' — 26x- + y' = 0.
6. Determine the conditions that the general equation of
the second degree may represent an ellipse, an hyperbola, and
a parabola respectively.
The equation to a conic being
Ax" + 5y + Cxi/ + Dx+ Ei/-\- F= O
find the locus of the centre when
., 2(AE-BD)
^' =- 7) _ j^-
7. Define conjugate diameters, and shew tliat in an ellipse
an infinite number of pairs of such diameters exist.
P is a given point on an ellipse, and a circle is described
passing through the intersections of the normal and ordinate
at P, with the major axis and diameter conjugate to the
diameter through P ; show that the length of the tangent from
P to this circle is equal to the semi-axis minor.
8. Explain the moaning and use of the eccentric angle and
find the equation to the normal in terms of it.
The lino joining tho extremity of ihe scmiaxis minor
to the foot of the ordinate from a point P on an ellipse bisects
the normal through P; prove that tho sum of the squares of
the abscissa and the semilatus rectum is equal to the square of
the semiaxis major.
9. Find the equation to the hyperbola referred to its
asymptotes.
Two chords of an hyperbola intersect in a point on the
asymptote; shew that a circle can be described through the
extremities of the chords.
10. Define the terms pole and polar, and prove that if any
number of lines pass through a point, the polar of that point in
regard to a conic is the locus of the polos of the lines.
Two parabolas have a common vertex, and their axes
and curvatures in the same direction. Find the locus of the
poles with respect to B of the tangents to A.
. 11, Find the polar equation to the ellipse, focus being pole.
Pv^i'> Pt'Oi^^*^ ^^vo points in an ellipse on opposite
sides of the latus rectum. If
c' (P, + P,) '-2 (/>. + pj = p^ p,^ j (c'-2) p. p, + 2 c^ j
c being semilatus rectum, prove that tho given poini.s subtend
a right angle at focus.
12. The equation to a conic being a x* + 6y» + 2ca;y =r 1,
shew iliat the equations to the axes of the conic are
Zcx — {a — h — r)ij t=
2 c a: — (a — i 4- ?•) y =
where r ■= | (i — a) * + 4 c' | *
13. An ellipse being traced upon a plane, give two geome-
irical constructions for (letortnjning the foci.
Slnftiet0ft|? of Soronio*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A. AND SECOND YEAR.
NEWTON : SECTIONS I., II., AND III.
HONORS.
Examiwr: J. Galbraith, B.A.
1. Quantities, and the ratios of quantities which tend
continually to equality, and whose difference may be made to
bear to either ol^theni a ratio which is less than any finite ratio,
have their limits equal. Lemma I., Evans, 4th Ed.
(Quantities, as likewise the ratios of quantities which
lend constantly to equality during any finite time, and before
the end of that time approach each other more nearly than for
any assignable diflference become ultimately equal. Lemma 1,
Newton.
Prove each of these statements, and point out clearly
the differences between them.
2 Stale and prove Lemma IV.
Apply this Lemma to find the relation between
volumes of a sphere and the circumscribing cylinder.
the
3. P and P + C are two pressures acting in opposite direc-
tions on a given particle ; if C be constant, and P increase in-
definitely, the ultimate ratio of the prensures is unity, and yet
the particle will move with a motion continually accelerated by
the unbalanced pressure C. Explain the seeming anomaly.
4. State and prove Lemma XI.
Write down the general equation of the w**» degree re-
ferred to the tangent as axis of x, and the point of contact as
origin, which includes all curves having finite curvature at the
point of contact.
•*■
'!
'f^- il
■i
5. Tho centripetal forces by whicli bodies describe dif-
ferent circles with uniform velocities tend to the centres of
the circles, and are as the squares of the arcs described in
the same time divided by the radii.
A body revolves uniformly in a circle of radius equal to
twice the earth's radius about the centre of the earth in the
plane of the equator, under the action of gravity ; find an
expression for the time that it will be above the horizon of a
given point on the equator, and for the apparent angular
velocity about that point.
6. If a body moving round a fixed centre of force describes
the arc PQ in time T, if Fhv the central force at /', and QR
a subtense parallel to SF, when PQ and T are diminished
indefinitely,
QR
In the proof given by Evans, the point Q' is taken in
the line QR. Give a proof free from this assumption, or give
a reason for it.
F = 2 limit
Prove the formutte
2/*-'
FY
F^
limit
QR^
QT'i
V^ = F
9
7. Compare the forces by which a body attracted separately
to two centres of force may describe the same circle in the
same periodic time.
Two bodies are describing equal and similar orbits about
centres of force, not similarly situated, in given periodic times
— compare the forces at similar points in the orbits.
8. To find the law of force by wliich a body may describe
a semicircle, the centre of force being so distant that all lines
drawn from it to the body may be considered parallel.
Shew by a similar method of proof that the force always
parallel to the axis by which a body describes a given para-
bola is constant.
9. A body describes an ellipse round a centre of force in
the centre of the ellipse; find the law of force,
I
Two particles, mutually unattractive, are describing
ellipses of the same occentriciiy e in the same plane about the
sufne HxucI centre of force in the centre, the major axis of one
ellipse coinciding with and being equal to the minor axis of
the other; the particles move in the same direction and meet,
becoming suddenly united. Find the ratio of their masses,
that the subsequent orbit may be a circle.
10. If a body be projected at a given distance from a centre
offeree which varies as (dist.)'-^, and in a direction making a
finite angle with the distance, it will describe a conic section.
11. Find tiie velocity at any point of a conic section
described about a centre of force in the focus.
Any number of mutually unattracting particles of the
same elasticity are projected in various directions in the same
plane from a fixed point jP with the same velocity, so as to
describe ellipses about a fixed centre of force «S'in the common
focus. A hard prism of indefinitely small cross section is
fixed at /'with its axis perpendicular to the plane of projec-
tion, and alters its form so that each particle always impinges
perpendicularly on its corresponding face. Describe the sub-
sequent motion. What will be the motion of the particles and
the form of the prism after an indefinitely long time?
Sftifbetttfti^ of Toronto,
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A. AND SECOND YEAR.
DIFFERENTIAL AND INTEGRAL CALCULUS.
HONORS.
Examiner: H. P. Millioan, B.A.
1. Define a dif}erentiu[ and a differential coefficient.
Shew that a differential may be of any magnitude, and
illustrate geometrically.
2. Find the differential coefficient with respect to a; of the
following :
n
a*, sin Xy c"'"-!*, a* , sec x log a;.
3. Define the term independent variable, and show what is
represented by -j~^.
Explain the advantage of maUing one of the variables
equicrescent.
4. Having given an equation among the difTerentials of x
and y when x is independent variable, find the equivalent
equation 'when z is independent variable, z being a known
function of x.
Change the independent variable from a; to s in the
equation
x^y cfiy + (a? + y) dy dx + ojy" dx* = 0,
having given x = sin -' z.
5. Define an integral.
Integrate the following : —
J xdx
(1) (a^ — x^)^dx, (a)
(3)
(o" + x*y^dx
\/a — .c
(4) aVi — a;« sin-^ajf/of.
m
ff!!|
6 Find a formula of reduction for
ef^dx
Integrate
(a + bx'^)P*
m and p being both poBilivo.
(a + x)*'
7. Find the limits of tho remainder after n terms of the
expansion of J{x + h) by Taylor's theorem.
Expand tan-^x- by Stirling's theorem.
8. Shew how to determine the maxima and minima values
of a function of one variable, and give a test for distinguishing
between them.
Find the maximum area of an isosceles trianr'^ inscribed
in a circle.
An ellipse is described with semi-axes a and b, and a
concentric circle is described passing through the foci, find
the value of b which makes the area common to the ellipse,
and the circle a maximum a remaining constant.
0. Find the equations to the normal and tangent at a point
x', y* on the curve u = 0.
(hi
dx
Explain the result when
du
= 0. ^ = 0.
10. If any curve has a contact of the m''* order with a second
curve and a contact of the «"' order with a third curve at the
same point, where m is greater than n, and an ordinate is
drawn cutting the three curves, the portion intercepted be-
tween the curves whose contact is of the m^ order bears to
that intercepted between those whose contact is of the w"'
order a ratio which approaches zero as the ordinate approaches
that through tho point of contact.
11. Define the term circle of curvature.
Prove the following expiessions for the radius of cur-
vature
rfs»
dy(Pz — dzd^y
-{..
(dy\n^ d,
^dxl ]"' dr
d^y
dx*
{"^W
'%-'&-
distinguishing the independent variablr in each case.
12. Define the different kindn of singular points nnd show
how to determinu each in a given curve.
Tracp ihf curve x* — y* =z a*, and determine the asymp*
totes and oinijular points.
l.S. Prove that a definite integral is the limit of the sum of
an infinite series.
Determine the area between two intersecting circles of
radii a and b the distances between their centres being
\ (« + *)•
•I
I.
poin
8.
poin
draw
circl
that
3.
an e
rectal
semi
angU
4.
(0 its
pend
6.
6.
tniddl
of the
suspe
ttnfutrnftu ot Coroitto.
ANNUAL BXAMINATI0N8: 1876.
SECOND AND THIRD YKAUH, AND CANDIDATES
FOR H.A.
PROBLEMS.
HONORS.
Examvnei'8
( J. Oalhraith, B.A.
\ H. P. MiLUOAN, B.A.
I. Find a point in a given circle equidistant from a given
point Hnd a given tangent to the circle.
a, 1*8, FII, are the focal distances, PM the ordinate of a
point P on an ellipse of which (7 is the centre. ODE is
drawn parallel to SP, meeting flP in D and the auxiliary
circle in A', prove that DE is equal to 1)M.
If FN"ia the ordinate of any point in the line JUD, prove
that the triangle FHM ia equal to the triangle PNM.
3. /Wis the ordinate and PT i\\c tangent at a point P on
an ellipse, and u point JJ is taken on CP, such thafc the
rectangle under 67* and PD is equal to the square on the
semi-axis minor ; prove that the angle PDM is equal to the
angle GPT.
4. PA/ is the ordinate of a point on a given ellipse referred
to its centre C and axes, find the locus of the foot of the per-
pendicular from M on CP.
b.J'<f){x — a)dx — f ip(x + a)dx =
dx.
6. A quadrilateral lamina is suspended bv each of the
middle points of its sides in succession, and the intersection
of the diagonals in each case lies vertically under the point of
suspension ; prove that the quadrilateral is a parallelogram.
'4m
i
7. Two isosceles irianguiar laminas liavc their bases liC,
JCC, rigidly unUed in ilic samo slraiglil lino, the lr\ an^\ii ABV
is double the area and half the hcighi of iho tviangle DEC,
iho system is suspended from the point E, prove that the point
A lies vertically under the point of suspension.
8. A quadrilateral of given sides has three of its sides
equal to each other, show that when the area is a maximum
n can be inscribed in a circle.
9. The squares of the perpendiculHV.s (rom the focus to the
tangents at the extremities of any focal chord of an ellipse aiiJ
at the extremity of the lalus rectum urc in harmonical pro-
gression.
Deduce the relation bctwecii iho velocities at these points
if the ellipse be described about a force lo the focus.
10. F Q is an arc of continuous curvature, Q R a subtense
always making a finite angle at 7^ with the tangent at J\ Q T
the tangent at Q meets the tangent at /'in T, a circle P Q li is
described about the triangle P Q Ji ; shew that T P, T Q, TR
as Q moves up to P are ultimately equal. Is T ultimately
the centre of the circle ? What part of the circumference of
vhe circle is between /'and Q ultimately?
11. A particle of given mass describes an ellipse about a
fixed centre offeree in the centre ; a particle of n limes ihc
mass of the former describes an ellipse whose major axis is the
minoi axis of the former ellipse about the same centre of force;
the particles move in the same direction and meet at a common
apse becoming united. Show that this apsidal distance is the
major or minor semi-axis of the subsequent orbit acco'^ding as
71 "^ , e being the common excentricity of the original
orbits.
12. If a smooth billiard table have a smooth circular cushion
and an imperfectly elastic ball be impelled without rotation
against the cushion with a velocity ?> in a direction making t..
angle ^ with the normal to the cushion, find the values of «
and Rafter the n*/' contact, and show that the ball will ultimately
slide round the table in contact with the cushion with a
velocity v sin 0.
13. In an ellipse described about a centre of force in the
focus shew thf*t the velocity of Y the foot of the perpendicular
from the focus to the tangent at P is — , ^" , . a and b bcinc
" r (2 a — r)' "^
the semi-axes, r the distance of P, and fi the absolute force.
14. Four equal rods of length (/. arc hinged together in the
form of a rhombus ; n pair of e(|ual rods o( leiigih c liingod at
llicir extremities to the same fixed point liave their other
extremities hinged to two opposite angles of the rliombus, each
to eacli : shew that if one of the free angles of the rliombus bo
made lo move in a straight line in the pinnc of the rhombus at
a distance n from the fixed point, the opposite angle will
describe an arc of a circle whose radius is
2rt •
Determine
the greatest amplitudes of the motions of these angles.
15. A uniform stretched string is in motion in a straight line
under the action of two uniform forces P, Q, (/^ > Q) acting
at its ends /I, i/, respectively in opposite senses in direction
of its length. Shew that if / is the length of the string the
tension at a point which is at a distance s from the end A and
»' from the end -5 is — (i's' + ^>.s.).
^nftieviDiCtv oC 3:otonto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
ARTS: SECOND YEAR. LAW: FIRST YEAR.
FRENCH.
Examiner : Rev. James Roy, M.A.
I.
Ti-anslnte :
1. It was in IHinS that I saw Paris for the first time.
'2. Look here I what a ])rotty little butter-fly is resting
oil that hedge.
3. Many people believe that Homer never e.'cisted : what
say you about it ^
4. I have been tolcl that spring-water is dangerous in
summer.
5. A poor man, witli a white beard, besought the
passers by.
6. What is the use of passports in France ?
7. Is every one content with his lot ? Far frcm it.
8. The more one has, the more one wishes to have.
9. You are taller than I by two inches, are you not ?
10. Are these ladies Irish ? Yes, they are.
11. I wpnt to the doctor, but he had gone away : will
you go to him ?
12. Is he the doctor to whom you go when you have a
head-ache ?
13. I apologize to you for my error.
14. He bears hard upon me.
15. I fell in with a friend.
16. I will fight out the battle.
17. Lay the table in the dining room on the ground floor.
18. Pardon every one for his faults, if he confess and
forsake them.
19. He has squandered as much money as had been
left to him.
20. This city, I said, shall one day be the first in the
world.
II.
OR.\MMATICAL QUESTIONS.
1. When is final t not carried to next word?
2. Give Pujol's authority for omitting t in plural of
such words as parent.
3. When is the past participle invariable after le pev del
4. When a verb used negatively follows il y a and
depuis que, under what circumstances in pai suppressed?
5. When is " by" translated by de, and when by par {
G. Distinguish between ajouter and uJoiUer il.apphtudiv
and applaadir d, joiu-r a and joiwr de, manquer a and
manquer de.
7. When should tard be used, and when en retard^
8. In what respect do oh^ir d and conveniv de ditfer
from other intransitive verbs ?
9. What constructions follow llfaut ?
10. Explain agreement of adjectives demi and feu.
III.
Translate :
ANTONIN ROCHE.
Sa chaire est une asse^ longue tribune , (ju'il par-
coui-t d'un bout k I'autre avec autant d' agitation que
de rdgularit^ ; il ne manque jamais do pnrtir au com-
mencement d'une phrase, et de revenir ix la fin, commt'
le balancier d'une pendule; et, cependant, il fait tant
de gestes, il a I'air si passionn^, qu'on le croirait cap-
able de tout oublier. Mais c'est, si Ton pent s''3xprimci
ainsi, une fureur syst^matique, telle qu'on en voii
beaucoup en Italia, oh la vivacity des mouvements
ext^rieurs n'indique souvent qu'une emotion super-
ficielle. Un crucifix est sus[)endu k i'extr^mit^ de la
chaire ; le prt^dicateur le dt^tache, le baise, le presse sur
son coeur, et puis le rcmot k sa place avec un trfea-
gnmd sanf]f-fr()id (piaiid la pc^riodo path^ti(|ue est
nchev^e. II y a nussi uii inoycu do fairo offet dojit les
[(r^dicateurs ordiuaireH su Hcrvcnt assoz souvent, c'est
e bunnet carrd qii'ils portent sur ia teto ; ils Totont et
le remettent avec uiie rapiditt^ iiieoncevable. L'un
d'eux sen prenait t\ Voltaire et surtout h Rousseau,
do I'irreligion du sibcle. I! jetait son bonnet au niilien
de la cliaire, lo chargeait de repr(58enter Jean Jacques,
et en cette quality il le harangnait et lui disait : " Eh
bien ! philosopbe genevois, qu'avez-vous k objecter k
iiies arguments 'i" II se taisait aloi s (pielques moments
conmie pour attendre la rt^ponse ; et, le bonnet ne
rj^^pondant rien, il le lemettait axiv sa tete, et terminait
rciitrctien par cos mots : " A jmWnt (jue vous otes
convaincu, n'en parlous jdus."
(Vs scenes bi/arres se renouvellent souvent ])nrmi
It's pivdicato'.irs u Rome, car le veritabU^ talent en ee
geiiri' y est trrs-i'aro.
]. Who wfre the two chiefs of literinvrcfurni in thebeo-in-
n'wrf of this century '. What in-c the prominent features of
tlicir style (' Krom whose influence were their
mainly a reaction ?
'2. Mame the headers of the Catholic, and of the Eclectic,
school (»f literature. ^
']. Name some ett'ects of modern social and |)olitical life
on literature in France.
wntujirs
IV.
DEMOGEOT.
1. Explain the bearing of the formula, A : R : : B : C,
upon the opinions of Boiudd. What did he call his system '<
1. What was the double literary object pursued by
France during the period called La licst an ration^
3 W*i at does Goethe consider the foundation of " The
fchrac ^iriil'es" ? What relation does he say French poets
b(\'\v Ni this ?
4 " Mes chanmnfi, c'est mui" : whose words are these ?
W; ;; historical expression is here imitated ?
•^ BrieHy contrast the objects of I'^cole descriptive and
Vkole philosoihiqae. Who was the chief of the latter ?
I pin
V.
Translate into French :
The powerful ifaronn-nl-Tlaschid (Aavo'ii-Raschid)
began to suspect that his vizier, Giafar, did not merit
the confidence which he had given him ; the wives of
Haroun, the inhabitants of Bagdad, the courtiers, and
the dervises, bitterly censured the vizier. The caliph
loved Giafar : lie did not wish to condemn him upon
the clamors of the city and of the court. He visited
his empire : ho saw everywhere the land well culti-
vated, the country smiling, the hamlets {hamcavx)
wealthy, useful arts in hou' .-, ar.*' youth joyful. He
visited his fortified places aiid his seaports : he saw
numerous vessels which threatened the coasts of Africa
and Asia : he saw warriors disciplined and contented.
These warriors, the sailors, and the country people,
cried out : "O God! bless the faithful, in prolonging
the days of Hiiroiui-al-Haschid and his vizier (liafar;
they maintain in the empire peace, justice, and
abundance : thou manifestest, great God, thy love for
the faithful, in giving them a caliph like Ilanjun, and
a vizier like (^liafar." The caliidi, touched by the.se
expressions of joy {urchonation.s), enters into a mosque
(mosqiit'c,) throws himself upon his knees, and ci'ies :
"Great God! I thank thee: thou hast given me a
minister of whom my courtigrs speak ill to me, and
of whom my people (peit2ilcH) speak well."
SAnfUerof tff of liToronto*
ANNUAL KXAMINATIONS: 1876.
AUTS: SRCOND VKVK. LAW: FIRST YEAR.
FJlEf^CH.
HONORS.
KiMtialiH'r.: Rkv. Jamks Rov, M.A.
I.
Translate :
tSi certnins esprits vit's ot d^^cisifs f^taiont ci'us, oo
seniit encore trop quo les iernios j^our exprimer les
sentiments; il i'audvait lenv purler pur signes, ou sans
parler so fuire entendre. QneLjuo soin (pi'ou appoi-te
a etre serrt' et concis, et (juelquo reputation qu'on ait
d'etre tcl, ils vons trouvent difi'ns. II faut leur laisser
tout a suppleer, et nVcrire que pour eux seuls : ils
(■on(;oiveiit une periode par le mot qui la commence,
et )iai' une pt'^riode tout un chapitre : leur avez-vous
lu mi seul endroit de I'ouvrage, c'est assez, il sont dans
le fait et entendent I'ouvrage. Un tissu d'enigmes
leur serait une lecture divertissante ; et c'est une perte
pour eux (jue co style estropie qui les enleve soit rare,
et que peu d'derivains s'en accommodent. Les com-
])araisons tirees d'un fleuve dont le cours, ({uoique
rapide, est ^gal et unitbrme, ou d'un embrasement
qui, pousse par les vents, s'dpand au loin dans une
foret oil il consume les chenes et les pins, ne leur
tburnissent ancune i<l(ie de I'eloquence.
Montrez-leur un feu gregeois qui les surprenne ou
un eclair ([ui les (-'blouisse, il vous qaittent du bon et
du beau.
La Bruy^re, CaraaUrea, pp. 11, 12.
iJ
1. cncoi'c ti'opque. fnYnequc.
2. apf)orte <l e.tfc Herr/!. on (tit (I'l'lir trl. What parts
of the verbs afipoiivv mwl avoir aro liere used, and why v
3. Holt !'<(}•/'. Why sn})junctive used i
4. (ireijeo'iH. Givi; a modern Freneli term f\)r this.
Wlien are proper adjectives, in French, written with a
capital ?
fi. //« VOKH quittmt di( hov. (live another expresHion
equivalent to this.
II.
Translate :
Tel, commo dit Merlin, enide entjoigner autrni,
Qui souvent s'en}^eij;n(' soi-meme.
.Tai regret (pic ce mot soit troj) vieux aujourd 'hni ;
II m'a t()ujourssend>h'' d'unc t'ncrjjjic cxtivme.
Mais afin d'en venir au de.ssein (pio J'ai itris:
IJn rat plcin (rcmbonpoint, j^'rns, ot dcs mieiix nonrvis
Et (pii ne connaissuit I'avcMit ni le carAnK',
Sur le bordd'uu mariiis t'gayait ses esprits,
Une grcnonille approche, et lui dit en sa langue :
Venez mo voir ehez inoi ; jc voii« ferai fe.stin.
Mcssire rat prom it soudain :
II n't'ltait pas bcsoin de plus longue harangne.
Elle allegua pourtant les dt'lices dii bain.
La curiosity, le plaisirdu voyage,
Cent raretes tl voir le long du marc'cage
Un jour il conterait a sea petits-enfants
Les beautt's de ces lieux, les mcTeurs dos habitants,
Et le gouvernement de la chose publi(pic
Aquatitpic.
Un point sans plus tenait h; galant emprche :
II nageait (pielque pen, inais il fallait do laid)!.
La grenouille i\ ccla trouve un tres-bon rem^dt.' :
Le rat fut i\ son pied par In patto attachr ;
fJn brill de jonc en fit I'aflTaire.
Dans le marais entries, notre bonne comnii'it'
S'eflbrce de tirer son bote an fond de Tcau,
Centre le droit des gens, contre la fbi juive ;
Pretend cpi'elle en t'ei'a gorge (^haudc et curt'e;
C't^tait, ^ ^n avis, un excellent luorcean.
Dej^ dans son esprit la giihiiide le cnxpie.
II atteste les dieux ; la pertide s'en mo(|ue :
Jl r^siste ; elle tire. En ce combat nouveau,
Un milan, ([ui dans I'air, planait, faiHait la rondo,
Voit d'en haut le pauvrefc s«? ddbattant Hur I'onde.
n fond desHUS, I'enlfeve, et, par mAino moyen,
La grenouillo ot lo lien.
Tout en f ut ; tant ot si bien,
Que de cetto double proie
L'oiseau .se donno au coeur joie,
Ayant, de cotte fa^on,
A souper ohair et poiKSon.
La ruse la mieux ourdio
Pent nuiro k son inventeur:
Et sonvent la porfidie
Retourno sur son anteiir.
LaFontaink, Fnhlcs, Liv. TV., Fab. VIII.
1. Merlin. Wlio was this V
2. niiile. Trace this from cw/lfdn', Htating and illustra-
ting' tlio laws of transformation observo<i in tho process.
3. e.iiffeii/nci: Foi' this, a printer once substituted
pmevjncr. Trace both to their ori^'in in vulvar Latin,
stating and illustrating as above.
4. fera (fonfe, <iv. E.x plain.
5. i^e (lonne. Give a French sentence ilhistratinja; tlie
meaning of donner ear.
in. /
Translate : '
Deux cqmpagnons, presst's d'argent,
A leur voisin fourreur vendirent
La peau d'un ours encor vivant,
Mais qu'ils tueraient bientot; du moins i\ ce qu'ils dirent.
C'^tait le roi des ours au conipto de ces gens.
Le marchnnd a sa peau devait faire fortune ;
Ellc garantirait des froids les j)lus cuisants ;
On en poinrait fourrer plutot deux robes qu'une.
Dindeiiaut prisait moins ses moutons qu'eux leur ours :
Leur, a, leur coinpte, et non ti celui do la bote.
S'ofl'rant de la livrer au plus tard dans deux joui-s,
lis eonviennent de prix, et se mettent en quote,
Trouvcnt Tours cjui s'avance et vient vers eux au trot.
Voih\ mes gens frapp6s comme d'un coup de foudre.
Le marcht' ne tint pas, il fallut le ri^soudre :
D'int^r^ts contre Tours, on n'en <lit pas un mot.
L'un di'H (loiix C()m|»i\;,'n()ns ^^'rinijx! ;iu faito d'uii iirhro ;
L'aiitro, plus froid (luo n'est iiii marluo,
Se couche huv le noz, tait lo mort, tiont son vent,
Ayant (|iiolqiio part oui Uiro
Que Tours sacliarno pen sou vent
Sur nil corps (pii ne vit, no nioiit, ni nc respire.
Seigneur ours, coninie un sot, ilonna tlans co panneau :
II voit CO corps gisant, le croit i)rivd tie vie ;
Et, fie peur de supercherio,
Lo tourno, Ic nitouriio npprotjho son niuseau,
Flaire aux passages do I'lialoino.
C'eat, dlt il, un cadavre ; ototis-nous, car il sent,
A cos mots, I'oju's s'en va dnns la forAt prochaine.
L'un do nos doux nmrchands dc son arbro descend,
Court h son compagnon, lui dlt 'jue c'est nierveillo
Qu'ii n'ait eu seulement que la peur jjour tout mal.
Eh bicn, ajouta-t-il, la i)oau do I'aniinat f
Mais (pie t'a-t-il dit a roreillo ?
Car il t'approchait do bion pros,
Te retournant avoc sa serre.- -
II ni'a dit qu'il ne faut jamais
Vondre la peau do Tours (pi'on ne Tait mis par tone.
LaFontaink, FahUs, Lib. v. Fab. xx.
•';
^l
i
U
n
'M
:
1. Ou'i'fi. How pronounced ?
2. f/finn. State gender of this.
3. Dimlenaut. Who i
4. g'mint. Give the parts of this verb which are in use.
a. <h Vours qu'on. Parse r/u'.
V). on ne I'ait mis. Why subjunctive ? Why this tense?
mni\3tvuU9 of IToronio.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
SECOND YEAR.
GERMAN.
Kxaminer: J. K. rati AM, M.l).
I.
GRAMMATICAL QUBSTIONS.
1. dive iMilos for tlio (Uiterinination of the gonderH of
sul)stiuitivos.
2, What classes of Hnhstaiitivos inorlify the radical vowel
■"■ 4,'
ill the plural (
l{. (Jive \\\i} nilos by which proper names are declined.
4. Conjugate tlu^ auxiliary verbs of mood. How are
tlie pnst eomi)ound tenses found when they are accom-
panied by an intinite ?
a. (civo the (iircnnistances which require its prejfix t<» be
separati'd in separable eoni, ound verbs.
0. Enumerate tlic indeliiito pronouns. How are they
(leelined >.
7. What prepositions govern both the dative and accu-
sative '. (Jive lules concerning them.
8. How is the al)solute superlative of adjectives formed ?
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
%.^ €^^
lii.o
1.1
11.25
!!f |£ 12.0
u
|J£
1.6
#
Kiotographic
SoHices
Corporation
23 WISV MAIN STRUT
WEBSTER, N.Y. USM
(716) 172-4503
^^ ^\ ^r\\
'^
t
II.
Translate ;
2)er^anipfm{tt'cm 2)rad;cn.
ffiflg rennt t>a^ 35olt wa^ waljt jt(^ bort
S)tc lartflen ©ajjen braufenb fort ?
©tiirjt JR^obu^ unter geucr^ glammen ?
di rottct fic^ tm <Sturm jufammcn,
Unb etncn Mttx, \)od) ju ^o^,
®ma^x' tc^ aud bem SWcnfd^entro^,
Unb l^inter ifjm, mW 3lbcnt()cucr ;
SSrtn^t man ftefc^Ieppt etn Ungcfjeucr ;
Gtn Drac()e fd[)ctnt c^ »on (SJcftalt,
2)ltt wcttem ^roftbtlf^rncfjcn,
Unb SlUeg blicft »crwunbcrt balb
3)cn SRittcr an wnb klb ben 2)rac^cn.
Unb taufenb ©tt'mmcn wcrben laut :
„Dog ift bcr Stnbwuvm, tommt unb fd)nnt
2)ev ^trt unb ^ccrbcn \im vcrfdjiunrtcn !
2)a^ ift ber ^flb, bcr ibn kjn?unj^en J
SSiel 3lnbre jo^cn »cr ij)ni auss,
3u waj^en ben I'^eu^alt'^en ®trau^,
3)>)d) ^ei'nen fn^ man UMeberfel)rcn ;
X)cn fiU^nen JRittcr foU «:,an el)ren !"
Unb nad) bem ^lofter o^ti^t bev 3uvi,
2Bo i5t. 3i>l)ann% bee idufere Crben,
l^te fitter bee epltnl^, im glmj
3u 9lfltf)e finb verfammelt worben.
Unb »or ben cblen SWeiftcr trttt
Der 3<in(^Hnfl mit befd)ctbnem 6d;rttt ;
9'iad)brdnflt bag ®olf mit wilbcm -iHufen,
(Srfiillenb be^ ©eldnberg etufen.
Unb jener ninimt bag SBort unb fpridjt :
,;M) W crfillltbic 3litterpflid)t.
i)er 3)rad)e, ber bag I'aub »evi<bet,
C^r licflt yon jneincr ^anb c^etiJbtct.
grei ift bem Sanbcrer ber 9Cecj ;
Der ^irte treik ing ©ifllbe ; '
%xoi) walk auf bem gfif^wftefl
I)er ^ilger ju bem ©nabenbi'lbe."
bCHlLLER.
1. (live the gcnflei-s of the followinf:^ aubstarlives: Gaste,
Feuer, Jtoss, Flwj, Rath, Schritt, Gnadenhild.
2. Conjugate rennen, kommen, verschlingen, hezwingen,
ehren treten nachdriingen, sprechen, trciben.
3. Enumerate the verbs used in the reflective form in
the selection. How are German reffectives often trans-
lated into English ?
4. In what difterent ways may was be used ? Give
rules with regard to it.
5. Und hinter ihm : Why is the dative used ? Vor
den BittPi' : Why is the accusative used V
III.
GERMAN LITERATURE.
1. Give a synopsis of the contents of the Kh-hvUnifienliptl.
Kninnorate the various Sat>ns upon which the poem is
founded, ns well as those in imy wa}' oonnectod with it.
2. Give an account of the Sagas concerning the JfeiUge
Graai
3. Give an account of the liistory and writing of Wolf-
rurit, von JiJschcnbach and Wtilthcr von dcr Vogelivekle.
To what class of poets did they belong ?
4. Write what you Icnow of the Meistersd^iger.
IV.
Translation from English into German :
The Battle of Sol way.
At the battle of Solway, in the time of Henry
Vni., 1542, when the Scotch army, commanded by
Oliver Sinclair, was routed, an unfortunate troop of
horse driven by their fears, plunged into a morass,
which instantly closed upon them. The tale was
traditional, but it is now authenticated ; a man and
a horse, in complete armour, having been found by
peat diggers in the place whei'e it was always
supposed the affair had happened. The skeleton of
each was well preserved, and the different parts ot
the aimour easily distinguished.
ri'li!
2!liifb(V0itg of STovontd*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
SECOND YEAR.
GERMAN.
HONORS.
Examiner: J. E. Guaham, M.D.
I.
Translate
2)te^ ycrfc^tc mtd) tn tic l^cttcrftc ©ti'mmung, fo taf, olo ,
tcr 'J^otefta mft fctnem 3tctuartus( {)cranfam, tc^ t^n frci*
mut|)tg k(^vil^tc, unt aiif [cine gragc: worum td; tf)re ge*
ftung flbjcidjnctc, tl;m I)cfd)cttcn cvwtcbertc : to^ td; bt'efeg
(IJemaucr n{d)t fUr cine gcftuiifl ancrfennc. ^^ mac^tc il)n
unb tag SSolf aufmcvffam auf ten SScrfall ticfcr X^firmc
unt ticfcr 9Waucrn, auf ten SWangel -jjon Sl^ovcn, !urj auf
tic ScI)rlofig!eit te^ rt^nv-jcn 3«ft'»'i^cg wnt yerft4>crtc, i^
^bc \)m nid;tg al^ cine SHuine ju fc^cn unt ju jcic^ncn
flctad^t.
SWan cntgcgnctc mir : wcnn eg cine 0luine fei, wag tcnu
tran wo^l merfwiirticj fd;cinen fiJnnc? 3* eiwtctcrtc
tarauf, wcil \^ '^tii unt ®un|l ju f^cwinnen fuc^tc, fc^r um^
ftantUd), ta§ fie wilptcn, wie 5?iclc Stcifcnte nur urn ter
SRuincn willcn nac^ 3taiicn jiJi^en, ta§ SRom, tic ^aupt*
ftatt tcr ScU, ijon ten ^arbafen »crtt)itftct, »oUcr ^uincn
fie|)c, wclc^c f)untert unt aber ^untcrtmal gejeid^nct wortcn,
ta^ nid;t allcg aug tern 5ntcrtj)um fo cr|>aUcn fci, wie tag
2lmp!)it^eatcr ju SScrono, wclc^cg ic^ tenn auc^ bait ju fc^cn
^offtc.
Goethe's Italienisehe Beige
1. GevMtter. What is uHiuiUy tho gendor o<" .substau-
tivcB having the augment (je ? Mention some exceptions.
2. TJiorcn. Has tlie wonl Thor any other signiHeatioii
or gender than the one here expressed ? Give examples of
double genders.
3. Urn, der Rn'tneii ivlllan. Oivc (jther propositions
governing the genitiv e.
4. Give the plural of the iollowing substantive;- : Fen-
timg, Volh, VerJ'aU, Gu^iisf, HmiplsUull, AltcHhum.
5. Conjugate anerhcnnen, ncJten, denJceu, sohelnen,
gewinncn.
G. Give the gender of Maucr, Zeit, Gunsf, Alterthum
with miles.
7. Italien. When is the article used before proper
names ?
li
n.
Translate :
2)tc^ tft tcv ^rtnj ''PaUnfjonta, fiifite tcr |)anblev, m\6)n
^on 3c»t ju 3cit turd) tic Statt' C|cl)t unt fiiv ttc in tcr
SSavbarct gcfaucicncn Sflaven cin SiJifi-^ctt jufflmntcn()cifd)t.
3war bctracjt tiefc0 Cfiufanuncln ntcinal^ yicb (ibct tft
©Ci^cnftant blcibt tod) tm 5lntcnfcn unt oft i^evjiifld)cn bie*
jcntgen, weld;c l>ei Scbjcitcn jururf()tcltcu, fd)iJnc ©umntcn
ju folciicm 3^ccf. ©c^ou ytelf fsalji-c ifl t>er ^pdn^ SSor*
flc^cr bt'cfcr 5lnfialt unb M uncnblid) incl C3utc^ i^efttftet!
©tatt auf bic Xl)orl)cttett feinc^ i^antftl^c^, rtcf id) awi,
Wtt er l^terl)er jcuc c;ao§cn ©ummcn sjcrttjcnben [oUcn.
i^ctn giirft m bcr 9BcU'f)attc mcl)v cjclciftct,
2)agcgcn foflte ber 5taufmann:' fmb \m boi^ oKc fo!
unfcrc 9larr^citen bcjal;lcn wix o^ax (^cvnc fclbjl, ju unfern
Xugcnbcn foUfu anbeve ba^ ©elb ^cr^cbcn.
Goethe's, Italieniscfie Meise.
1. Dieses Einsmm/nieln. Why is the neuter gender used ?
2. ITttife er hierhei\..soUeri. Explain the construction.
3. Give the genders of Ziveck, Jahr, Nariheit, Twjend.
with rules.
HI.
Translate from English into German :
Munificent bequests and donations for public pur-
noses, whether charitable or educational, form a strik
mg feature in the modern histoiy of the TJnited States,
and especially of New England. Not only is it com-
mon for rich capitalists to leave by will a portion of
their fortune towards the endowment of national insti-
tutions, but individuals during their lifetime make
magnificent grants of money for the same objects.
There is here no compulsory law for the equal partition
of property among children, as in France ; and, on the
other hand, no custom of entail or primogeniture,
as in England : so that the affluent feel themselves at
liberty to share their wealth between the kindred and
the public ; it being impossible to found a family, and
parents having fre(iuently the happiness of seeing all
their children well provided for and independent long
before their death.
dnfUerttUi? of Cotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
SECOND YEAR.
HISTORY.
,, . (J. M. Buc'HAN, M.A.
hmmvaers : | ^^^^ ^ Seymour, M.A.
1. Write a .sketch of the part played by the Phenicians
in developing the civilization of the ancient world.
2. State the leading features of the political constitution
of the democratic Greek cities in the age of Pericles, and
point out its merits and defects.
3. Narrate the history of the overthrow of Grecian
freedom by Philip.
4. Give a general view of the leading causes which
operated to change Rome from a free state to a despotism.
5. Describe the political changes introduced by the
younger Gracchus.
C. Discuss the question whether King John was a
usurper,
7. One of the causes which, acctrding to Hallam, had a
veiy leading efficacy in the gradual development of free
institutions in England was " the manner in which feudal
principles of insubordination and resistfjice were modified
by the prerogatives of the early Normp.n kings." Compare
the operation of the feudal system in France and England
with respect to its effect on the development of free
institutions.
mni>$tvults of ^Toconto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 187R.
8E0OND YEAR.
HISTORY.
HONORS.
„ . (J. M. Buc'HAN, M.A,
Exammvr^ : | ^^^^^^ ^,, Seymour, M.A.
1. Wiite a sketch of the career of Charlemagne.
2. Give a full account of the political, the religious, and
the social state of Western Europe at the time of the First
Crusade.
3. Give a general view of the causes which concurred to
abolish serfdom in Western Europe.
4. Describe fully the political condition of Italy in the
days of Dante, Petrarch, and Boccaccio.
5. Enumerate and briefly explain the leading changes
which mark the transition from mediaeval to modern
history.
■n
Slni^rtrisfti? of ^Toronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
SECOND YEAR.
METAPHYSICS AND ETHICS.
Examiner : W. J. RoBERTSOi; 3.A.
STEWART.
1. What circumstances distinguish the airpetites ? Can
the appetites be called selfish ? Discuss independently.
2. Distinguish between Emulation and Envy.
3. Are the Benevolent affections selfish in their origin ?
Give reasons for your answer.
4. " That we have a sense of duty, which is not i-esolvablc
into a regard to our happiness, appeals from various con-
siderations." What considerations? State argum-ents in
support of the contrary opinion.
5. How does Stewart disprove the statement that his-
torical facts show the moral judgments of mankind to be
entirely factitious ?
6. What different views have been held as to how we
form our notions of right and wrong ?
7. Briefly state the views of Hobbes ^and Cudworth
regarding the perceptions jf right and wrong, and the
uUimate standard of morality.
8. (a) What does Hutcheson mean by " moral sense" ?
(6) " From the hypothesis of a moral sense various
sceptical conclusions have been deduced by later writers " ?
Explain.
9. State clearly Stewart's views regarding the origin of
om- ideas of right and wrong. Criticise.
10. Give the substance of the section " Of the office and
use of reason in the practice of morality."
LOCKE.
1. (a) Define " Idea" (according to Locke.)
(b) What are the sources whence all our ideas are
derived ? Answer this question, giving your
own opinion as Y'^ell as Locke's.
2. What are our first ideas — Simple or complex ?
Thoroughly examiiu! and illustiate this subject.
3. Give and defend a classification of the (jualities of body.
4. (a) Locke states that bodies ])roduce ideas in us by
impulse. Uphold or refute this statement.
(6) Are our ideas of qualities resemblance or not ?
0. (a) Inquire into how we obtain the ideas of space
and thne.
(b) Do we obtain the idea of succession from motion ?
0. Whence the idea cf cause ? Of poiver ? Discuss, after
Locke, stating any objections to his views. •
7. How do we obtain the iden- of aubjtance ! What is
Locko's opinion as to our idea of substance in general ?
8. (<t) Wherein does Identity consist ? What is a person?
What constitutes -personal identity ?
(6) ( ■riticise Locke with respect to what constitutes
pcvHonal identity; also his definition oi person;
and show whether he is consistent or not in bis
statement of what constitutes personal identity^
9. Whcein does morality consist ? Discuss, after Locke,
the nature of moral good and evil — suggesting any objec-
tions to his arguments and conclusions.
^nMvuiw of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
SECOND YEAK.
METAPHYSICS AND CTHICS.
HONORS.
Eocaminer : Rev. George Paxton Young, M.A.
TENNEMANN'S HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY.
1. {a) Sketch the life of Pythagoras. (b) Give some
account of the nianiier in which the Pythagoreans deduced
the universe of existing things from the principle which
they assumed.
2. (a) Inquire whether the picture of the Sophists,
drawn by Plato and Aristotle, was just. (6) Sketch the
life and opinions of Protagoras.
3. (a) How far were the conditions, necessary to consti-
tute an epoch in philosophy, satisfied in the case of
Socrates ? (b) Estimate the value, in a practical respect,
of the search after definitions, which Socrates prosecuted,
(c) Explain, and criticise, the Socratic opinio.i, that no man
does evil voluntarily.
4. (a) Give a sketch of Plato's criticism of the doctrine,
that knowledge is sensation, (h) Point out the con'espond-
ence between the constituent elements of his ideal Republic
and the component parts of the soul.
5. (a) What, according to Aristotle, ai'e nature, cliance,
change, place and time ? (6) Give his definition of vhtue,
and explain it (c) " His remarks are particularly interest-
ing on the manifestations of the cognitive powers, that is,
on the senses." Give the substance of any of these remarks
with which you are acquainted.
6. (live a gonerul jiccDiint of tho coutrovcrsy ))otwecii
the Academy unci the I'uruh, iiidieatiiig (with roaHons)
where, in your opinion, tho victory lay.
7. Who was i^jnesidemus ? Indicate, generally, his
philosophical position. State, more |)avticularly, tho ground
he took in regard to the princii>le of causality.
8. Describe the diii'erent theatres on which Neo-Platon-
JHni nourished ; and give an account of the Neo-Platonic
theory of knowle-^'^e.
!). Tennemaun says, that Johannes Scotus Erigena
adopted na his philosophical system a revived Neo-Platon-
isra. Point out exactly the degree of the affinity of the
views of J. S. K to Neo-Platonism.
10. Point out, generally, how the development of
thought was affected by the Magister Sententiaruui, by
iVlexauder of Hales, and by William of Occam.
^^
Sln(lier0fti^ of ^Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
SECOND YEAR.
LOGIC.
Examiner : Rev. George Paxton Y(jun«, M.A.
MURRAY'S (JOMPENDIUM
Note. — Students who take Honors will uniit the questions marked with
an asterisk.
1. How docs Murray dolinu Loj^ic I In(i[uii'o wlictlier
the manner in whicli the subj(;ct is treated in the ('oiu-
peudium be in harmony with the definition.
2. It is stated in the (Jompendiian that " the o])erationH
of the understiindin}^ " are the subjeet-matter {ohjcclivni)
of Logic. How, then, is Logic (listin;^uislied from Psy-
chology, and on what ground (U>es Murray select tlnuc
operations, smip/e upprelwnskni ,jiul(jiiie7ii , anil rcawHwy,
for exclu.sive consideration ?
*3. What is meant by the extension , and what by the
cwnprehenslon, of a term ? Illustrate the relation between
extension and comprehension by reference to the three
terms, ivatera, dark waters, waters dark and deep.
*4. " An affirmative proposition is that in which the
predicate is said to agree (convenire) with the subject."
Agree, in what respect ?
*5. In what propositions is the quantity of the predicate
universal ? Give a reason for your answer.
*6. Why do I and E alone admit of simple conversion ?
7. Inquire (a) whether two Hub-contrarv propoditionR
can ix)th bo true ; (b) whether they can both be falne ;
(c) whether one may bo true, while the other in false.
Illustnito your conchinion in each case by an example.
8. Lot the term A' be the contradictory of x, and Y of
11, IrKjuire whether, if all x be y, it foUoWH tliat all Y m X.
*}». State the ruloH of (Ui/inifitm, and those of <Hvmon.
10. (a) Distinj.,'uiHh the ditforetit figures of categorical
syllogism from one another, (h) Prove, that, in the third
figure, the minor premise must be aftirmativo. (o) Inquire
wnatthe quantity of the conclusion, in the same figure,
must be.
11. Give an example (with matter) of an argument in the
I'otirth figure ; and reduce the argument to the first figure.
A ililitional for Honors
THOMSON'S OUTLINE OF THE LAWS OF
THOUGHT.
12. State, after Thomson, the functions of language.
13. Examine the sbitement : " for all logical purposes,
the hypothetical judgment may l>c treated as a categorical."
14. Dietin«juish substitutive judgments from attributive.
ln(|uire to which of these heads disjunctive judgments are
to 1)6 refeiTcd.
15. Give an instance {a) of immediate inference by
means of privative conceptions ; (h) of immediate inference
Ity added determinants ; (c) of immediate inference from a
disjunctive judgment.
IG. State the general canon of mediate inference. De-
duce the niles : " if one of the premises be negative, the
conclusion must also be negative ;" and, " neither term of
the conclusion must be distributed, unless it has been so
in its premiss."
17. Define Induction. Give an instance of what Thomson
calls the pure inductive syllogism; and inquire whether
there is really any induction, in the proper sense of the
term, in the conclusion so drawn.
18. Give (with sufHcient illustration) Thomson's answer
to the question : " How are causes discovered, which are not
obvious, even after repeated inspection of the facts in which
they Ue hid"?
Bitflirt0ft9 of rovonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
SECOND YEA.R.
MINERALOGY AND GIIOLOGY.
Examiner: John Giiwon, B.A., F.G.S.
I.
1. Enumerate the <lif!(Ment proceHsos hy which crystals
are produced, and ilhistnite l»y cxamplpH.
2. Explain and exeniplil'y the meaning' of* the following
terms as used in mineralof/y :
(1) Streak, (8) I.somorphiHm,
(2) Iridescence, (i)) ])imoiphi8m,
(3) Chatoyance, (10) Nodular,
(4) Asterism, (11) Ainygdaloidal,
(6) Botryoidal, (12) Vesicuhir,
(6) Translucent, (13) Conchoidal,
(7) Cleavage, (14) Polarization.
3. Explain the nature and formation of pnewlomorphom
crystals, and give examples of such.
4. Mention the essential constituents of the following
minerals : (1) Graphite, (2) Grey Antimony ore, (3) Orpi-
ment, (4) Malachite, (5) Cassiterite, (6) Baiytine, (7)
Celestine, (8) Haematite, (9) Pyrolusite, (10) Corun
dum, (11) Gypsum, (12) Apatite, (13) Cryolite, (14)
Cinnabar, (15) Mispickel.
5. Give the blow-pipe characters by which the following
substances may be detected: {l)Iiead, (2) Antimony,
(3) Mercury, (4) Zinc, (5) Chromium, (G) Strontia, (7)
liithia, (8) Nitre, (9) Salt, (10) Fluor Spar.
n.
0. Dc'cribt? the gciicnil chuiactcrs of f</ncouH,Mef<tnior'
phic, Mild SfidiriLcnfiiri/ rocks, icspiM'tivcly ; aiul ^vo
exainplt'H ol" oacli of these grou|)s,
7. Tabiilato tho strata of tl)o Monozoic Period; mention
the Htholo^ical eharat'ters of tho ditfereiit Hories, and their
most character iHtic fossils.
8. Rocks of Devonian A^o. Hiietly characterize their
litholo^y and pahnontolo<:fy, and give their distribution.
9. In examining a country wliich contains three groups
of beds, (viz., tho up[)or one, sh<il<; ; the second, limestone ;
and tho third and lowest, H<t)uhti)r}p), you arrive at a spot
where the sandstone crops out apparently from beneath
tho .shale without any intervening limestone : name more
than one possiltle e\j»lanation of thi'^, illustrating each by
a section.
10. Moraines. State (he difleront kinds, and explain
their formation.
III.
11. Volcanos. ITow grouped in Physical Geography?
Whence arises tlie steam ejected during eruptions i
12. Name and locate the princi]uvl oieanic currents.
Slnibiirefti^ of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
SKCOND YEAR.
CRYSTALLOGRAPHY & PALAEONTOLOGY.
HONORS AND SCHOLARSHIPS.
Examiner: John Gibson, B.A., F.G.S.
I.
1. State succinctly the difference between a crystallo-
graphic form and a combination, and give exanii)le8.
2. Regular Tetrahedron. How produced from the regular
Octahedron ? Give examples of minerals crystjillizing in
this form ; ?ind name tlif forms resulting when (a) edges
are truncated, (b) angles truncated, and (c) angles replai;ed
by 3 planes.
3. Enumerate the more connnon forms and combinations
belonginjj to the Dimctric System of Crystallization, and
give examples of minerals crystallizing in this system.
4. Hexagonal System. Draw horizontal and vertical
projections. Enumerate the hemihedral forms, and give
examples of Oxides, Phosphates, Carbonates, Silicates,
Sulphates, and Sulphides belonging to this system. '
5. Characterize the Monoclinic System, draw horizontal
and vertical projections, and give examples of Carbonates,
Silicates, Sulphates, and Sulphides belonging to this system.
II.
6. Gpsteropoda. Give an account of their structure and
physiology, and shew by diagrams their distribution in time.
7. Graptolitidae. Name and describe any two of the
genera ; point out their zoological affinities, and give their
geological range..
8. Refer the following goneia to their places in the
Geological Series and in the Zoological Classiticatiou : —
(1) Calaroites, (2) Petraia, (3) Pentreiuites, (4) Serpula,
(5) Leperditia, (0) Calymenc, (8) Orthis, (!)) Cephalaspis,
(10) Mastodon.
9. Give the general characters of the Pterosauria, and
state how they differ from and are allied to Birds; give
their range in time.
10. State the difference olwervable in the vertebrae of
the extinct and existing Crocodilia.
11. Distinguish between the general characters of the
extinct Mammalia of the Australian and South American
provinces ; compare them with the existing Faunas of the
same areas.
1.
2.
who
3.
4.
Hisi
5,
thc(
(J
■i^
SftnfUevttitj^ of Soronlo.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
THIHD YEAR.
6RLEK.
Examiner: Rev. Neil MacNish, B.D., LL.D.
Herodotus, B. VI.
1. Why has Herodotus been called a Thurian ?
2. In what respect does he differ from the logogi*aphers
who preceded him ?
3. Why <lid Aristotle apply to him the name 'H/aoSoro? o
HvdoXoyof ?
4. Account for the Ionic spirit which pervades his
History i
5. How can it be maintained that " he was, in truth, a
theologian {',ud poet, Jiw well as an historian" ?
0. (a) Translate :
'EuOavra Bff 6 KXeofievrys ixiXeve irdvra riva r&v
eiXcoTeoip irepiveeiv vX-p to aX(ro<i' r&v Bk 'TreiOofiipcoPy
ifeTrprjae to dX(ro<{. Kaio/Mevov fie tjBi], iiretpero r&v riva
avTOfioXav, t/wo? eirj deStp ro aXtrot ; 6 Bk €(fyr} "Apyov
ehai. 6 Be, w? ^Kovare, dvaaT€pd^a<i fieya, etTre* "'fl
"AttoXXop ^rja-T^pie, »; fieydXatii ue ^TrdrijKat, (pdfiepofi
"Apyoi: aipr'iaetp' (TVfi^dXXofiai 8' 4^^K€ip fioi ro 'xpri'
vrripuip."
(6) Parse evkirpTjaey oKeroty ^fievot.
{c) Explain the construction of 6/ic€\ev6 itKareap,
riyo^ €17} de&p ro aA.0-09 ;
(cZ) Write in ordinaiy Greek any Jonk forms that
occur in the extract.
7. (a) Translate :
Mera 8^ to iv Mapad&vi rp&fia yevofievov, MiKnd^
Kol TrpoTcpou €vSoKifieo)V Trapii ^ \di]vaioi<Ti rore fiaWov
av^cTO. airri(xa<s he viat k^hop,rjKOvra Koi arpaririv re
K(iL ')(pr)p>aTa roix: ' Adr}vaiov<iy ov <bpdaai{] (T<f>i eV fjv
hnarpaTeveTav ■^((oprjv, dWa <f>d<i avroit^i KoraifKoxnifiv
tjv 01 hrwvrai' eVl fyap x^PV^ rotavrrjv 8?/ riva d^eip
odev ')(pvaov einrericoi; d^dovov oia-ovrai' Xeywp roiavra,
airee to? vea<f. ^Adrjvaioi 8? tovtoiiti €7rapdevT€<{ -rrape-
Bo(rav.
(b) Decline rp&iia^ <f)u<i.
(c) Give the <late of the ^battle^of Marathon, and
detail tiie results which followed from it.
II.
Euripides : A Icrstis.
1. What is the origin of the name EuHp'nh.t !
2. Discuss In'iefly the style of Euripides.
8. Show, from internal evidence, that." the i4A.Y',«}i!/,s is a
ti'agi-comod}^ and not a tragedy projiej."
4. (a) Translate :
'n BcofuiT 'A8fiiJT€i, iv ol? trXriv iyo)
Orjaanv rpdire^av alviaai^ deof ircp atv.
Zeu9 lyap KaraKTmiralha Tove/nov airto?
* AaKKrjTTibv, arepvoiatv ifxQaXSiv (f)7\Mya.
ov Br) 'XpX.wOeU reKTova^ Biov Trvpo<i
KTCivti) KvKXayjra^' kul fie drjTeveivTraTyp
OvtfT^ Trap dvBpX t&uB' diroiv rjvdrfKaaev.
iXdatp Bl yalap T'^vB' e^ov<f>6p(3ovv f evo),
Kol t6i/8' eaa^v oXkov €<t roB -^fiipa^i.
(b) Parae eijqv, 0^<r<rav.
(c) What is the construction of o5 Bv 'xp\(o0d<it r&vi'
dwoipa TffwrfKaaep.
(d) What is the Latin equivalent of e? toB" r)fiepa<i ?
5. (a) Translate :
AA. & <7^2C^/'0 BofitoPf 7rb)9 elaeXdw ;
irm olKr)<r<a, fieTaTrhrTovTO^i
BalfWPO<f ; otfioi. iroXif yap to fiiffop.
Tore fiiv TrevKaiat avv Ylrjkidatv,
avv P vfievaioif iareiyov ecrco,
4>i\ia<i d\6)(pv yepa pacrrd^wv,
TToKvayT^rofs 6' eCirero KUifiof,
rrjv T€ Bavovaav kohi oK^'CCfov^
m €V7raTpiBai Koi aw' dfi(f)OTepu)v
ovTCf dpitrricov crufirye? elfiev^
vvv 8' vfievaloiv 760? ai/TtVaXo?,
\evK&v re 'rriirXav fieXavef ffroKfiol
irkfj/JTOvaL fi ea-eo
XitcrpcDv Koira^i it ip-^novt.
(6) Compare TroXifj ea-to, fiiXavet.
(c) Derive dXo'Xpvj imraTpiBai, av^vyet^ Koirat.
(d) Give a scale of the metre.
C. (a) Translate :
A A. Biyco, irpoaehro) ^ata-av m? Bdfiapr ifirjv ;
I HP. irpoaenr. e')(ei<i yctp ircof oaovTrep rideXet.
A^. a> ^iKTarrjt yvvaiKo<i S/xfia kuX Bifiaty
ej^o) <r aeXTTTft)*?, oihror oyea-dai Bok&v.
HP. tx^if <f)d6vot Be fir) yevoiro ".it de&p. ,
{b) Parse 0i>ya).
(fi) Scan t/he extract.
{(l) Enumerate the j)eciiliarities of the metre.
(c) Explain the terms : Dipodia, Tetrameter, Proce-
leusmaticiis, Jlapa^^oprfYqfia,, ^Tua-i/jbov.
1.
Mad
2.
3.
Mac]
4.
i).
in th
0.
anfUrmfli^ oc IToromo*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
THIRD YEAR.
GREEK.
HONORS.
Examiner : Rev. Neil MaoNish, B.D., LL.D,
I.
i^scHYLU.s : The Persians.
1. What political sentiments prevade the Tragedies of
^Bchylus ?
2. What induced him to add the second actor ?
3. Extend the statenjent: Tragcedias primus in lucem
iEschylus protulit.
4. What is meant by eKoKow 8e koI [" Aia-'xyXov] reSve&ra
6(9 ^iovv<na ?
5. How may the presence of so many Trochaic passages
in Uie Persians be accounted for i
G. (a) Translate :
TaOra fiov fieXayyiratp
<bpr)v dfiva-a-erai (ftop^,
oa, YlepffiKov trrpaTevfuiro^
Toufie, fiT} TToXt? irvOijTai Kevavhpov fxey aarv ^ovaiBo^,
Kcu TO Kuraiav troKiafi
avrlZoxmov etrfferai,
oo, Tovr Ittov ywaiKOTT^df)^ ofAiXo^i airviovy
(6) What is the Qeretive sinffuUiv of ^pt^, trih^^
[c) f arse Trifffj ; Give its forms in the same tense
throughout tin; active voice, and onuinerato the
compound words which are formed from it.
(d) Notice any dittVrent readings and interpretations.
(«) Scan ravTd...aTparevfiaTo<{.
7. (a) Translate :
06 <T€ ^ov\6/x€(T0a, ^i^ep^ o^' ayav <f)o^€lv \6yoi({
0VT€ 6ap<Tvu€iv. 6tov^ 8e irpoffrpovaK licvovp.iv't),
et Tt <f>\avoov eZ^e?, alrov rwS' dirorpvrrrjv reXeti/,
rh 8' 070^' eKTeXi) yeveaOai <roi re Kai reKvoif} aidtv
Kal TToXet (f>i\oi,f{ T€ iraa-i. hexnepov hk ypr) )(oa<i
yij Tc Kol ipdiTolf ^(kaaOai,' vpevfievw o alrov rdBe
cov ircHTiv Aapetov, otrrrep ^1)9 tSeTv Kar iiixftpovrju,
iaff\d aoi Trefiireip reKvtp re y^v evepBev e? <f>do*{,
TapmcCKiv hk rwrSe yaia^ Karo'^a fiavpov<T$ai <tk6t((),
(b) Give a scale of the metro.
(c) Notice any pecidiar constructions.
{d) Give different intei-pretations of Airov twj/S'...
yeveaOaiy Trpevpeum...€i^ <f>do<i.
8. (a) Translate:
®E. tvyyd fioi Bfjr
dr/ad&v kidpoav vTrofiifxvi]<TK€i<!,
oKaaT dXaara arvyvh irpoKaKa Xeyav.
^ca fioa fioi /xeKetov evroaOev rfrop.
XO. Koi fii)v a\\ov<{ ye irodovfiev,
MdpBiav dn/Bpatv /jLvpiovrapyov
'SdvOrjv dpetov r 'Ay^dpiju,
Alai^iv T ^8' 'ApadKrfv
iTrmdvaicra^,
KiyhaSdrav Koi AvOiavav
I^Xfiov V ai^(^'i oKopearov.
(6) Parse tvyya.
(c) Scan the extmct, giving the name of the feet.
n.
Soi'MoC'iiKs : (Kdii)tiH TifVdumtH.
1. What iinprovcinontH did SophocUm inakt» in Tragedy *
2. What is the ethical teaching of hi.s Tragedien '(
3. Expand tlio saying : " Sophocles repres(!nted men as
they ought to })<>, Kuri])i«les men as they are."
4. (a) Transhite :
WpGnd <T€ KeK\ufievo<{, Ovyarep Atov, afi^por *A6dvat
yaido')(6u r dBeX^hp
"Aprefiip^ & KVKXoevr' dr/opd^ Bpovov evkXia Odaaeij
j(a\ <i>oi$ov iKaftoXov, to)
rptatrol oKe^lfiopot, irpo^ivffri fioi,
eiTTOKe Kal irpoTipa'i ara^ irrrepopuvfiivcK Trokei
^vixrar iKTOTriav <f>\6ya viifiaro^, iXdere Kal vvV'
(b) Wluit is the meaning of a KVK\6eaT. .0d<r<ret ?
(c) Account for the |>rcvaUincc' of JJoni' formf* in tlie
Greek chorus.
5. (a) Translate:
Tleiiv oy^, off i) fja-^fpSof euddB' ^v KvatVy
r^vha'i ri to2o"8' uoTotcrip iKXvrtjpiov ;
Kairoi TO 7' atvir/fi ov^l roxmiovTO^ 7)v
dvhpof} hiei/irelv, dWk futm-eiat eSer
f}u out' utt' oImv&v (TV TTpoh^ivri'i Ij^Wf
oin tV 0eS)v Tov yvtorov rlXX' eya) fwXaVy
u fitjBev etSoKf OiSi7rov<i, erravad viv,
yv(i)fiTi Kvpi]<ra<{ ouS' utt' oUov&v fxaSdiv,
tv hi] (TV 7r€ipa<{ ex^aXeiu, Sok&v 0p6voi<i
•napeunari]aeiv Totv Kpeovreioi,<{ 7re\av>
(6) Decline Kvap.
(c) Write notes on 7; pai/r^Sov .,Kva>v,dXX\..Oi8iTrov<i,
^OK&p...'rr€Xa^.
(d) What is the construction of iJp...tov yptorop ?
0. (a) TmnHlato:
Wfrtp iym fidint^ eifil
teal Kurd, yvdfiav tBpi9.
oit Tov "OXufiirov, dfreiooiu,
& Ki6aipiov, ovK hi. rav trcpaif
•rrau<ri\r)vou, ptj ov <re 7* xai •narpidyrau Olhitrov
KoX rpo^if Koi p.arip av^eti>,
feal )(opeveadai 'irp6<{ i)p.Siv, on tTrir^pa <f>4povra to7v tpoU
Tvpdvvoi<i>
ti/te M>otpe, crol bt TavT upear ttif.
(6) Scan tin; extract.
III.
1. Wliy (li<l Dramatic pootry, oMpeclally Trajjotly, attain
to perfection only in Athens '.
2. How was Tragedy aM'ectod l)v the introduction of tlie
/)ewfl t'X' machina !
3. Kxplain the tevniK : rTt;^o/iiu6>ta, Jschiorrhoffir, lainbici^
Anaolaiia, PolyachtmatUiic verse, Periodicua.
IV.
Sophocles : (Edipm Coloneus.
Accentuate, scan and translate :
XO. EutTTTTOu, fei^e, raaSe ^^wpwi
jKov ra KpaTiara 7a? tTrai/Xa,
TOP apyrjTa KoXcdvov, evO'
a XiTfeia piuvperai
0ap,i^ov(ra pxiKiar a/qhtav
"XXaypaiii vtto ^aaaai^,
Tov oiviowa vepLovaa ki(T(toi>
Kai rav a^arov Beov
<l)vWaBa p.vpu)Kapirov a\>i]\ioi>
avr)V€p,ov re irainwv
yeifjuovtov IV o ^<iK')(iayraii
aei Atovt/co? €p,^aT€V€i
deaK ap<f)i'rr6Xa)v T>9rivai<i.
What historical interest attaches to this Tragedy ?
Cilnllier0(t|^ of Sotonlo.
ANNUAL UXAMINATIOi'48 : Wit.
TiClRp YEAH.
GREEK AND LATIN.
IIONOUS.
Lxainnicift. ^ s. AuTmiii Mauling, M.A.
I.
Plato : Apology.
1. Dofino tho position which Socates occupies in Greek
philosophy.
2. When was th(^ Apolof^y in all likelihood written?
i]. Discuss tho ((uostion as to how far Plato expresses his
own views in the Apology.
4. Who are meant by the Socraticl i*iri ?
'). Illustrate the Socratic iipiaveia,
6. (a) Translate :
'Eyo) yap, Si avBp€<i ^ AOrjvaioi, aWrjv jikv upjf^v ovBefi-
iav TTumore Tfp^a ev rfj '7r6\et, i/SovXevaa Si' koI irv)(eu
i)fi(ov tj <f)v\T) 'Ai/Tto^l? irptnavevovaa, ore vfieK tow
Bexa (TTpaTrjyov<i tou? ovk aveXofiivovi tow ix t^ pav
P'a')^ia<i efSovXetrde a0p6ov<t Kpiveiv, TrapavofKn^, a>9 4v rm
varepo) "Xpovtia iraatif vfilv ^Bo^e. tot iyo) fiovo^ r&v
TTpuTavetov rfvavTmdr)v vulv firfS^u iroieiv trapa toxi^
v6p.ov<i, Kol ivavTla i-'^^icrdfiriv,
(6) Parse ervx^i uo-rt'/jy, rjuavritod'qv,
(e) Detail fully tho meaning of i^ovXevtra S^, koI
TV)(^€V...irp vrdvevovaa .
(d) What ia the historical reference in arpanjyov^i...
7. {a) Translate :
Ta;^a 8' av rif Vfi&v ar/avaKTij<T€iev avafimfadek
eavTov el 6 fxlv koX iKdrroa rovrov): tov a7«!)i/o? atfma
ar/dovilpfievo^ iBe^drj re Kal iKerevtre tov? St/cao-ra? fierh
TToW&v BaKpvcov, tratZia re ainov avafii^acdfievo<i, 'iva
6 Ti fioKiara iKerjdeirj, koI dWovi r&v olKelcov Kal ^tXtov
TToXXov?, eya) Be ovSev dpa rovrwv •noirja-u) Koi rama
KtvBvvevtoVi (u? hv Bo^aifiiy rov t(T')(arov kivBvvov.
(6) Compare rd')(a, eKanw.
(c) Give a summary of the arguments in the Apology.
n.
POLYBlus : Scipio in Spain.
1. Give a brief account of the life of Polybius.
2. What facilities did he have for the compositio"< of his
History ?
3. Who continued his History ?
4. WhatLatin authors borrowed largely from his writings?
5.
Examine his style, and the reliability of his History.
6. (a) Titanslate :
Tore 7^^, o>9 eoiKcv, eTrraKaiBeKarov ero^ ^X**"' *"'
TTp&Tov el<{ vTraidpov e^e"^ lyXw^o)?, avarrjtfavTO^ ainu) rov
iraTpot 8ia(f>ep6vTa>v tirrrew ovKufwv da<f>a\€ia<i ;;^ap«/,
avvdeaadfievo^ ev TfS KivBvvtp rov trarepa TrepieikrjfjLfjbivov
xnro r&v TraXefiuov jxera Bvolv ff rpmv iinretov, Koi rerpa-
pAvov €Tn(r(f)aX&<i, to? p,€v d.p)(a<i eTre^aXero TrapaKokeiv
TOW? p^d* eavrov, ^orjBrjaat tw irarpL
(b) Parse eomev, rerptopevov.
(c) What is the Latin for et<? wraiOpov, 6vKap>bv, «or^-
\iia<i p(O|0ti», Toif? p^d^ eavrov ?
7. Translate :
Kal TovToi/y pip d7roypd<f>e<rOai Trpoaeru^e •rrpo'i tov
rap.iaVy avarijtra^ 'Va>p,a'iKov i'7rip>e\7)rr)v Kard rpuucovra,
ro yap irdv trXrjBo'i eyevero rovrmv rrepX Bia'^iXiov't. ck
Be ra>v Xonr&p ai'^aKunoiV €KXe^a<i roix; evptotrrordrovii,
Kai TOt« tlZeai, koX to« rjkiKiai,<i dKpMiordrov<i irpoaepi^e
roh avrov TrXrjpwpMai.
III.
Tiunslate :
PA. Perii : metuo, lit substet hospcB. CH. Si, Simo,
hunc nori.s satis,
Noil ita arbitrere : bonus est hie vir. SI. Hie vir
sit bonus ?
Itane adtemperate evenit, hodie in ipsis uuptiis
Ut veniret, antehac numquam ? Est vero huic cre-
dendtim, Chreme ?
PA. Ni metuam patrem, habeo pro ilia re ilium quod
nionedm probe.
SI. Sycophanta. CR. Hem. CH. Sic, Crito, est hie :
mitte. CR. Videat qui siet.
Si milii perget t]uae volt dicere, ea qu8B non volt
audiet.
Ego istaec moveo ant euro ? Non tu tuum malum
aequo animo feres?
Nam ego quae dico, vera an falsa audieris, iam sciri
potest.
Atticus quidam olim navi fncta, ad Andrum eiectus
est,
Et istaec una pai*va virgo. Tum ille egens forte
adplicat
Primum Chrysidis patrem se. SI. Fabnlam incep-
tat. CH. Sine.
CR. Itane vero ? obturbat. CH. Perge tu. CR. Is
mihi cognatus fuit.
Qui eum recepit. Ibi ego aiidivi ex illo sese esse
Atticum.
Is ibi mortuus est. CH. Eius nomen ? CH. Homen
tam cito ? PA. Phania. CH. Hem,
perii. CR. Verum hercle opinor fuisse Phaniam :
hoc certo scio,
Rhamnuaium se aiebat esse. CH. O luppiter. CR.
Eadem haec, Chreme,
Multi alii in Andro audivere. CH. Utinam id sit,
quod spero. Eho, die mihi,
Quid earn tum ; suamne esse aibat ? CR. Non. CH.
Ouiam igitur ? CR. Fratris filiam.
CH. Certe meast. CR. Quid ais ? SI. Quid tu ais ?
PA. Arrige aurls, Pamphile.
SI. Qui credis ? CH. Phania illic frater mens fuit.
SI. Norani et scio.
Terence, Andria,
1. Attemperate, uimc, cofjnntua, npplicat. Give the
precise meaning.
2. Rhamnusium. Had the people of Attica any muni-
cipal organization ? Explain.
3. Scan vv. 13-18. Name the metve and give scales.
4. Noram et scio. Explain.
5. Translate, with brief notes :
" Quae convenire Andriam ex Perinthea
Fatur transtulisse atque usum pro snis."
" DA. Ex ara hinc sume uerbenas tibi
Atqui; eas substerne. MY. Quamobremid tute non facis?
DA. Quia, si forte opus sit ad erum jurandum mihi
Non adposuisse, ut liquido possim."
" Concrepuerit a Glycerio ostium."
" Clamitcnt
Me sycophantem, hereditatem persequi
Mendicum ; turn ipsam despoliare non lubet.
MY. optume hospes, pol crito antiquom obtines."
6. Draw a plan of a Roman theatre, shewing particularly
the distribution of the audience and of the actors.
IV.
Translate :
AdeKte aequo ;',;i'u>o; date potestat^m mihi,
Statariam ; gir t ^iceat per silentium ;
Ne semper servv tirens, iratus senex,
Edax parasitus, sycophanta autem impudens,
Avarus leno, adsidue agendi sint mihi
Clamore summo, cum labore maxumo.
Mea causa causam hanc iustam esse animum inducite,
Ut aliqua pars laboris minuatur mihi.
!^am nunc novas qui scribunt, nil parcunt seni :
Si quae laboriosa est ad me curritur :
Si lenis es... ad aliu^n defertur gregcm.
In hac est pura oratio, experimini,
In utramque partem ingenium quid possit meum.
Si numquam avare pretium statui urti meae,
Et eum esse quaestum in animum induxi maxumum,
Quam maxume servire vostria commodis :
Exemplum statuite in me, ut adulescentuli
Vobis placere studcant potius, quam sibi.
Terence.
1. Give name and scale of the metre.
2. Notice grammatical peculiarities.
3. What musical accompaniments to Roman comedy ?
iinflier0Ul> of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CANDIDATKS FOll RA., AND THIRD YEAR.
TRANSLATION INTO GREEK.
*
HONORS.
EuMtiiincr: S. AuTiiuii MAULiNCi, M.A.
I.
PROSE.
As for the slowness and <lilatoriness wliicli they most
blame in us, be not ashamed of them, b'or l-y hurrying
to be<^in the war, you would be the luore slow in finishing
it, because you took it in hand when unprepared ; and at
the same time we always enjoy a city that is free and most
glorious ; and it is a wise moderation that can best consti-
tute this. For owing to it we alone do not grow insolent
in success, and yield less than others to misfortunes. Wc
are not excited by the pleasure atibrded by thosci who with
praise stimulate us to dangers contrary to ouv conviction;
and if smy one provoke us with accusation, we are not the
more prevailed on though being thus annoyed. We are
both warlike and wise through our orderly temper : warlike,
because shame partakes very largely of mo(rera.tion, and
courage of shame ; and wise, because we are brought up
with no little learning to despise the laws, and with too
severe a self-control to disobey them ; and are not over-
clever in useless things, so that while in word we might
ably find fault with our enemies' resources, we should not
go against them so well in deed. But we always provide
in deed against our adversaries with the expectation of
their planning well , and must not rest our hopes on the
probability of their blundering, but on the belief of our
own taking cautious forethought. Again we should not
think that one man differs much from another, but that he
is the best who is educated in the most necessary things.
n.
VERSE.
But when the next sun brake from underground,
Then, those two b.'ethven slowly with bent brows
Accompanying, the sad chariot-bier
Past like a shadow thro' the tield, that shone
Full summer, to that stream whereon the bai'ge,
Palled all its length in blackest samite, lay.
There sat the lifelong servitor at the house,
Loyal, the dumb old servitor, on deck.
So those two brethren from the chariot took
And on the black decks laid her in her bed,
Set in her hand a lily, o'er her hung
The silken case with braided blazonings,
And kissed her quiet brows, and saying to her
" Sister, farewell for ever," and again,
" Farewell, sweet sister," jmrted all in tears.
Then rose the dumb old servitor, and the dead
Steered by the dumb, went upward with the floo('
In her right hand the lily, in her left
The letter — all her bright hair streaming down —
And all the coverlid was cloth of gold
Drawn to her waist, and she herself in white
All but her face, and that ci.ar-featured face
Wjus lovely, for she did not seem as dead.
But fast asleep, and lay as tho' she smiled.
Trans
1.
tini\$txnitp of troyottto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
THIRD YEAK.
LATIN.
Examiner: S. Akthur Marling, M.A.
I.
Translate :
" Janiduduni auseulto et cupiciis tibi dicere servus
Pauca roforinido." " Davusne ?" *' Ita, Davu8, amicum
Mancipium domino et frugi quod sit satis, hoc est,
Ut vitale putes." " Ajge, libertate Decemljri,
Quando ita majoies volueriint, iitere ; narra."
" Pars hominuui vitiis gaudet constanter et urget
Pi'opositum ; pars multa iiatat, inodo recta caj^essens,
Interduin pravis obnoxia. Seepe notatus
Cum tribus annellis, modo iseva Priscus inani,
Vixit inajqualis, clavum ut mutaret in horas j
-(^Idibus ex magnis subito se eonderet, unde
Mundior exiret vix libertinus honeste ;
Jam moechus Koma3, jam mallet doctus Athenis
Vivere, Vertumnis, quotquot sunt, natus iniquis.
Scurra Volanerius, postquam illi justa cheragra
Contudit artieulos, qui pro se toUeret atque
Mitteret in phimum talos, mercedo diurna
Conductum pavit; quanto constantior tsdem
In vitiis, tanto levius miser ac prior illo.
Qui jam content©, jam laxo fune laborat."
" Non dices hodie, quorsum hoec tam putida tendant,
Furcifer ?" " Ad te, iuquam." " Quo pacto, pessime ?"
Horace, Satires.
1. Mancipium, annellis, fwrcifer. Derive and explain.
2. Vitale, lilmrtate Ducemhri, tanto. Kxplain the con-
MtructioiiM.
3. Swpe nokdus In homn; Vaiuvinh
inlquia. What is tlio meaning ?
4. Ifodie. Wlint is the force i
5. Cheraijra. Why not Chirn</ra !
6. Give a concise account of the Komaii Satire.
11.
Translate :
Arcanum nei]Uo tu scrutaberis illius unquani ;
Commis.su mi |ue teges et vino tortus ot iia
Nee tua laudabis studia aut alieiia roprcndcs,
Nee, quum venari volet illc, poomatji pauges.
Gratia sic fratrum geminoruin, Amphionis atquc
Zethi, dissiluit, donee suspecta severo
Conticuit lym. Fraternis cessisse putatur
Moribus Ampliion : tu cede potentis aiuici
Lenibus imperiis, quotiesquo cducet in agros
iEtolis onerata plagis jumenta canesquc,
Surge et inhumaniE! senium depone Canienac,
C(enes ut pariter puhnenta hiboribus empta ;
Eomanis sollemne viris opus, utile famse
Vitseque et membris, pRoscrtim quum valcas ct
Vel cui*su superare caneni vel virilnis apruni
Possis. Adde, virilia quod speciosins arnia
Non est qui tractet : — scis quo clamore coronsu
PrcRlia sustineas campestria ; — dcnique siovain
Militiam puer et Cantabrica bella tulisti
Sub duce, qui templis Parthorum signa refigit
Nunc et, si quid abest, Italis adjudicat aniiis.
Ac, — ne te retrahas et inexcusabilis adsis — ,
Quamvis nil extra nunterum fecisse modumquc
Curas : interdum nugaris rure patemo.
Horace, Epistles.
1. Write brief notes on the proper names.
2. Cite parallel passages.
3. Distinguish pldga and pldga, atnes and canes, educet
and ed/Hcet.
4. Give examples from Horace of oxymoron, litotes,
euphemism, and hypallage.
5. What is the meaning of mte?'c2um .paterno.
III.
Translate :
Poster*) die jam Hogiiius interuurHniitibuM harbariH
juiictii) co|)iai .siiltuNqiU! liaiul sine claile, iiiajorc tnmcii
jtiinentoruiiMiuain honiinuiii purnicie, supisratuH. Iiidc
iiioiitaiii ])aiici<iroN jam (^t latrociiiii inagis ipiam l)olli
num; coiieurHabant inudo in priinuin mudo in nuviH-
siniiim ajL^nuMi, utcunKjm- ant lucus oppurtunitatuni
daret aut piugroHsi morativo ali(piam uccasionum IccIh-
scnt. Eleplmiiti, sicut per arctan prjpcipiteH vias magna
niura ageuantur, ita tutum ab liustibus (|uacuuK[uu
incodcrent, tpiia itiNnctis adeiindi pr()i)ius niotuH erat,
iigmun i)rajbebant. Nono die in juguni AJpium por-
ventuni e-st per invia plera('[U«! et erroros, ([Uoh ant
dncentiuni fraus ant, nbi fitle.s iis non esset, teniero
initiL' valles a conjectantibuH iter iacicbant. Bidnuni
in jngo stntiva lubitti feHHisijue laboro rc pugnando
(|uieH (lata militibu.s : jumentaipie nliquut, (|Uio prolapsa
in lupibuH erant, se.qnendo vestigia agininis in castra
pervenere. Fessis ttudio tot malornni nivis etiam casus
oceidente jam sidero Vergiliarum ingcntcm tcrroreni
a<
djeeit.
LiVY, XXL
1. What are the difficulties in acceptirg Livy's narrative
of the i)assage of the Alps ?
2. Explain the construction of iuauetis, pevveiUwm 'ist,
fessis (2).
3. UocldeiUe Jam sldere VeiyUiarinu. Wliat is the
meaning ?
4. Give a summary of the sources of early Roman
history.
CffnlHernifttt of SToronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
THIRD YEAR.
LATIN.
HONORS.
Examiner: S. Arthur Marling, M.A.
Translate :
SiicccHsit vt;tus his coinoR<lia, non sine multa
Laudc ; Hed in vitium libertaH oxcidit et vim
Dignain loge regi ; lex est accepta chorusquo
Tui'piter obticuit Hublato Jure nocendi.
Nil intcntatuni nostri liqii jro poettB.
Noc niininmra meruero (locus, vestigia Grroca
AuhI deserere et celebrare douiestica facta,
Vol qui pijetoxtas vel ([ui docuere togatas.
Noc virtuto foret clarisve poteutius ainiis
Quani lingua Latiuni, si non otf'enderet unum-
quemque poetarum linifR labor et mora. Vos, o
PonipiliuH sanguis, carmen reprehendite, quod non
Multa dies et multa litura coercuit atque
Perfectum (iecies non cautigavit ad ungiiem.
Ingenium misera quia fortunatius arte
Credit et exeludit sanos Helicone poetas
Democritus, bona pars non ungues ponere curat,
Non barbam, secreta petit loca, balnea vitat.
Horace, Epistles, II., 3, vv. 281-298.
1. His, lex, togatas, ad unguem. Explain and illustrate.
2. Mention the Roman dramatic authors before the time
of Horace.
3. V. 294. What different reading and meaning ?
4. Distinguish Old, Middle, and New Comedy ; and
mention the principal authors in each.
II.
TranHlato :
Objicict lUMiio HonloH mihi, quaH tibi, TuUi,
Quuin Tiburte via pnrtoroin (|uinc[mi Hequuntur
Ti) puori laHaninn |M)rtHi»t«!M (I'liophoruiiHiuo.
Hoc liy^o coinnuHliuH (luaiit tu, praQularu Hunator,
MillibuH at(|ue aliis vivo. Quacun({iio libwlo oHt,
Incodo HoluH ; percontor, (pianti oIuh ac tar ;
Fallaccm oircum viiKpci-titiunupU' penirro
Soepe t'onuii ; iidsiHto diviiiis ; indt> donuini iiic
Ad porri et cicei is rufcro lammique caiinuin ;
'^ama ministratur pueria tribus, et lapis albiis
>cula cum cyatho duo Hustinet ; adstat ecliinuH
Is, cum patera guttuH. Cam])ana HupoUex.
Deinde eo dormitum, uon Hollicitun, inilii (|U()d craH
Surgendum sit mane, obeunduH Marsya, (jui se
Vultum ferre negat Novionun posse minoris.
Ad quartam jaceo ; post banc vagor ; atit ego lecto
Aut scripto, quod me taciturn juvet, ungor olivo,
Non (luo fraudatis immun(Uis Natta hicernis.
Ast uoi me fessuui sol aeriui' i\v lavatum
Admonuit, fugio Campum lusum(|ue trigonem.
Ibid, Satires.
1. OheuTidus Mavftyn minor} s. What is the
meaning ?
2. Qimntl, Tihurle via, (nrcum, lecto. Explain tlic con-
structions.
III.
Explain aUusions or constructions in the following :
(a) Licuit sempercpie licebit
Signatum prresente note procudere nomen.
(b) Publica materia privata juris oi-it, si
Nee circa vilem patulunique moraberis orbem ;
Nee verbum verbo curabis reddcre fidus
Intei-pres; nee desilies imitator in arctuni.
(c) Valeat res ludicra, si me
Palma negata macrum, donata reducit opimuni.
(d) Multa Cicirrus ad hsec ; donasset jamne catenam
Ex voto LaribuB, quairebat ; Scriba quod esset
Deterius nihilo dominip jus esse.
(e) TuYfijiihw AlpinuB jngnlat dum Momnona,
(1UIII(|U4>
Dutiti^it Rhoiu lut(!uni caput, lui'c ogo liidn
Qun^ no(! in hmIg Moucnt i-orlantia, jiulice Tarpa,
Nee rcdcant itcruin Hpoctanda theatris.
IV.
TranHlatt', coiinneiitinj^ brioHy on tho words preceded by
&n aiitorif^k :
Sed vulgnH, ut magnitudino niinia comniunium cu-
rarum extjcrs populus, Hentire paulatini belli mala,
convtTHa in niilituin iisinn onini pecunia, intentis ali-
mentorum prutiis: (|iioo niotu Vindicis baud porindo
plebeni attrivernnt, Hcicura turn urbe et provinciaii
hello, (inod inter U'j,don('H * Galliasciue volnt externum
fuit. Nauj ex (pio divus AugUHiuH res Ojcsarum com-
poHuit, procul, et in uniuH solicitudinem aut decuH',
populuH Romanus bellaverat. Sub Tiberio et Caio
tantuin pacis adversa rei publicoe pcrtimuero. Scribo-
niani contia (-laudium inctspta simul audita et coercita.
Nero nuntiiH magis et rumoribuH(|uaraarmiHdepul8UK
Turn le^ioneK classesciue et, (piod rai-o aliaH, *pr8Btori-
anns ui'banuH<|ue miles in aciem dedueti : ()riens Occi-
densque et (|uic(piid utrimiue * virium est, a tergo ; si
ducibuH aliiH bellatuni forct, lon<^o bello materia.
Fuere ([ui proficiscenti Othoni moras relij5ionemf[ue
nondiim conditonnn *ancilium afteiTent. Aspernatus
est omnem ciinctationom ut Neroni quoque exitiosam :
ot Carina jam Alpes trans^rossus exstimulabat.
Ta(!ITIis, Hiatm'ka.
1. On what countries did Rome mainly depend for its
supply of grain ? Cite any passages in support of your
statement.
2. Give a brief account of the gens, the familia, and
the pei-sonal career of Galba.
3. Explain the sentences : (a) Suscepere duo mani-
pulares imperium P. R. tu ..sferendum et tranatulerunt.
(6) Ignarus interim Galba, et sacris intentus, fatigabat
alieni jam imperii Deos.
V.
Translate
Attali legatis — nam ii ({uoi^ug per id teinpus vener-
ant, — mandat, ut Aegina) rex, ubi liibernabat, classera
Komanani opi)eriretur, qua adiuncta bello maritirao,
sv'at ante, rhilii)|)um urgeret. ad Rhodios quoque
missi legati, ut capesserent partem belli, nee Philippus
segnius — iam enim in Macedonian! pervenerat — appa-
rabat bellum. filium Persea, puerum admoduin, datis ex
amicorum numero qui ajtatem eiua regerent, cum parte
copiarum ad obsidendas angustias qua; ad Pelagonian
sunt mittit. Sciathum et Peparethum, baud ignobiles
urbes, ne classi hostiuni priBda? ac praemio easent, diruH.
ad Aetolos mittit legates, ne gens inquieta adventu
Romanorum fidem mutaret.
LivY, XXXI.
1. Notice, concisely, the persons and places mentioned.
2. Give examples of peculiar grammatical constructions
used by Tacitus.
3. Give rule.s, with examples, lor the tenses in oratio
obliqua.
pus vener-
>at, classem
p maritirao,
ios tjuoque
c Philippus
irat — appa-
iin, datis ex
;, cum parte
Pelagonian
id ignobiles
sent, dirait.
ta adventu
^ XXXI.
mentioned,
instructions
>s in oratio
^iifti(t0iti^ of SToronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
THIRD YEAR.
HYDROSTATICS AND OPTICS.
Examiner: H. P. Milligan, B.A.
1. Define the the term specific gravity, and show how to
determine the specific gravity of a solid.
A vessel contains two fluids which do not mix of specific
gravities S and 3 S respectively, the depth of the upper fluid
being a. A circular lamina of radius a and specific gravity
S is immersed, find the area of the portion immersed in the
lower fluid.
2. What is the characteristic property of a fluid as regards
transmission of pressure.
Distinguish between clastic and inelastic fluids, and
state the law connecting the pressure and density of an
elastic fluid.
8. Give the rule for finding the vertical pressure and the
whole normal pressure of a fluid on the surface of a vessel con-
taining it.
A cylinder of height three feet, radius one foot is filled
with water and another cylinder of height one foot radius six
inches, is immersed with its axis vertical, and sinks till the
middle point of its axis coincides with the middle point of the
axis of the first cylinder, find the whole pressure on the second
cylinder.
4. Given volumes of known specific gravities are compoun-
ded, show how to determine the specific gravity of the compound.
A cube where side is six inches and weighing 50 pounds,
is composed of equal volumes of three substances, the specific
gravities of two of which are 5 and 7 respectively, find the
specific gravity of the third.
5. Describe the condenser and find the density of the air
in the receiver after u strokes of the piston.
If the volume of the barrel be _ th, that of the receiver
n
and the valve between them (without weight), open when the
piston has descended through _th the height of the barrel ;
find how many strokes have buen made.
6. When two fluids meet in a bent tube, the heights of
their surfaces above the horizontal plane in which they meet,
are inversely as their densities.
Three fluids whose densities are in the ratio of 1, 2, and
3, are placed in a circular tube in the order named, each oc-
cupying one-fourth of the tube, the plane of the tube being
vertical ; find the positions of the fluids.
7. Give the laws of reflection and refraction of light.
Explain the appearance of objects above the surface to
an eye under water.
8. Define the geometrical focus of a pencil of rays inci-
dent on a splicrical reflector ; and find the position of tho prin-
cipal focus.
A convergent pencil is incident on a concave spherical
reflector at a distance of four inches, and is made to converge
to a distance uf two inches ; find the focal length of the
mirror.
9. What is the refracting angle of a prism? Show that
a ray passing through a prism denser than the surrounding
medium, in a piano perpendicular io the edge, will be turned
from the edge.
10. Describe Newton's telescope, tracing the course of a
pencil of three rays throught it from a distant object to the eye.
11. Explain the formation of the rainbow, and shew that
not more than half the bow can be seen at once.
12. Describe Hadley's sextant, and explain the manner
in which it is employed.
Wlni\)tvfiit9 of ^Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A. AND THIRD YEAR.
HYDROSTATICS AND OPTICS.
HONORS.
Examiner: J. Galbraith, B.A.
1. Find lilt! pressure at any point in a fluid in equilibrium
under llie action of given forces.
Sliew that the pressure at any point in a fluid at rest is
the same in every direction.
2. In an elastic fluid of variable temperature at rest under
given forces, investigate the conditions that the free surface
may be a surface of equal density and temperature.
When these surfaces do not coincide, shew that they
intersect in the same curve, and find its equations.
3. Define the centre of pressure of a given plane area
immersed in a fluid at rest under given forces, and And its
position.
A mass of elastic fluid of equable temperature, extend-
ing indefinitely in all directions from a given point, is attracted
to that puint by a force, varying as the distance ; And the cen-
tre of pressure of the sector of a circle about the given point
as centre, P being the pressure at the centre, a the radius, and
fl the angle of the sector.
4. A body floats in a heavy fluid under the action of con-
straining forces, determine the conditions of equilibrium.
A spherical balloon of given radius and weight is attached
to the ground by a heavy, fine, elastic cord of given density in
its unstretched state, exerting a given tension at its lower end,
find the position of equilibrium of the balloon, temperature and
gravity being constant.
5. A mass of air being suddenly compressed or dilated,
find the changes of pressure and temperature.
Shew clearly that your method of investigation is com-
patible with the experimental result ; that the co-efficient
connecting the condensation with the change of temperature is
a function of the temperatire.
6. Obtain a formula by means of which the difference in
height of two places may be ascertained by the barometer.
The upper part of a vertical barometer tube has a
sectional area 6', the lower part an area a*; both parts are
partially occupied by the mercury, which is prevented from
running out by the pressure of ihu atmosphere on a small
disc sliding in the tube in contact with the mercury. A given
volume of air of atmospheric pressure is admitted into the
vacuum, yet so as not to entirely empty the upper portion of
mercury. Determine the tension of this air, having given the
original position of the upper surface of the mercury.
7. Find the illumination at any point of a surface illumin-
Ated by a given surface of uniform brightness.
The sky being clouded in such a manner that its bright-
ness varies as the zenith distance. [fiH) Shew that the
intensity of the illumination of a liorizontHi plane, at the point
occupied by the observer is , l1
8. When a pencil is incident directly on a spherical reflect-
ing surface, find the point where the direction of a given ray
after reflection cuts the axis.
Prove the theorem upon which the validity of your
method of approximation depends.
9. A small pencil is incident obliquely on a plane refracting
surface, to find the distance of the local lines from the point
of incidence of the axis.
An eye in a given position under water, sees through a
small ^ube inclined to the vertical at a given angle and entirely
submerged, a >mall portion of the mast of a vessel moving
with a given velocity in the vertical plane through the tube.
Taking the primary focus tor the image seen by the eye, find
its velocity and also the distance of the image corresponding
to a given distance of the mast and the part of the mast which
is seen at that distance.
10. To find the geometrical focus of a pencil after direct
refraction through lens, the thickness ot which is neglected.
Shew how to determine, practically, the focal lengths of
convex and concave lenses of inconsiderable thickness.
U. Trace a pencil of throe rays tlirough Gregory's tele-
scope fitted with Ramsden's eyepiece, and find the magnify-
ing power.
Why cannot Huyghen's eyepiece be used in a transit
instrument ?
^^mmm
2Anftier0Uff of Sovonto.
ANNUAL UXAMINATIONH : 1875.
THIRD YKAR.
MODERN GEOMKTUY.
HONORS.
ExamirLer: 11. P. Millioan, B.A.
1. Find ihe co-ordinates of the centre of the conic repre-
sented by the general e(|Uation of the second degree, and find
the condition that it may represent a parabola.
Find the co-ordinates of the foci and the equations to the
directrices of the curve az=* + ias^ + 2ca:y - 1, and deduce the
condition that it may represent a circle.
2. Interpret the equation a — »cj3 = 0.
Find the equation to the line passing through the vertex
6^ of a triangle such that the ratio of the perpendiculars from
any point in it on the lines through C bisecting and perpen-
dicular to the base respectively, is cot 1{A + B.)
8. Interpret the constants in the equation
la + w|3 + ny at 0.
Form the equation to the line passing through the vertex
of the triangle of reference and bisecting the perpendicular
from one of the other angles upon the opposite side.
4. Deduce the harmonic properties of a complete quadri-
lateral.
Prove that the points of bisection of the three diagonals
lie in a straight line.
5. Find the locus of a point such that the feet of the per-
pendiculars from it on the sides of a triangle lie in the flame
straight line.
6. Interpret the equation ay = teliht and find the condition
(hit it may represent a circle.
Form the cquntion to the circle circuinscribins; the
triangle formed by joining the middle points of the sides of
the triangle of reference.
7. Find the condition that the lines la + m(^ + «y =» 0,
I a + »»i/8 + n,y = shall be parallel.
Two circles intersect, prove that two of the chords join-
ing the extremities of any two common chords through the
points of intersection of the circles are parallel,
8. Interpret the equation L^ ■{• M^ — iV» :a 0.
Two conies have a common focus, prove that two of their
chords of intersection pass through the intersection of their
directrices.
9. Explain the method of reciprocal polars.
Reciprocate the following theorems :
(1) The opposite angles of any quadrilateral inscribed in
a circle arc together equal to two right angles.
(2) The angle made by a tangent to a circle with any
chord through the point of contact is equal to the
angle in the alternate segment.
(8) If a circle is described about a triangle ABC, and
tangents to the circle at B, (7, meet in A', and
through A' is drawn a straight line meeting AC,
AB,'\n the points ff, C,BB\CC' will intersect
on the circle.
Wini\$tvtiits of rovonlo.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
THIRD YEAR.
EQUATIONS AND CALCULUS.
HONORS.
Examiner : H. P. Milligan, B.A.
1. Investigate the relations between the roots and the co-
efficients of the equation :
.r'» + p^ a;'»-i+ -f-p'»=^0
Find the sum of the reciprocals of the squares of the roots
of the equation :
2. Investigate a melliod for determining a superior limit to
the positive roots of an equation.
Find limits to the roots of the equation :
x5 _ 5x* + IH-^* — 40x' + t -H 1 =-
3. Give Cardan's me*':od for the s dution of a cubic
equation.
Find the roots of the equation :
a;» 4- 2x' — 40*' — 24a; + 160 =
4. State and prove Sturm's theorem. Apply it to find the
number of real roots of the equation :
3a;* 4- a + 5 =
5. Investigate Horner's method of determining the real
roots of an equation.
Approximate to the real roots of the equation :
ir" -t 4a;» — 20ar — 81 =0, which lies between 4 and 6.
6. Define asymmetrical function of any numberof quantities.
Show how to express the sums of the po.<rcrs of the roots
of an equation in termi of the co-efficients.
Find the value of S(a + li'f whore a, jLS, 7, ice, are the
roots of the equation a;" + p, iw»-i •! + p" = 0.
7. Change the order of integr Uou i*:
^^yrf;
:a;
Find the area included between an ellipse and the
auxiliary circle.
8. Show how to transform^ ax/ajrfy into one involving only
«, V having given
y ^
What limitation is necessary?
10. Evaluate the following integrals :
f/ \ n '
e dx
vQ a + 6cosa;'
yv cos r X ,
dx.
\ •\- e cosx
11. Find the limit when w is infinite of
»
Vn» - I
^ n^^i.n-' \y
1
1. Disti
representa
tuitions 01
2. Give
and Hami
3. State
perties of
4. In 1
consist ?
show how
5. Why
citegories
nnmvtHts of STotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1873
SECOND YEAR.
LOGIC.
HONORS.
Examiner: W. H. Rennelson, M.A.
I
J
THOMSON'S LAWS OF THOUGHT.
1. Distinguish clearly intuitions and conceptions. "Are
representations of the imagination to be considered in-
tuitions or conceptions ?" Discuss.
2. Give an account of the discussion between Thomson
and Hamilton regarding the judgments tj and w.
3. State the canon of mediate inference, and the pro-
perties of syllogism arising out of it.
4. In what does the Philosophic Criterion of truth.
consist? State the four principal criteria of logicians, and
show how far they are valuable.
5. Why does Thompson object to Aristotle's table of
citegories ? What does he propose to substitute ?
\
ix
^nmvnitt^ of CCotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A. AND THIRD YEAR.
SOLID GEOMETRY.
HONORS.
Examiner : H. P. Milligan, B.A.
1. Find the angle between two lines whose direction
cosines are given.
Find the angle between the lines ►
(I) x+i/ + z = S. I ("i) x + 2^ + 2z = 4.
X + %j — % = 2. i x — 2i/ + z = 3.
2. Find the perpendicular distance of a given point from
a given straight line.
Deduce analytically from the result that if the peipen-
dicular distance is zero, the given point lies in the straight line.
3. The equation of a cone of the second degree whose
vertex is origin is homogeneous.
Show that any plane passing through the vertex inter-
sects the cone in two straight lines real or imaginary, and find
the angle between those lines.
Prove that the tangent plane at any point passes through
the vertex.
4. Find the equation to the ellipsoid referred to its centre
and axes.
Show how to generate the surface
5, Find the area of the section of the ellipsoid
+ .2 = »
a- b* • c"
made by the plane Ix + w/y + n-i = p.
Prove that the areas of sections made by planes at eqnal
distances from the centre and respectively parallel to tangent
planes at equal distances fiom the centre are equal.
6. Find the equation to the tangent plane at any point
of the surface F. («, y, ;;,) =: 0.
Find the equation to the tangent plane to an ellipsoid,
which is at equal distances from the extremities of the three
semiaxcs.
7. Find the envelope of the tangent planes to an ellipsoid
which pass through a given point.
An enveloping cone is drawn to the surface —
i 4. ^_ + 5 = I with its vertex at the point h, 0, 0,
aS M c
Find the area of the sphere passing through the curve
of contact and the vertex of the cone.
8. Find the equation to the osculating plane at a given
point of a curve.
Find the equation to the osculating plane at any point
of the curve.
X + 1/ + :: — 1 , ax' + by' + cz^ - I .
9. Show how to find the ^equation to the envelope of a
series of intersecting surfaces.
Apply this method to find the equation to the enveloping
cone of an ellipsoid. ,
10. Find those normal sections at a given point of a surface
in which the radii of curvature are greatest and least.
(Aiilliet0(ti^ of Sovotito*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A. AND THIRD YEAR.
STATICS AND DYNAMICS.
HONORS.
Examiner : J. Galbraith, B.A.
tan
1. State and prove the parallelogram of couples.
Two given couples whose planes intersect at a given
angle ^ acton a rigid body, find the moment and the envelope
of the plane of a third couple which when applied to the body
will turn the plane of the resultant couple through an angle
without altering its magnitude.
3. To find the resultants of any number of forces acting on
a rigid body in any directions.
A set of forces in one plane acting on a rigid body are
reducible to a couple X (Yx — Xi/) and a resultant force R at
a given origin : shew that if the forces be turned in this plane
about tlinir points of application through an angle
X{Xx+Yi/)
they will reduce to a single resultant force K — , hence shew
that the centre of this set of forces is in the line of the new
resultant at a distance from the former origin
3. State and prove Guldin's properties.
The centre of a circular lamina of radius r revolves in a
circle about a fixed point with uniform angular velocity in a
plane perpendicular to the plane of the lamina, while the
lamina revolves with the same angular velocity about the dia-
meter perpendicular to the plane of motion of the centre, shew
that the solid thus generated in a revolution is equal to the
greatest solid generated by an area 2r' whose centre of gravity
aescribes the same circle.
4. A flexible ituxlcnBiblo siring is stretched in equilibrium
over a given smooth curve under the action ol given forces in
the pUne of the curve. Determine the tension and the preg-
euro at a given point.
Such a string of length etiuai to ^ the perimeter of a
given smooth rigid ellipse is placed on the ellipse and attracird
to its centre by a force varying; as ih'.' distance. Shew that
there is only one position of equilibrium, and find the greatest
tension. Shew that if the string could resist tduiprcssion it
would have another position of equililtrium, and tho greatest
tension would be the same as before.
6. Slate tlie principle of virtual velocities, and examine
what forces may be neglecied in forming tho equation if the
hypothetical displacements arc consistent with the geometrical
relations of the system.
Deduce from this principle the six equations of equi-
librium.
6, Shew clearly that — always represents the whole velo-
city of a particle, while — repretsents its whole acceleration
etc
in only one case, (/ denoting total differentiation. Obtain the
expressions for the radial and transversal accelerations of a
particle moving in one plane. Find the normal and fniuaocrial
components ol the acceleration.
7. Shew in general how to find tho forces which act on a
pkLTticle that it may describe a given curve in a given manner.
Find the force under which a parucio will describe the
common catenary with a given unilonn horizontal velocity.
Also the position, velocity, and direction of motion at a given
time.
8. In central orbits prove the following :
vdv
d
n
de
rfei
dt
- 4- « —
1 '
=
p dr
u
hu^
P=-"
dt
h' dp
» dr
=
«'=*'{"'+^;)
J
Shew that in an orbit round a centre of force, varying
as any power of the distance, there cannot be more than two
different apsidal distances.
d^s
9. Integrate the equation
t/^-
ff — kv'\ representing the
motion of a particle in a resisting medium under the action of
a constant force.
Does this pqualion proncily repronent tliu motion of
iranslBtion of a licHvy bulv fHllitijji; ihruugli uii-, tidinitting the
resisiBtice to vary as {vtly! If not, fcirin tljc proper eijuation,
and (liMermitio tho Icrminut velocity by inspection.
10. Having given the circiimstancos of motion at an assigned
poiiii, (leiermino the elements o( the orbit, the force being
towards a fixed point and vuryini,' aa the distance.
A centre of attractive force varying as the distance exists
Ht one extrcinily of a diagonal of a given rectangle; thiu
diagonal is divided so that the s(|uare on the segment next tho
centre of force is equal to half tiie srjuare on the diagonal, from
ilie point of section a particle is projectitd parallel to tho other
diagonal with the velocity due to half its distance from the
centre of force. Find the orbit.
1.
Icngt
motic
point
dens
wher
2,
ollipt
tho d
local
proje
a cir
3,
throu
right
thefl
of ur
equil
angle
of th
ininfbrrtfitl^ of 8:oroni9.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIUNS : 1876.
TlllttD YKAll AND CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
PROBLEMS.
HONORS.
JCuximiyicv
/ J. Gal
**• \ H. P. J
muiTii, B.A.
MiLLlUAN, B.A.
1. A given pull is applie
length and mass, at one end,
motion in tho direction of its
point and its law of variation
density at a distance x from
where ju is a constant.
2. A particle is placed on
elliptical ring, and attracted
tho distance. Shew that in
local distances are inversely
Find the velocity and
projected troni its position of
a circle.
d to a cylindrical rod o( given
causing u uniformly accoleratod
length. Find the tenacity at any
that the rod may just cohere, tho
the forward end being ^ (z + 1)
the external surface of a smooth
to the foci by forces varying as
its position of equilibrium, the
as the absolute forces.
direction with which it must be
equilibrium, that it may describe
3. A segment of a paraboloid of revolution made by a plane
through its focus perpendicular to its axis, is surmounted hy a
right circular cylinder of height A, whose base coincides with
the flat surface of the paraboloid ; the whole being solid and
of uniform density, will rest on a Ikorizontat table in stable
equilibrium when tho axis is inclined to the vertical at an
angle B ^ tan
_, l li' — ^ah
V «(« +
2/0
i^
, 4a being the latus rectum
of the generating parabola.
i. If/J, /*, be the focal lengths of two thin lenses of i\\c
samo substance on tho same axis, a the distance between
them, Q) the dispersive power of the substance ; shew that if a
pencil of parallel rays be refracted through the combination
the latter cannot be achromatic for any two colours unlcas
to
6. A ray of common light is refracted through a prism in a
principal plane, so that the dispersion is a ;,ninimum ; shew
that
,,, 1 /If, cos t
sin (t — © ) = - \/ rt i 1 — ; rrrix
^ ^ ' /i V 3 ( cos (t — 3^*)
<^' being the angle of refraction at the ilrst surface Tor ihe
colour whose refraction index is fx and t the refracting angle
of the prism.
6. If a shaft be supposed sunk to the centre of the earth,
find expressions for the pressure of the atmosphere at the bot-
tom and the least pressure of the external atmosphere in terms
of the pressure and the force of gravity at the surface, the tem-
perature being supposed constant, and the earth and atmos-
phere at rest.
Shew that the point where the pressure is the geometrical
mean of the above pressures is situated at a distance of ^ the
earth's radius above its surface.
7. A solid homogeneous cone floats in a bowl of water with
axis vertical and vertex down in unstable equilibrium ; the
whole is placed in the receiver of an air pump, and after n
strokes the equilibrium becomes neutral; if or be the sp.gr.
of water, that of air being unity, h the height of the cone, 2a
its vertical angle, p : 1 the ratio of the effective capacity of
the receiver to the sum of the effective capacities of receiver
and pump, shew that the depth of the vertex below the
surface of the water originally was
CO"* a (a- — p") — (1 — p» ) ) Vs
— 1
r
8. Two ellipses have a common focus and two common
tangents are drawn intersecting in P, from any point Q in one
of the common tangents a tangent is drawn to each of the
ellipses, and these produced meet another common tangent in
L and M. Prove that L M subtends a constant angle at one
of the foci.
9. An ellipse is inscribed in a quadrilateral, one of its foci
being in a diagonal of the quadrilateral. Prove that two of the
chords of contact intersect on the directrix.
10. Prove
/^l (1 + tun- x) ^ (tan x) •{■ (I ■\- cota z) ^ (col xldx =siO.
11. A straight line is drawn terminated by the curves
x-*
a2^c2
+ ;,-=l;y =
and moves parallel to the plane of y z, find the locus of its
middle point.
12. Find the condition that the line
a c
may be a normal to the ellipsoidf
X* y* z*
o" ^ 6« ^ c*
= 1.
13. K beam, of length 2^, weight W, rests with one extremity
on a rough horizontal plane, the other end suspended by a
chain, of length 21, from a point at a distance ol 3^ above the
plane ; find the limiting positions of equilibrium.
14. A conical vessel is filled with water, and a heav} ball
placed in its mouth ; Bnd the radius of the ball that the
quantity of water expelled may be a maximum.
15. Two conies, having a common focus, touch internally at
ihe point P, and any straight line is drawn meeting the nonics
in L, ilf prove that the tangents at L, M, intersect on a com-
mon chord of the conies.
16. A person standing at a distance of thirty feet from n
house of width forty feet, height to the eaves thirty feet, and a
roof of pilch 30°, hrows a small stone in a plane pevpendicular
to the side of the house, so that it strikes the roof at its lowest
point ; find the least velocity of projection such that the stone
passes over the hoisc, and find where it strikes the ground on
the other side.
i^nibtvaitaif ot Sotonto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
THIRD YEAR.
FRENCH.
Examiner: Rev. James Roy, M.A.
Subject for composition : L' Education.
•»• Not to be less than thirty lines.
I.
Translate :
Tu vois mon trouble ; apprends ce qui le cause,
Et juge s'il est temps, ami, ijue je repose.
Tu te souviens du jour qu'en Aulide assembles
Nos vaissoaux par les vents semblaient ^tre appeles.
Nous'|)artions; et ddja, par mille cris de joie,
Nous !uenacions de loin les rivages de Troie.
Un prodige etonnant fit taire ce transport :
Le vent qui nous flattait nous laissa dans le port.
II fallut s arreter ; et k\ rame inutile
Fatigua vainement une mer immobile.
Ce miracle inoui me lit tourner les yeux
Vers la divinity qu'on adore en ces lieux :
Suivi de M^ndlas, de Nestor, et d'Ulysse,
J'offris sur ses autels un secret sacrifice.
Quelle fut sa rfeponse ! et quel devins-je, Areas,
Quand j'entendis ces mots prononcds par Calchas :
Racine, Iphigenie, Act I., Sc. i.
1. Who is supposed to speak these words ?
2. te souviens. What is the difference of construction
between se souvenir and se rappeler 'i
3. Vers. Distinguish from nnvers.
4. Qiuil (levms-jc. (a) Give thi.s in more modern Frcncli.
(?>) Translate : What will l)ucunie of that hoy i He has
become a doctor. She has become a very celebrated
authoress.
5. State the ditterent oi>inions held a.s to the late of
Iphigenia.
Translate :
Dans les champs phrygiens les ettetw t'erout loi
Qui la chdrit le plus ou d'Ulysse ou de moi :
Acte I., Sc. ii.
1. phrygicus. Give rule for writing proper adjectives
with capitals.
2. iVUlysse, de moi. Explain de.
Translate :
Avez-vous pu peuser qu'au sang d'Agamenmoii
Achille prdf^nit une fille sans nom,
Qui dc tout son destin cc tiu'elle a pu comjirendre,
sfinff (|u'il brule dc repandre ?
Acte II., Sc. V.
C'est quelle sort d'un sfing qu'
1. j)ref^rdt. Why this mood ? Why this tense?
2, Qui. Parse this.
II.
Translate :
Le sublime n^- pent se trouver ([ue dans les gnuids
sujets. La poe^sie, I'histoire, et la philosophic ont toutes
le meme objet, et un tr^s-grand objet : I'liomnie et la
nature. La philosophic d<?crit et depeint la nature ;
la poesie la pein^ et rembellit ; elle peint aussi les
hommes, elle les agrandit, elle les exagere ; elle creeles
heros et les dieux ; I'histoire ne peint que I'honnne, et
Ic neint tel qu' il est ; ainsi le ton do riiistorion ne
lidvioidra sublime que (juand il fera Ic portrait <les
pkiS ^^! ands hommes, quand il exposera les plus graudes
jw { Icrs ies plus grands moiivements, les plus graudes
revolutions, et ])artout ailleurs il suffira qu'il soit
juajestueux et grave.
iiC ton du philosophe pourra devenir sublime toutes
le fois qu'il parlera des lois de la nature, des etres eii
g<?neral, dt I'espace, de la mati^re du mouvcment et du
tempH, (^e 1 aine, do rcs]>rit hiimain, (lo8 Hontimonts*
des pasisions ; dans lo ru.ste, il suliim (lu'il soifc noble et
elevc. Mais li; ton de I'orateur et du poiJto, dos quo lo
sujt'fc est grand, doit ton jours etrc sublime, parcc qu'ils
Horit los niaiti'es do joindro a la grandcMir dcs sujets
autfint de couleur, autant do niouvenient, autant
(rijliision qu'il leur plait, ot que, dcvant toujours
pcindrc et toujours agrandir les objets, ils doivent
aussi j)artout employer toute la force et d^ployer touto
letenduo de leur genie.
Antonin Roche, Buffon.
• III
FRENCH LITEKATUllE, (DEMOGEOT.)
1. State the inHuonccs on French literature of L'hStel
de Rainbonillei.
'2. Who was A rtkenice / Describe her character.
3. Give, from the life of Cornedle, two instances in
which popular taste proved itself superior to pedantry and
affectation.
4. Compare the characters represented in the {)lays of
Shakespeai'c with those of Corneille.
0. "0 cltalr .'" " uli'e .'" Ex])lain the bearing of these
expressions on the [thilosophical systems of their lespective
authors.
G. Cive an account of the Abbey of Port Royal.
7. Into what classes may the tragedies of Racine be
divided (
8. Into what puiiods may the literary career of Boileau
be divided ?
9. Which of Boileau's Satires is most commended ?
10. Which are called " tro'iH frokle^ HativaH" I
11. At what age did the genius of La Fontaine ripen ?
1-. What is the leading [)riuci])le of the philosophy of
La liochefoiicaidd ?
13. What work is called " I'Athalie da thedtve comiqiie"?
14. " Coiirafje, Molieve, voUd la bonne comedie !" On
what occasion were these words used ?
15. Describe the countenance of Moliere.
Trai
2ilnitirr»Uir of ^Toronto.
ANNUAL EXA.MINATIONS : 1875.
THIRD YKAR.
FRENCH.
HONORS.— FIRST PAPER.
Examinev : Kkv. Jamks Roy, M.A.
Tmnslate :
La cour est ooiume un e«litioe bati <le marbre; ']^ veux
(lire quelle est corajtose^e d'hoinines fort durs, inais fort
poliH.
L'on va (juelquefois h la cour pour en revenir, ct se
iaire par lA, respectei' <lu noble de sa prcnnce, ou de
son diocesain.
Un vieil auteur, et dontj'ose rapporterici lespropres
ti'inios, do pour d'on ati'aiblir lesens par ma traduction,
dit (|Uo ti'etoni/ncr den petits, voir de sen pareils, ct
iccidx vilaincr ei d.f^'jn'incr ; a'accointev de grawtM ct
pausatits en tons hiens et citevcmcea, el en cette leur
coiniwe et pr'ivauif' cstre de. tous ehata, gabs, moTH-
tiierieii, el v'dalnes heaoiynea ; eatre eshont^, saffTannier
ei saria point de veryogne ; emlurer brocarda et
g<maserleH de foua chacuna, sana pour cc feindre de
eheinvner en avant, el d lout aon cntregeni engendre
hear et foHune.
Quo d'amis, quo de i)arents naissent en una nuit au
nouveaii niinistre ! Les uns font valoirleurs anciennes
liaisons, lenr socit'tt? d'(^tudes, les droits du voisinage ;
los autrrs feuillottent leur gen^alogie, remontent
jusqu'a un trisaioul, rappellent le cot^ paternel et le
maternel : Ton veut tenir .\ cet horame par quelque
endroit, et ron dit plusieurs fois le jour que I'ou y tient ;
on rirnpriniorait volontiers : (Test man ami, H je hu'ih
fort aise <le mn ^levdtioii ; fi/ (loin fmidve juirl, U m'i'sl
iiHMf'Z prockc. Hoiniiios vains ot dilvoiu^ jl la fortune,
fades courtiHans, parliez-vous ainsi il y a huit jours?
F]at-il devonu, depuis co teinj)s, plus hoinmo de hien,
plus digiio du (!h()i\ ([Ut- lo prince on vient de faire!
Atteiidiez-vous cctto circonHtanece pour Ic niieux
connaitre !
LaBhuyi^rk, l)c fAi Cmir, pp. 121, U5, 14G.
1. Wliat. Hg»ire in omployed in the tirst sentence ?
2. vicil. dive all the forms of this word, and state
when each is used.
8. auteiir. Wlio is this supposed to have be(!n ?
4. Write notes on s\'l(m;/iier, s'aceo'intrr, ndjfraiiiiicr, «
toui.
r>, irhitwul. Oive the equivalent Latin teiin
11.
Translate :
II coiite si pe\i aux grands ;\ ne doinier (\\w dos
paroles, et lour eondition les disj)cnse si fort de tenir
les belles promesses (pTils vons ont faites, (pic e'est
niodestie a enx de ne' pi-oniottre pas encore plus
largemeiit.
Une froideur on one ineivilit*' ([ui vient de ceux qui
sont au-dessus de nous nous les fait haii" ; uiais un
salut on un sourire nous les reeoTicilie.
Jh:^(ha,>,ls, pp. 1(11, Wl
1. Nous les reconcUic. Give this in another form.
2. Write, in French, a short cntieisni on the style oi" La
^ Til.
I
Cest done ici d'Esther le supcrbo jardin,
Et ce salon pompeux est lo lieu du festin ?
Mais tandis que la porte en est encor fermee,
Ecoutez les conseils d'une epousi; alarmee.
Au nom du sacre noeud (|ui me lie avee vou.s,
Disshnulez, seigneur, cet aveuide eourroux ;
Eclaircissez ce front ou la tristess(> est [)ointe :
Les rois craign(»nt surtout le roproelie et laplaintc.
Seul entre tous les grands \)i\v la reine inA'ite,
^}#H»»'"
Rcssoiitoz (lono ausHi cotto fi'licltt'.
Irii W inal vous aigrit, (luc U' bionfait vous touclie.
J(! I'ni cent Ibis ajijuis ilo votn' proprc boiiche :
QuicoiKlut' no Halt pas dcvorer mi aflVont,
Ni (le fauHHes coulcurs ho (Wj^uiser lo fiMiit,
Loin (!o riiHpout (los rois (|ii'il HV'oartc, (|u'il I'uio !
II est (Ics contru-tcinpH cpi'll taut (pi'un sage essiiio :
Souvent avec prudence uu outrage endure
Aux honneurs Igh pluH hauts a servi dodegrtl.
Racinr, /'Jffthi'v, Acte III. Sc. i.
I. State the origin of this play.
•J. What passion is excluded from it.
I). What other i)lay of lUic'nw reaenddes E>*1h('r in this
respect ?
4. What is the i-elation of tins play to tlie rule (»f the
"Three Unities'^
'). Mark the scansion of the Hrst, third, and sixth lines.
What measure is this >
(!. Write a note (Ml the word lifmcnli":.
7. 'Viihr Inii/is. (live iide for fonniiiff phn-al of eoiii-
|)Oimd nouns.
IV.
BAJAZET.
Traiishite :
Noil, vous ne verrez ))oint cette fete cruelle,
Plus vous nie counnande/, de vous etre infidMe,
Miidamo, plus Je vois (H)iul»ien \ous meritez
De lie point obtenir ce que v()us .souhaitez,
Quoi ! C'et amour si tendre, et u«' dans notre eufanee,
Dont les feux avec nous out crA dan-' le silence ;
Vos larines, que ma main }>ouvait seule arreter;
Mes sennonts redouble.s de ne vous point quitter :
Tout cela finirait pnr uno perfidie '{
J epouserais, et qui ? .s'il faut que je le die,
line esclavc attaehee a ses seuls int('i'ets,
Qui pit^sente i\ mes yeux les supplices tout p <^''.s,
Qui m'oHIre on son hymen, on la inort infaillible,
Tandis qua mes perils Atalide sensible,
Et tro]) digne du ,sang qui lui donna le jour,
Vent me sacrifier ju.sques a .son amour ;'
Vh ! qu'au jaloux sultan ma tete soit portee,
Puisqu'il faut a ce prix qu'elle soit rachet(^e.
ATALIDK.
Seip;nfMir, voua pourricz vivrc, «'t no mo point trahir.
H HAJAZKT.
Parlez. Si ju le i)uiH, je suls prct d'olulir.
Racink, Hdjiiv'f, Acte II. Sc. V.
1. Write, in Fioucli, an account of the loadinjc;' incidents
of this])lay.
2. i'po}if<t'vaii^. I)istin,s»;uis}i hctweiMi tfxmwr, Duinov,
and H<' iiiaru'V.
,S. hyyiif'v. How ia tins pron(Mmc«'d ?
4. Writes notos on (/ictji' !>' (lit',Jn!^qin->i, prrl i/r,
5. Deserilx' tli(M.'liaraetor <»f ^1 '•<»?</«/.
9iniiier«ft|? of rotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
TlirRD YEAK.
UlENCIl.
HONOUS; Sl<:COND PAPER.
Examiner: iiEV. James Roy, M.A.
Tianslate
I.
Et jo i»n.s(! bieii iiioiiis tout co (jiio Ton admire
Qii'ime vioille cliariHoii quo jo iii'cii vais vous dire.
Si ie roi lu'avait doniie
Paris ma graiul'villo,
Et mi'il mo lallut tiiiitter
L amour de ma mie,
.Te dirais an roi Henri:
Ueprenez voire Pai'is ;
J'aiino mieux ma mie, 6 giie!
J'aimo mieux ma mie !
La rime ii'est paH riche, et Ie style en est vieux.
Mais no voyez-vous pas (]Uo cela vaut bien mieux
Que ces colificliets dont lo bon sens nmrmure,
Et quo la passion parlc 1j\ toute pure ?
MoLi^RE, Le Mimnthro'pe, Acte I., So. 2.
Je ne sais point jouer les hommea en parlant;
Et qui n'a pas le don de cacher ce qu'il pense
Doit faire en ce pays fort peu de residence.
Hors de la cour, sans doute, on n'a pas cet appui,
Et ces titres d'honneur qu'elle donne aujourd'hui ;
Mais on n'a pas aussi, perdant ces avantages,
iiM
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
1.0 ^^ 1^
u^ Itt 12.2
}S LS. 12.0
I.I
11.25
U 11.6
Hiotogrciphic
Sdenoes
Corporalion
4^
V
V
N>
-'V
23 WIST MAIN STMfT
WiBSTiR,N.Y. 14SM
(7i!6)S72-4S03
^^^^^Z^
x^'
^
f
s
Le chagrin de jouer de fort sots personuages.
On n'a point k souffrir mille rebuts cruels ;
On n'a point a loucr len vers de messieurs tels,
A donner do renceus a niadan.o une t( lie,
Et de nos francs marquis cssuyer la cervellc.
Ihld,ActeIII.,Sc.7.
1. Who speaks here l What is tlie occasiotj of the lii-st
extract ?
2. I'oii. What part of speech is /-' heio ? Prove this
from the history of the language. After what words is it
used before on ?
3. (jrand'ville. Give the reason, from the relation of
French to Latin, why (jmvd is used instead of gmnde.
State the origin of the apostrophe hero used.
4. cruels, (cIk ; idle, vci'milc. Distinguisli between male
and female rhymes. What rule of French poetry is here
violated ?
5. toide. pviir. What part of s[)eech is toide ?
(). Write, in French, a short description of the character
of Mulw'iv.
II
Translate :
" N'en doutez point, luur dit ce savant eanoniste,
(Je coup part, j'en suis sur, d'uno main jansenisto.
Mes yeux on sont tt^moins : j'ai vu moi-meme hier
Entrer chez le prelat lo chapelaiu (jrarnier.
Arnauld, cet he'retique ardent a nous detruire.
Far ce ministre adroit tentc de le seduire.
Sans doute il aura lu dans son saint Augustiu,
Qu'autrefois saint Louis erigea ce lutiin.
II va nous inonder des torrents de sa plume ;
II faut pour lai repondre ouvrir plus d'un volume.
Consultons sur ce point quelque auteur signale,
Voyons si des lutrins Bauni n'a point park'.
Etudions cnfin, il en est temps encore :
Et pour ce grand projet, tantot des que I'Aurore
Rallumera le jour dans I'onde enseveli,
Que chacun prenne en main le moelleux Abeli."
Ce conseil impr^vu de nouveau lea etonne :
Surtout le gras Evrard d'epouvante en frissonne.
" Moi, dit-il, qu'S, mon age, (^colier tout nouveau,
J'aille pour un lutrin me troubler le cerveau ?
le plaisant conseil !"
BoiLEAU, Le Lubtrin.
111.
Translatp :
rinllippie, t|ui, dan-s lo coininoncement de son regno
setait attire rainour ot la confiance des Grocs par sa
moderation, changua tont a cou}) : il devint un cruel
tyrau dans un temps ou il aurait du etre juste par
politiciue ot par ambition. 11 voyait, quoiquo de loin,
les (^arthiiginois et les Romains, dont les forces etaient
iinmenses ; il avait iini la guerre h I'avantage de ses
allies, et setait rciconcilie avec les Etolien;-!. Il t'tait
uaturel qu'il pensat a unir toute la Grece avec lui
|)0»n' empecher les etrauger.s de s'y etablir; mais il
I'irrita an "ontraire ])ar de petites usurpations, et
H'a'.nusant cv discuter de vaiiis interets quand 11 s'agis-
sait de son existence, par trois ou cpiatrc mauvaises
actions il se rendit odieux et detestable a- tons les
Gi-ecs.
Les Etoliens furent les plus irrites, et les Romains,
saisissant I'occasion de leur rcsscntiment, ou plutot de
Jtiur folic, Hrent alliance avec eux, entrferent dans la
Grece et I'armerent contre Philippe.
Ce prince fut vaincu a la journee des Cynoc«5phales,
et cette victoire fut due on partie a la valeur des
Etoliens. II fut si fort consterne qu'il se roduisit a lui
traite qui etait nioins ime paix qu'un abandon de ses
propres forces : il tit sortir ses garnisons de toute la
Grece, livra ses vaisseaux, et s'obligca de payer niille
talents en dix ann^ies.
MoNTF.SQUiEU, G. et D. des Jionutina.
1
the
2
j)rii
seni
4
sub
6
the;
7
tot
8
wit
9
lett
wri
^niHrtfiifts^ df ITorottto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
THIRD YEAR.
GERMAN.
Examiner : J. E. Gkaham, M.D.
I.
GRAMMATICAL QUESTIONS.
1. What classes of verbs do not take the augment ge in
the past participle. Give examples.
2. Wliat is the difference in construction between a
principal and a dependent sentence.
JJ. Under what circumstance is the ordei* of thu princii)ai
sentence inverted.
4. What is meant by the strong and weak declensions of
substantives ? Give examples.
5. In what cases is the eA'ticle used before proper names.
6. Enumerate the demonstrative pronouns. How are
they declined ?
7. Into what classes may adverbs be divided according
to their form ? Give examples.
8. Give the different meanings of the preposition iiher,
with examples.
9. Translate, " You might (or could) have read the
letter." He might have gone." "You ought to have
written your exercise." Give rules.
Translate :
n.
Du nennfl mtc^ etnc 3fl«fc«tn/ flttft wtr ^iinflc
Der .£>5Ue @d)ulb — 3ft ^nctcu ftiften, .P)a^
aSerfiJ^ncn tin ®cfd)aft tc r .<:iei(c ? ieoinmt
Die Gtntrac^t auc* tcitt w'l^cn ^>fub( l^cvyoi?
SDae tfl unfd)ultiv bf'lHV mcnrrf)lut c^ut,
ffienn eg tcr ^ampf, nidU ift um\^ 33atcrlanp ?
@ett warn tft ttc S'iatuv fo intt fid) fclbft
3m ®treitc, brtO fccr .f)immcl bic j^cicduc '2:nd)t
fl^txia^t, unb ba^ bic teufcl fie befd;iitUMi ?
3ft abev bag, mag id; btr fa^-^c, (\ut,
So anbcig alg wn oben fount' id/g fd)iJpfcu ?
9Cer l;atte ftd) auf mcincv ©djafertvift '
3u mix flcfeUt, bag finb' fd)e .^ivtenmacdjeu
3tt fiJnifllid;en I)inc^cn ein,^uwctl)'n ?
3d> Im'u'vov [)ol)cu giivften nic flcftanben,
Die ^unft bev JWebc ift bcm 9J?unbc fremb.
jDod) je^t, ba tc^'g bcbarf, bid; ,^u bcTOCf^cn,
5&eft^' id) Qi\\^id)t, ftobcr Diuflc ^unbe,"
3)cr ^finbcr unb ber ^anic^c ®cfd;{cf
?tefit fomteni)cl( vor meincm A'inbcgblicf,
Unb cfncni 2)onneifci( fiil;i' id) ini ^B'iunbc
33 u V fl u n b.
Sie ivirb miv ? 2lMc ficfdjiel;! mir ? 3ft'g cin ®ott,
2)ev niiv bag .^evj ini ticfftcn SSnfcn wcutct ?
— @ie tviicit nid)t, bicfc riit)vcnbc (x^eftalt !
S'letn, nein ! S3in id; bmd; B^wfcfi"^ l^iad;t j^cblenbet,
(©0 ift'g burd^ einc l;iminlifd;c ©cu^alt ;
Wx faflt'g bag Spw^, ftc ift yon ®ott ^cfenbet.
3 1) anna.
(Sv ift fieriit)rt, er ift'g I 3d; |>abc nid;t
Umfonft Qefle^t ; beg Bovneg Donnermolfe fdjmiljt
SSon feincr ©time tbvanentl)auenb ^in,
Unb aug ben 5(ugen, griebc jtro^lenb, bric^t
2)ie flolbne Sonne beg ®efiij)lg ^ev»or.
— SSefl mit ben Saffen — briicfet ^erj an .f)evj —
©r weint, er ift bejwuni^en, cr igt unfer !
Schiller, Jungfrau von Orleans, Act ii., Scene 10.
1. Id Frieden sfiften, liass rermhncn e'ln Oeschdft dev
HdlUi Explain the construction.
2. Und dass die Tcufel sic heschiltzoi, What does the
nie stand for '.
3. Conjugate muine)i,dihr/<'ii, iji'Hckeluiu,srnden, schnicl-
:eu,hezwiiu/(rii, gehen.
\, (}ivc the genders of the foHowing: /Art.sN, Gcschd/t,
I'l'iihl, Diny, Kande, Macht, Aw/c, llerz.
.'). We\i)i. csdci' KiDnpf ii.ickf isl, inns Vaicvland! What
does the (J.s stand foi' i Shciw, hy examples, the various wnys
in whifih this word may lie used.
(J. To what class of verbs does nenncn belong f Oivc
e.\«n'|)lcs of others of the sjime class.
7. State your opinion of the merits of Dm Janufraii von
Odeans as a drama.
m.
Translate into German :
TiiK Battlk or Tin; Alma.
The French seized the em|/ty ground which divided
the (Miemv IVom the sea, and then luidertook to assail
the enemy's left wing; but was balHed by the want
of a road for Canrobert's artillery, and by the excell-
ing cogency of the rule which Ibrbids them from
engaging their infantry on open ground without the
support of cannon. Their failure pl.iced them in
joopai'dy ; for they had committed so large a propor-
tion of their f(n-ce to the distant ])art of the West Clifi'
and the sea-shore, that I'or nearly an hour they lay
nnich at the mercy of any Russian general who might
have chosen to take advantage of their severed con-
dition.
anf\)tr»Cts^ of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
THIRD YEAR.
GERMAN.
PASS AND HONOHS.
Examiner: J. E. Guaham, M.D.
I.
LITERATURE.
1. Write what you know ol'Opitz, and the first Silesian
school.
2. Give a short account of the lives and times of Gott-
ached and Bodnier.
3. Who was the autho]' of WalknKicin'x Liujcr i Nauio
the other two dramas which, with it, make up the Trilogy.
Write rritical notes on each.
4. Give a short sketch of the life and (tharacior of
Klopstock, Wielaud, Jean Paul Richtei', and lleinrich
Heine. Name the princij)al works of each.
5. Write notes on Goethe's Wilhelm 3feitster.
II.
Translate :
Zwinger. Das Schwert im Herzeu,
(In der Mauerhohlb ein Audacbtsbild Mit tausend Schmerzen
der Mater dolorosa Blumenkrilgo Blickst auf ZU deines Sohnes
davor.) rp^j
Grethchen. Zum Vater blickst du,
(steekt frische Blumen in die KrUge.) Und Seufzer schickst du
Ach neige, Hinauf um sein und deine
Du Schmerzenreiche, Noth.
Dein Antlitz gnadig meiner Wer fiihlet,
Noth ? Wie wiihlet
DerSchmerzmiriinOebeiti? Hothaut' ich inifc Thninen,
Was inciii armcs Horz Jiii'f Jich I
iHuiisjot, /Ms ieh am friihuu Morgcn
Wasoszittert.was verlaiiKol Dir dicse Bluincn briicn.
WeiHHtnurdu.nurdu alloin! Schien hell in nieinu Kain-
Wohin ich iniiner '^ahe, iiicr
wic well, wit! wch, wic wohc l)i(; Soiiru! tVuli heraui",
Wild inir iiii liuHcii hictr I Sass ich in alluiii Jainincr
Ich bin adi kauiii alleine. In nieineni Bett' schon auf.
Ich wein', ich woiu', ich
wcine,
Das Horz zcrbricht in niir.
Hi If! rettu ^nich V(;n
Suhmach und Tod !
Ach noigo,
Die Scherben vor nieineni Dii Schmerzenreiche,
Fenster. Dein Antlitz gnadig meiner
Noth!
Goethe, FavM.
Write critical notes on the play of Faust.
III.
Translate :
Ueber diia hiimeryrnn unaerer Gefiihle.
" Wie ongo ist das wannc Leben unci wio brcit
seine Winterseito ! Kannst du die Entziiekungen,
welche iibeiwiiltigend und mil dem Veispreehen ihrer
Unfsterbliehkeit in deinem Herzen gehcrrseht, dir den
niiclisteu Tag wieder zuriiek fiihren, wenn sie dem
Gegenstande nachgetloheu .sind '. Wie viel bleibt dir
von der Seligkeit, welche dir cine Landschaft, ein
Gliick, cine Musik, eine Stundc der Freundschaft und
Liebe gegebcn, in deiner Erinnerung zurllck .'' Hoeh-
stcns warme Schatten deiner Vergangenheit ; ein
mattes Nachschinuueru hiingt sich an den erneuerten
Gegenstand, und die EutzUckung, die vorher so
gewaltsam dein Herz erschiitterte, erregt nur ein leises
Nachzittern voll Sehnsucht, die eben der lebendige
Zeuge ist, wie wenig du behalten hast."
Jean Paul Richter.
2lnftier0ft|^ of ^Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1H7G.
THIRD YEAR,
GERMAN.
HONORS.
Kmrniw,)' : J. R. (Jraham, M.T).
I.
Translate :
^inrinclli. ®rafm!
Ovfina. ^'ommcn <5ic l)er! @e()cu <5ic mid) an!
ftct'f m ! 5IU}V in Vluijc !
^:»Uv(nclli. 9^un?
D V f i u a . 5B(fTcn Sic nfd^t, »a« id) tcnfc ?
^JJJ a V i n c 11 i . Mt faun <cf) tass '(
D r f t n a . -Oabm ® Ic fcincn %nt\)tt[ taran ?
^J)JarinfUt. 2Boian?
D r f t n a SdjwiJrcn ®ic !— 9lcin, fd;n)iJrcn Sfc nid^t.
8tc JvUd;tfu cine ©ilntc mel^r (>ei]cl)cn — Obcr jo, f(^w0rcn
Sic nuv. CSinc ©ilntc mct)v ofccr wcniflcv fiif cinen, ber
tod) ycrtamnit ift ! — ^paUn 2>\t fcincn ^ilnt^cil baran V
93? n V i n c 1 1 i. ®ic cvfd;rc(fcn mid;, ©rftfin.
O V f i n rt. (SJcwip ? — 9iun, 2)iarincUi, aiflwo^t 3()v
i^utc<J ^crj and) m6}t^ ?
9)Uvinclli. 2Bag ? worttbcr?
O V f i n n . So^l, — fo wilt iH) 3^ncn ctwad wcrtraucn,
— ctwai, fcaei 3l)ncn jctc^ .?)aar auf bcm ^opfc ju sScrge
[triiul;cn foU.— Slbcr ^icr, fo na(^c aw bi v X()iirc, miJc^tc und
jcmcinl) l)iJrcn. ^'ommcn @ic l)icr^cv. — Unb ! (inbcm ftc
ben ginf^cr anf ben 5i)htnb Icfjt) i>'ixm Oic ! ganj in gcf)cim !
(unb-i^ren 9}iunb fcinent D^jre na^ert, al^ ob fie i^m juflft-
[tein rooUte, \mz ik aber febv laut ibm jufc^rcit) !I)ev ^rinj
ift cin WUxttx !
^
3)? a V i n e n i . ® rftfin — ©rciftn — ftnb ® ic flanj m
Ginncn ?
Orftna. 3Son ©innen? ^^a ! \)al l)a! (oug »oUem
4?a(fc lad;ent») 3d) Wn fcUeu otcr ni'c mU mctncm SBcr^-
ftantc fo wo^l jufricbcn c^ctvcfcn, alci cbcn jc^t.— 3u»crlaff{a,
9)?armcUt ; —aim- ce Hctbt untcr itn^— ((ctfc) tcr ^vinj tft
tin 9)liJit)cr ! Dc^ ©lafcn i>l_pvian{ 3)^<rbcr !— Dcii l)aku
n{d)t Glauber, ten IjaOcn .?>elfcr0()dfcr t>c^ ''Prtnjcn, ten f)at
tcr ^vtnj umi^ebvnd;t !
3)i a V t n c'l n . 9Btc fann 3bncn fo einc 5l(>fd)euli(^fett
tn ten 2)iunt, in tte ®ft;jnfen fontnten ?
D r f i n a . ffitc ?— ©anj naturltd) — 2Wtt liefer gmih'a
©olotti, tie l)iev bei i()m tft, — teren SBvautic\am fo iiber vaU
fiber ^'opf fid) au^ ter ffielt trollen milffen,— mit ttefer
©milirt ©alotti bat tcr ^rinj bfutf 3?iori^en in ter $al(r
bei ten Dominifanern ein Jiion^^eei unt iBreites jief^rod^en.
Dae roei^ id;, ta^ baben meinc ^untfdjaftcr <^cfcl)en. <5ic
brtben and; c\(i)M, wa<5 er mit il;r cjefprodjen. 9hin, ^nter^err?
®in id) won ®innen ^ 3d; reime, tad;t' id), tod) nod) fo
jiemli^ jufainmen, wa^ jnfammen ^ebi^rt. — Dtcr trifft
and) tae nur fo yon unc\efabr p V ^^ft 3bnen and) ta«t
,3«faK? O, 9)?arinelli jo yerfteben <2ic anf tie 33o«»be{t ter
^5lenfri)en fid) eben fo fd)(ed)t, al^ anf tie 55orftd)t.
SUUrinelli. ®tdfin, (5ie wiirten fid) nut ten ^f)al8
reten —
ST'rfina. Senn id) ta^ tnc(;rern fafite? — !Defto
beffer, tefio beffi'r !— ^Worj^en iviU id) ees anf tem ^J^arfte
ou^rnfen. — Unt wer nitr triterfprid)!, ter itjar te^ 'iX)?i5rterC
SgiepflefeUe.— i?eben ®ie wobl (intern fie fort(\eben will
befje^net fie an ter Xbiive tent alten ®alotti, ter eiliflft
l)cretntritt).
Emilia Oalottt.
1. Hahen Sie ... r'aran? What docs tVe divran refer to?
2. Eine Hnude ... irrdatumf ist. Supply any vvords
which may be wanting.
3. Znjiustem. W hat .t, the object ^
4. Umgehrachi. What is the forco of the uiiil Give
similai' instances.
II.
Translate :
5tbfc^tct) von 2Ctcn.
8eb' »a()(! Icb' JtJol)l !~5i)iit tumpfcn ^^crjcneifc^lai^cu
SBcgrilp' td) bid), nut folgc mcmer ^3>fltc^t.
3m 2luiie will fid) eiuc jln-anc recjcn ;
2Bas'fttaul>' ic^ mid|, bic Xf)vanc fd[>mfi^t mid) nid;t.—
3((| ! wo id) wanblc, fei^'si auf ^ricbcneiwegcn,
©ep'^/ M)o bcr Xot bic Mut'flcit ^rdnjc brid)t :
Da werben bciuc tl)eucrn ^ulbgcftalten
3.1 8ieb' unb ^d)n\ud)t mcinc ©ceic fpaltcn.
SBerfennt mid; nicyt, 3^v ®cnien meine^ Scknes,
!!l)cvfcniu nic^t meinev ©celc ernften 2)ran[H I
iPci^rcift bic trcuc Dti^tun^ mcincg ©trcknd,
So in bcm IMebc, wic im ©d^wcvtcvflang.
lie fi^wcirmtcii mcinc Xvaumc nid;t ycri^cbcni? ;
2Ba0 id) fo oft cjcfeicrt mil ©efaniv
/iiir liBolf unb <^^vci()cit cin bci^ciftcrt ©tcibcn :
Sfl§: mid) nun fclbft urn bicfc ^'ronc wcrbcn.
25d{)1 icid)tcr miJfien fid) bic ^rcinjc flcd)ten,
(Jnunt^cn mit beg t'iebcd l)cit'rcm 9)lutb ;
(fin rc(|tce ^cvj fd)lartt frcubij-^ nacl) bcm 5Hcd;lcn.
Die lA) ntp^tc^t mit )UCicnbiicl)cr @lutb, \
i'flijt mid) bcv iCunft cin ^iitcrlnnb crfcd)tcn.
Unb ivilt' c? and) bag cif\nc warmftc :5blut.—
•Diod) bicfcn Stn^ I unb unmn'o bcr le^tc bliebc !
(i«i jv'bt jn feincn ^ob filr unfrc I'icbc.
KoUNER, Lever uml Sehwert.
1. What are the various uses of " was ?"
2. (SV/'s azif Frli'densKU'i/rv . Why is the verb first ?
3. i7i /./e?> ^wf/' Sehn-ntcht. What case, and why?
4. Analyse the last two lines of the second stanza; also,
the fourth and fifth lines of the third stanza.
5. J)u'seii Kuss. Why accusative ?
2inili(r0Uy of STotronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
THIRD YEAR.
ITALIAN.
HONORS.
Examiner : Fkkd. E. Skymouu, M. A.
I.
Translate :
Ber. Signore, il signor Ferdinando desidera rive-
rirla. {A Leo'ii.)
Lko. Venga, veriga, e padrone.
Vtt. Sentimi. Va' immediatemente dal sarto, da
Monsieur de hi Ri^jovissancc, e digli che finisca subito
il mio vestito, che lo voglio prima ch' io parta per la
eauipagna; altrimenti mo no rendera, conto, e non fartV
pivl il sarto in Livoi no.
Ber. Sara, servita. (Parte.)
Leo. Via, acchetatevi, e non vi fate scorgere dal
signor Fei'dinando.
ViT. Che importa a me del signor Ferdinando ? Io
non mi prendo sogge/ione di lui. M' immagino che
anche quest' anno verra in campagna a piantare il
bordone da noi.
Leo, Certo, mi ha dato spcranza di venir con noi,
e intend*^ di farci una distJnzione ; ma siccome h uno
di quelli che si cacciano da per tutto, e si fanno merito
raj)portando qua o la, i fatti degli altri, convien
guardfirsone, e non fargli sapere ogni cosa; perche se
sapesse Ic vostre smanie per 1' abito, sarebbe capace di
porvi in ridicolo in tutte le corapagnie, e in tutte le
conversazioni.
VlT. E perche dunque volete conrlur con noi queato
canchero, se conoscete il di lui camttere ?
Leo. Vedete bene : in canipagna ci necessario aver
della compagnia. Tiitti procurano d' aver piu gente
che possnno ; e poi si sente dire : il tale ha dieci persons,
il tale ne ha sei, il tale otto; o chi ne ha pi^ h pifi
stirnato. Ferdinando i)oi e una persona che commoda
infinitamente. Giuoca tutto, e sempre allegi'o, dice delle
buffonerie, mangia bene, fa onore alia tavola, soffre la
burla, e non se ne hi a male di niente.
VlT. SI, SI, t' vero ; in campagna questi caratteri
sono necessarj. Ma che fa, che non viene?
Leo. Eccolo li, ch* esce dalia cucina ?
VlT. C-he cosa saru andato a fare in cnoina ?
Leo. Cnriositfl. Yuol saper tutto; vnol saper quel
che si fa, (piel che si mangia, e poi lo dice per tutto.
ViT. Manco male, «'he <li noi non potn\ raccontare
miserie.
GoLDONi, La ViUeygiaiurd, Acto L, Scena TV.
1. Venga, Voglio, rendera, data, aapere, porvi, condur,
dire, esce, andato, potra ; conjugate ^^ach of these verbs
through the present and perfect indicative and give their
past participles.
2. E padrone ; give the force and literal meaning.
Dal sarto, da monsieur, &c. ; why not af sarlo &c. Non
fard piu d sarto ; give the force of this expression. Sard
servito ; supply the Italian subject of the verb. Non ei
fate acorgere; explain the idiom ; give the literal nieaning
of scorgere, and parse fate .
3. lo lion 'inl prendo soggezione dl lui; what does this
mean ? Piantare il bordone ; give the literal and idiomatic
significations. Clic slcaecUrao da pertatto; explain. Che
conioda infinitamente ; explain thi; meaning of this phrase,
also oi lion se ne ha a male di niente ; raccontare miserie^
give the correct meaning oi miser ii' in this expression.
4. Explain the title of this jilay.
II.
Ti-anslate :
Ecco il pun to, () Vitellia,
D' esaminar la tua costanza. Avrai
Valor che basti a rimirare esaiigue
II tuo Sesto fedel ! Se.sto che t' ama
Pill della vita sua ? che per tua colpa
Divenne reo ? che t' ubbidi crudele ?
Che ingiusta t' ad()v6 ? che in faccia a morte
Si gi'an fedo ti serba ( E tu fra tanto,
Non ignota a te stessa, andrai tranquilla
Al talamo d' Au gusto ? Ah ! mi vedrei
Seinpre Sesto d' intorno. E 1' auro e i sasni
Temerei che lo(iuaei
Mi scopriasero a Tito. A' piedi snoi
Vadasi il tutto a palesar. 8i scenii
II delitto di Sesto,
So scusar non pi puo. Speranze, addio,
D' impevo o d' inienei : nutrirvi adesso
Stupidity saria. Ma. pur che seiupro
Qiieata smania crudel non mi tormenti,
Si gettin pur V altre aperanze a' venti.
Getta il nocchier talora
Pur (|ue' tesori all' onde,
Che da remote sponde
Per tanto mar porto.
E giunto al lido amieo,
Gli Dei ringrazia ancora,
Che ritorno mendico,
Ma salvo ritorno.
Metastasio, Tm OleDcenza di Tito, At TIT., ^c. XI.
-i. Describe the versiticatiori ol' this drama, and explain
in what the peculiar beauties and merits of Metast^isio's
operas consist.
<]. Ecco il puifto d'emmrnar, &e. ; explain the meaning
and construction ; <listinguish between punto and ininta.
Translate r'l arnvn a punto. Esanffne ; what does it mean
here? U tntto a pidesav \ what does !titto i*efer to >" *S'i
mm'i. Si ijcttin ; parse anrl give the syntactical relations.
7. Who was Vitellia ? Give an account of the part she
fills in the plot, and of the motives which prompt her
various actions.
IIT.
ITALIAN GRAMMAR.
8. When is the definite article used in Italian, and when
onuttod '. Wlu'ii does it assiiine the form lo or r//?', and
when is the i of ///i omitted ? With what propositions
does it suffer contraction, and how >.
9. Give the rules for forniinu; the plurals of nouns. Give
the ])liir«l of alheiyo, hue, corno, JJio, <l/i, 'merabro, tcmpio,
1'ranslate " He went a thousand miles in a thousand liouix"
10. Explain the formation Jind idiomatic n.sp of (n/r/-
mpntdtircf^ !\Y)d (rirn'iniitircs in Italian.
11. Explain the meauinns and uses of «iltfo, allri, ami
altrirt.
12. (}ive the significations of (hi and p''" •'^ihI illustrate
the various ways In which they are idiomatically oniployed.
^ni\^tvnit» of STovonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
TIIJHD YEAR.
HISTORY.
t, . f J. M. BucHAN, M.A.
f.xamimrs: | p^^^ ^^ Seymour, M.A.
1. Sketch the hi.stoiy of the struggle of the people of
Holland agaiiiHt Philip II.
2. Give an account of the .settlement of Nev/ England.
3. Explain the cau-ses of the French Revolution of 1789,
and trace its connection with the English Revolution.s and
witli the American Revolution.
4. Sketch the history of the part played by Russia in
European politics since the time of Peter the Great.
0. Describe the revolutionary movements of 1848.
6. Investigate the causes of the decline of the power of
Spain.
Slnfber«U|} of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
THIRD YEAR.
HISTORY.
HONORS.
« . . (.1. M. BuciiAN, M.A.
Exammers: '^^^^^^ K Seymour, M.A.
]. Skctcli ihc political hiatory of Cryinwoll.
'2. Give an account of the provisions of the Habea.s
Corpus Act of 1IJ7J) ; distinguish what was now from what
was old in it ; and trace tlic history of the principles it
embodied.
3. Give an account of the relations between the courts
of England and France during the reigns of Charles II.
and James II.
4. Narrate the train of events that led to the Revolution
of 1688.
o. Sketch the progress of the principle of the responsi-
bility of ministers to Parliament.
Wini\itvHiti]f of (Toronto,
ANNUAL KXAMINATlONd: IH75.
THIRD YKAU,
ETHNOLOGY.
HONORS.
\ Khed. K. Seymour, M.A.
1. What coiiHulumtioiis tond to coiiiplicutc tlio problem
of tho unity or non-unity of the human Si)ccicH { What
are tho leading doctrinen on this pointi^
2. Give tho prenont and ancient areas of tho Euskaldii-
nac, their ethnic connections, and a theory ol" their origin. "^
t). Mention the physical charactoristics of tho Laps, and
trace their ethnic connection with North-western Asia.
4. " Instead of tho Kelts of Iberia having been KelLs in
tho modern sense of tho term, the Kelts of Gallia were
Iberians."
Explain tho full significance of this assertion, and its
bearing on the Ethnology of Spain and Franco.
5. Sketch the lino of argument used by Latham in dis-
cussing the question, Who luere the LUjurians ?
G. Name tho localities occupied by people of Pelasgic
stock within the period of authentic liistory, and investi-
gate a theory to account for their occurrence in such
positions.
7. Write an article on the origin and development of
grammatical forms.
8. " Lantfiiago hogiriH where interjoctions end." — Max
Uliillf)'. Wliiit iH iiioaiit l)v til in sUitcincnt, how is it main-
taiiiod, 1111(1 wlmt theory ol the origin of Hpecch is aflbctcd
by it I
!). Natiic ami clnhsit'y the (load and living languages of
Teutonic stock. .
10. Kx|)laiii tilt) icrnis, mytholoyy^ dialect, comparative
vhiloloi/i/, dinlectical re(/enertition, ayylutinate., radical ttagej
Turanian, aUophyllian, Epovymua, protoplast, negro.
iS!\ni\)tvnlts of SToronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
THIKD YEAR.
CHEMISTRY.
Examiner : W. Oliver, B.A.
1. A pound of ice at 32° and a pound of watw at 174°,
are placed in the same vessel. State and explain the i-esult.
Why must the transition of ice to water and water to ice,
always be a gradual process ? What terms are applied to
the heat absorbed or given out in the above experiment ?
2. A jug of water at the temperatiu'c of 40^ is placed
on the table, and in a few moments the outside is covered
with moisture. On the experiment being repeated the
following day, no deposit of moisture takes place. Discuss
the matter briefly, and show from the phenomena observed
how you would construct an instrument to measure the
dew point.
3. A party on ascending a mountain, found it impossible
to cook an egg, though the water was boiling Ariolently.
Explain the cause, and state what connection the atmos-
phere has with the process called boiling. State how the
same fact could have been detennined withoivt the actual
experiment.
4. A spirit lamp is found just sufficient to keep a pound
of water boiling at ] 00° C. ; what effect would the appli-
cation of another flame of equal power produce? Given
the latent heat of water equal to .say 520°; how much
steam at 100° C, would be necessary to raise 104 oz. water
from 0° to 100° C. ?
5. Describe and explain the action of a Leyden jar.
From your knowledge of the nature and action of electri-
city, discuss the efficiency of a tall tree near a house, as a
lightning rod.
(I. Draw a cliagiT.ni of Grove's battery, iiii<\ explain its
action.
7. What is the (ihief source of the lead of commerce ?
How is the metal obtained from its ore ? Give an equa-
tion representing the changes that take place.
8. Characterize the metals of the alkalies and alkaline
oai-ths; giving thei;- general properties fully. What is the
composition of gun-metal, bell-metal, speculum-metal, and
printer's type.
9. Name and characterize the following, giving their
uses in the arts : AF 0=', MgSO* + 7H2O, Fe30*, PbCO^
10. Calculate the formula of a substance yielding on
analysis Carbon 27*5, and Oxygen 72;>.
Bni\itvuit» of SToronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
THIRD YEAR.
CHEMISTRY.
HONORS.
Examiner: W. Oliver, B.A.
1. Ether boils at 34° 5' C, mercury at 350° C, and zinc
at 423° C. ; find the corresponding temperature in Fahren-
heit. What would 85 cubic feet of hydrogen at 100° C.
measure at 150° C. ? A piece of iron ore weighs in air
(10 "5 oz.) and in water H-22; find its specific gravity.
2. Explain by example the difierence between conduc-
tion and convection. By care, water may be cooled to 22',
but the slightest agitation raises it to 32°. Account for this,
and mention any other bodies subject to the same law.
3. A joint of meat in a closed vessel is cooked by means
of a jet of steam, and another by being immersed in boiling
water kept at 100"" C, and a third in a heated oven.
Explain how the same cfi'ect is produced in the several
cases.
4. Explain the construction and operation of the
dipping needle, and shew by means of the phenomena
observed by its aid, that the eai-th corresponds closely to
an ordinary bar magnet.
5. A conductor of an electrical machine gives ott* sparks
freely ; but, on a pointed brass rod being inserted in it,
the flow of electricity is checked or stopped altogether.
Explain the phenomenon, and state to what useful inven-
tion it has given rise.
6. Name the two varieties of phosphorous, and state
how one may bo converted into the other. Give the pro-
perties of esich. How much phosphorus can be obtained
from 124 granmics of calcium phosphate ?
7. ExjUain clearly what is meant by the terms atom,
molecule, monad, divalent, acid, salt.
8. Name and characterize brietly the following : MgCO,,
As^Oa, K,FeO„ ZnSO, + 7 H,0. KNO,.
1). Write a i)arHgrapli on C^H^O^, stating what you
know of the substance, how it is obtained, and giving the
equationK in any process you mention.
10. Explain how the determination of the vapor density
of an organic body serves as a means of getting at its
molecular weight.
E
1.
theii
■'>
diiel
spRC
3.
4.
met
func
6.
givi:
SllnfUrv0(ti; of CTotronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
THIRD YEAR.
NATURAL HISTORY.
Examiner : R. Ramsay Wrigft, M. A., B.Sc, (Edin.)
1. Oivt! a classification of the spouye.s, and an account of
thoir (liU'eivnt modes of roproduction.
'1. Givo a cliissifioation of the Echinoidca, indicating the
diief peculiarities of tne families and their distribution in
s|m(;(> and time.
.']. Contrast the structure of a snail with that of an
oyster.
4, Describe the modifications of the circulatory organs
met with in the class Pisces.
'). Give an account of the structure, distribution, and
function of laticiferoua vessels.
G. Describe the different ways in which fruits open ;
giving examples.
Wini^tvults of STovonto,
ANNUAL KXAMINATIONS : 1876.
THIRD YEAR.
NATURAL HISTORY.
HONORS.
Examiner: R. Ramsay Wukiht, M.A., B.Sc, Edin.
1. Doscribo the dtivelopmoiit of a bird IVoiu the impreg-
nation of the oviinj till the lormatioii of the foetal mem-
bra ne.s.
2. In which group of Jnaects is the serial homology
between thi; appendages of the mouth most evident, in
which most obscure '. Describe typical foi'uis of the extreme
cases, and give transition forms.
3. What is Metagenesis ? Illustrate your answer by
reference to the development of the genera Taenia and
Salpa.
4. To what functions are Cilia siibservient in the Animal
Kingdom (
5. Explain the different modes of cell-development in
the Vegetable Kingdom.
G. Give some account of the phenomena of irritability
n plants.
Sftnfbetfiiffi? of (Toronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
THIRD YEAR.
NATCRAL THEOLOGY AND EVIDENCES.
Examiner : W. J. Robertsoi , B.A.
NATURAL THEOLOGY.
1. (a) State the argument of natural theology.
(6) What are the premises of the ai'gument, and how
does Paley obtain them ?
2. Give, with Paley 's refutation, the principal arguments
against design in nature.
3. Give the argument cumulative.
4. Shew the evidence of design in the vertebrse of the
human neck, in the fore-a}-m, and in the spine.
5. (a) Give instances of i^eculiar organizations, and {b)
oi prospective contrivances.
G. What evidence of design in instinct ? Discuss, giving
diiferent views as to the nature and end of instinct.
7. How does Paley prove the goodness and uniti/ of the
Deity ?
EVIDENCES.
1. (a) What suppositions does Paley make, before enter-
ing on the evidences of Christianity ?
(b) Give, with Paley s reply, Hume's argument against
the credibility of miracles.
2. (a) What are the two main propositions which Paley
endeavours to establisn ?
(6) To support the first of these propositions what
points are necessary to be made out ?
3. State the evidence of Tacitus, Suetonius, faid Pliny.
4. Mention any arguments in favoi' of the authenticity
of Scripture.
5. (a) In seeking to establish ttie second of his two main
propositions, what cases does Paley exclude
from consideration.
(6) " In appreciating the credit of any miraculous
story there are distinctions which relate to the
evidence. There are other distinctions which
relate to the miracles themselves, and ought to
be carefully retained." What are the distinc-
tions of the latter kind ?
6. Give instances of the candour of the writers of the
New Testament.
7. Shew the identity of C^hi'ist's character, as given by
the four evjingelists.
Wini\$tviiitVt of STotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
THIRD YEAR.
POLITICAL ECOiNOMY.
PASS.
Examiner : W. J. Robertson, B.A.
ROGERS.
1. If the contract be voluntary, and the service be mutual,
is one roan's gain another's loss ? Discuss.
2. (a) What is the cause of value ? Distinguish between
value in exchange, and value in use.
(b) Wliat expedients arc adopted t,o lessen labor, and
increase production ?
(c) Give examples of the beneticial ctfect of division
of labor.
3. (a) What, according to Rogers, is the measure of value ?
Illustrate.
(6) Can there be a general rise in value'i If not, why
not ?
(c) Can there be a general rise in price ? Illustrate.
4. (a) What functions does money peribrm ? Account
for the error that money alone is wealth.
(6) Enumerate various substitutes for money.
0. Investigate the true relation between Capital and
Labor, referring to popular theories and remedies, which
you deem erroneous.
6. Give an account of the causes which depress the rate
of wages.
7. Give Rogers's views regarding the subject of Protec-
tion, stating tne limits he prescribes, and shewing wherein
he disagrees with Mill.
8. (a) Give the general rules of taxation ?
(J) What are the relative advantages of direct and
indirect taxation.
Cri
rinj
r
con
4
mei
. c
and
e
vhe
?nnftiet0U|^ of STototito*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
THIRD YEAR.
CIVIL POLITY.
HONORS.
Examiner : W. J. Robertson, B.A.
MILL L
1. (a) What are the requisites of production ?
(b) Does nature contribute more to the efficacy of
labor in some occupations than in others ?
Explain.
2. State the different ways in which labor is employed.
Criticise the division of labor into agricultural, manufactu-
ring, and commercial.
3. Discuss, after Mill, the questions of prciuctive and
unproductive labor, also of productive and unproductive
consumption.
4. Enumerate and illustrate (where necessary) the funda-
mental propositions respecting capital.
. 5. Institute a comparison between the benefits of large
and small farming respectively.
6. Give the substance of Mill's chapter " Of the Law of
iihe Increase of Labor."
mmn
nni\^tvuitp of SToronlo.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
THIRD YEAR.
METAPHYSICS AND ETHICS.
Examiner : Rev. Oeorge Paxton Young, M.A.
REID AND CALDERWOOD.
1. What does Dr. Calderwood mean when he says that
" the knowledge of moral quality is of the nature of judg-
ment ?"
2. How does he distinguish moral principles from moral
judgments ? Examine his opinion as to the foundation
principle of morality.
3. Examine the position, that the motive to an action
may be right, though the act may bo wrong.
4. Examine i)r. Calderwood's opinion as to the origin of
property.
5. Explain briefly Professor Bain's theory of conscience.
6. Cr'ticise Mr. John Stuart Mill's opinion as to the
source of obligation.
7. Give an exposition (with reasons) of your own posi-
tion on the question of the Ethical Standard.
8. Inquire what force there is in Dr. Calderwood's ob-
jections to the doctrine of Philosophical Necessity.
9. Sketch concisely Dr. Reid's doctrine of Perception. In-
quire whether there is any thing in it inconsistent with
the immediacy of our knowledge of material objects.
10. Give an exixwition, from your own point of view, of
the relation botwcon phononieiia of imagination and thoHO
of perception.
11. Explain J)r. Reid's doctriuo of Common SenHO.
12. Dr. Reid layw it down as a first principle of necessary
tnith, that " design and ititclligenco in the cause may be
inferred, with certainty, from marks or signs of it in the
effect." Examine his position here.
2%nfUet»ilj? of Sf^otonto,
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
THIRD YEAR.
METAPHYSICS AND ETHICS.
HONORS.
Examiner: Rev. George Paxton Young, M.A.
LOCKE, B. I., WITH COUSIN'S CRJTIQUE; DES CARTES.
1. "The time 1ms now come to explain ourselves
regarding this doctrine, (the doctrine of innate iihas), and
concerning Locke's representation of it."^ — Cousiv. Give
the substance oi' the explanation here referred to, and
state how far you consider it satisi'actory.
2. "Locke places the acquisition of the senses before
those of thought. Now, we might pause here, and demand
if this order is real." — Coumn. Inquire whether there is
any ground for believing that the order is not real.
3. "The understanding is, for Locke, only an instru-
ment that exhausts itself upon sensation." — Cousin.
Examine this assertion.
4. " To derive all ideas from sensation and from reflec-
tion, and particularly from sensation, imposes upon Locke
the necessity of confounding certain ideas with certain
others, — for example, the seven following ideas : the idea
of space, of time, of the infinite, of personal identity, of
substance, of cause, of good and evil." — Cousiv. Specify
the ideas with which, according to Cousin, Locke confounds
those mentioned ; and examine the justice of Cousin's
charge, in the case of the ideas of tiriw, of the infinite, of
personal identity, of substance, and of cause.
5. "I have demonstrated that the theory of Locke,
which makes knowledge to rest upon comparison, does not
explain the true process of the mind in the acquisition of a
great many of its cognitions." — Cousin. Illustrate Cousin's
reasoning m defence of the position here indicated, by
reference to the cognitions : 1 exist ; this body is red.
6. "Liberty is not, and cannot be, either in the faculty of
thinking or in that of outward action," (Cousin). — Where,
then, does Cousin find liberty ? Examine his doctrine.
7. What is the nature of the Cartesian doiiht ? Enquire
as to its legitimacy.
8. "It is new manifest to me that bodies themselves
are not propcnly perceived by the senses nor by the faculty
of imagination, but by the intellect alone." (Meditation
11).— Explain.
9. " Thougli I were to suppose that I always was as I
now am, it would not follow, oven on this supposition, that
no author of my oxistenc(^ nocMJed to b(> sought aftor."
(Meditation III.) — Develop the view here refeiTed to.
10. "Regarding myself more closely, and considering
what my errors are, I -observe that these depend on the
concun-ence of two causes." — (Med. IV.) Mention the two
causes referred to ; and show how they concur to produce
error.
11. State briefly the views of Des Cartes on the follow-
ing points :
(a) What thought (cogitatio) is.
(h) What constitutes clear and distinct perception.
(c) What space is.
(fZ) What we can know of external objects by means
of our senses ; and how this knowledge is reached.
SUnftif r0Ua? ot Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
THIRD YEAR.
METAPHYSICS AND ETHICS.
HONORS.
Examvaer: W. J. Robertson, B.A.
SCHWEGLER.
1. What were the causes that led to the oveiihrow of the
Scholastic Philosophy ? Show the results of Scholasticism,
2. Give some account of Bohm. What is vahiable in his
philosophy ?
3. Show how Descartes is the originator and father of
Modem Philosophy. State his proofs of the existence of
God, and criticise them.
4. How are Geulinx, Malebranche, Leibnitz, and Spinoza,
related to Descartes.
5. Criticise the opinions of Spinoza.
6. Connect the philosophy of Locke with the sensualism
of Condillac and Helvetius.
7. Characterize the French Illumination, and show its
causes and results.
8. Sketch the views of Berkeley, and show how his
philosophy is related to that of Locke.
9. Describe the German Illumination.
10. " Kant is the great restorer of philosophy." How ?
11. (a) State the fundamental ideas of Kant's Critique of
Pure Reason.
(6) Give an estimate of theCritique of Practical Reason.
12. Sketch the philosophy of Jacobi.
Tra
2ftniliei:0ftj^ of ^Toronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
GREEK.
Examiner: S. Arthur Marling, M.A.
I.
Translate :
ToO 8' ejTifYtyvofievov Bepov^ A«^ re oi iv "kO^ diria-
Trjaav ' kdrjvaUov irpiyf 'K^aKKihia'i koX AaKeScufwvioi rd,
iu 'A^aifia ovk iinr'qheluyi irporepov eyovra KaBicnavro,
Kal 'Apyeltov 6 8fffio<i kut 6\(rfov ^vvKTrdfievini re KaX
(ivadapa-^a-a^ iiridevro toU 6X17049 T'qpri<ravre<i axna<i
Ta? fyvfivoTTaiSia^i t&v AcuceSaifiovlayv. koI iJ>d)(rf<! 761/0-
fiivT]^ iv TTJ TToXet iireKpaTiiffev 6 Sfjfio<i, teal rouy fih
d7r€KT€iv6 Tov^ §€ i^^Xtwev. oi Se AaKeBaifiovioii ^w?
fiev avTobf p.eTerrkfiirovro oi <f)l\oi, ovk ^\0ov ix TrXcto-
vof, dva^aXofievoi Si ra<i yv/ivoiraiBia<i ifioijdow' xal iv
Teyea irvOofievot on vevitcrjvrai oi oXiyoiy irpoeXOelv fiev
omeTL 'qdeXrja-av Seofiivmv t&v huiire^evyorwv, dvayat-
prjaavret he iv' oiKov Tct,<; yvfivoiraihla^i ^ov. xal vare-
pov kXdovrayv irpia^emv diro re t&>v iv rfj iroXei drfyiXav
Kal T&v IfcB 'ApyeloDV, irapovrmv re r&v ^v/ifid')((ov, kuI
prjdivrmv ttoXX&v a<p' eKaTiptov, iyvaxrav fikv dStxelv
T0V9 iv rfj TToXet koI eSo^ev avroU <TTpaTev€iv €? "Apyo^,
hunpL^aX hk Koi /leXX^aeK iylyvovro. 6 Sk Srffjko<} t&v
^Apyeitov iv Tovrtp, (jyo^ovfievoi; Toif<i AcuceBaifiovlovi koX
rrjv T&v ^ASrivaimv ^vfifia'x^lav TrdXiv Trpoffoyofievo^ re
Kal vofill,aiv (MeytoTov &v a^<i Gx^eXj/o-ety, Tei')(l^€t futxpd
TeixV i^ OdXaa-aaVi otto^ ^v t^9 7^9 etpyravTai, r) xaTd
ddXaafTov <T(f)a<i fierd t&v ^AOrjvauov iiraycoyrj t&v iiri-
njBeimv axf>e\fi.
Thucydides, V.
1. Whai is the construction of depov<i, TrXe/oyo?, t% 7^ ?
2. Write brief notices of the names of jilaces mentioned
in the extract.
3. Distinguish kot oXiyov, trap oKv^ov, and /licr' okiyov.
4. Parse KaditrravTo, irvOofieuoi, eyvtoaav, ox^eX^.
5. yvfivoTrat8ia<;. Say briefly wliat you know about this.
6. What period of the war is ouibraced in this book ?
Who directed the Athenian policy during the time ? Give
a short account of him.
7. On what ground is Thucydides styled " the greatest
of Athenian historians"? What share had he in the events
he describes ? By whom is it likely that his history was
divided into books, &c., as we have it ?
Translate :
11.
iyo) he <T^ TToharfo'i katrofirfv iroaei
TreBiop iir axpov, evff €K€ito vr/Xeef
KvvoairdpaKTOv aa>/JM UoXweUovi err
Kal TOP fiev, airriaav7e<i ivoBiav 6eov
Y[\ovTa>vd T opycbf: evp,evel<i xaraa'^edeiu,
XovaavTef ar/vov Xovrpbv^ ev veoa-irdaiv
OaXkoX^ h Bi) XiXeiTTTo trvyKar'pdofiev,
Kol TVfJb^ov opdoKpavov olK€ia<i ')(6ov6<:
j^cwraj/Te? aWi<i Tr/ao? Tudoarpayrov Koprj^
vv/Mf)eiov "AiSov KoiXov eiae^aivofiev.
<^<ovr}^ B* a/nwdev opdimv KWKVfiaTcov
k\v€1 T£9 oucTipKTTOv dfi^t iraardBa,
Kot Beairorrj Kpiovri arffialvei fioXmv
T^ 5' dffKla^ aarifut irept^aivei, /3o^9
^OTTOvrt fiaXKov Suraov, Qifuii^a^ 8' ctto?
Xri<n Bvadp^VTjTov, i> rdXa^ iyo),
St,p elfil fxdvTK ; &pa BvarvxecrrdTqv
xiXevBov epirat r&v irapeXBovar&v oS&v ;
trtuBo^i fie <raivei ^^07709. aXXA, TTpoaTroXoi,
tr Sicarov a>KeU^ Kal irapaarrdvre^ rd^w
ddpriaaff^ dp/jLov "XfOfuiTOii TuOotriraBfj
BvVT€<i TT/OO? aVTO (TTOflCOV, €1 TOP AlfJLOVO^
^doyyov (Twirjfi, ^ deoun KXiirTo/iai.
Sophocles, Antigone.
1. vrfKee*:, XiBocrputrov, <l>$oyyoVf aKripi&rov. Give deri-
vations.
2. ivoSiav Sew. Who is meant ? Give the Latin equi-
valent.
3. Parse fio\&Vf XiXeiTrro, a0pr)a-a0\
4. Trace and illustrate concisely, the connection between
the Greek drama and the Greek religion.
5. What are the chief characteristics of the choral odes ?
How were they sung ? What did the chorus represent ?
6. £xplain briefly the terms ifi/iiKeuif xoprj^o^y Kopvffmo^j
6vfU\i], opxija-Tpa.
7. When was the Antigone exhibited ? What appoint-
ment is Sophocles said to have received in connection with
its exhibition ?
III.
1. Give examples of different constructions with mare,
irplvy and av»
2. Compare the usage of the Greek and Latin languages
in regard to the Case Absolute.
3. Distinguish and give specimens of the Greek dialects.
Tian
Slnfuer0flj? of SToronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
GREEK.
HONORS.
Examiner: S. Aiithuh Mauijng, M.A.
Tianslato :
"V^vda Kev avre T/awe? ap7)i(f)i\Q)v vTr ^K'^ai&v
I'jt fxf) dp' Alut-irj T€ KaV'EKTopi eiTTe Trapaarra^
UpiaiJLi8r)<i" EXevo<i, olcouorroKcjv 6^ apiarof
*' AtVeta Tf KaVEiKTop, tVd ttoj/o? vjxfii fiuKiara
'Vpaxov KoX AvKuou lyKeKXiTai, ovveK apitrroi
Waaav cV Wvv eare fid'xeadai re <f)pove€ip re,
^Itj/t' avTov, Koi \auv epvKaKere nrpo TruXdow
lldvTT} eTroi-)(ofievoi., irpiv a^r iv ;^cp<rt jvuaiK&u
fpeuyovra'i Treaeeiv^ Btjiokti 8i -^dpfia yevia-Bai,
Airrdp eVet k€ (f)d\pyya<i eTrorpvvijTOV aTrdaaf^
'll/xetf fiiv Aauaoiai fiayrjaofieff al>6i> fjbivovrei,
KaX fidXa retpoixsf'oi irep' dvar/Kait) y^p itreiyei'
"K«T0/3, drap (TV TToXivSe fierep'^eo, etVi S' hrei.ra
Mi^TC/ot a^ KoX efij)' 1) Se ^vvayovaa yepaih^
^Tjbv ' Adrival'ij'i y\avK<OTTt8o<i iv iroKei ajcpy^
Xyt^aaa KKrjiSi Ovpa'i lepolo hofioio,
Ueifkov, 6 01 BoKeei ')(apuararo<i rfit fieyiaTOf;
Etvai ivl fieydptp Kai oi ttoXv ^lXraro<; avrfjj
^eivai ^Adi)pairi<i eVi yowaaiv rfVKofioto^
Kal oi v'iTo<T')(kadai. SvoKuiSeKa ^ow ivl pi)^
"Hvi^ i)Ke<TTa<i iepevacfiev, cCi tc iXeij<ru
"AcTU re xdi Tpcoiav dX6j(pv<i Kal ptjTrta riKpa.
Homer, Iliad, VI.
1. OlmvoTroXoiV. Dlstinguisli between the oltopo-rroXo^^
hvei.poTToKo'i, dprjrijp, fjLavTfi, and deovpo'rro'i of Hoiiiei-. What
iu tne proper meaning of /epeiJ? ?
2. iraaav eV Iduv, Oelvai, Explain the (umstrjictions,
y. Parse Bafieureiy viroa-^^iadai, iepeva-ifiev.
4. ^yKCKXiTai. Explain this paHsajje, (pioted liy Mr.
Farrav: " Verha non po^nmt nisi pet' Jiexuram (luaudam
cum aliis oration'm partihua prceter pncpvHt Hones conmc-
iari." Ilhistrate by example,..
5. ciV^. What ]mrtH of the verli are always nocentod on
the ultimate ?
n.
Translate :
Top 8' ap viruSpa l8(ou 7rpotre<fn) 7r68a<{ w/cik? 'A^^tWei/v*
" Ml) fjL€, Kvov, yovvtov lyovpd^eo /j,r}8i TOK^av.
At yap TTO)? avrov fie /j,a'o<f koi Ov/j.of dveit)
"fl/i' diroTafiPOfievov xpeo e^fxepai, ati fi eopya<i'
'Tit ovK ea-B* ov o-f;? ye Kvpat Ke(f)a\Ti<i aTraXiiXKoi^
OuS' et Kev 8eKnKi<i re Kal eiKocnvt'ipiT anroiva
STj;ff&)<r' epddS' ayoPTet, Inrotr^MPTai 8c Kal dWa'
OuS" ei Kep <T avTOP ■^^pvam epviruaOai itv(iyyoi
Aap8avl8r)<; Tlplafiot' ovS" w? ae ye Trorvia fitjrijp
'^pOefxepT} \fye€<Tai yoijTeTai, hp tckcp auT>;,
'AXXa Kvpet re Kal olcopol Kara Trdvra 8d<T0PTai."
Ibid. XXH.
1. Quote passages wherein Latin poets Imvo imitatod
Homer.
2. Mr, Gladstone and Mr. Paley hold different views
regarding the authorshij) of the llonieiie poems. State
them, and also, very brieily, the gr .nids of (liH'erence.
III.
Translate -.
"'^fl? t^ar\ ainiKa 8l '^(pvaodpopot "jXvBep ^w?.
*H flip eireiT dpd prior op aTrecTt^e 8«i Oedwv
Avrap iya)p tVt ptja kiodp utrpvpop eraipovt
AuTou? t' dfi,8aipeip dpd re irpvfiprjaria Xvaai.
01 S' alyfr eia^aipop koI eirt KKrjiai, xadi^ov.
'E^? 8' e^ofiepoi 7ro\i,r)p &\a tvtttop eperfiols.
'Yifilp 8' ai KaroiriaOe peot KvapoTrpapoco
"iKfiePOP olipop "ei 'ir\'r)<riaTiop,.ea0\.bp traipop,
}i.ipKi] eiirkoKapLOt, 8eipr} debt ai»S?;eo-o-a.
AiniKa 8' ottKu ^Kaara TTOprjadfiepoi Kara pfja
"Hfieda" rrjp 8' dpefio^ re Kv/3eppijTr}<} r' tdvpep.
A^ TOT eyo)!/ irdpoKn fierii}v8a>p d'^vfiepo^ icrfp'
Ibid. Odyaaey Xll.
1. v!)<rov- Where does Homer soem to place thiH ?
2. Kipfcri. What explanation «lot'8 Heyne give of the
story of Circe and UlyHses ? Ib there any evidence of the
Oriental origin of Greek myths {
3. Explain the meaning of tKfievovj ifKtfaltmov^ avBi^taaa.
4. "OttXo eKcurra. What is the meaning ? What is the
construction i
5. Translate, with brief notices of peculiar constructionH
or allusions :
(a) 6pvvaB^ e^eirj^t i7i iBe^ia 7rdvTe<: iraipoi
dp^dfievoi Tov ')((opov, odev re irep oivo'ypevu.
(6) Toaabv B^ jSiij^ hrtSevie<i eip,ev
duTidiov 'O8y<r^o<f, 8t' ou hvvdfieada Tavvaaai
tS^ov i\€y)(^eir) Be leal i<T<TOp.kuoiai wdeffBai.
(c) "Arra, nrpoa^ (ftipe ro^a' ra;^' ovk ev iraat tnBriaei^'
(</) Keiro S' im uidovan ottXov veo<i ('tfi(f)ie\i(r(Ti]<i
^v/3\ivov, (it p eiret^ae 0vpa\\ t'«f 8' iji'ev avrof.
(/') i}/i.o<j 8' tTTt BopTtov dvrjp dyopi]6ev avearrj
Kpipoiv veUea iroWh BiKa^op.kvu)V al^rj&v,
T»}/xo? Bi) Tii ye Bovpa Xapv^Bio<{ e^e<f>adv0rj.
IV.
Translate :
AZ'^a Be yijpnaKovTat drtfiijaova-i Toxf/a^
pep.'^ovrai 8' dpa roixi j^aXeTTot? ^d^oPT iireetrai
a^cTXioi o6t€ Oe&v oirtv elBore^. ovBi f^h/ o'i ye
yqpdvreaat roKCvaiv (itto dpeirrrjpia Boiep,
■XeipoBUaf ^epo<{ 8' erepov TToXt" i^aXaTrd^ei.
oiiBe Tt9 evopKov ;^a/ot9 taroerai ovBi BiKaiov,
ovT dyadov' p.aXKov Be kok&v peicTrjpa Kal vfipiv
uvepa rifiriaovai' BiKt] 8' iv %epo-l koI alBtofi
OVK earai' I3\dy^€i 8' o KUKot rbv apelova <f>&Ta
p,v0oi(n (TKo\ioi<i iveTTiop, eirl 8* opxop ofielrai'
^i^Xov 8' dpSpdnroKTip oi^vpoitrip atraai
BvcKeXa^o^ KaK6'yapTo<i ofiaprrjaet arvyepaytriq<i.
Kat Tore Brj Trpo? "OXv/iirop drro y^jdopof evpi/oBeirj^,
\evKotaiP <f)ape€arai, Ka\v^ap,ep(i) "xpoa koKop,
ddapuTtop p,eTcL (f>v\op Xtii]p, irpoKinrouT dpdpayirov<i^
h.lBa><: Kol Nefietri^. t^ Bk XelyfreTat aXyea Xvyph
dpTfTOK dpdpayiroiai' kukov 8' ovk eaaerai aXKiq.
Hesiod, Works and Days.
1. Quoits |)arallol paHHa;<0H.
2. Avo. What iH the force ?
3. Eltrl yap rtva oX (ftaaiv ovOeu (tyimjrov tlvai t&v trparf.
fiuTfop, tiWa travTa yiyvetrOai, yevofieva 8k ra fxev &<p6apra
SutfUvew TO. 6k TTuXti^ <f>dt!ipe(Tdai, fuiXiara fikp ol irtpl
'Halo6op, tilra kuI t&v aWtou oi Trp&Toi <f>v<rio\oy^eavTt^,
(Ari.stotlc.) TranHlato, and cxaniino the statement.
4. What cvidcnoo as to tlin period at which writing first
became known to the Greeks f
V.
Transhite :
llepl Bk tT)'! BuTfqfiaTiKrj^ Kol ^v i^afiiTp^ /itfitfTiK!}^,
8ti Set Tois fivdou<{, KaOdtrep iv tow Tpay^Siaif,, avvia-
Ttiuai BpafiaTiKov^, Kol Trepl fjtiav irpd^iv oXrjv Koi TcXeiav
evov<rav dpx'ji' Kal /xecrov koI T€Xo<i^ 'iv &<nrep ^(aov iu
oKov voifi Ti)v oUelav i)8oui)v, SfjXov' Kol /*?; ofxolat icto-
piai^ Tuv (TVvOcaei'i ehc. h> ah avdyicq ov^ fiiat irpd^em
TToitlaBai Sr/XoMTii', aW €vo<{ xpopovt 6<ra tV Tourp
avve^r] irepX hfa ij Trkeiovi, S)v evao-ra, a»v eTv^ev^ e)(ei
nrpo^ aWrfKa. "iiairep yap kutu tow avTov<i ')(p6vov'i i]
T tV '^oKapuui eyeu€To vavfiayia, Kol y iv St/ceXta Kop-
yrjIBovltav fid^, ovBkv tt/oo? to avTo avvrelvova-ai tc\o?*
ovTO) Kol ev Toit eibe^jf ypovoK evioTC yivCTat, BuTcpov
fieTO, duTepov, cf <av ev ovhiv yivcTai Te\o<{. S;^eSoj^ Be
oi TToWo) tS)V TTOIIJT&V TOVTO BpbXTl' A(o, uKTrrep eiTTopev
ifBr) Koi TavTT) de<nre(Tio<i &v (fMveiij "Ofiijpo^ iraph Tovq
aWov^, Tft) fj,r)Bk tov TToKefiov, Kalirep eyovTa ap^ijv xal
T€\o<?, cTTt^eiprjaai Troieiv oXov' \fav yap &v p.iya'i, xal
oiiK shauvoTTTO'i efieWev eaeaOai' rj Tat fieyedei p,erpui-
^ovTa, KoraTreTrXey fjL€vov tj/ iroiKiKia.
Aristotle, Poetic.
Write notes on oUelav, r} ev ^iKeXia t4Xo^.
2llnfliev0U|? of STototito*
ANNUAL ItXAMlNATIONR: 1876.
CANOrDATKH FOTt B.A.
GREEK.
HONORS.
Kcdm'niPi' : S. AuTHirn Maiiun<i, M.A.
I.
Trimsljito :
' A7roKT€ii>aat S^ roia-i TleXaayoia-i roix} a<f>€repov<i
TTatSrtv re Koi 'yvvaiKWi, ovre yP) Kap'rrov ^Sepe, oGre
yvvaiKef re xal iroifivai ofioioit ^tiktov xal irpo rov. trie-
^iipefoi. 8^ Xifii^) TC Koi uTraiSir), £? Ae\(f>oi>^ t'Trefxirou,
XvtTiv Tiva ahrjavfievoi t&v irapeovTtov KaK&v. 'H he
llvOtT] <T(f)ea<i eKeXevc ^AOrjvaioiai 8iica<t BtSovai Tavra^i
Tav civ avTol 'A6r)vaioi hiKuabtai. ■^XOov Tf 8»j €? rav
'Ad/jvas' ol [leTuiayot, koi BIku^; enrayyeWovTo fjovXo-
fiei'oi SiSovai rravTot rov aSLKtifiaTO<t. ' A0r}vaioi Bi iv rm
TTpvTavrii^t K\ivr}v arpuxTavre^ ti? el^^op KaKKiara^ koX
Tpuire^av eTrnrXirjv wyad&v irdvTwv vapaOipTef;, eKeXevou
Tous' ]]€\a(ryov<{ rijv ^(oprjp a(f>iai irapahiBovat ovto)
eyovaau. ol Be ne\a<Tyo\ VTroXa/dovTa etirav 'Ettc^i'
paper) nvefuo axnrifiepov vnjv'i i^avvarf gk t^? vfi^rreprj^ c'v
rijv rifieTeprfv, Tore irapaBmaofiepy rovro elr.av, erriar-
rdfiepoi TovTo elvai aBvvarov yeviadai, rj yhp *\TTiKrf
irpoi voTOP Keerai ttoWop rrj<i At'ifipov.
Herodotus, VI.
Toto-t fiep pxw ^AdrjpaioKTiKalToiin'rrpoaexiTi tovtokti
TeTCvy/xepoiai, fieypt Kov r&v '^fiKrecoP, i) 6809 eylpcTO kut
apyiaXop re koI aireBop ■^apop' rolai Bl AaxeBaifiopioiai
Kai Tolcn tVef ^9 rovTOtirt TeraypiApoitn, Kara re yapaZprfp
KoX ovpea. ep e5 Be ol AaKeBai/MOPioi nrepLrjUjap, oiroi oi
errX ti^ eriptp Kepei tri koi Bfj ifid'^opro. "£09 fJiev vvv
Tocai ITe/Jo-j/o-t 8p0ia ^v ra yippa, 'qfivvomo re koH ovhh
ekaaaov el^ov rfj fiaxft- cVet Be r&v 'Adijvaicov Kal t&v
'irpoae')(k(av 6 a-rpaTOf, o/cw? ewv^tav yemjTUi to ipyov koI
fjbf) AaKcBaifioviav, TrapaKeXevadfievoi, epyov eiyovro
irpodvfiorepov, evOevrev ■qhrj erepotovro to irprjyfia. hta-
a-dfxevoi yhp ra yippa ovtoi, (fyepofiepoi iaeireaov oKee^ ev
Toi»? Xlepo-a?.
Ibid, IX.
1. '0)tto/ei)<f...ioi). Explain the construction.
2. ol UeXaayoi. Who are meant ? Wliat tlioorics as to
the Pelasgi ?
3. What was the general j)rincipal aim of Heiodotua in
his work ? What period is embraced in it ? Give a sum-
mary of the Calliope.
4. Give some account of the \oy6ypa<f>oi.
5. What internal evidence as to (a) the travels M' Hero-
dotus, (b) the age of the author ?
IL
Translate:
Kai rov avTov 0epov<;, yBrj qKvvrtov avTol^ joiv uttu
QpaKT)^ fiera Bpacr/ooi' e^eKduvrwv arpaTuwrSiv oy? o
Weapiha^i fxera 7a<i aTrovBa^i eKofMicrev, ol AaKehaifiovioi,
c-\frrj(f)i(ravTO toi"? fiev p.eTa lipaalBov WiXwTa^ /^^X^"
aafievovi i\€v6epov<i elvai, Koi olxelv oirov av /SovXwi'TUf
Kol varepov ov TroWcZ avToix; /xera tcov Ne'flSa/xwSw/^ eV
Ahrpeop KareaTTjaav, Kcifievov CTrt ttj? AaKcoviicfj'i Koi tt}?
'IlXe/a'?, 0J/T6? TjSr) Bid^opoi 'HXei'ot?" Toy? S" J/c Ti}v v)'i(rov
Xri^OevTa^ acfjcov Koi ra oirXa irapahovTa^;. Bc.iaavTe<i inff
Tt Bia TJ)v ^v/u,(f)opav vofiicravTe^ eXaaatodija-eadai Ka\
Qine<i eVtTi/xot vecoTepicraxTiv, r/S»; kuI apyd^ rii'a<; ti^oi'Ta?
aTifiovi eTroiTjcrav, drLfiiav Se roidvhe (oare fxi'jTC dp-^av
fi'^TC irpcafievov^ Tt rj TrtoXovvTa^; Kvpiovt elvai. varepov
Bk aWif; "XP^vw hiriiifJiOL eyivovro.
Thucydides.
1. BpaTiBov. Give some account of him.
2. Et\wTo?. What derivations of this word have lieon
proposed C What was the KpvTrreta i
3. ^eoBufuaB&v. Explain what is meant. Who were
the fiodtove
4. ari/jblav. What different kinds ? What was involved
in it?
5. T^9 vrfo-ov. Shew its position by a rough plan. What
were the circumstances alluded to ?
Translate :
Tov? re ^AOrjvaloiK} vfi<ov ttuXiv av xal rdSe inro/xifx-
vrjOKbi OTL ovT€ vav<; ev Toi<i v€(i)croiKoi<i aXKaf ofioLU^
ToiaSe ovT€ ottXitiov rjXiKLav irrreXi'rreTe, el re ^vfji^TJa-erai
Tt aXKo rj to Kpareiv vfiiv, rov^i re ivOdSe '/rokefiiov'i
evdvi iir melva trXeva-ofievovf; koL tou? eVet vTroXoiTrovi
i}fiS)v a8vvdTov<i €(TOfievov<i rov<i re avrov Kai roixi tVeX-
d6vTa<; d/JLvvaaOai. koI ol (xev ai> vrro '^vpaKoaioi<i evdv<i
ylyuoiaSe, oU avrol ttrre o'la yva)fir} eTrriXdeTe, oi 8' 6«e7
VTTo AoKeBaifjLOi'loK.
Ibid, YIT.
ni.
Translate :
TaOr' eiTTtiyv Eu/JUTTToXe/zov eypayb-e fyvoifirjv Kara rb
Kavvtovov yjr^(f)iarfMa Kpiveadai rov? avSpa<i Bi^a exaarov
t) Se Ti}? ^ovXi)<{ i]v fiin -\|r»;c^ft) arravra^ Kpiveiv. rovrtov
Se Bia)(^eiporovovfjbiu(ov rb fiep •rrpoirov eKpivav rrjv l^vpvjr-
roXifxov VTTOfiacra/xevov Si MeveKXeov<} kuI TrdXiv Bia-
-^eipoTOvias yevofievTjf; eKpivav r)]v t?}? /Soi;X'j}i?. Kal fj,er?t
ravra Kareyp^cf)i(ravro r&v vavfia-^vjaavroyv arparrj'ywv
OKTQ) ovrcov' dnreOavov he ol irapovrei e^. Kal ov iroXkht
XP^^V ^arepov /zeTt/xeXe to79 ^Adtjvaioi^^ Kal eyffrj^taapro
o"riv€<; rbv BijfMOv e^rjTrdTrjaav^ 7r/30/3o\o? avrayv elvai.
Kal eyyvTjraii Karaarricrai, ew? av KpiOSxrw, elvai he Kal
l^aXXl^evQV rovrtov. rrpov^Xr'iOTja-av Si Kal aXXot. rcr-
rap"'}; Kal eSednjaav virb r&v eyyinja-afxevaiv. varepov Se
ardaea)<i riva yevofievrj'i, ev fj KXeot^wv Inredavev, drre-
Spaaav ovroi, Trplv KpiOrjvar K.aXXi^evo<; St KareXdcov
ore Kal ol ck Yl€tpai&<i ek to aa-rv, fii<rov/xevo<i vitb rrdv-
rcov Xt/iM aireOavev,
Xenophon, He.lleniea, I. 7.
1. Distinguish -^^lapia, vofiof^ and irpo^ovXevfia. Give
the Greek terms for " to Lring in a bill," " to carry a bill,"
"to repeal a statute."
2. Describe the judicial proceedings taken in a trial at
Athens.
3. What circumstances occasioned the trial referred to in
the extract ?
IV.
Translate :
Tijv fiev ovv dWrjv Bvvafxiv iroifida-a'!: Trpo? fidyrjv
<Tvvel')(ev iv r^ 'xapaKf rov<i 8e ypoar<f>ofid')(ov<i xal rm
TTefwi' Tovf eVtXe/CTOi;? i^a(f>teU, eKeXeve Trpo<T0aK\eiv
7r/309 TT}v 6(f)pw, Koi KaraTreipd^eiv t^? t&v irdKefilwv
i<fie8p€ia<i. tmv Se Troiovvrav to TiapayyeXdev eui^yyo)?
Ta<i /Jbev dpX'^f o ^^^ l^apxH^oviatv aTpaTr}yo<: ixapaBoKei
TO avfi^alvov deiapwv Be Bia rrjv ToXfiav t&v 'Vwfia'mv
rovf irap avTMV ine^ofxevov^, koX KaK&ii Trda-yovTa^,
e^ye rrji' Bvuafiiv, Koi Trapeve/BaXe irapa rrju otfipvv, wkt-
revwv TOt? roiTOL'i. Kara Be tov Kacpov tovtov 6 IIoTrXio?
TOi)? fiev ev^(ovov<i aTravra^ eVa^/ce, avvrd^a^ fioTjdeiv
Tot? 7rpoKiv8vv€Vov<Ti, Toif<i Be Xonrov<i erolfiovi e'xcov, toin?
fiev r)/j,i(Tet<i avTo<; ex^cov, TrepieX6a>v rrjv 6(j>pvv Kara to
Xatov r&v virevavrlcov, irpoae^aXXe TOt? Kap)(rjBovioi(}'
Tov<{ S'i)fiia-ei<i AaiXi^ Bov<}, ofioitoii iraprjyyeiXe Tt/i*
€<f)oBov eTTi rd Be^id fiepr) t&v iroXeiilow.
POLYBHTS X.
1. Short notes on -^^japuKi^ ypocr^o/xd'^ov'}, 6(f>pvv> Give
the Latin.
2. XTpaTr)yo<i. Who ?
3. Translate into Latin : MeTa Tavra irapeBiBov rot?
Tafilai^ Ta ■)(^p^fj.aTa, ocra B'qfiocTia KUTeX^^dr) t&v Kap-^rjhov-
i(i)v. 'Hi/ Be Tama irXeio) t&v e^aKoaiutv TaXavTcov. ware
TTpocTedevTwv TovT(ov oh Traprjv auTOf eK 'Pdy/xr]^ ^X^^ Terpa-
Koa-ioK, TTfv oXrjv irapdOeaiv avT&v yeveadat, t/)? Xopr}')ia'i
TrXeito T&v p^tX/wi'.
4. 'irpoaT€6evTa)v...TeTpaKoaiot,'i. Explain the eonstiuction
5. x'^priyla'i. Origin and nu'anino; of the word ?
nni\^tvnit9 of Q:oronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: IBTfi.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
GREEK.
HONORS.
Examinrv : S. AuxnuR Mauling, M.A.
I.
Translate :
EtV rpia fJ'epr) SiaipeiTai i) ijfiepa, otuv elaijf ypa^
irapavo/jLtov ei<? ro BiKaa-T7]piotf. ^l&y^elrat, yhp to fiep
trpSnov vS(op ra> Karifyopu) koX toI^ v6fioi<i Ktii rrj Sr/fio-
Kparia, to ht Sevrepop vSeop r^j" Tr)v ypa<t>i)V (f>evyovTi, koI
Tot<? eh avTo "o Trpajfia \eyovaiv' ejreiSav Bk rf) irpanrf
■\^^<ji(p firj \v6i, TO •napuvofioi\ tjhr) to TpiTOv vhiop iyxei-
Tai Ttj Ti/J>i]cr€i Koi t«3 fieyidei tj}? 6pyrj<i Trj<; vfjLerepa'i'
oo-Ttv fj^ev ovv ev fj Tifirjtrei, tijv yln](f>ov aiVet, Ttfv opyr/v
rf]p vfieTepav irapaLTeiTai' otrrt? 8* ej/ tc3 irpotTfa Xoyrp
Tijv yjr^^fxtv aiTCt, opKov aiVet, v6p,ov ahet, ^ij/xoKpaTuip
ahei, &v ovT€ aiTrjcrai ovSev 6<nov ovSevl ovT alr7)$ivTa
eripa) Bovuai. KeXeucrare ovv avTovii, edaavraf vfm<i
T7)i> TrpajTijv ■ylnj^ov kuto, tou9 vopMv^ BieveyKeiPt utraprap
tt<f Tr}p Ti/xr}<riv. "OXtu? 8' eyioye, w dv8pe<i ^Adrjpatoij
oXiyov Beta etireiv, 0)9 Koi vofjbop Bel Tedrjvai tVi rats ypa-
<l>at>i fiovop ral? t&v Trapapofitop, fir] i^ewai p/qre Tut
Korriyopu) avvrjyopovi irape'^eadai,^ /tiyre ry Tf}v ypa^p
Toil' •jrapavop.wv ^evyovTC ov yhp aopuTTOP eaTi to
BUaiop, dW uipca-fievov T0i<i pofioif rot? vfieripoi^.
"D.cnrep yap ev ttj TeKTopiKjj oTav elBkpai ^ovKfOfieda to
updov Kol TO p,r)^ Tov Kavopa Trpoartftipop^ep m BuvyivaMrKerai,
ovTW Kai ev ratv ypa<jiai<i tmv irapaPO/Moap irapdjceiTat
Kupuip TOV Bixaiov tovtI to aapiZiop Koi to "^^KrfjLa
KoX 01 •jraparfeypap.fiepoi pofioi. , .
^scHiNES adv. Ctesiphontem.
1. Write short explanatory notes on to Trp&rov vl
6ari,<it)dv Sri/xoKpaTiav airel^ uTravrav eh rrju rifx'qalv,
Kavova, aapiSlov.
2. Into what four periods does i^ilsehines divide his
rival's public careei* ?
II.
Translate :
Ato SeSoKTai rfj ^ov\fj Kat t<^> S^fitp t<P 'Adrfvaiatv,
€v^aiJbkvov<i KaX dva-avra^ toi<{ deoK Koi ijptoat rot? kutc-
j(ov<Ti rrjv TToXiv kuI rrjv ')(<i>pau rrjv ^Adrjpaiwv, Ka'i iv6v-
fir)6evra<i rfj<{ r&v irporfovoiv ap€Trj<tt Siort 7rep\ ttXciovo^
itroiovvTO Tr)v r&v 'EWijvcov eKevdepiav BiaTTjpeiv fj Tr]p
Ihiav irarplSa, BiaKOcriaf; vav<i Ka0i\Keiv eh rrjv OdXaTrav
Kal rov vavap'xpv dvairXeip ivT6<i HvX&v, koI top arparr}-
ybv Kal TOP Xinrapypp raf 7re$a<f koX Ta<i hnriKa^i hwdfieit
'EXefffti/aSe i^dyeip, Trifiyjrat 8e koI irpea^eif tt^o? tov?
dWovf "EiXXi]pa<i, Trp&TOP Be irdpTOip Tr/ao? Hri^aiov<i hia
TO iyyindTo) eJpai top ^iXnnrop r»)? eKeivtop vw/mi?,
irapaKoKelp he avroit^ iji,r]8ep KaTtnTrXayipTa^ top <PtXt7r-
TTop dpTe')(ea0ai t^V eavT&p koX Tri<iTO)P dXXfOP ' RXXyvcDV
eXevdepia^if Koi oti 6 ' Adtjpaiwp Bijfia, ovhep fxpTjaUoKm
ec Ti irpoTepop yeyopep dXXoTpiop Tat? rroXeat irpoit dXXi]-
X<iv, (ioT]driaei Kal hvvdfiecn Kal '^(pi'ip.aai Kal 0eXe<n Kal
OTrXotf, etSo)? oti aiiToh fiep irpo^ dXXi'fXovii 8ia/j,<l)i<Tl3r]-
Teiv irepl t^? -qyefiopiaf dxrip "EiXXijat koXop^ vtto he
dXXoijivXov upOptiyrrov dp^ecr6ai Kal T»}<f ijyefiopla^ utto-
GTepciadai dpd^iop eipat Kal t% t&p' EiXXvpoop Bo^i}^ kuI
t^9 t&p irpoyopiop dpeTrj^!. "Et* Be ovBe dXXuTpiov
r/yeiTac elpai 6 'Adrfpaioyp SiJ/io? top %ri^aia)P Brjfiop ovtc
TTJ avyyepeia ovre to) ofiof^vXM. ' ApafxifxpriaKeTai, Be Kal
Ta? T&p TTpoyoveop t&p eaxnov eh toik? Orj^aioiP irpoyo-
povf evepyeaia^.
Demosthknks, lie i'oronn.
fiovXff.
Give a brief account of this.
2. ripaxTL. Who are meant ?
3. a-vyyepeia, 6p,o^vX(p. Explain.
4. Compare Demostlienes and ('icero.
III.
Translate, with brief comnients ;
{(i) KUTiBap Be Tt? jatha, pofioOeTrj'; TiOt^ai pofiov, Kal
/xdXa KaX&<i eyoPTa, top Biappr}Bi}ii uTrayopevopTa
Tov<i inrevOvpov^t fiff aT€<f}apovp,
(J)) 'E/c rpirfpdp'xpv \oyo<yp(i^o<; aveifxivrjf tu iraTpfaa
Karaye\d<rT(o<i •npokfievo'i'
[o) 'Wyovvro yap, wairep tot airrov^ (ftevyovTati airb
<Pv\rj<i ^pa(Tvl3ov\o^ KaTi]yay€Vf ovto) vvv fievop-
T^9 i^eXavveiv trapa tou? v6fiov<} ypd<f)0VTd Ti.
(d) irdpv yap •rrapk tovto, ov^ 6pa<i ; yeyove Ta twp
'EXK^vtov irpdyfiaTay el tovtI to prjfia, uWa fii]
TOUT* hieXkydrfv eyib, rf Bevpl Trjv X^^P^f dWa fir]
Sevpl TraprjveyKa.
IV.
Translate :
^A7r6Set^iv 6 Aijpo<T0€vr]<i xnrkp t&v TreTroXnevfieptov
ela^ipei' ti'v 8' ^p »; xaTa (jivirip 'vprja-i^; avTfj<i ; " Oy^
I'lfidpTeTC, & TOP vrrep t^? t&p '¥i\Xijpa>p eXevOepiaf
dy&pa dpdfi€Poc' e^eTe 8e oUeia tovtov irapaheir/fiaTa'
ov8e yap oi ip Mapad&Pi ■qfiapTOP^ ov8^ oi eV "^aXapxPi,
ovBe oi ip nXaxttjat?." ' AX\' eireiBi), Kaddirep efiTTPevor-
Oeh e^ai^pr}<i vtto (^eov kuI oiopei <f)oi^6\rprTO<f yepo/iepof,
TOP Kara t&>p dpKTTeayp t^<? 'EWrtSo? opKOP e^eifxoinjaep,
" Oi/K ea-TiP OTTio^ I'lfidpTCTe, oii fid tov<{ ip 'Mapad&Pi
TrpoKiphvpevaavTa^," <f)aip€Tai St' ipot tov ofiOTiKov <rxV'
jiaTo^, (oirep epffdBe diro<TTpo<^i)p iyat Ka\u>,) Toi^t fiep
irpoyopovi dTToBediora^, oti 8e7 Tov<i ovtm^ dirodapoPTa^
ft)v irieovi ofipvpai TrapitTTdpoiU, toi^ Se Kpivovai to Tm>
tKet TrpoKii>8vP€V(rdpTQ)p ivTidei^ (fypovrjua, Ttjp Be t/;?
uTToBei^etof ^vaip fiedea-TaKom etv irrrepf^dWop ir^o? kuI
irddo^, Ka\ ^epfop Kal inrep^v&p opxaap d^coiria-Tiap, Kal
lifia TTUtfopiop Tipa Kal dXe^i^upfiaKop et? Td<i i^f^a? t&p
uKovopTOiv KaOieU \6yop, tov Kov(f)i^opjepov<! vtto twp
eyKWfiLWP fxifBep eXaTTOp Tp fidxiJ rfj 7rpo<? 4>t'\t7r7roi/, »;
evrt Toj? KUTo, Mapadtopa Kal Xa\afupa piKT]Tr)pioi<ii
Trapla-Taa-Oai ^popeip' oU Trdai Toiif} aKpomm Bid tov
axvH'O'Ti'O'fJLOv avpap'irda-a<i mxero.
KaiToi irapd t& ^irrroXiBi tov opKov to (TirepfMU {fyaalp
evprja-dai,
Oi) yap, p,d TTjv MapaOwvi ttjp ifiT}p /xdxv^i
^aipoap Tt<f ainoiv tov/xop dXyvpei xiap.
"EcTTt Be ov TO oTTbifTOVP Tipd ofioaal fieya, to Be ttoO, Kai
TT&K, Kal e<f) top Kaip&p, Kal Tipo<: epcKa. 'A\X' exei p,ep
ovBep i<TT el fiij opKOf, Kal 7rp6<; evTv^ovpTaf tTi Kal ov
Beopepov<i iraprjyopia^; Tov<i ^ Adr)paiovfi' €ti 8' ou^t tow
dvBpai; drraffapaTia-a'i 6 7roiT/T»/9 uyfxoaep, ipa t»;9 eKetpmp
dp€Trj<i Tot9 iiKOvovtnv euriKfi \uyov a^iov, rlW utto r&v
trpoKivBvuevcrdi'Twv iirl to ayjrvy^pp airetrXavrfdr)^ t^j;
fj'dxvv- Uapa Se ral dktifioadevec treirpcuyfidrevTai tt/jo?
'^TTTjfiiuov'i 6 o/OAcof, a>9 fjkT) Kaipoiveiap er 'A^ijwtot?
uTVYriiia <fiaiv€(Tdai. Kai ravrov, (u? e^v, a/x.a a7ro8«.
f/v eo-n Tov /j,r)Seu i)iJ,apTr)Keuai, TrapdBeiyfxa, opKiou
iritTTK, eyKMfHOV, irporpoTrrj.
LoNUfNUS, de Suhlim. 1!).
1. ^oL^6\iyiTro% iramviov. Explain, and cite illustrative
passages.
2. 'EuTToXtSt. Distinguish the Old and the New Comedy.
3. dyftvxov. What is the force ?
4. Say brieflv what you know of Isocrates, Lyaias,
Demades, and liyperides.
Unmvnit^ ot Coronio*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
GREEK.
HONORS.
Kr>'miner : S. Arthttr Marltno, M.A.
I.
Translate :
Tifwadevdy vfifie S' exXupdMrev ttot^o?
Zrjvl yeveffXio)' o<? ere fiev Nefiea irpoifMroVf
^ A\Ki/jbe8ovTa 8e Trap Jipovov \6<f)^
diJKev ^OXvfiTrioviKav.
i)v S* eaopav KaK6<i, ^py<p r ov Kara el8o<i iXeYxtov
e^everre Kparkuiv irdXa ZoXt,')(ripeTfiov Atyipav irdrpav
€vda Xforeipa Aiot ^eviov
irdpehpo'i aaKelrat Scfiit
efoy' dvOptiyiratv. o n yap ttoXv kuI TroXXa piirei,
opva SiaKplveiv <f>p€i/i fiy irapci. Kaipov,
SutTTTaXc?, red/Jbof 8i Tc<t dOavdroav kuI rdvB^ dXiepKea
'XJ^pO'V
iravrohaTroiaiv imearaae ^evoi<i
Kiova haifioviav.
6 S' iiravrefOsMv 'vpovof;
TovTo irpda-crcju fit] Kd/ioi'
Atopiel Xat^) rafiievo/jbivav e| AlaKOV'
TOP Tral<t 6 AaroOv eiipvfieBcov re YloaeiBdv,
'JXtp fteWoi/T€? eVi crre^vov rev^ai, KaXeeravro avvepyov
r€ixeo<i, ^v on viv 7r€irp<ofi€Vov
upvvfievoiv TToXefiav
TTToXiTropBoK iv p.d'^ai'i
Xd^pov dfiirveva-ai Kafrvov.
Pindar, Olympic Odea, VIII.
1. Write short explanatory notes on vfifiCi pe.net, redpM,
Klovay treirpoifievov.
i
2. Translate :
"0<f rat o^itoSeot viov rrore Tof>y6po<i r) 7io\X' afi(f>l
KpovvoU
ndyaa-op ^ev^ai troBmv Itradev,
nrplv ye oi '^pvadfiTrvKa Kovpa yaXivov
ria\\^9 rivtyK' i^ ovelpov 8' avriKa
^v virap' <fxi)vaa€ B*' EuSetv, AtoXtSa /Sao-tXeC;
wye ^iXrpov toS' ymreiov heKev,
Kol ^a/xaitfi viv dvoiv ravpop dpr/avra irarpl Bei^ov.
Ihid. XIII.
3. Scan the verses ; and give the ordinnry foi- the lyric
forms in this extract.
4. Explain the allusions.
5. Enumemte and describe the principal varieties oj
Lyric poetry among the Greeks.
fj. How iU'e the I'Jf>iniri(« divided ?
II.
Translate :
"'n XvKoi^ & 0&€<iy & dv &pea (fxoXdSet apKroi,
"^aipeff ' 6 ^ovkoXo^ vfip.iv eyut Ad<f>vi<i ovKer dv dXav^
ovKer dvd Bpv/xayiy ovk dXaea. x^^P' ^^peBoicra
Koi TTorafioi, rol ')(elre naXov Kara ^vp,fip^of: vSojp.^'
apyere ^vkoXikom Moto-at irdXiv dp\er doiZa<t.
"'fl \\dv Vldv, eXr eaal Kar capea fiaxpa AvKaita,
etre rvy dp.ffxrroXeh p,eya Mali'aXov, ivB' tVe maop
rdv 'XiKeXdv, 'EX/zca? hk XiV rjpiov alirv re crap>a
rrjvo AvKuoviSao, ro Kal fuiKupea-iriv dr/arov."
Xtfyere /3ovKoXiKa<i Mourai tre Xiffer doiBd<i.
""iLvff <ova^ KoX rdvhe <f>ep^ eviraicroio p.eXlirvovv
tK KijpSi avpiyya koXuv, rrepl ;^«Xo9 eXwruv.
»/ yap eywv xnr epmro'i ev "AiBof eXKO/Jtat ijSf),
Au^vi<i eyiov 68e rrjvofi 6 rat ^6a<i wSe vofievrnv,
Ad(f)Pi<t 6 TO)? ravpatt kol iropriat &Be itoriaBiiiv.^''
Xr/yere ^ovKoXtK&t Moiaai ire Xt^er' doiSd^.
" NOv 8' ta fikv ^peoire fidroi, <f>op&nre 8' axavBai,
d hk KaXk vdpKiaiTOt i'rr' dpKevBoitn KOfid<rai'
rrdvra 8' tvaXXa yevotvro^ Kal d rrirvt oyyat eveucai,
Ad^vif eirei Ovdaxei, Kal rat Kwat wXtuf^ot eXKoi,
KTi^ opetop rdi aKanret dr)B6cri yapwraiproJ"
THEOCHitrs, Idylls.
1. XvKaopCBao. Who is meant ?
S. lA>pirffa...iXiKrdv. Explain.
3. State briefly what is Iviiown of tlio history of Thoo-
critiiH '. What claHsihcntion of tht- Idylls has hetui mack* ^
What jjt'culiaritios in the structure of his verse i
4. Which of tlie Greei< «liivlects is most dosely allied to
tlio Latin ^ Give examples. Write the ordiiiaiy forms ot
varieties in tho first ten verses of tlie extract.
[ir.
Translate :
'AWti A/Afa /ctve irdvTa. e7Ct) 8' tVl nrevOe'i TwSe
huKovai Ka\ T€ov oItop oSvpofiai. el bvvdfiav Be,
m 0/3<^euv Karafia^ irori 'Vdprapov, oi? iroic 'OSucrffew,
ft»? irdpof 'AX/C€iSav, Kryyii} ra^' av e? hofiou -^XBov
II\ouT609, W9 Ke <r iSot/it, /cat ei llXour^; fieXiaStj,
tt>9 ai; uKova-aifUiv, ri fieXitrheai. aW' en Kcupa
'^t.KeKiicov Tt Xiyatpe koI dBv ri ^ovKoXid^ev.
Kul Keiva ^iKekd, Ka\ ev AiTuaiaiaiv errai^ev
(loai, Kol /LieXof rjSe to Atopiov ovK drfepaaT(K
€<T<Ti'iff' d fioKird, ;^a>v *Op<f}ei nrpoadev ehdHKev
doea (f>opfii^ovTi TraXiaavrov EvpvSiKeiav,
Koi ae liiuv irefi^^ei tow wpeaiv. el 8e rt Kijydtv
avplahuiv Svvdfiav, irapu llXovret k ahrot deiBov.
MoscHUS, hlylU.
\. dXX er\ls.o»pa...yBe TO A(opioif. Kx}>lnin tlie meaninor.
2. What poets, ancient antl modern, have described
Xccjiia (
3. ('ite parallel j)assafifes in fJrook and Latin.
Translate :
Kelvov fiev TrepnroXXd (f)iXot Kvue<i wpvourai
Koi Nv/j^at KXaiovaiv 'OpetaSev' d S' ^A<f>po8iTa
Xvaajxeva TrXoKau2Ba<i dud Bpv/xa)<i dXdXtjTai
•trevdcCKea vipraa-TO^: dadu8aXo<;, at Se fidrot viv
epyofMevap xeipovai, xal iepov alfia hpeirovriw
o|i) he KfOKvoiaa 8i dr/Kea fiaKpd <f>opeiTai,
'Aaavpiov ^ooaxra iroatp Kal 7ro\\a <raXev<Ta.
BlON.
1. Aaavpiop iroatp. What remarkable allusion to his
worship in Scripture '(
2. What are the characteristics of the kolpi] SidXeicTo<i ?
3. Give an account of the writing materials used by the
Greeks : and explain the terms koiptjBop <ypd<f>€ip, irpayTO-
kqXKov, avXXa^o<i.
IV.
Arranges write in t\\v ordinary cliaraek'r.s, witli accents, irons-
late, and explain :
OIAETPIHKOSIOISlIAPTAriArPlTOISSTNAPK^MOlS
INAXIAAISHTPKANAMcPIMAXKSSAMENOI
ATXENASOrrrPEvl'ANTESOriAlIOAOSlXNIAnPATON
APMOSAMENTATTMKAlAinOMENBIOTAN
APSENIAEOWPTAAAO<M)N' TKEKAATiMMENONOnAON
KAPTSSEmTPEAZETAAKE^AIMONinN
AIAETISAPFEinNEtliTrENMOPONHSAlIAAPASTOT
i:riAPTAJAEOTT0C-)ANEINAAAAc|>TrEIiNHANATOs
I
nnii^tvuitv of Sotonto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1878.
0AND1DATK8 FOR B.A.
GREEK.
HONORS.
Examine v: S. Arthuu Marling, M.A.
I.
Translate :
( I .) XO. oTOTot, ^aaiXev, <Ttparia<i orfa$ri<i
Koi lUpaovofJMv Tifii}<i fieydXt]^,
KOCTfMOV T av8ptbv,
o&<? pvv haifxatv dveKcipe*
yd S' ald^ec rap iyyaiav
ri^av Biip^a Krafievav "Ai8ov
(TuKTopc li: padv oBo/BdrMydp
TToWot <f>(i)T€<;, ^ei/Ja? dvdo<;,
To^o8d/xavT€<i, irdvv yap ^u(ttw
fivpid<{ dv8p&v, i^i^OivTai.
aial alal KeSvdi akKd^:.
'A<r«i 8e ')(da>v, ^atrikev yaUif,
alvm alim^ eVl yovv KeKXiraL.
abj. 00 eyoi, ocoi, auucrtn
/x.e\€09 yiwa ya re irarproa
KUKov dp iyevo/jMv.
XO. 7rp6a-(j)$oyy6v troi vocrov rdv
KaKo<f)dTi8a jSodVf KaK0fii7<£T0v lav
MapiavBvvov dprfvrfrripo^
Tre/ii/ro) iroKvhaKpvv Uucxdv.
iEscHYLUS, Persce.
(2.) <t>€p ' oTTw? ttynpi(; Wipi'i, w <^/'\ov, e iVt ttoO ti'v (t\«o ;
Tt'v t<f>afi€pia>i' ap»/f iv ; 01)6' (6ep^0ifs
oXvyohpaviav aKtKvVj
Iffoveipov, 1} TO ^TWV
tiXaov yeuo^ efitreirohifffieuoi' ; oiWroTt Ovarriiv
rav Atov apfiouiav di>hpo)P nrapt^iacrt, ftovXtii.
efiaffov rdoe aa<i irpoaihovtr' o\oa^ tu;^ov, l\pop,t]Oiv.
TO 8iap.^iSioi> ht fioi fitXn^ irpontTna
roh" iKuvo ff 6 T dfjk<f>l Xovrpa
Koi \ix°^ ""^ vaevaiow
lorari ydficou, OTt rav op.o'rrnTpiuv ehvot^i
ayaye^ '\\<ri6vav iriBwi' Sapapra KoivoXcKrpov.
Ibid, r romclheus.
Notico diti'erent readingK, ami translate acciU'ilingly.
Translate
II.
XO. tft) yeveal'^0porwv,
oyf vfid^ vaa Koi ro /x?;-
Sev ^(ixraf ivapiOfiw.
Tt<? yap, t/? dvT)p ttXcov
Td<r €v8ai/j,oula<i <f)€p€i
ij ToaovTov ocrov Sfixetv
Kal So^ai/r' d7roK\ivai ;
Tov <r6v Toi nrapdSetyfi 'i^tov
Tov <Tov 8aifiova, tov aov, <>)
T\dfiov Ol8nr68a; fSpoT&v
ov8ev fiUKapi^w
ocTTt? Kaff* imep^oXav
Tofeuo-a<? eKpdrrjae tov
irdvT evBai/jbovo^ oK^ov,
& Zed, Kara pbkv <f>6iaa<i
Tav ya/j,yfrtovvya irapOivov
Xprfafi^Sov uavaTwv S' ifia
ydapa 7rvpyo<i dviara'
€^ ov Kal ^aaiXeif^ xaXel
ifw'!, Kal TO, fieyia-T eVt-
fJMdf)^, raU fieydXaiffiv iv
^q^aitriv dvaaawv.
Tavvv 8' aKoveiv t/? d6Xia)Tepo<t ;
t/? arai^i dr/piai'i, Tt<? iv irovoit
^vvoiKo^ dXXaya ^iov ;
Sophocles, (Edipus Rex.
1. DcHcribo, using tlio Oreuk torinH, tho variouH Htops
taken in putting u play upun the Athenian Htago.
i. Wliat WHS tho ^KKvK\i)fia ? Oivo examples of itH use.
3. How many j)prsonH in tho chorus? How doeH AriMtotle
(IcHcribo their notion t
4. Distinguish tho dialccits of tho olioml odes and of tho
(liuloguo, and account for the diflbrenco.
rn.
Translate :
*IdcroVf alrovfial <t€ t&v elprjfiepcou
avyyvcofiop' elpai' ru'i 8' ifia<i 6pya<i (f>epeiv
tt/fo<f tT, tVel v^v TToW' vTrelpycuTTai (f)i\a.
cyo) 8' ^fiaxnfi Sia Xoycou a<f>iK6fii]i>,
Ka\oiS6pr)a-a' tryeTXia, rt fiaiuofiai,
KoX hvafievalvdi roiai ^ovXivovaiv ev,
t'V^pa 8e 7a/av Koipdvott Kadia-Tafiai
TToaei 6\ Of I'lfuu Spa to, avfx<j>op<i)raTa^
yt'jfia^ Tvpavvov koX KaaiyvijTov^ rcKvoi^
ep.oi<{ <pvT€va)V ; ovK airaXXaydrjaofjiai
Ovfiov ; Ti 7r«<T^ft), $e&v iropi^oPTCov koXw :
OVK el<rl fiev fiot irai^ef, 6l8a 8i ')(66va
^vyoma<i Tjfidt ical (nravl^oprat ^IXtov ;
lavr evvoi)(raa rjadofiijv a^ovXiav
TToXXyv e'^ovcra Koi fiurrju dvfiovp.ivri.
vvv ovu tVatfw, a-(o<f)pop€iv rt fioi SoxeU
KfjBof; To8' ijfiip irpoaXafioDP, €70) 8' a<f)po»p,
V XP^^ fiereipac TWvSe t&p ^ovXevfidriop
Kol ^vfiTrepaipeiP koI irapeaTupai Xi'^ei,
pvfi^p re Kijhevovaap ySeaSai aidep.
EuRii'TDKS, Medea.
1. Notice peculiar constructions in the extract.
2. Point out any faults in the following, and indicate
corrections :
(o') r)v S' 677y? rfXde 0dpaTO<i, oi/SeU jdovXerai.
{^) ^Tparbf Trepa KpvaTaXXoTrPjya Biii iropop.
(7) 'Orrorap arparoTreZevoprat,, Tu(f>pop trepi^aXXoprai.
iB') 'HX.^ei' ek ru aarv ipa iBrj top Tarepa.
(e') EttcI. 8id ye vfuif axnov^, trdKai hp diroXuiXaTe.
3. Translate
iaj(av aiov iroXvarovov yotav
Xiyvpa S' a)(€a /xoyepa 0oa
TOP ev \€')(ei irpoBorai/ KaKovvfj.<f>oi>'
$eoK\vTei S' ahiKa iradovaa
rav Zr)Po^ opKiav ^)€fiiv a vip e^aaeu
EWaS* 6? avTiTTopoi'
Si a\a'vv)(Lov e^ aXfivpav
irovTOV KXrjB' airepavTov.
Ihid.
4. Scan and accentuate the above, marking all (|uantities,
and giving the metrical names.
IV.
Translate, and briefly comment on any noteworthy points
in the following :
(1) &ar oil KpeovTO<i irpocndTov yeypd-^ofiat .
(2) rl Bt]t €/io\ {,V)j/ /ce/3^09, aW' ovk iv rd'x^ei
ippiylr €/xavTT)v tj)o"8' diro trrvcfikov Trerpa?,
o'/r(a<t TTcSp fTKri'^acra t&v TrdvTcou iroviov
dtrrjKKd'Yrjv ;
(3) hvadXyqro^ yap Av
eirjv ToidvSe ht) ov Karoiicreipirj eBpav.
(4) Kel p.kv (l)o/3elTai rovTrlKkr^pb vire^eKutu
avTo<{ KaO' avTov' Treiaerai yap dhXo fi^u
uaT€py€<{ ovBev, yij<i S' direiaiv a/9Xay8>)v.
V.
Translate :
Et p.€v Tt? dvjjp T&v dp'^aicov Ka>fioiBoBiSd(rKa\o<i i)fjLii<!
7JvdrfKal,ev Xi^ovra^ eirij tt/oo? to Oearpov irapa^rjvaiy
OVK hv (f>avK(o<: €tv)(€V tovtov. vvv S' d^t,(i<i ead' 6 ttoiijti'j's,
OTi T0v<i ainovt -qfuv fMitrel, ToXp.a re Xeyeiv rd hUaia^
Kol yevuai(o<; tt/jo? tov Tv<f)(o %a)/oet Kal rriv ipcoiXrfv.
a 8e davfid^eiv vfitov (}>r}a-cp ttoWou? avTw Trpoaiovrat,
Koi ^aaavi^eiv, to? ov^i irdXac 'xppov alroiij KaO^ iavTov,
rifia<i vpuv eKeXeve (f>pdaai irepl tovtov. ^ctX yap dvrjp
ov^ VTT dvoia^ tovto •neirovdw^i SuiTpi^eiv, dXTui. vop^i^cou
KOifi^hoBtSaarKaXiav elvai '^aXeircoTaTov epyov uTrdvTwv
TToXXSiV yap Brj Tr€ipacrdvTQ)v airrrjp oXiyoiii ■^(apicraadai,'
vfia^ T€ TToXai BtayiyvaxTKoyv eTreTtioy? Trp/ ^vaiv oVra?,
Kal Tou? irpoTepovi Ta>v ttoiijtmv dfia tu> yi'ipa TrpoBcBovra^-
TOVTo /x^u elBo)^ airade Mdyvi)ii dfia Tai<i TroXtat? KarioiKraK,
0? 7r\et(TTa x^P^^ "^^^ avTiirdXtov vUi}<; e<m}<Te rponrala'
iTU(Ta<i 6' Vfjiiv <f>fi>va<{ leh koI o/raWajj; kuI iTTepvyilayv
Koi XvBi^cov Kol '\lfr)p{^(i)v Kal ^aTTTOfievo'i ^Apa')(eioi<i
ovK e^i'jpKeTev, aXXa TikevrSiv eVt yi]p(o<i, ov yap €<f> ^/8»;?,
el^epKriOri 7rpe(T^vri]<i atv, on tov aKdrrtiv dTr€\ei<f)dr]'
elra Kparivou fiefivij/iivot, 09 ttoWw pevaa^i ttot ewaivtp
ha T&v d(f>€\&v ireBicov eppei, Kal t^9 (rTdaea><; irapaavpatv
i(^opi(, TU'i Sou? Kal TU^ 7r\aTdvov<s Kal Toif<i ej^^poi/? irpo-
ueXvfjLVOxs'
aaai 8' ovk ■^p eu ^vn',roai(p ttXt'iv, Arapoi cruKOTriBike,
Kal reKTOves evTraXdfioov vfivwv' ouTtu? ■ijvdrja-ev iKelvo<i.
Aristophanes, Knights, vv. 507—530.
1. What apjjears to have bf»on the political object of this
play ? In wliat light does the author regard the war which
was raging at the time !
2. Wherein does the comic senarius differ from the tragic?
3. Arrange the plays of Aristophanes in chronological
orfler.
4. Quote instances in which Aristophanes travesties
other poets.
5. Explain vv. 52.3, 529.
(). What is the meaning of Sidvpafi^o^, avro(r)(€BiaafiaTa,
hibaaKaXlai, ^'povTelou, e^/ScKov '.
Tn
Bniinttuitti of SToronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CAND1DATE8 FOR B.A.
GREEK.
HONORS.
Examiner : S. Arthur Marling, M.A.
I.
TraiLslato :
'E7ft> 700 av olfiai, et nva eKXe^dfievov Seot raxni^v rijv
vvKTu, eV y ovTQ) KarehapBev^ mare /i7;8' ovap iBelv, xal
ra? a\\a<f vvKTWi re Koi ■^fiepa<i raf rov ^iov rov kavrov
dvTiTTapadeina ravTr) ttj vvktI 8eoc aKe-sjrdfievov etTretv,
iroaa^ dfieivov Kal ■nSwv t)fiepa^ koI vvKra<i Tainr)<i Trj<;
VVKTOS ^€^i(OK€V €V T^ CUVTOV fSltp, olfJUlt ttV /JLT) OTl IhuQ)-
Ti}V rivd, dWa top fxeyav ^aaikea euaptdfMijTov*; av evpelv
airrov TavTa<{ irpo'i rd^t aWa? •^/.-epaf xal vvKTa<;. el oJjv
ToiovTov o ddvaT6<i ecTTL, Kep8o<i eycoye \e7ei)* Kal yap
ovBev 7r\ei(ov 6 Tras" )(p6vo<i t^aiverat ovrco 8rf elvai rj fiia
vv^. el S" av olov dTroorifirjaai icrriv 6 0dvaTO<i ivOevSe et?
dWop TOTTOV, Kal d\r}6fj ia-ri rd Xerfofieva, eo? apa CKel
elalv diravTet 01 TedveS)Te<i, ri fiei^ov dyadbv tovtov etij
av, & avSpa hiKaarai; el ydp Tt9 u<f)iK6fi€vo<i €k"AiBov,
dTraXXayeU rovrwv rS)v (fyaaKovTojv hiKaarr&v elvat,
evp^aei Tov<i d\7j6at<; BiKaardi;, otirep Kal Xeyovrai e/cct
BiKa^eiv, M.ivo)<i re Kal ' PaSdfjiavdv^ Kal Ata/co? Kal
TptTTToXe/Lto? Kal aWot oaoi twv r^fiideaiv BUaioi eyevovro
ev Ta> eavrmv 8i(p, dpa <f)avKr] hv eir] rj dirohrffila ; rj av
^Op^el ^vyyevea-dai Kal Movaaiw Kal 'H<rt68p ical
'Ofirjpip eVt TToo-ft) dv Ttv he^air &v vfi&v. ; iym fikv ydp
TroXKoKK edekco TcOvdvaij el Tavr ea-riv dXrjdfj.
Plato, Apology.
1. fif) on. ISiforrfv. What is the constnicCiou ?
'2. Write short notices ol" i^Eaciis ami Musseus.
3. Uive iustaiices of religious fanaticism among tlic
Athenians.
4. Kxamine how far tlie eomlenniation of Socrates was
due {a) to his teachings, (/>) to his conduct, (o) to tlio cir-
cumstances of tlic times.
o. Wliat arc the authorities in regard to the doctrines ol'
•Socrates, and what the difticulties in acc('[>ting them as true
exponents of liis system i
6. Give a dcmrtia ol" tlie (Jreek schools of philosojihy
and name their respective founders.
11.
Translate :
Ato Ka\ /xefjiifyoinai T/res' avTfo. Xvaai yap Odrcpov,
Kupiov trairicravra to hiKa(n>]pinv irt'wTcoi', KXrjptoTnu 6v'
eVet yap roxn I'o-^wy, axnrep rvpdvvtp tm hi^fifp ')^api^6-
fxevoi rrjv TroXireiav ek ttjv vvv SrjfioKpa'riav KareaTi^a-av.
Kal rrjv fikv iv^KpeU^t irdyut fiov\r)v ^EtpidXrrj'i eKoXovae
Kal UepiKXrj^:, ra 8t" hiKaa-Tijpia fiiado(f)6pa Kariarijcrt
lle/3t«\?}<>* Kal TovTov Si] rhu Tpoirov eKoaTo<i rtbv B7]p,a-
ytaywp Trpotf/ayev av^tov €t<i ttjv jwv SrjfioKpaTiav. «l»aiVt-
rai 8' ov Kara ttjv ^oXww? yevi-crdat tovto Trpoaipeatv,
liXXa fiaXXov unro crvfnrTmfiaTO'i. T^s' vavap'^^iwi yap iv
Toh ^TfSiKoh 6 BfjfjLO^ otTto? ycvofjieiw^ i<f>povr)ixaTia-6i),
Kal htj/xaybyyoix; eXa^e <f)n.>iXov<;, dvTiTroXtrevn/xevoni row
inrietKOiV. S6\fi)i/ ye eot/ct Tifv dvayKaioruTijv dirohihovai
TO) hrjfiM hvvafiiv, to ra? dp^d^ aipeia-Oai Kal evdvveiv.
fi7}8€ yap TOVTOV Kvpio<i uiv 6 Sijfxo'i I SovXo>i ] ai> eh] Kal
7ro\€/itiO?. Ta? 8' «/3%a? e'/c rtbv yvcopi/xcov Kal t&v eimo-
ptav KaTi(rTT}(r€ irdaa'i, eV' t&v TrevTaKoaiofieSifivrov kuI
^evyiT&v Kal Tphov reXows' rr)? KoXovfievr}^ iTrvdBo<f to
Be TeTUpTov drjTiKov, oh ovBe/ncd^ '^PX^'^ fieTrjv.
xS.LUiiTOTLK, Politics, o ''.
1. avrS. Who is meant ^ '
2. Enumerate, concisely, the political j tui social :
due to (a) Cleisthenes, (/>) Pericles.
3. TO BiKaaTTipiov. Describe briefly.
>;'/'i.s
4. TraiiHlato and explain tlu^ following linen by Solon :
7ro\\ov<i S" ^A6i]va<i TrarplS' el<i OeoKmov
avrf^nrfov Trpadevraw aWov t'«5//f<u<?,
dXXoi> BiKaio)^, Tou? h' dvajKairj*; viro
')0)'tj(Tfji,6v Xeyovra^i. yXwao-ap ovk^t 'Arrt/fr;;^
/e;'Trt<f, o)9 ail TroXXay!) 7rXat>(i)fia>ov<i,
TOW o ivvao avTou covXiijv aeiKea
fc';^o/'T09, i]Or) heaiTOTuw Tpofiev/jueuovs,
i}XcvOepov<i edrjKU' ravra fikv Kpartj
nfiov 0ir]v re Kal Siiajv (Twapfioaa^
epe^a^ Kal BifjXOov w? {rrrerr'^ofii^v.
uetTfiovf 8' o/ioiov^ T(o KUKfo Tf KuyaOo)
evOelav elf GKaarov dpfioaaii Biki]v
eypayjra.
111.
Tianslaic :
llfcTJ* fitv yap t6)V nfji(f)t(rl3i]Tov/.i€vo)V, i) TrapaSo^fOV,
fij) dvev eiriXoyov, dXX' >} irpnOcvra tqv eTriXoyov, yvcofiij
■)(pi]a6at. T(p avpmt-pdnpiarc olov, ei Ti<i eiiroi, 'Eyw (xev
ovv eireiSi] ovre ^6oveicr0ai Bel, ovt dpyov idvai, ov (fyijp^l
ypTjvat Traibeuea-Oai' t) tovto irpoenrovra, eirwirelv to,
'i^jjitrpoadev. Wepl 8e rm> /ij) 7rapa8n^(ov, dBtjXayv Se,
irpocTTiOevTa to Sioti arpoyyvSMnaTa. 'ApfxoTTei 8' eV
Tot? ToiovTois, Kal Ta AaKcouiKa d7ro(f>deyp,aTa, Ka\ ra
alviyp,aT(o87)' olou, el' Tt? Xt'7ot oirep USt'/ct/^o/dos" iv
■ AoKpoi'i eiTTty, oTi ov (Set v^pt.aTn'i etvai, oTTfos //-?) oi
TeTTiye^i '^(afiodev aS(0(ni>. 'ApfiuTTei Be yvMp.oXoyelv,
t'jXiKia /.lev Trpea-jSvTepov' irepl he rovTm>, 0)v ep^ireipot ti<?
ta-Tit/. 129 TO pet' p,i) TijXtKovTov oma yveopoXoyelv,
dirpeTref, wairep Kal to pvOoXoyeiv to 8e irepl 0)v direipof,
rfKiOiov Kal dTralBevTov. "^ypeiov S' Ikuvov oi yap
dypocKoi p,dXt,aTa yv(op,OTV7roi ela-l, Kal pa8i(o<i d7ro(f)ai,v-
ovTai. KadoXov St pi) ovto^, KaOoXov eiirelv, pdXi<TTa
nppMTTei ev <T'^eTXia(Tpt[t, Kal Setvcoaei' Kal ev toutoi9; »/
dp)(6p,€V0v, ri dirohei^avTa.
. Aristotle, Ehet., II.
1. What is the definition of yv(iip,% in this treatise ?
Give tlie writer's rules for the use of yv&p^ai.
2. Stei^'mhoi'ui^. Say briefly what you know of him ?
3. iyo) fjb€V...7rai8€veadaL, ov Set v^piaTd'i...a8(i)<nv. What
IS the mfia.iiinor ^
k GiA-
school.
meaning
some
r..;count of Aristotle, his works, and his
r
Clnf\)er»ftff of (Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS; 1875.
CANDIDATKS FOR H.A.
GREEK (IIIAMMAR.
HONORS.
Exuimno". S. Artuuu Maiiunc}, M.A.
I
1. (live the rules t'ur the (jiiiuitity of final a in tlx' first
(loclensioii.
2. Decline, with proper uccentnation, yvM/xi), yvinj,
7ro\t9, nuting the variations of accent, with tlu^ iiiles thcro
fur.
M. Explain ju'cnliarities in the followijig forms : Oovhwp,
/9e)8o')'?, iycoSa, Oarepov, Kara.
4>. Give the comparative* and superlative of /At'aos^, evvov^,
XaXo?, Ta'xyf, and irkirMV ; and distin;j,iiish Ihc meaning's of
the forms assigned as com[)aratives and supei'latives to
arfa66<i and Kaxof. Why is the singular form of the adjec-
tive used in the com])arative of adverbs, and the pliual in
the superlative ?
5. Write out the declension of e7« ami <tv, with the
dialectic variations.
6. Write out in full the perfect indicative passive of
ttX^/cg), rpi^oDy p^wpt^o), and rpe^w, and note any peculi-
arities.
7. On what ground is it maintained that verbs in /u.t
are older than those in to '. Give the chief anomalous forms
of fiiyvvfxc, prffvvfiL, and irifiTrpijfii, ; also of irivo) and
TCTpmCTKCO.
8. Distinguish Troirja-at, TToirjaai, and Troi'^a-ai, with ex-
planations ; also Xi06^o\o<i and \ido^6\o<;, oikoi and oIkoi,
^(kei and <f>i\€i.
9. Writ*' a list ut* vorl»s, (a) witli (IouIjIc an;;jnu'iit ;
(b) with th(! fiujjfmunt et instwul of »/.
10. Stato and <^\vo examph^.H of tho chief uses of tho
Greek |)iirti<'i|)lc', and notice jiarticipinl coiistnictioiis of
<li$diw and e;^fo.
11. Ui.stin^^nisli and j^ive examples of the ^aMiitive, dative,
iiml acctiHativo of time.
12. Explain the terms: Hoadt'acllo ad sciiHam, A aa-
wliithoH, rrotasis, LUoLch, Uxi/iiwruii, Anacrunis. CJivn
oxamples.
13. Translate and iMjinment on the grammar of the
following :
(it) iKetvo'i ovK eytffici', aX\' eyf^iaro.
(J)) TrnXtTov dyaOov ro/M^erai Oappew.
(c) ra fiiWavra Kpivo/xev Toit jeyi-vij fjbei>ni\.
(tl) a Ax,' iyo) fioXxov
(xtjhev fciSwv Ot'S/TTOfv eiravad viv. Wliy
I
2
nmi
QliKiifVfitUj? of Sotonlo.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
OANDIDATEW FOK B.A.
UTfN.
Kxamiuev : Rkv. Nkil MacNish, B.D., LL.D.
I.
Tacitus : Annals, I.
1. Wlmt writer did Tacitus adopt as hiB model ?
2. Wlwit are the extant writings of Tacitus ?
Jl. }I()W many books did the Annala comprise, and how
many are extant ?
4. ((a) Translate :
Decrota eo anno triunij)halia insinrnia A. Caecinae,
L. Apronio, C Silio, ob res cum Gcrmanico gestas.
Nomon Fatrin pairiae Tiberius, a populo saepius inges-
tum, ropudiavit ; necjuo in acta sua jurari, quamquam
ccnsente scnatu, permisit: cuncta mortalum incerta,
(lujnitotiuo plus adcptus foret, tanto se magis in lubrico
dictitans. Nontamen ideofaciebatfidem civilisanimi :
nam legem majestatis reduxerat; cui nomen apud
veteres idem, sed alia in judiciun? veniebant.
{h) Conjugate the verbs to which decreta, iiigestum,
cens&ate, and adcptus belong.
(c) What is meant by trvwm/phalUi insignia, legem
majestatis ?
(d) For wliat reason was the title pater patHae
conferretl by the Romans ?
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
{/
i^Jit
I
\\J Big ^^ ■•'■
1.1
■tt M 122
■If L£ 12.0
| l-25 ||U E^i.6
Photographic
Sdences
Corporation
,-*»
\
<^**>.
;\
23 VIST MAIN STRHET
WEBSTER, N.Y. I4SM
(716)t72-4503
'^
^4h
5. (a) Translate :
Templum ut in colonia Tarraconensi strueretur Au-
gusto petentibus Hispanis pennissum, datumque in
omnes proviucias exemplum. Centesimam rerum
venalium, post belJa civilia institutara, deprecante
populo, edixit Tiberius militare aerarium eo subsidio
niti* simul impareni oneri rem publicam, nisi vicesimo
militiae anno veteraai dimitterentur. Ita proximae
seditionis male consulta, quibus sedecim stipendiorum
finem expresserant, abolita in posterum.
(b) Parse oneri, abolita.
(c) Explain the construction of Templum per-
missum, ita proximae consulta.
(d) Explain Militare aeraHum, veterani.
II.
Juvenal : Sat. III., VIL, VIII., X.
1. (a) Translate :
Nam mihi commota iam dudum mulio virea
Adnuit. Ergo vale nostri memor. et quoties tc
Roma tuo refici properantem reddet Aquino,
Me quoque ad Helvinam Cererem vestiaraque l^ianani
Convelle a Cumis. Satirarum ego, ni pudet illas,
Adjutor gelidos veniani caligatus in agros.
(b) Explain the construction of ergo memor.
(c) Pudet. What other verbs govern the same cases?
2. (a) Translate : .
Consedere Duces : surgis tu pallidus Ajax
Dicturus dubia pro libertate, bubulco
Judice. Rumpe miser tensum jecur, ut tibi lasso
Figantur virides, scalarum gloria, palmae.
(6) Parse tensum, jecur.
3. (a) Translate :
« Hie novus Arpinas, ignobilis et modo Romae
Municipalis eques, galeatum ponit ubique
Praesidium attonitis, et in orani gente laborat.
Tantum igitur muros intra toga eontulit illi
Nominis et Utuli, quantum non Leucade, quantum
Thessaliae campis Octavius abstulit udo
Caedibus assiduis gladio. Sed Roma parentem,
Roma Patrera Patriae Ciceronem libera dixit,
(b) What is the genitive singular of Arpinaa, eques,
Leucade ?
(c) Detail the reference in quantum non Leucade,
quantum, Thesaaliae ?
(d) Give the full import of Roma libera dixit.
(a) Translate :
Expendc Hannibalem; quot libras in duce summo
Invenies ? Hie est, quern non capit Africa Mauro
Percussa Oceano Niloque admota tepenti,
Rursus ad -^thiopum populos altosque elepho.ntos.
Additur imperils Hispania ; Pyrenaeum
Transilit. Opposuit natura Alpemque nivemque :
Diducit scopulos et montem rurnpit aceto.
(b) Parse summo, nivemque.
(c) Give the derivation of Oceani, rursus, JEthiopum,
elepiiantos, Fyrenaeum, scopulos.
{d) Scan Percussa Oceano to nivemque.
fi]
tl
iSMxUitvuitp Of ^Toronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
UTIiN.
HONORS.
Examiner : Rkv. Neil MacNish, B.D., LL.D.
I.
Sallust: Jugurtha]
1. Why has* Saliust been generally considered as the
first among the Romans who merited the title of histcn^an ?
2. Give the genealogy of the Numidian princes.
3. What were the 'political consequences of the Jugur-
thine war, so far as Rome was concerned ?
4. Draw a map of Africa as it was known to the Romans.
5. (a) Translate:
At Jugurtha, contra spem nuntio accepto, quippe
eui Romae omnia venum ire in animo haeserat, filium
et cum eo duos familiares ad senatem legatos mittit,
his(|ue ut illis, quos Hiempsale interfecto miserat,
praecepit, omnes mortales pecunia aggrediantur. Qui
l)Ostquam Romam adventabant, senatus a Bestia con-
sultus est, placeretne legatos Jugurthae recipi moeni-
bus ; ii(pie decrevere, nisi regnum ipsumque deditum
venissent, uti in diebus proxumis decem Itialia decede-
rent.
(6) Parse venum, placeretne, deditum.
(c) Explain the construction of quippe . . Imeserat.
(d) Derive quippe, /ilmm, ppcuwia, moenibna.
(e) Detail the Roman laws icspecting ambassadors.
6. (a) Translate :
Per idem temjms adversnm Gallos al» diiolbus
nostris Q. Caepione et Cn. Manliomalepugimtum : quo
metu Italia omnis cor tremuerat. Illiquc et indi; usque
ad nostram memoriam Romani sic habuere : alia omnia
virtuti suae prona esse, cum Gal lis pro salute, non pro
gloria certare. Sed postquam bellum in Niimidia con-
fectum et Jugurtham Romam viiictum adduci nunti-
atum est, Marius consul absens factus, et ei decreta
provincia Gallia; iaque Kalendis Januariis magna
gloria consul triumphavit. Ea tempestate spes atque
opes civitatis in illo sitae.
(6) To what is the reference in Per idem...j)Uffna-
tum!
(c) What were the Roman laws respecting the
election of consuls '(
(d) Give a brief account of the life of Marius.
II.
Lucretius, V.
1. How can the antiquated character of the style of
Lucretius be accounted for ?
2. What commendations have been bestowed on
by ancient and modern wi'iters ?
3. What is the value of his own .statement :
Avia Pieridum peragro loca, nullius ante
Trita solo ?
4. What are the religious tenets of his philosoph}' i
5. (a) Translate :
Qua prius aggredip-r c|uam de n; fundere fata
Sanctius, et inulto certa ratione magis, quam
Pythia, quae tripode e Phoebi lauroque jirofatur ;
Multa tibi expediam doctis solatia dictis ;
Religione refrenatus ne forte rearis.
Terras, et solem, coelum, mare, sidera, lunam
Corpore divino debere aeterna manere.
(6) Decline tripodef mare.
(c) Translate into Greek, and explain Pythia.
frofatur.
him
C). (a) Translate :
Inde loci seqiiitur calor aridus, et comeH una
Pulverulenta Ceres, et Etesia Habra Aquilonum :
Inde Autumnus adit ; graditiir simul Evius Evan;
Inde aliae tempestat^-s ventique Heqmintur,
Altitonans VulturnuM, et Aiister fulmine pollens:
Tandem Brunia nives afiert, pigrumqxie rigorem
Reddit : Hiems sequitur, crepitans ac dentibua Algiis.
(6) What is the genitive singular of cornea, Geres,
Hiems, Algua '{
(c) Derive Comes, Ceres, Etesia^ AutumnuSj Evius,
BrumUf nives, Hiems.
7. (a) Translate :
Inde boves Lucas turrito corpore tetros,
Anguimanos, belli docuernnt vulnera Poeni
Sufi'erre, et iiiagnas Martis turbare catervas.
Sic alidex alio peperit discordia tristis,
Horribile humanis <juod gentibus esset in ai'inis ;
I Inque dies belli terroribus addidit augmen.
(6) Parse tetros, alid, augmen.
(c) What is the reference in Inde boves Lucas ?
(d) Give the ancient form of the Latin declensions.
III.
Cicero : De Finihus.
1. (a) Translate :
Nam si omnes atomi deelinabunt, nuUae unquam
cohaerescent : sin aliae deelinabunt, aliae suo nutu
recte ferentur, primum erit hoc quasi provincias atomis
dare, quae recte, quae oblique ferantur : deinde eadem
ilia atomoruni, in quo ctiam Democritus haeret, turbu-
lenta concursio hunc numdi omatum efficere non
poterit. Ne illud ([uidem Physici, credere, aliquid
esse nunimum (juod profecto nunquam putavisset, si
a Polyaeno, farailiari suo, geometriam discere malu-
isset, quam illam etiam ipsum dedocere. Sol Demo-
crito magnus videtur, quippe hoinini erudito in
geometriaque perfect© ; huic bipedalis fortasse : tan-
tum enim esse censet, quantus videtur, vel paullo aut
majorem, aut minorem. Ita, quae mutat, ea corrum-
pit: quae sequitur, sunt tota Demccriti. Atoini, inane,
imagines, quae eiScoXa noininant, quorum incursiono
lion solum videamuH, .seel etinm cogitemus : intinitio
ipsa, quam dtreipiap vocant, totii ab illo est : turn in-
mimerabiles mundi, qui ot oriantur, et intcreant
quotidie. Quae etsi niihi nullo modo probaniur
tamen Democritum, laudatum a ceteris, ab hoe, qui
eum unum seeutus est, nollem vituperatum.
(6) What causes made the philosophy of Epicurus
acceptable to the Romans ?
(c) Give an outline of the philosophy of Democritus.
(d) Explain the argument in Atomi fit intereant
quotidie.
\
MnfVifrofitt of STorontd*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1878.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
LATIN.
H0NUR8.
Examiner : Rev. Mbil MacNish, B.D., LL.D.
•~Z2
I.
LiVY : v., XXL, XXXI.
1. Why has Livy been styled " the Homer of tfie Roman
people, and the Herodotus of the Roman Histoi'ian ?■
2. Over what time did his History of Rome extend ?
3. In what manner, according to Niebuhr, did he com-
pose his History ?
4. (a) Translate:
Inventumque tandem est, ubi neglectas cseremonias
intermissurave sollemne dii arguerent, nihil profecto
aliud esse quam magistratus vitio creatos, Latinas
sacrumque in Albano monte non rite concepisse :
unam expiationem eorum esse, ut tribuni militum
abdicarent se magistratu, auspicia de integro repeter-
entur et interregnum iniretur.
(h) Explain full the allusion in Latinas
concepUse.
(e) Tribuni militum. How were they elected ?
5. (a) Translate:
Forsitan aliquiu dicat, aut Veils ca nos tacburoH aut
hue indc missuros Hacerdotes noHtroH, tjui fnciant:
quonim ncutruiu tiori salvia cajriniotiiis potest. Et,
no oiuDia generatim sacra omnest(ue pcrcenseam deos,
in Jovis epulo niim alibi (|uani in ('apitolio pulvinar
Huscipi potest ? (piid do fctornis Vesta; ignibus signoque,
quod imperii pignus custodia ejus tenipli tenctur,
loquar ? quid do ancilibus vestris, Mars (iradivc tuque
Quirine j)atei' ? hiec omnia in profano deseri placet
sacra, eequalia urbi, qusedam vetustiora origine uibis?
(6.) Parse jmlvinar, ancilibun.
(c.) Write notes on the historical references in the
extract.
6. (a) Translate :
Id cum inter omnes constet, eo magis miror anibigi,
quanam Alpos transient, c(. vulgu cvedero Pirnino —
atque inde nonien ot jugo Alj/iuni inditnni — traiis-
gressuni, Coeliuni i)C'r (Jreuionis jugum dicere trans-
is.sue : qui ambo saltus euni non in Taurinos sod per
Sala.ssos niontanos ad Lilnios Callus deduxurlnt : ncc
verisimile est ua tuni ad Oalliam patuissc itinera, uti-
ijue qutu ad Pooninuni t'crunt obsiupta gentibus seu)i-
gormanis i'uissent : ncque hureeulc niontibus his, si
(luem forte id niovct, ab transitu PtL^noruni alio Seduiii,
V'^cragri, incohv jugi ojus, norint noinon indituni, sod
ab eo (]ueni in sumnio sacratum vertice Pa-ninuui
montani appellant.
(b) What authoiity does Livy Ibllovv hero ?
(c) Discuss the question as to the pass by which
Hannibal entered Italy,
(d) Give the names and dates of the battles which
he fought in Italy, and mention the Roman generals who
severally opposed him.
7. (a) Translate :
Exitu huius anni cum de agris veterum milituni
relatum esset, (^ui ductu atcjue auspicio P. Scipionis in
Afiica bellum perfecissent, decrevenint patres, ut M.
lunius praetor urbis, si ei videretur, decemviros agro
Samniti Apuloque, quod eius publicum populi Romani
esset, metiendo dividendoque crearet.
(/;) Pai'st^ nut inula, Saituiitt.
(c) Wliai is inuaiiL \>y mlcnint tnilitam, (juod ciii.8
publicans enHel !
.S. {ii} 'riaiisliitf :
KiHiit jdcMaijiic silvoslria ciiea, incomnioda nlmlari;,'!
iiiaxiiuc ivluixiluiiiiiii, ((ime, nisi ul)i |n'a'lon<jjis luiHtis
Volut. vallmii ante cliiiios uliiocit, (HukI lit fiat, iiliero
fainpo opuH est, millius adnKxIum iihus est. Tluacas
(|UO(iuc nnn|)iat', itigcjitis ut ip.sao longitiulinis, inter
()l>ieoto.s uuduine lanio.s inipt'dicbant.
(6) Parse plialaroi'i, 'rhmcas.
(c) Explain the eonstriu-tion of quae nisi natis
est.
(il) What is meant by Cunjuyatio itcriphrastica I
II.
TAciTifS : Histories, I.
J. Over what period <lid his hisioriiis extend ?
2. What is the ethical character of liis writings ?
3. (a) Transhite:
Sed tuni e libertis Ononiastuni f'uturosceleri pnofecit,
a quo Burl)ium Pioculuni tcsseiariuni specuUitoruni et
Veturiuni optioneni corundcni pcrductos, postquam
vario sernione cal lidos audaeesque cognovit, pretio et
promiss?is oncrat, data pecunia ad ]5ertentandos phirium
animos.
(6) By what means could Roman slaves gain their
liberty i
(c) Explain the import of these temis : tesseranum
speculatorum et optionem.
4. (a) Translate:
Sed preecipuus et cum prsesenti exitio etiam
futuri pavor, subita inundatione Tiberis : qui immenso
auctu, proruto ponte sublicio, ac strage obstantis molis
refusus, non modo jacentia et plana urbis loca, sed
secura ejusmodi casuum implevit.
(h) Pontf siihllcii). Oive tin; immcH of the utlui'
l»ii(lgos hy whicli tlit; Tiltur wu« oios.soil at Koiue.
(c) Oiv»^ tli(' iiumoH, with (Iat(!(»f thuir ucfcsMion ami
(lentil of tho t'in|)ciors to whom thr extant [)ortion of tho
IliHiories refoi'H.
III.
I. Explain the t«'i'ni,s : LuiKrcaliti Homo (jiuulnita,
SejHhnonlinnif h'uqn ilUto.
•1. How were the piinutive i)olitieal unities forniod with
whieh Italian history Itegins '.
3. What is the historieal vahio of the (TvinuKiafiQ^ which
was fornuitl Ity the Rannjians, Tities, and huceres i
4. Examine the .statement of Mojumsen : " Rome wjus a
creation rather than a growth, and the youngest rather
than the oldest among the Latin cities."
6. What were the documents, &e., whieh the Latin
historians could have consulted in reference to the early
history of Rome >
U. Account for the indej)endenee of Greek models which
the Latin historians, as compared with the Latin jjoets, are
found to possess.
JRni\}tvnitp of c:ovonto«
ANNUAL RXAMINATIONB : 1875.
CANDIDATEH FOR B.A.
LATIN.
HONORS.
Examiner: Rkv. Nicil MArNisii, B.D., LL.D
I.
HORACE.
1. Explain this statement regarding him : " Lyric poetry
JH the most subjective of all poetry, and the musician of
the Roman lyre was the most subjective of Latin poets."
2. Give citations from Greek authors in the writings of
Horace.
3. (a) Translate :
Jam Fides ot Pax et Honos Pudorque
Priscus et neglecta redire Virtus
Audet, apparetque beata pleno
Copia cornu.
Augur et fulgente decorus arcu
Phoebus acceptusque novem Camenis,
Qui salutari levat arte fessos
Corporis artus,
Si Palatinas videt cequus arces,
Remque Romanam Latlumque felix
Alterura in lustrum meliusque semper
Proroget aevum.
Carmen Saelculare.
(6) Explain fully the origin, and purport of this hymn.
4. (a) Translate :
Magna movet stomacho fastidia, seu puer unctis
Tractavit calicem inanibus, dum furta ligurit ;
Sive gravis veteri cratersB limus adhtesit.
VilibuH in scopis, in inappia, in scobe quantus
Consistit sumpius ? Neglectis, flagitium ingons.
Ten' lapides, varios lutulenta radere palma,
Et Tyrias dare circum illota toralia vestes,
Oblitum, quanto curam suniptiimque minorem
HfBC habeant, tanto repreiiendi jusiins illis,
QusB nisi divitibus nequeaat contingere mensis ?
Sat. II.
(6) Parse scohe, illota, ohlitum.
(<;) Trace the growth of liomau Satire.
5. (a) Translate :
Grtecia capta ferum victorem cepit, et artes
Intulit agresti Latio : ,sic horridus ille
Defluxit munerus Saturnius, et grave virus
Munditife pepulere ; sed in longuni tamon ji^euni
Mapserunt hodieque niauent vestigia ruis.
EpiM. II.
(b) Hjxpand the allusions which are uiado in the ex-
tract.
6. (a) Translate:
Ignotum tragiese genus invenisse Camenae
Dicitur et plaustris vexisse poemata Thespis,
Qua? canerent agerentque peruncti faecibus oia.
Post hunc pjrsonse pallreque repertor honestse
iEschylus et modicis inst.avit pulpita tignis
Et docuit magnumque loqui nitiquo cotluimo.
A7'8 Poetica.
(b) Define the position of Thes[)is in Greek tragedy.
(c) With what object did Plorace wi'ite th^ArsPoefica'i
(d) What modern writers have imitated it ?
(e) Who were the most anciont Scholiasts on Horace ?
n.
Pr;rstits.
1. Give a brief account of the life and writings of Persius.
2. Cite passages in which lie follows Horace.
3. (a) Translate :
Scribimiis, inclusus numeros ille, hie pede liber,
Grande aliquid, quod pulnio animse prselargus anhelet.
Scilicet h£EC |)()pulo, pexusque togaque recenti
Et natalitia tandem cum sardonyche albus,
Sede leget celaa, liquido quum plasmate guttur
Mobile colluerit patranti fractus ocello.
Sat. T.
(/>) Explain any peculiar allusions in the extract.
4. (a) Translate :
Hoc satis ? an doceat puhnonem rumpere ventis,
Stonunate quod Tusco ramum millesime ducis,
Censoremque tuum vel ipiod trabeate salutas ?
Ad populnm |)haleras : ego te intus et in cute novi.
Non pudet ad morem discincti vivere Natta* ?
Sat. HI.
(/>) Notice any ])eculiar constructions.
(c) Explain the terms : (Jensio, transvectio, trabeate.
'). (a) Translate:
Tunc cirrandes Galli et cum sistro iusca saceidos
Incussere Deos inflantes corpora, si non
Prredictum ter mane caput gustaveris alii.
Dixeris ha>c inter varicosos Centuriones,
Continuo crassum ridet Vulfenius ingens,
Et centum Graecos curto centusse licetur.
Sat. V.
(h) Parse licetur.
(c) Write notes on OaUi, et ceidume licetur.
{d) What is the general character of the vei-sification
of the Roman Satirists ?
III.
Martial. .
(a) Translate:
Puella senibus dulcior niichi cygnis,
Agna Galaesi Mollior Phalantini,
Concha Lucrini delicatior stagni,
Cin nee lapillos praefcrns Erythraeos,
Nee modo politiim ])eciidis Indicse denten;
Nivesque primas liliumque non tactum,
Qua3 crine vicit Baetici gregis vellus
Rheniqne nodos awreamque nitellam ;
Fragi'avifc ore quod rosarium Paesti,
Quod Atticarum prima mella cerarum
Quod sucinorum rapta de manu gleba ;
Cui comparatus indecens ei'at pavus,
InamabiliH sciurus et frequens phoenix ;
Ad hue recenti tepet Erotion busto,
Quam pessimorum lex aniara fatoruni
Sexta peregit hieme, nee tamen tota,
Nostros amores gaudiumque lususque.
(h) Write brief notes on the proper names that occur
in the extract.
(c) Give a scale of the metre, and mention the pecu-
liarities which belong to it.
Wini\^tvuits of STotonto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
LATIN.
HONORS.
Examiner: Rev. Neil MacNish, B.D., LL.D.
Cicero.
1. Show that he purified the Latin language morally as
well as aesthetically.
2. What is the value oi' his own remark : Philosophia
nascatur Latinis quidem littoris ox his teniporibus, eamquc
nos adjuverauK.
3. In what sense is the saying true " that he bore none
of his calamities like a man, but his death " ?
4. Examine the statement of Quintilian : " Cicero com-
bined the force of Demosthenes, the copiousness of Plato,
and the elegance of Isocrates."
5. (a) Translate :
J)ecimus quidem Bnitus, summus ille vir at imper-
atoi, Aecil amicissinii sui, carminibus templorum ac
monimientorum aditus exornavit suorum. Jam vero
ille, qui cum vEtolis, Ennio comito, bellavit, Fulvius,
non dubitavit Martis manubias Musis consecrare.
Quaro, in qua urbe imperatores prope armati poetarum
nuiaen et Musaruui delubm coluerunt, in ea non de-
bent togati judices a Musarum honore et a poetarum
salute abhorrere.
Pro Archia.
(b) What doubts have been raised respecting the
genuineness of this oration ?
(c) Explain the historical references \n the extract.
(d) Distinguish templnm, faimm, delubmm, aede«.
6. (a) Translate :
Homines enim ad deos nulla re propius accedunt
quarn salutem hominibus datido. Nihil habet nee
foi'tuna tua niaius Muam ut possis, ncc natura melius
quam ut vclis servaro fiuain |)luriino.s. Longiorein
orationeiu causa forsitan postulabat, tua certc natiiva
brevioreni. Qua re cjuum utilius esse arbitrer te
ipsum (luain uie ant queiuquam loqui teoiun, finem
iain faciam : tan turn te admonebo, si illi absenti salu-
tem dederis, praesentibus his omnibus te daturum.
Pro Li(/ano.
(ft) Give a list of adverbs that have an irregular com-
parison.
(c) Illustrate the use and force of the gerund.
7. (a) Translate :
Quid ego de conunentariis infinitis, quid de innu-
merabilibus chirographis locjuar ? (pioruni etiam instit-
ores sunt, qui ea tamquam gladiatorum libellos palam
vonditent. Itaque tanti acervi nuuuuoium apud istum
coastruuntui', ut iaui cxpondautur, nun numerentur
pecuniae. At quaui caeca avaritia est I Nuper fixa
tabula est, (jua civitates locupletissimae ( 'retcasium
vectigalibus Jiberantu)-, statu itur( pie, ne post M. Bru-
tum proconsule sit Creta provincia. Tu mentis es
compos? tn non constringendus ? An Cao.saris de-
creto Crcta post M. Bruti doccssum })otuit liberari,
quum Cieta nihil ad Brutum C'aesare vivo pertineret.
Pit Hippie, II.
(b) Parse compos, constrlnyendus.
(c) How was money calculated by the Romans?
(d) What were the laws affecting the government of
Roman provinces ?
8. (a) TraiiHlnte :
At(iui, no iiostros contemiias, iiKiuit Autoiiius, Graeci
quoque ipsi sic initio Hciiptitanuit, ut noster Cato, ut
Pictor, lit Piso. Erat enim liiHtoria nihil aliud nisi
annaliuin confectio ; cuius rei raenioriaecpie publicae
retinendae causa ab initio revum Komanarum usque
ad P. Mucium pontificeni maximum res omnes singu-
lorum an novum mandahat iitteris pontifox maximus
referebatque in album et proponebat tabulam domi,
potestas ut esset i)opulo cognoscendi ; itaque etiam
nunc annales maximi nominantur. Hanc similitudi-
nem scribendi multi secuti sunt, qui sine uUis orna-
montis monunienta solum temporum, homifium, loco-
r im gestanimquc rorum loliquerunt.
Dp Oratore, I.
(b) Give a list of Roman annalists.
9. (a) Ti-anslate:
Nee Lycurgi leges neipie Solonis neque Charondae
neque Zaleuci nee nostras xii tabu las nee plebiseita
desidero ; sed te existimo quum populis turn etiam
sipgulis hodierno sermone leges vivendi et disciplinam
daturum esse. M. Huius vero disputationis, Quinte
est proprium id, quod exspectas, atque utinam esset
etiam liu^ultjitis meae.
Do Legilms, I.
(/>) Write brief notes on Nee Lycurgi lege(i....tabula8.
(c) Explain the eonstruotion (A' est hujus meae.
10. («) Translate :
Qua in lege quum es.set, neve aurum addito, quam
humane excepit altera lex: (pioi auro dentes vineti
escunt, ast im cum illo sepelire urereve se fraude eato.
Et simul ilhid videtote, aliud habitum esse sepelire et
urere. Duae sunt praeterea leges de sepulcris, quarum
altera privatorum aedificiis, altera ipsis sepulcris cavet.
Nam quod roguin bustumve novum vetat propius
sexaginta pedes adjici aedes alienas invito domino,
incendium veretur acerbum. Quod autem forum id
est, vestibulum sepulcri bustumve usucapi vetat, tue-
tur ius sepulcrorum.
De Legibua, II..
(6) Parse escuat, tuetur.
(c) When, with what object, and after what model,
did Cicero write this treatise ?
(d) What are his views rej»arding the origin and force
of Lfix {
11. {a) Translate :
8i vales, bene est. ('oiistituoramus, ud ad te antea
scripseram, ob viani C'icoroneni Caesari mittere, sed
mutavinius consiliinn, quia do illius adventu nihil
audiebamus. J)e ceteiis rebus, etsi nihil erat novi,
tamen quid veliraus et quid hoe tempore putemus
opus esse ex Sicca pptcris cognoscere. Tulliam adhuc
mocuni tuneo, Valetudineni tuani cura dilligenter.
Vale. XTI. Kalendas Qiiintil.
Epistles ad FamiliareSy XTV.
{b) Who were the chief correspondents of Cicero?
(c) What is tlie general character of Latin epistolo-
graphy i
{d) Draw a compjirison between the Greeks and
Romans in this respect.
SftnfUetttUi? of Zovontc.
ANNUAL KXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CANDIDATKS KOR H.A.
LATIN.
HONORS.
mm
Exanuiiev : Rev. Neil iviAcNisH, B.D., LL.D.
I.
Virgil.
1. Wlmt were the sou ices from which lie derived the
materials for his poems ?
2. To what extent was he indebted to the old Latin
poets ?
3. What is meant by Eclogue ? and what is the difference
between EcLogiia and yEfjloyue '!
4. Translate :
At nos hinc alii sitientes ibimus Afros,
Pars Scythiam et rapidum Oretse veniemus Oaxem,
Et penitus toto divisos orbe Britannos.
En unquam patrios longo post tempore fines.
Pauperis et tuguri congestum cespite culmen,
Post aliquot, mea regna videos, mirabor aristas ?
Impius heec tam culta novalia miles habebit ?
Eclogue, I.
I
n.
5. (a) Translate :
An (leuH innuciiHi veiiias niRiis, uc tua naiitji'
NuHiina sulat'olaiit, tibi surviat nltiiiia. Thulc,
Tc(|uc sihi ^(Minriini Tiitliys tinial oninilms uiidis;
Anno novum tardis sidns tc inensihuH addas,
Qua locus Kri<;()ii('ii iutci* ('lidasiiuc s('((urnti's
Panditur; ipst; til»i Jjini l^nicliia coid/faliit ardons
tScorpios, ct Cfi'li justa plus jiart(! i(di(juit.
Gcuiyics, 1.
(6) Pai'Hu c/tcliMnic.
(r) What o])inionH liavc ln()i held luyaiding Tliule !
6. {a) Transhite :
8olus hyitei'boreas jiflacies 'raiiaiuKpic nivaleui,
Arvaquo RIiip;i'is iiun(|Uiini viduata pruinis
Lustrabat, raptani Kiiiydiecu aitjue irrita JJitis
Dona (jUoreuH : spfutii' CicouiMu ^uo niiUKiVe niatres,
Inter sacra defiiu noctuiiit'ipu' oi-gia Haeclu,
Di.scevptuni latos juveucni sparserc per agros.
(Jeoi'ijiCH, IV.
(b) Write brief notes on the proper names in the
extract.
{c) What importance did the Uonnins attach to agri-
culture I
(ci) Examine the conunendation ol" Horace :
Molle atque facetum
Virgilio annuerunt gandentes rurc (^ania'nae
7. (a) Translate :
Vobis picta croco ct fulgenti niurice vestis,
DesidisB cordi ; juvat indulgen; choreis ;
Et tunicffi manicas, et habcnt redimicula initra*.
O vere Phrygire, neque enini Phryges, ite per alta
Dindyma, ubi assuetis biforem dat tibia cantum.
JUneid, IX.
(6) Explain the construction of JJcsidiae choreis.
(c) O vere Phryges. Cite imrallel passages.
8. (n) Translate :
•lu|iili'i- i|)st< tliiJis i(M|n<itu t'\,-iniiiir laiicos
Sustiiii.'(/, lit fatii iin|i(iMit <liv<Tsa iluormii,
(-^uoiii < ninut lali()r,(!t <|ii() vcvgat ponduic letum.
j-hUmd, X[|.
[i)) l<lN|)laiii I'ldly tliu alltisiuii tliat is l)ui-eiiia<l(>,
((?) Acconliiiy U) lluiiicr, /Kiicas, after tlie fall of
lliiuii, riil('<l over tlu! Trojans who iviiiained at
lioiiio. What authors lirst njiresciitod iEinjas
us coiniii}^ to till! West '.
(d) Wlial may have hct'ii tlu; political ohject of the
nr.
I'LAUTL's : AuUdaria.
1. (a) Translate :
Volui liniinnni tandem eonHrmare hodic niouni,
lit bt'iic mo habeiom filial nuptiis:
venio jmI macollum, roj^ito piscis; indicant
cards, agninuni ciirani, caiaiu bCibidam.
vitulinam, cetum, ))6rcinam, cara 6mnia :
atquc eo fucrunt cariora : aos non crat.
Abeo lUinc iratiis, ((uoniam nihil est, (|ul emam ;
ita illis impuiis omnibus adivi nianum.
(6) Scan the extract, marking the (juan titles.
(c) Account for the peculiar language of Roman
Comedy.
2. (a) Translate:
Pices divitiis, qui aureos montes colunt,
ego s61u8 supero. Nam Istos i*eges ceteros
raemor^re nolo, hdmiiium mendicabula :
ego sum ille rex Philippus ! O lepldiini diem !
(b) Explain the meaning of Pices colunt,
(c) What is the import of Fahula Hhinthonica, Oecan
Flays or Plays of Atellae ?■
(d) How can the hesitation of the ancients be ac-
counted for, in reference to the genuineness and
spuriousness of the plays of Plautus ?
IV.
Terence: Andrian.
1. Discuss the statoinont regarding Ronu^ : " In the dm-
tiuitic world, iitniiody greatly ]>ro|)uiKU!rat('d <Aei' tragedy.
Tho spectators knit tluiir lirow.s wlim, instead oT the
expected comedy, tlu! tragedy began."
2. Kxamine the opinion of Cicero: At coniicortnu senarii
propter siiuilitiidineni sernionis sie saepe sunt abjeeti, ut
iionimn(iuani vix in eis nunierus et versus iutelligi poR«it,
quo est ad inveniendum difticilior in oratione nuiuerns
quam in versibus.
3. Whom did Terence imitate ^
4. Explain the language which he applies to hhnself:
Repente ad stndium hunc sc ap])lica8se muHicum,
Aniicum, ingcnio Iretuni, hand natura sua.
5. Translate:
H^ccinest credibile, a^it meinor/ibilc ;
ttintii vecordia inndta cui(|uam ut siet,
lit nialis gaiideant, dtque ex inc6minodis
alterii'is sua ut comparent cdnnnoda i All
idne est verum i Immo id est gt^nus hominiini pessu-
mum, in
dt^negand6 modo quels pudor paulum adest.
Wini\}tvf$it9 of rotonto.
ANNUAL KXAMINATIONS : 1876,
OANDIDATKS KOli IJ.A.
LATIN.
HONORS.
Examlvcr: Rev. Nkii. MacNish, B.D., LL.D.
I-
(/ATl'LUTS.
1. Why lias the term JJocIum beoii applied to him ?
2. Show that he was the Ibiuuloc of a new School of
of Latin poetry.
.*l Kxplnin tlu* words of Martial :
Quae si tot fnerint, (piot ille dixit
Donabo tilVi passerem (Idtulli.
4. Give scales of the principal metres which Catullus
employs.
5. (a) Translate :
Phaselus illo, (pieni videtia, hospites,
Ait fuisse navium celerrimns,
Ne(pi(' uilius natantis inipetum trabis
Necjuisse praeterire, sive palmulis
Opus foret volare, sive linteo.
Kt hoc negat minacis Adriatici
Negare litns, insulasve Cycladas,
Rhodumve nobilem, horridamve Thraciam,
Propontida, trucemve Ponticum sinum ;
Ubi iste, post Phaselus, antea fuit
Comata silva: nam (-ytorio in jugo
Loquente saejje sibiluni edidit coma.
Amastri Pontica ot Oytore buxifer,
Tibi haec fuisse et esse cognitissima
Ait Phaselus.
(6) Parse Irah'ia, Prop&ntida.
(o) Indicato the rolativu position of the placeu that
aro iiiontiottod in bliit cxtmct.
IT.
TiHULi.ns.
1. How can it l)e HJiown that ho is t\\v most original poet
of the Augustan age f
2. Expand tho statement of (.^uintilian : Klegia Uraecos
<p)0(|Uo |)rovo(;anius, cujus niihi tersus aUjUe olegans niaximo
videtur auctor Til till lus.
i). (a) Translate :
Turbaquc vernaruni, saturi hona signa coloni,
Ludot, et ex virgis extruetante casas.
Kventura ])recor. VMden' ut felieibns extis
Sigiiifleet placidos nuntia libra deos ?
Nunc niihi liunosos veteris profeite Falernos
Consulis, et Chio solvite vincia cado.
Vina diem celebrent ; non festa luce niadere
Kst nibor, errantos etin.ile ferro pedes.
Sed " bene Messalani" sua ((uiscpu* ad pocula dicat,
Nonien et aliseutis singula verba sonent.
Gentis A([uitanae celeber Messala triurnphis,
Et magna intonsis gloria victor avis,
Hue ades, aspiraipio niihi, dum carmine nostro
Redditur agi'icolis gratia coelitibus.
(/<) (live dift'enoit interpretations of TuihaqiU' rcr-
nanim, Jihra.
(c) What were the princii)al Greek and Roman wines f*
((/) What is the reference in Gen1is,,Jriuinijhisf
in.
I'Uol'KllTll'S.
1. What Orcck inodi'ls diil )jo ropy f
2. Point out the chief beauties of his stylo.
11 (a) Tmnslato :
Die iiiihi do nostra, (|uao sontis, vora piiolla:
Sic tihi sint doniinaac, Lyj^datnt', (hunpta jugn.
Nuni mo laetitia tuniofa(;tuni fallis inani,
Haoo iH)for(!ns, ([uau in«' cindoro vullo ])utaH f
'Oniriis enini dobut sino vano nnncius ossc,
Majoionu|Uo tinions sorvus habere (idem.
Nunc mihi, si (jua tones, ab origino dicere prima
Incipe ; suspensis auribus ista bibam.
(h) Notice any various readings and translate accord-
ingly. '
IV.
PlJNV : KpiHtlos, VI.
1. Oive a short aecount of his life.
2. Enumerate liis writings.
n. (a) Translates:
Tandem ilia caligo tejniaia (piasi in fnmum nebul-
amve diseesHit : niox dies versus, sol etiam effulsit,
luridus tainen, (pialis esse, cum deficit, solet. Occur-
sabant trepldantibus adhue oculia inutata omni altoque
cinere, tanujuaui nive, obducta. Kogressi Misonum,
curatis utcumf|U(s corporibus susptjnsam dubiamque
nocteni spo ac metu excigirnus. Metus |>raovalebat:
nam et tremor terrae poi'.severabnt etplerique lymphati
terrificis vatiei nation ibus et sua ot aliena mala ludifi-
cabantur. Nobis tamcn ne tmic quidem, (piamquam
et expertis perioulum et exspectantibus, abeundi con-
silium, donee do avunctilo nuntius. Haec ncquaquam
historia iligna non scripturus leges et tibi, scilicet qui
requiaisti, imputabi,s,ai digna ne epistula quidem vide-
buntur. Vale.
(6) Explain et pleriqu<'...ludijicabantur.
(c) What objections have been raised against the
genuineness of Hciec 'nequa^uatn...vale.
V.
1. Give a short account of the earliest Latin poetry.
2. Why were Greek metre naturalized in Latium ?
3. What infliience did tlic Aloxandriiio School exert over
Latin writers ?
4. Expand :
Poenico l)el!o socundo Musa pennato gradu,
Intulit se bellicosain Rorauli in gentem feram.
5. Give a list of Latin uiaininarians.
Expand and translate :
VT.
I.
IMP . CAES . DIVL ANTON INI . F.
DIYI HADRIANI • NEP DIVT
TRAIANI PARTH • PRON • DIVI
NERVAE • AEN •
M . AYR • ANIONINO A VG GERM .
SARM PONT • MAX • TRTB . POT • XX
IMP .Tin . COS !T1 PP.
S • P . Q R.
II.
D . M .
IVLIVS . SYR\^S
MIL . GOH • r . PR .
> IVLIANI
AVR • DIOGENES
MILCOH- Vll. PR.
> QVARTI HER.
A . O • B ■ M • F . C.
over
2ftnfliet»fts of ?B:otonto«
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
ASTRONOMY AND ACOUSTICS.
Examiner: H. P. Milligan, B.A.
1. Define the terms] ratiomd and sensible horixon, eqtuitor,
declination, right ascension, hour angle, azimuth and ecliptic.
2. Describe the phenomena presented in the motions of
di fie rent stars observed from the same place.
Give a method of observing the parallel circular motion
of the stars.
3. Show that a star in the equator is above the horizon for
just one half of its diurnal course.
Is this true for the poles ?
4. Describe the diflferent kinds of days.
Trace the changes in the length of a solar day, at a place
on the earth's surface.
5. Explain the causes of the change of seasons.
Show what the effect would be if the axis of the earth
were coincident with the ecliptic and always tangeptial to the
earth's orbit.
6. Explain the cause of the trade winds.
What is the effect at the equator ?
7. Describe the method of observation with the mural
circle.
To what errors of adjustment is it liable ?
8. State Kepler's la;vs, and Newton's inferences from them.
^m
9. Describe and account for the moon's phases.
Explain the difference in the appearances of the moon
when she comes to the meridian shortly after six in the even-
ing, and shortly before six in the morning.
10. Explain the effect of aberration of light on the apparent
place of a star.
11. State the received theory of the production and propa-
gation of sound, and distinguioh between the pitch, quality, and
t«<ensiVyof a musical note.
12. Describe the mode of vibration of the air in a tube closed
at one end.
"^^PPIJPWT
mmmmmm"^^
SfttiftiftttftI? of SToronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY AND
ASTRONOMY. ,
HONORS.
Examiner: H. P. Milligan, B.A.
1. Define the polar triangle.
The angles and sides of llie primitive triangle are
respectively the supplements of the sides and angles of the
polar triangle.
If A is the supplement of a, shew that the sides of the
primitive triangle arc respectively equal or supplemental to
the sides of the polar triangle.
2. Express the cosine of an angle of a spherical triangle in
terms of the sines and cosines of its sides.
U Assa, prove cos' C7:= (1 — sin 5 sin C) (1 + sin C sin if)
3. Prove the following formulas :
(1) cot a sin 6 = cot Asin C ■{• cos b cos c,
(3) cos —=^l ;— , -^ .
^ ^ 2 V sin 6 sine
(8) cos A s: sin B sin C cos a — cos B cos C.
/A\ »- 1 / 1 i \ cos X (A — B ) , c
mm
i. Having two an^'les and the included side or a spherical
triangle, show how to find the remaining parts.
If the two angles be together equal to two right angles,
prove that the two opposite sides are respectively equal to the
corresponding sides of the polar triangle.
5. Find the area of a spherical triangle.
Prove lAU i E= V { tan ^ « tan J (s — «) tan ^ (<? — 6)
tan i (*—'=)• S
In an equilateral spherical triangle, prove
cos A (a + J5;) + cos ^ (a — E) = 3 — 2 sec' A a.
6. If three arcs be drawn from the angles of a spherical
triangle through any point to meet the opposite side the pro-
ducts of the sines of the alternate segments of the sides arc
equal.
Through the angular point U of a spherical triangle
lines CfJf CE. and GFate drawn perpendicular to the opposite
side, bisecting the angle 0, and bisecting the opposite side
respectively, prove the followini formulas:
(1) tan ^ (BCD — A CD) = lan»^ {A + B)i&nh (AGF—BGF).
(2) tan ^ (BD— AD) tan i {BE— AE) = tan'i (a — h),
(3) tan I Ccos'J (a + b) tan | (BCD — ACD)
= cot § c cos'4 (« — h) tan \ {AE— BE).
< 7. Describe the transit instrument and the method of
making observp ions with it.
Show how 10 remedy the errors of adjustment of the
instrument.
8. Find the latitude and hour angle from two altitudes of
the sun, and the time between.
9. Find the relations between the sun's right ascension,
declination, and longitude.
If the sun appear to rise in the south-east to a person in
latitude 60° north, find the hour angle at sunrise.
10. Explain the different kinds of time in use. Explain
the advantage of employing equinoctial time.
11. Find the duration of twilight at a given time and place.
Fi'id the condition that it may last all night.
12. Find the eiiect of parallax on the latitude and longitude
of a star.
RIG
leasl
(
n
to A
gra\
axis
tan(
pan
a fii
fl)
atta
(2)
UDd
of I
stn
^ni\$nuit9 of Soronio»
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 187B.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
RIGID DYNAMICS AND HYDRODYNAMICS.
HONORS.
Examiner : J. Galbraith, B.A.
i. Definp ihe principal axes of a rigid body at a given point.
Through uuy point in space there may be drawn at
least one system of principal axes ofa given body.
2. Given one principal axis ofa body at a proposed point,
to find the other two.
If a straight line be a principal axis at the centre of
gravity it is a principai axis at every point in its length.
The radius of gyration of a right circular cone about its
axis when the density at a point varies conjointly as the dis-
tance from the axis and the distance from the vertex measured
parallel to the axis is )'V^, r being the radius of the base.
3. Determine the motion of a rigid body revolving about
a fixed axis under given finite forces.
The cone in (2) is suspended from a horizontal axis;
(1) by a point in the perimeter of its base, and a fine thread
attached to the vertex so that its axis of figure is horizontal ;
(2) by the vertex — compare the limes of a small oscillation
under the action of gravity.
4. Determine the change of motion under given impulses
ofa rigid body of which one point is fixed.
A quiescent plane rircular lamina fixed at its centre is
struck at a point on the circumference by a given blow B
whose direction lies in the plane containing the tangent and
norniHl to llic lamina at that point, ami makna an hngle f/with
the normal — shuw that the lamina will rovolvu about an axis
inclined to its plane at an angle tan
2 B
— * tan ^
with an angular
velocity - - ■v/ 1 -j- 3 cos » (;/ wi, r being the mass and radius
respectively of the lamina.
Shew that the invariable plane through the fixed point
contains the line of the blow.
5. Shew analytically thai the motion of a free rigid body
at a given instant may always bo represented by a motion of
translation of all the particles in parallel directions with a
common velocity, combined with a motion of rotation about any
one of these particles considered fixed.
When finite forces act on a given body, having given
the initial circumstances of its motion, the initial magnitudes
and directions of the forces acting on the various particles of
tlie body and their laws of variation, shew why we cannot in
general determine the position and motion of the body after h
given time.
Is this the case with impulsive forces ?
6. State and prove the principle of conservation of areas.
Considering the solar system us uninfluenced by the rest
of the universe, shew what data would be required to determine
the position of the ecliptic at a given instant with reference to
the invariable plane ai the centre of gravity of the system, and
indicate the method of proceeding.
7. Establish the rectangular equations of steady motion in
throe dimensions at a given point in a fluid acted on by certain
forces.
If the forces be such that Xdx + Ydy -f- Zdz = dR
and the motion be such that udx 4- vdy + wdz=. ili^ the above
equations reduce to
^ = rf/2 - UdU\
P
IT being the resultant velocity at the point x, y, z.
8. Find the time in which a given quantity of fluid will
flow through a small orifice under the action of gravity.
Three vessels in the forms, respectively of a prolate
spheroid, a paraboloid of revolution whose generating curve
has the latus-rectum equal to that of the generating ellipse of
the spheroid and a right circulai* cone, vertex down, similar to
to that generated by the line joining the extremities of the
major and minor axes of the generating curve of the spheroid.
have their hxob vertical, and aro filled with water to thu same
height which discharges thrniigli e(|iial small orificea't the
lowest ' points of the axes; shew that the spheroid will be
emptied] in a time equal lo the diHerenco of the times of
emptying of the paraboloid and cone.
0. A plane lamina is immersed in a stream perpendiciilnr
to the direction of its motion ; find the pressure on the lamina.
Tn place of the stream, suppose a free jet of cross
section rqual to the area of the lamina to strike perpendicularly
an extended plane with the .same velocity ; would the pressure
be the same? Give reasons.
10. In the side of a vessel containing heavy incompressible
fluid which rotates uniformly, without relative displacement,
about a vertical axis, a small aperture is made. Shew that
the expression for the velocity of efflux may be put in the
same form as if the fluid were at rest. Also, nnd the velocity
of efflux in terms of the angular velocity about the fixed axis,
having given the htiight of the free surface when the fluid is at
rest.
11. Integrate and interpret fully the differential equation of
the motion due to a small disturbance at a given point in
homogeneous air in a small tube of indefinite length, gravity
and friction being neglected.
Shew that the velocity of a given particle is proportional
to the ronilensati'itt.
SinfUftflilti^ oC Sotomo.
ANNUAL KXAMINAI'lONB: 1U7S.
(JANDIDATKM KoK B.A
NEWTON : SECTIONS IX. AND XI., AND
LUNAIl THEORY.
HONORS.
Examiner: J. Oalbraith, B.A.
I. Give a ((cnoral uxplunation of the object and processes
of Sec. IX., Bl{. 1,, and shew to what extent the results are
applicable in the investigation of the motion of the moon.
*i. The law of force in an orbit nearly circular being giveny
to find an approximate value of the apsidal angle. Prop. 45.
Determine the motion of the apse of Jupiter's outer
satellite in one revolution, having given m = — r^.
Why is the calculated motion of the apse in this case
much more correct than in the case of the moon to the same
order of approximation ?
H. The force varying as (dial.) -2, jt js required to compare
the major axis of /^s relative orbit round S in motion with the
major axis of the ellipse in whicli /'might revolve round S at
rest in the same periodic time. Prop. (JO.
In proving that the force which retains the moon Id her
orbit about the earth is the force of gravity, why did Newton
nut employ the mean distance between the earth and moon ?
4. Force o: (dial.) — 2. t^o bodies jS and P rnvolve round
a third, 1\ in such a manner ihat I' describes the interior
orbit; to shew that /* will describe round 7* areas more
nearly proportional to the times and a figure more nearly
resembling an ellipse, if" ^ bo acted on by the attractions of
the other two than if it were cither not attracted by them ai
all| or attracted much much more or much less. Prop. 66.
Explain the method of treating the lunar problem,
followed by Newton in this proposition and corollaries, and
give a statement of the results and ihoir comparative accuracy.
5. To consider the effects produced on the motion of the
nodes by the ablatitious force. Prop. 06, Cor. II.
Find the motion ui the node of Jupiter's outer satellite
(see 2) in one revolution, neglecting powers of ni beyond the
second.
6. Obtain the rigorous differential equations of the moon's
motion referred to polar co-ordinates.
Find the differential equation independent of the time
which connects the moon's radius vector with the correspond-
ing longitude.
7. [laving given u = a{\ — Jic' — |W' — e')
s = « sin {gB — 7)
find the moor.'s mean parallax, R being the earth's radius.
Explain what is meant by the mean value of a function
containing periodic terms.
Ex, If a; = a -f 6 sin + c sin' ft + d sin' Q, what is its
mean value ?
8. investigate the effect of the term
11
-h g-m-
sin i(2 — 2m)p< — S/sl
considered as a correction applied to the mean value of the
moon's longitude at a given time.
Determine approximately the variations of the moon's
linear velocity due to this term, the orbit beuig originally
circular.
■PMVm
9. Demonstrate the property of ihe term
— iic' sin '2(fjj)t — 7)
ill the expression for the moon's longitude, in virtue of which
it (3 called the reduction,
10. Explain without demonstration the principles by means
o{ whicli it is possible, with certain limitations, to reduce the
problem of the motion of a satellite about its primary in iho
solar system, to the problem of the motion of three particles.
ver
isl
froi
issi
cer
hh
ant
act
on(
mo
ofi
an(
the
bul
bri
ins
on
a s
th(
Winibtvnttp of Sotonlo.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
PROBLEMS.
HONORS.
Examinerc
. / J. Galbraith, B.A.
• I H. P. Milliqan, B.A.
1. A ve&sel in the form of a surface of revolution, axis
vertical, and which has a circular orifice in its horizontal base
is kept constantly full of water, which issues in vertical lines
from the orifice. Shew that the equation to the surface of the
issuing fluid referred to rectangular axes originating in the
centre of the orifice, the plane of x y being hori^Ttal, is
A being the depth of the orifice below the 8Ujface,r its radius^
and a the area of the upper surface.
2. A square horizontal piece of board is falling under the
action of gravity ; it is struck by a bullet which lodges in it,
one edge of the board undergoing no change of motion at tue
moment of impact ; determine the subsequent motion ajd point
of impact, having given a the length of a side, Jf, m, the masses
and V, «, the velocities of the board and bullet respectively at
the moment oi impact.
Investigate the motion also on the supposition that the
bullet is annihilated the moment it comes into relative equili-
brium with the point of contact, which it is supposed to do
instantaneously in both cases.
8. A homogeneous oblate spheroid rests in stable equilibrium
on a perfectly rough horizontal plane. Shew that the time of
a small oscillation is
2 7r.
r / 6(a' + 6y) .
the semi-axes of the generating ellipse.
Also, find the time when the plane is smooth.
a, h being
4. Shew that if the spheroid in ^3) be hung by the extremity
of its axis, and the time of a small oscillation be the same as
when on the rough horizontal plane, the excentricity of the
generating ellipse must be y/^.
5. A person whose tractive force is c {d — «")', v" being his
velocity, and c, i^ constants, tows a boat a certain distance up
stream, walking as fast as possible. Shew that the work done
is to that he would have done in rowing the boat through the
same distance in the same time, as
d yl
V V/J
1
V c {d + v)
the resistance being 7c v^', in either case, where v, is the velocity
through the water and v the velocity of the stream,
6. Two smooth cylinders of equal lengths and uniform
density, whose radii are r and r^, are bound together by an
elastic string of tension t in the plane passing through their
centres of gravity, perpendicular to their axes ; a pull is
applied to [the cylinder of radius r in a direction from the
other, causing uniformly accelerated motion, such that ihu
mutual pressure between the cylinders just disappears. Shew
that the applied pull is, 4t -^ /' ' ^7
7. A quiescent flat body lying on a smooth horizontal plane
is struck by a sudden blow in that plane ; show that the equa-
tion of the path of the point struck, referred to lines through
the original position of the centre of gravity parallel and
perpendicular to the direction of the b'ow, as axes of x andy
respectively, is
2
|a;-7t(a4-cos-i^)| +
2/
2 _ -.2
where h and r are the distances of the centre of gravity from
the axis of spontaneous rotation and the point struck respec-
tively, and a is the inclination of r to the axis of i/ originally.
8. n inelastic spheres of equal size and each of uniform
density but whose masses are in the ratio of the natural num-
bers 1, 2, ... n, are connected in the order of their masses by
fine inextensiblc strings of equal length a, and placed in
contact with each other in a straight line on a smooth hori-
zontal table ; the lightest sphere is projected in this line with
a velocity v from its neighbour: shew that the interval
between the times that the first ball is projected and the last
ball stons is
tf n(«2-l)- or
3 ^ ' V
a («-«)2{ 2 («+')-.»}
n
n
.T(^-0-l
+ gK-I)
a
the
according as the first ball is stopped the instant after or
instant before the last ball begins to move.
9. A concave mirror generated by the revolution of a quad-
rant of an ellipse about the axis major, reflects the light from
a luminous point placed at the nearer focus against a wall at
the extremity of the major axis of the generatinc ellipse, and
perpendicular to the axis — neglecting reflexions after the first,
find the law of variation of the brightness within the well
defined bright circle which will bo seen and the radius of this
circle.
10. An elastic sphere is projected upwards along a perfectly
rough plane inclined at an angle a to the horizon, with a
velocity of translation u, and an angular velocity a about a
horizontal axis through its centre perpendicular to its path,
and immediately impinges upon an equal sphere of the same
maioria! (which is held at lest by a string) so that the line
joining the centres of the spheres at the moment of impact
makes an angle of 45° with the first sphere's line of motion
produced, find the motion of the first sphere after impact.
11. A ball is suspended by an inelastic string from a given
point, and oscillates upon a smooth inclined plane, the distance
of wliich from the point of suspension is A, the starting poin.
being the extremity of the liorizontal diameter of the circle of
oscillation, after a time t the plane suddenly vanishes, find the
subsequent motion of the ball.
12. A semicircular disc of radius a is at rest on a pefectly
rough sphere of radius 3a, with the middle point of its curved
side in contact with the highest point of the sphere, and is
struck vertically by a blow at the extremity of its horizontal
diameter, find the condition that it leaves the sphere.
13. CX>, CE iiXxA'CF axe lines drawn from the vertex C of
a spherical triangle perpei 'iculur to tlie opposite side, bisect-
ing the angle C, and bisecLing the opposite side respectively,
prove
tan \G cos' J(a + 6) tan 1{BCD — A CD)
= cot }c cos* .i(a — h) tan l(AE — BE.)
14. In a spherical triangle, if a -t- i + c = "■, prove
(1) cos A + cos B + cos C = l-
(2) cot b cot c + cot c cot a + cot a cot 2> s 1.
(3) cos^ a + cos^ b + cos^ c -f- 3 cos a cos b cos c as 1,
m
mm
Unii$tvnit9 of STovonio*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B A.
ENGLISH.
Examinera:
/ J. M. BucHAN, M. A.
(Fred. E. Seymour, M.A.
Write a brief critique upon each of the following passages, pointing ont
tlieir beauties or blemishes, their merits or defects ; shewing wherein these
consist, and what principhs of correct composition and of rhetorical exocl-
lence are exemplified or transgressed in them. Name, if you can, the
authors of the several extracts : —
I.
" Phrixus had a cousin called iEson, who was king in
lolcos by the sea. There he ruled over the rich Minuan
heroes, as Athamas, his uncle, ruled in Boeotia ; and, like
Athamas, he was an unhappy man. For he had a step-
brother named Peliaa, of whom some said that he was a
nymph's son, and there were dark and sad tales about his
birth. When he was a babe he was cast out on the moun-
tains, and a wild mare came by, and kicked him. But a
shepherd passing found the baby, with its face all blackened
by the blow ; and took him home, and called him Pelias,
because his face was bruised and black. And he grew up
fierce and lawless, and did many a fearful deed; and at
last he drove out iEson his step-brother, and then his own
brother Neleus, and took the kingdom to himself, and ruled
over the rich Miuuan heroes, in lolcos by the sea."
II.
" My love is now awake out of her dreams
And her fair eyes like stars that dimm^ were
With darksome clouds, now show their goodly beams
More bright than Hesperus his head doth rear.
Come now, ye damsels, daughters of delight.
Help quickly her to dight :
But first, come ye fair hours, which were begot,
In Jove's sweet paradise of day and niglit ;
Which do the seasons of the year allot,
And all that ever in this world is fair,
Do make and still repair :
And ye three handmaids of the Cyprian queen.
The which do still adorn hei beauty's pride
Help to adorn my beautifullest bride :
And, as ye her an'ay, still throw between
Some gi'aces to be seen;
And, as ye use to ' 'e,ius, to her sing.
The whiles the woods shall answer, and your echo ring."
III.
" Far below him the Tappan Zee spread its dusky and
indistinct waste of waters, with here and there the tall
mast of a sloop riding quietly at anchor under the land. In
the dead hush of midnight he could even hear the barking
of the watch-dog from the opposite shore of the Hudson ;
but it was so vague and faint as only to give an idea of his
distance from this faithful companion of man. Now and
then, too, the long-drawn crowing of a cock, accidentally
awakened, would sound far, far off, from some farm-house
away among the hills — but it was like a dreaming sound
in his ear. No signs of life oecun-ed near him, but occa-
sionally the melancholy chirp of a cricket, or perhaps the
guttural twang of a bull-frog, from a neighbouring marsh,
as if sleeping uncomfortjibly, and turning suddenly in his
bed."
IV.
" Oh, weep for Adonais — he is dead !
Wake, melancholy Mother, wake and weep !
Yet wherefore ? Quench within their burning bed
The fiery tears, and let thy loud heart keep,
Like hiB, a mute and uncomplaining sleep ;
For he is gone where all things wise and fair
Descend :— oh, dream not that the amorous Deep
Will yet restore him to the vital air ;
Death feeds on his mute voice, and laughs at our despair."
V.
" Coleridge was not without what talkers caU wit, and
there were touches of prickly sarcasm in him, contemptuous
enough of the world and its idols and popular dignitaries
he haid traits even of poetical humour: but in general he
seemed deficient in laughter; or indeed in sympathy for
concrete human things, either on the Hunny or on the
Htoruiy side. One right poal of concrete laughter at some
convicted flesh-and-blood absurdity, one bui"Ht of noble
indignation at some Injustice or depravity, rubbing elbows
with us on this solid Karth, how strange would it have been
in that Kantean hazo-worhl, and how inlinitely cheering
amid its vacant air-cnstlos and dim-melting ghosts and
shadows ! None such over came. His life had been an
abstract thinking and dreaming, idealistic, parsed amid the
ghosts of defunct bodies and of unborn ones. The moaning
singsong of that theosophico- metaphysical monotony left
on you, at last, a very dreary feeling.'
VI.
" Meanwhile Bianca dreamed — 'twas once when night
Along the darkened plain began to creep,
Like a young Hottentot, whose eyes are bright,
Although in skin as sooty as a sweep :
The flowers had shul their eyes — the zephyr light
Was gone, for it had rocked the leaves to sleep,
And all the little birds had laid their heads
Under their wings — sleeping in feather beds.
Lone in her chandler sate the dark-eyed maid,
By easy stages jaunting through her prayers,
But listening side long to a serenade,
That robbed the saints a little of their shares ;
For Julio underneath the lattice played
His Deh Vieni, and such amorous airs.
Born only underneath Italian skies,
Where every tiddle has a bridge of Sighs."
vn.
" It is tnie that even in the rudest minds emotion will
tend to make the expression more vivid and forcible ; but
it will not for all that necessarily rise to poetry. Emotion
or excitement alone will not produce that idealization in
which poetry consists. To have that effect the excitement
must be of a peculiar character, and the mind in which it
takes place must be peculiarly gifted. The mistake has
probably arisen from a confusion of two things which are
widely different — the real language of men in a state of
excitement, and the imaginative imita,tion of such language
in the artistic delineation of the excitement. The latter
alone will necessarily or universally be poetical; the
former may be the veriest prose."
1. Compare in dotnil ihv Ktyinolo^ical and Syntactical
forniN of the EngliHli lnn<j[»ia<;t' with thiwe of tho Latin.
2. Give an hiHtorieal Hkotch of Kngliwh lihythm.
3. Write brief historical and etymological notcH explana-
tory of the wordH printed in Italics in tho following
extroetH : —
"And Jonathan gave his artillery nnto the lad, and
said unto him, Go, cany them into the city."
— 1 Sam., XX. 40.
" By my Christendom
So I were out of prison and kept sheep,
I should bo meny as the day is long."
— King John, iv., 1.
Blessed shall ye be when men shall hate you, and
abandon your name jus evil for the Son of man's
sake." — Luke, vi. 22. Rheims.
" His lean, pale, hoar and withered corpse gi'ew fuUome
fair and fresh." — Qolding.
" It is no good reason for a man's religion, that he
was born and brought up in it; for then a Turk
would have as much reason to be a Turk as a
Christian to be a Christian." — Chillingworth.
" In man there is nothing admirable but his ignorance
and weakness." — J. Taylor.
•' Towards the four winds four speedy cherubim
Put to their mouths the sounding alchemy."
— Par. Lost, b. ii.
" The sin of maumetrie is the first that is defended in
the Ten Commandments." — Chaucer, Parson's Tale.
" They were forthwith stoned to death as a document
unto others." — Sir W. Raleigh.
" Within fourteen generations, the royal blood of the
Kings of Judah ran in the veins of plain Joseph, a
'painful carpenter." — Fuller.
4. Give an account of the " Brut " and the " Ormuluni,"
noticing their vocabulary and versification, their literaiy
plan and importance, their influence on contemporary and
subsequent literature, &c., &ic.
5. Give a sketch of the Knglinh novolintN of the eighteenth
century, noticing thoir literary uharactcriHticH and ])ocu-
liftriticH aH coin{mrerl with each other, and with hitor writors
of tho Hanio chiSH. Mention alHO thoir principal workH.
G. Estiuiato the literary merit of tho writingH and charac-
terize the Htylo of
(i.) Gray,
(ii.) JohnMon,
(iii.) Keat8,
(iv.) Shelley,
(v.) Browning.
&^iAh-
1. (
Queen
it, anc
intend
which
2.
*ap!P
ntifHtrsffff of Soronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
CANDIDATES FOR B. A.
ENGLISH.
HONORS.
Emminers : | J.^^ JJ; f^^Q^^i^J^'^^x,
SPENSER.
1. Give the aivument of the Second Book of the Faerie
Quecnc, mentioning the principal adventures described in
it, and uointing out the particular way in which each is
intendea to exemplify the merit of that special virtue of
which Sir Quyon is made the exemplar.
2. (a) Qive some account of the popular beliefs of dif-
ferent ages in Elfs and Fairies.
(I)) What myth related in this book is dramatically
developed by Shakspeai-e, and how do the
narratives differ ?
(c) What allegorical work of the seventeenth century
makes use of a conceit similar to that of uie
Castle of Alma in Canto IX ?
(d) " Braggadocchio is of fayre Belphoebe fowle
forwme." Does the narrative justify this
expression in the heading of Canto III ?
(e) What editions or MSS. form the basis for textual
criticism of the works of Spenser, Shakspeare,
and Milton ?
3. Explain peculiarities in structure, derivaHon, or mean*
ing of the following words and phraser :
(i.) Blive, eatli, (jrcc, lihbard, losell, portaimce^
skrightes, stowre, fhrmsurt', wonnc.
(ii.) To accloycy to cleejte, to erne, to hurtle, to lout, to
sty, to tfwlncke.
(iii.) Behight, derdoiny, ptivjled, raaght, yode, yplight.
(iv.) "One that to hmmtie never cast his niynd." " In
his I'eMrell kynd." " With self-loved person-
age decciyed." "Golden «e^i." '" Ghastly 6wr/."
" Amorous rctrate." " In her rude heares
sweet flowers themselves did lap." " Who his
mind behaves with cares." " WaMfidl ground."
"I n'ill thine offred gi-acc." " No'tc he choose."
" A stately siege''
4. " Below her ham her weed did somewhat trayne,
And her streight legs most bravely were embayld
In gilden buskins of costly cordwayne,
All bard with golden bends, which were entayld
With curious antickes, .and full fayre aumayld —
Before they fastned were under her knee
In a rich iowell, and therein eutrayld
The ends of all the knots that none might see
How they within their fouldings close enwrapped bee."
II. 3, xxvii.
(a) What is the derivation of " veed" and how couies
it to be used in this sense ?
{b) Account for this signification of " bravely"
(c) Give the meaning and derivation of " embayld,''
'^entayld," "aumayld" and "eutrayld."
(d) Write a note on en as a termination of English
adjectives.
(e) " Cordwayne." Give the derivation.
(/) " Bendes" What is meant by the word as here
used ?
((/) "Antickes." Define.
(/t) Quote an entire stanza from any part of the
Faerie Queene, and mention later writers who
have made extensive use of this form of versifi-
cation. What modification of it was used by
Chatterton ?
5.
(a) Give a brief description of Spenser's " Shepheards
Calender," noticing the different characters intro-
duced into it, and the different forms of versifica-
tion employed.
(I)) Sketch ill detail the plot or argument of any pne
of the iEglogues.
(c) Give modern equivalents for archaic forms in the
following extract : —
WiL Seest not thiJke same Hawthorne studde,
How bragly it beginnes to budde,
And utter his tender head ?
Flora now calleth forth eche flower,
And bids make readio Maias bowre.
That ncwe is upryst from bedde :
Tho shall we s])orten in delight.
And leavne with Lettice to wexe light,.
That scornefully lookes askaunce ;
Tho will we little Love awake.
That now sleepeth in Lethe lake,
And pray him leaden our daunce.
Tho. Willye, I wene thou bee assot;
For lustic Love still sleepeth not,
But is abroad at his game.
—Sheo. Cal., M^. HI., LI. L3-27. '
((/) Cuddio's song in the August iEglogue contains six
six-line stanzas, with the same terminal words in
each thus arranged :
I.
a
n. f
in.
e
TV.
d
V.
c
VL b
b
a
f
e
d
c
c
b
a
f
e
d
•d
c
b
a
f
e
e
d
c
b
a
f
f
e
d
c
b
a,
Whence did Spencer derive this method of versifi-
cation, and what name is given to it ?
SHAKSPEARE.
6. " Pro. Abhorred slave,
Which any point of goodness will not take,
Being capable of ill ! I pitied thee,
Took pains to make thee speak, taught thee each hour
One thing or other ; when thou did'st not, savage,
Know thine own meaning, but would'st gabble like
A thing most brutish, I endow'd thy purposes
With words that made them known : But thy vile race,
Though thou didirt learn, had that in 't which good natures
Could not abide to be with : therefore wast thou
Deservedly confined into this rock,
Who hadst deserved more than a prison.
Oal. You taught me language ; and my profit on 't
Is, I know how to curse : The red-plague rid you.
For learning me your language !
Pro. Hag-seed, hence !
Fetch US in fuel ; and be quick, thou wert best,
To answer other business. Shrug'st thou, malice ?
If thou neglect'st, or dost unwillingly
What I command, I'll rack thee with old cramps ;
Fill all thy bones with aches ; make thee roar,
That beasts shall tremble at thy din."
Tempest, I. 2.
" Abhorred slave which &c." Account for the use of this
word, and distinguish the significations of who and which
as applied to persons by Shakspeare.
" Confined into, &c." Why into ?
" Who hadst deserved fee." Write a note on tlie use of
the relative pronouns in the Elizabethan age.
" My profit on't, &c." Suggest a cause for this use of
the preposition.
"The red-plague." What is meant by the red-plague? ,
" For learning me, &c." Give other examples from
Shakspeare, Spenser, or Milton, of a transitive use of
intransitive verbs.
" Thou wert best, &c."
this expression.
Explain fully the formation of
" With old cramps." Explain.
" That beasts, &c." What is eluded here ?
7. (a) Discuss the structure of Shakspeare blank verse,
and point out the allowable modifications of
the regular iambic line.
(/>) Scan the lines in the extract given above, which
begin :
" Being capable, &c."
" A thing most, &c."
" Who hadst, &c."
" Fill all thy bones, &c."
(<•) Compare the supernatural element in these two
dramas.
8. Write explanatory notes upon the words marked in
the following passages :
(ft) I ivould no more
Endure this wooden slavery than to sntter
The flesh-fty blow my mouth." — TempeM, III. 1.
(/>) Bi/'r laiin,! can go no further, Sir ;
Aly old bones aelies." — Ibid., III. 3.
(c) How does your honour /o?' this many a day." —
Hamlet, III. 1.
(iT) An<l I of ladies most deject and wretched." — Ibid.
(e) The spirit upon whose weal de/pends and rests
The lives of many."— /Wrf. III. 3.
( /') For 'tis the H|)ort to have the engineer
Hoist with his own petard." — Ihid. III. 4.
(f/) I hoped thou shouldst hm)e been my Hamlet's wife.
I thought thy bride-bed to have decked sweet maid."
md. V. 1.
9. Quote passages from either drama which strike you
as possessing peculiar excellence. Notice also those brief
phrases or exclamations which have come to be almost
regular and habitual forms of expression amopgst English
speaking people of every class.
MILTON.
10. Give a sketch of Milton's life ; compare him with
Dante in his i)o\vei' and manner of describing the super-
natural, and refer to any fVniturea of the Paradise Lost
which seem to have bern orii,'inally suggested by Tasso'a
Gerusalemme Liberata.
11. Detail the argument of Books V. and VL, and com-
pare the battle scenes of tlio latter, as to poetic merit, with
the briefer description of Satan's ovei'throw in Book L
12. (a) At what period of the ])oet's life, and under
what circumstances was the Mask of ( V)nms
produced ?
(b) Give some account of the Mask as a form of
dramatic representation in England. Give the
names of the more famous authors of masks.
13. Write brief critical or explanatory' notes upon the
following extracts :
(i.) " Nor doth the moon no nourisiunent exhale
liVom \\eriuoisf contineni to higher orbs."
" The invention all admired, and each how he
To b(» the inventor miss'd."
" Liatant without disturb, they took alarm,
And onward moved embattled."
" O'er all the Italian fields where still doth sway
The triph-tyrant."
*' Confined and 'peater'd in this pinfold here."
" That moly
That Hermes once to wise Ul^'sses gave."
"To those budge, doctors of the stoic /<ir."
(ii.) Explain the following allusions : —
" Like Maia's .9on," "ivhere Alcinous i-eigned,"
" dark- veiled Cottytto," "Our Star of Arcady ov
Tyian Cynosure," " the Carpathian wizard," "the
great Emathian conqueror," " the sociable spirit
that deign'd to travel %vith Tobias" " killed with
report that old onan eloquent." " Sad Electra's
poet." " Sadly sits the Assyrian queen"
(iii.) " Sprung frcm old Anchises lino." — Trace the mythic
pedigree from Suhrina to Anchiscs.
(iv.) " May thy lofty head ho crowned
With many a tower and terrace round,
And here and there thy banks upon
With groves of myri'h and cinnamon."
Explain the grammatical construction of this pas-
sage.
(y.) Quote or designate passages of special beauty or
merit in the works of this author.
«
Po
sul
th(
Cc
loi
se(
of
fo
CO
V8
atifneriiftff of STotonto*
\
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
ENGLISH.
HONORS.
Examhiei's .
( J. M. BucHAN, M.A.
[ Fred. E. Seymour, M.A.
POPE, COWPER, AND WORDSWORTH.
1. On wlmt grounds did Wordsworth refuse to recognize
Pope as a poet ? State, with reasons, your own view of the
({uestion ; and contrast these two authors in regard to the
subjects selected and the modes of treatment adopted by
them.
2. Investigate the connection between the poetry of
Cowper ami the tendencies of the age to which he be-
longed, in^
3. Give an account of the subjects dealt with in the
second book of the Task, and illustrate Cowper's method
of treatment by quotations.
4. State the laws which regulate the matter and the
fonn of the Sonnet, tell what you know of its history, and
compare Wordsworth with the principal preceding culti-
vators of this species of poetry.
5. Compare Cowper and Wordsworth as patriotic and
as religious poets.
6. Write a brief critical estimate of Tintern Abbey.
StlniHeriiftfi of Coironio*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
CAND DATES FOR BA.
FRENCH.
Examiner : Rev. Jambs Roy, M.A.
Subject for composition : La T't'iatesse.
Not to be less than thirty lines.
Translate :
I.
Gdndreux h^ritier d'une illustre famille,
Qui fut toujours la gloire et I'appui de Castille,
Race de tant d'aieux en valeur signalds,
Que I'essai de la tienne a sitfit ^galt?s,
Pour te rt^compenser ma force est trop petite,
Et j'ai moins de pouvoir que tu n'as de m^rite.
Le pays ddlivrd d'un si rude enncmi,
Mon sceptre dans ma main par la tienne affermi,
Et les Maures ddfaits, avant qu en ces alarmes
J'eusse pu donner ordre k repousser leurs armes,
Ne sont point des exploits qui laissent k ton roi
Le moyen ni I'espoir de s'acquitter vers toi.
Mais les deux rois captifs feront ta recompense :
lis font nommi^ tous deux leurs Cid en ma presence :
Puisque Cid en leur langue est autant que seigneur,
Je ne t'envierai pas ce beau titre d'honneur.
Sois desorraais le Cid, qu'^ ce grand nom tout cede,
Qu'il eomble depouvante, et Grenade, et TolMe,
Et qu'il marque k tous ceux qui vivent sous mes lois,
Et ce que tu me vaux, et ce que je te dois.
Que votre majeste, sire, dpargne ma honte ;
D'un si faible service elle fait trop de compte,
Et me force a roujrir devant un si grnnd roi
Di m^riter si peu Thonneur que j'en re<;oi,
Je saiH trop «iue je doin a'l bion do votro empire,
Kt le sang qui m'nnime, et I'air que Jo respire,
Et quand je les perdrai pour un si digne objet,
Je ferai seulemont le devoir d'un sujet.
CoRNElLLE, A> Old, Act IV., Scene iii.
1. Viniose words are tliese ?
2. AUiia: Give all the fonns of tliis word, and their
respective meanings.
3. ^ga¥», With what does this agree ? Give rule.
4. tu n'as, Explain use of n' here.
5. J^eume jju. Why is this tense used ? Give the rtde.
G. f'onte. Distinguish this from pinlntr. Which is
most apppropriate liere ?
7. rc^oi. Explain the spelling.
8. frop, main, vern, noiu, vdiui', force, sa,i{f. (iive hom-
onyms of these words.
9. State the relation of this play to the " Threo unities."
10. State the lea<ling anachronism of the play.
11. State the chief cause of its success.
12. What was the course which Richelieu ))ursued with
reference to it, and the consequences of this to the play ?
. II.
Translate :
L'Eraperferes Morchufles s'&re venu/ herbergier
devant I'assaut h une place k tot son pooir, et ot
tendues ses vermeilles tentes. Ensi dura oil afaires
trosque a lundi matin ; et lors furent arnn'' cil des nds
et des vissiers et cil des galies. Et cil de la ville les
dout^rent plus que il ne firent k premiers : si furent si
esbaudi que sor les murs et sor les tors ne paroient .se
genz non. Et lors commen9a li assaus fiers et mer-
veilleus ; et chascun vai.ssiaua assailloit endroit lui.
Li huz de la noise fu si granz, quo il sembla que la
terre fondist. Ensi dura li assaus longuement, tant
que nostre Sires lor fist lever un vent que on apele
Boire; et bota les nds et les vaissiaus sor la rive plus
qu'estoient devant; et deux u^s qui estoient loi^es
eiisemhle, dont I'nno iivait noiii hi IVIrr'inr, ot li
autre // Parndis a|)rocViii'reiit a la tor, I'uiie <i'iuio
part, ft I'autro d'auti v, si com Diex ct li venz les uietia,
(j\i(! r«'s('lii(il (Jo 1(1 I'e'lcriiir mc joiiisl a la tor. Kii
iiiaintetiant uii Vntiisicii ot uii chevalier do Franco qui
avoit noui Aiulrj! dUrlMsiso, outrerout en la tor, et
autreH genz conionceiit a cntrer ti[nhH als ; et cil do la
tor f>o disconfisent et s'en vout.
Quan<l CO virent li cliovalier qui ostoiont os vissiers
s'en isaeut k la torro et drecont eschioh' a j)lain del
mur, et montcnt coutreniont le mur par force, et con-
quistrent l»ien (juatrc des tors. Kt ils coineiiocnt
asHaillir des nes ot do.s vis,sier.s ot des galies, (jui ainz
aiiiz, (|ui iiiielz mielz ; et ddpoeont l)ien troi.s des
porbes et entront enz ot coiiiencont i\ moutor. Et
ch(!vaucheiit droit h la herberge do rEinpereor Mor-
oliufles. Et il avoit hos bataille.s rangies devnnt hoh
tonte.s; et com il vinMJt Ncnlr lo.s chevaliers j\ clioval,
si se diseoiitl.seiit. Kt sen va I'Flmporeres f'niant par
les rues nl ehastel de Ronkelion.
Anton'in Rochk, Pt'omhavH.
1. Ciive a paradigm of the delinito article from this
extract.
2. ((/) Exhibit the scheme of declension which appears
ill such words as ?»/y//w, cont, /i'AfVo/iV/'x, shewing what cases
are used, and how they are distinguished. (/*) What Latin
declension seen..^ to have had a preponderating influence
on the formation of old French cases ?
3. {a) Fro»n what Latin cases have A'tHjicreirfi and
Ewpcreoi' respectively conu) { (h) What do the.se words
teach as to the retention or rejection, in olit French, of
the Latin accent f
III.
FRENCH LITERATURE, (DEMOGKOT).
1. What is lieyiMiuinVM rhjle de I's ? Where does a
similar rule exist ?
2. State some traces of the Gallic, or Breton, language
in modern French.
3. Trace the words oc and oui to their Latin originals.
4. What centuries are included in the term " middle
ages.
5. Wherein are the poetio HctioiiM of the middle ageH
superior to hiHtory V
(). {a) What characteristics of the times are brought
out by tlio Carlovingiau i)0(5iiis ? (/>) What by those of the
age of Arthur ?
7. What produced tiie decay of ProveiK,"!! poetry ?
8. Whnt effect was produced on the literature of the
TrouvereH by the relegation of all profound thought to the
clergy ?
9. What subjects were cmbraco«l under the terms
trwiwni and quadrivium!
10. State the respective metaphysical systems of RoHcelm
dfi CornpUfjTy, AvMlmc, and Aheiavd.
11. What mental faculty does Monfau/nf call " la folle
dit lo(/i»" !
12. What literary reform did lioiisard, attempt ? Why
did it fail 'i
r
anKHemftV ot Cioronto.
ANNUAL KXAMlNATIONt): 187S.
CANDTOATKS Foil RA.
FRENCH.
HONORS.
Kmm'ntrr: Ukv. Jamks Roy, M.A.
•,• All answer!! to bn in French.
I.
Translate
Le sort de* I'orateur, comme Di^moathene ou Mim-
beau, les deiix houIh dipfnea do no nom, est plus st^dui-
sant (|ue lo sort du pliilosopho ou du poete ; Torateur
participe k la fois de la gloire de I'^crivain et de la
puissance des masses sur Tesquelles et i)ar lesquelles il
agit: — c'est le philosophe roi, s'il est philosophe; mais
son arme terrible, lo pouple, se brise entre ses mains, le
blesse et le tuo lui-meme ; — et puis ce qu'il fait, ce qu'il
dit, ce qu'il remue dans Thuraanitt^, passions, principes,
inter^ts pasHagers, tout cela n'est pas durable, n'est pas
t^ternel do m nature. Le poete, au contraire, et
j'entends par poete tout ce qui cr^e des id^es en bronze,
en pierre, en prose, en paroles, en rhythmes, le poete
no remue quo ce qui est imp^rissable dans la nature
et dans le coour humain ; — les temps passent, les lan-
gues s'usent ; mais il vit toujours tout entier, toujours
aussi lui, aussi giand, aussi neuf, aussi puissant sur
I'flme de ses lecteurs ; son sort est moins humain, mais
plus divin ! il est au-dessus de I'orateur.
Lamartine, Voyage en Orient, p. 104.
n.
Translate :
De ta tige detach de,
Pauivre ftsuille de8s6chde,
Oh. vas-tu ? Je n'en sais rien :
L'orage a brisd le ch6ne
Qui seul (^tait mon soutien ;
De son inconstante haleine
Le zephyr ou I'aquilon
Depuis ce jour me proraene
De la foret h la plaine,
De la montagne au vallon.
Je vais oh le vent me m&ne,
Sans me plaindre ou m'effrayer ;
Je vais ou va toute chose.
Oh va la feuille de rose,
Et la feuille de laurier.
Antonin Roche, Poiilpfi Fvancais.
1. What figure is employed in this ])oem i
2. Concerning whom was it written ?
3. Rose, laurier. 01" what are these here used as
emblems ?
m.
Ti'anslate :
Harp. — Quelle ? Est-il rien de plus scandaleux
que ce somptueux oquipage que vous j)romencz ]iar
la ville ? Jc querellais hier votre soeur ; mais c'est
encore pis. Voila qui crie vengeance au ciel : et, a
vous prendre depuis les pieds jusqua la tete, il y
aurait 1^ de quoi faire une bonne constitution. Je
vous I'ai dit vingt fois, mon fils : toutes vos mani^res
me d^plaisent fort; et, pour aller ainsi vetu, il faut
bien que vous me ddrobiez.
Clbante. — H<5 ! comment vous derober ?
Harp. — Que sais-je, moi ? Ou pouvez-vous done
prendre de quoi entrotenir I'etat que vous portez?
Cleante. — Moi, mon pere ? c'est (jue je joue ; et
comme je suis fort heureux, je mets sur moi tout
I'argent que je gagne.
Harp. — Cest fort mal faive. 8i vous etes heureux
au jeu, vous en devriez profittn-, et mettre ti honnete
int^r^t I'argent que vous gagnez, afin de le trouver un
jour. Je voudrais bien savoir, sans parler du reste, si
quoi servent tous ces rubans dont vous voil^ lardd
depuis les pieds jusqu' k la t6te, et si une demi-douzaine
d'aiguillettes ne suftit pas pour attacher \in haut-de-
chansses. It est bien n^cessaire d'employer de I'argent
k des pen-uques, lorsque Ton peut porter des cbe • a
de Bon crft, qui ne coiite rien ! je vais gagar juVij:
penuques et rubans il y a du moins vingt pisto ? i, et
vingt pistoles rapportent par ann^e dix-huit livres t.i:.
sous huit deniers, a ne les placer qu'au denier douze.
Cl^ANTE. — Vous avez raison.
MoLifeRE, IJAvare, Act i., Scene v.
1. Give an outline of this play.
2. furifiusfivient. How ar«i adverbs formed from
adjectives ?
3. entretenir. Give meaning of a'eniretenir.
4. ViMclrais. Give the imperative, second plural of
this, and its meaning in English.
5. si. What parts ol' the verb may not be used with
this ?
G. demi-douzaine. When is demi variable ?
7. mngt pistoles, (a) When is vingt put in the plural
form ? (b) Give the English value of this sum.
8. au denier douze. What percentage is this ?
9. What was the nature of the revolution produced in
French comedy l)y Moli^re ?
10. Give the substance of the comparison instituted by
Antonin Roche between Shakespeare and Moli^re.
IV.
Translate :
Oswald et Corinne s' anvttirent pour consid«^rer les
deux lions de basalte qu'on voit au pied de I'escalier
du Capitole. lis viennent d'figypte ; les sculpteurs
dgyptiens saisissaient avec bien plus de g(^nie la figure
des animaux que celle des hommes. Ces lions du
Capitole sont noblement paisibles, et leur genre de
physionomie est la vt^ritable image de la tranquility
dans la force.
A guisa di lion, quando »i posa.
DANTE.
!»
Non loin de cew lions, on voit line statue de Rome
mutil^e, que les Romains rnodcrnen ont plac^e Ik, sans
songer qu'iis donnait ainsi lo plus parfait emblfeme de
leur Rome actuelle. Cette statue n'a ni tete, ni pieds ;
mais le corps et la draperie qui resteut ont encore dea
beaut^s anticjuea. An haiib de I'escalier sont deux
colosses qui re pr«^sentent, k cc qu'on croit. Castor et
Pollux, puis les trophdes de Maiius, puis deux colonnefs
milliaires qui servaient k niesurer I'univers romain, et
la statue equestre de Marc-Aur^le, belle et calme an
milieu de ces divers souvenirs. Ainsi tout est \k, les
temps h(^roiqiies representees par les Dioscures, la
r^publique par les lions, les guerres civiles par Marius,
et les beaux temps des empereurs par Marc-Aur^le.
Mad. de Stael, Corinne, p. 71.
Rome
sans
|me de
Ipieds ;
|re des
deux
[tor et
lonnes
lin, et
ime an
(■es, ]a
tariiis,
ile.
71.
SinfUetflifti^ of Qlotomo*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
FRENCH.
HONORS: SECOND PAPER.
Examiner: Rev. James Roy, M.A.
*,' All answers to be in French.
I.
Translate :
Ces fades lieux communs, dont nous sommes nouiTis,
Ne sont pas poui- treinper de vigoureux esprits,
Quand un livre niais, bourrc^ de phrases vides,
Aura fait un faux monde aux jeunes gens candides ;
Quand ils supposeront, sur la fois des rdgents,
Qu'on n'honore ici-bas que les honnetes gens;
Que r<^sultera-t-il de toutes ces chim^res ?
Que les rdalit^s leur seront plus am^res,
Et que, passant de Tune a I'autre extremity ;
lis ne voudront plus croire a nuUe probity.
Non ; la morale parle un tout autre langage,
II faut qu'on sache a quoi la vertu nous engage,
Que sa pratique est rude, et qu'un honime d'bonneur
N'a pas de recompense, except^ dans son coeur.
— J'en aurais beaucoup plus k dire, mais j'abr^ge.
C'est d^jii trops prechd. Bonsoir. Quand te verrai-je ?
PoNSABD, L'Hon. et L'Arg., Act i., Scene iii.
f
ill
Translate :
Je te veux seulement dire quelques mots francs,
Dict^a par I'amiti^ comrae je la comprends.
Tu fis bien de payer les dettes paternelles ;
Mais c'^tait ob^ir aux regies ^temelles ;
Tu serais mdprisable, ayant autrement fait ;
Puis, du premier instinct c'dtait le prompt eflfet ;
Un sacrifice fier charme une kme hautaine ;
La gloire en est presente, et la douleur lointaine.
Je ne mdconnais point Un acte noble en soi ;
Tu fis bien ; mais beaucoup auraient fait comme toi.
La vertu, qui n'est pas d'un facile exercise,
C'est la perseverance apr^s le sacrifice.
PoNSARD, L'Hon. et L'Arg., Acte IV., Sc. vi.
1. Who is supposed to use these words ?
2. c'^tait. Who ia said to have first succeeded in intro-
ducing into such words as etait an a instead of an o ?
3. 'premier. Give a list of words in which er final must
be sounded.
4. Write, in French, a note on the sentiment contained
in the last two lines.
Ill
Translate :
Un auteur quelquefois, trop plein de son objet,
Jamais sans I'epuiser n'abandonne un aujet,
S'il rencontre un palais, il m'en d^peint la face :
II me promJjne aprfes de terasse en terasse ;
Ici s'ofire un perron ; 1^ rSgne un corridor ;
La ce balcon s'cnfernie en un balustre d'or.
II compte dea jilafonds les ronds et les ovales ;
" Ce ne sont que festons, ce ne sont qu'astragales."
Je saute vingt feuillets pour en trouver la fin,
Et je me siauve a ^eihe au travers du jardin.
Fuyez de ces auteurs I'abondance stdrile,
Et ne vous chargez point d'un detail inutile.
Tout ce qu'on dit de tro'p est fade et rebutaht :
L'esprit mssasid le rejette k I'instant,
Qui ne sait se borner ne sut jamais dcrire.
BoiLEAU, De L'Art Poet
IV.
Translate :
Lorsque I'enfant parait, le cercle de famille
Applaudit k grands oris ; son doux regard qui brille
Fait briller tons les yeux,
Et les plus tristes fronts, les plus souill^s peut-6tre,
Se d^rident souvent a voir I'enfant paraitre
Innocent et joyeux.
II est si beau I'enfant ! avec son doux sourire,
Sa douce bonne foi, sa voix qui veut tout dire,
Ses pleurs vites apais^s,
Laissant errer sa vue dtonn^e et ravie,
Offrant de toutes parts sa jeune Ame k la vie,
Et sa bouche aux baisers !
Seigneur ! pr^servez-moi, prdservez ceux que j'aime,
Fr^res, parents, amis, et mes ennemis m^me
Dans le mal triomphants,
De jamais voir, Seigneur ! I't^t^ sans fleurs vermeilles.
La cage sans oiseaux, la ruche sans abeilles,
La maison sans enfants !
Victor Hugo.
UnMvuita of QTotronto
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
GERMAN.
Examiner: J. E. Graham, M.D.
I.
grammar.
1. Oon jugate hfivathohlaifcn, vcraiilaasen herhergen
hemillpidfii. Give reasons.
2. Give the plural of Macht, OhnmacM, VoUmacht,
Kaufmunn, Material, Studhm}, HospitaL
U. (jlive rules for the ileclension of proper names.
4. Translate: "What has become of"; "What kind
of" ; " As old again as " ; " The higher the hill, the deeper
the valley."
5. Give rules for the declension of adjectives.
0. Give the comparative and superlative of viel, viele,
gem, bald, nahe.
7. Give rules for the separation of the prefix in separ-
able compound verbs.
8. Enumerate the indefinite pronouns. Decline those
vfhich are declinable.
9. What prepositions govern tile accusative ?
10. Give the rules which are found to be the most use
in determining the genders of substantives.
Translate :
n.
2(tttnflMufen.
!t)cr Slbfl fletf\t »on feincn altcii 33uvflcn,
Unt fdmiJrt ten ®t(itten fcfnen iiBiirgercit ;
3m Ucc^ttant fdjon, (m X^urflau \)at'i he^mmw,
X>k ctlc JBcrn cr()ebt tf)i* ()crrfdjcnt ^aupt,
greibun'^ ijt cine firfjrc ©urfl tcr 3«ten,
Die re<^c B^rfd) waffnet tl^re S^nfte
Bum fnertcrtfc!)en |)eer — ed brtdjt bt'e 2)kcl)t
2)cr ^i5ntgc fid) an i^ren ew'c^en SBclKcn —
Die Sttffic" fc^' »<(> U"t t<c f^fl" -^fi^rn
3n ^arnif4)en kvauflcjogcn fommcn,
^in Hrmlo^ S3olf »on ^irtcn ju befrieflcn.
^uf tot unt geben njirt geffimpft, unt ^errlid)
Silt mand^cv ^a9 turd; bUtti(^e Sntifdjcituuiv
2)er ^rtntmann ftftrjt jtcj) init ter uflrftcu 53ruft,
(Sin freieg ^Dpfer, in tie ®d;rtav tcv tanjen !
Qx bric^t fie, unt te^ ?ltel^ 33iatf)e fdUt,
(S^ l)ebt tie J^reibeit fieflent ibre ^abne.
IDvum bnltet feft jnfnmmen - fcft unt cwicj —
.^'ein Dit tev grei^cit fet tern nntrrn fremt —
|)oc^tt)ad)ten ftellet ou^ auf euren ^^evflen,
!I)a§ fidj ter 5i)unt jum 33unte rnfd) verfammle —
^T'eit einig — einig — eintg —
SiiiiLLER, WUhelm Tell, Act IV., Scene 2.
Translate
tell.
?(uf tiefer 33anf von <Stein um'II \^) mid; fc^en,
;i>em SBantercr jur furjcn JHul; (freitct —
!l)enn t)ier i|\ feine ^eimat — 3'.ter trcfbt
(5ic(> an tem Slntern rafd; unt fremt i^oriiber
Unt fraciet nid[)t nad; feinem i5d)meri — 'C>ieri"<ebt
Der foriicnt?oUe ^\iufmann unt ter leid)t
®efd;urjtc ^]>ilger — ter antad)t'cic Wi\\A%
3)er tilftrc 9ifiuber unt ter bcitrc ©pielmann,
Der (Siiumer mit tem f^wer bclatncn 9lo|p,
IDcr feme l;erfommt yon ter 9)ienfd;en Siintern,
Denn jete ®tra§e ftt^rt ang (5nt ter SBelt.
@ic (kMt jie^en'i()rc^ SBcge^ fort
9ln i^r ©ef^aft — unt meincei ift ter i!)?ort !
®onft wenn ter SSater auejojj, liebe Itinter,
Da war ein greucn, wenn cr wieter fam ;
Denn ntcmale fc^rt' cr ^eim, cr brac^t' cuc^ etwo^,
SBar'd fine f(^iJnf 2l(pcnb(ume, wor'd
^in feltner Sofifl oter 5lmmon«^orn,
SSfc ed tcr SCanbrcr fintct auf ten ©ergcn —
3c0t flcl)t er e(ncm antcrn SBatDwcrf md),
%m wilten fficfl ftftt crmft SWorbf^etanfcn ;
I)c0 gcinbeg i?cbcn ifl'd, worauf cr Irtuert.
— Unb toc^ an euc^ nur benft cr It'cbc Winter,
%\i<^ je^t — cud) ju ycrtljcifgen, cure ^oltc Unfcfeutt
Bu fc^tt^cn yor tcr 3flac^c bejJ Jt)rannen,
2iB(U er jum SWorbe jeljt ten SBogen fponnen.
/6erf, Scene 3.
Write critical notes on the play.
III.
Translate :
S c u t n c r ju ©(Jttfd^er.
^a^ fa^en 8tc ju tcm alien ?
SBiJtttd)er.
3cl; Ijabf nur tmmcv nod) tae »ortrefflict)e <£ptcl ted
g)knuc<J im ^'opfc, wcld)cr ten ^'atcr tarflellt. ©clewed
^tutium ! ©flc^e gein^cit ! Sclc^c 5^coba(()tung ! ®el(|cr
(S(f) loffer .
!I)a0 ifl wa^r, er fie^t natllrH(^ aud, wie etn grower ^ater,
53iJtttc^er.
lint benierfen ®ie nur feine ganje SWagfe, wie i(^ fetnen
5lnjug Iteber ncnnen mM;te ; tcnn to er fo ganj fetn notftr^^
{\d)ti Stu^ffbn verftcllt l)at, fo ifl ticfer 5tu^trucf wett
patenter, (^ott fcflne mir to^ and) bei ter ©cle(\en(>eft tie
^^Iten ! @ie wiffcn wa^rfc|ietnltd; ni^t tap tiefe Sllten alle
!)toUen o^nc 9lu^nal)nic in SWa^fcn fpielen, nn'c ®ie im
?ltl)fnau6, ^oUur unt antern fiintcn werten. d^ ift fc^wer,
fcl)n (Bit, tag ailed fo flcnau ju wiffen, weil man mitunter
tiefe ^i\d)tx tedwegen felbcr nac^fcfjlagen mup; t>od) ^at
man freilid) nadfjl^er auc^ ten "iBoriljeil, tap man (te anffi^ren
fann.
TiRCKE, Der Gestiefelte Kater.
What objects had the author in viow in writing this
play.
Subject for Composition : I>w deutsche Sprache.
SilnftieirttUff or SToronto.
ANNUAL EXAM [NATIONS : 187B.
CANDIDATES FOK B.A.
GEllMAN.
PASS AND HONORS.
Examiner : J. E. Graham, M.D.
I.
HISTORY OF GERMAN LITERATURE.
1. Uivp an account of the " Sdngerkrmf auf iler Waii-
hmy." ' ■
2. Write what you know of the following poems : " Par-
vival, Rosen I /art en. zn Worms — RahenHchlacld."
3. Write notes on }\olfram von Ufichenbach, Gottfried
von Sfrdshuvij, Walthev von iler Vogehveidc.
4. To what class of poets did Hans Sachs belong ?
Give an account of his life and Avork.
5. CJive an account of the condition of German litera-
ture at the end of the 17th and beginning of the 18th
centuries.
6. Compare the dramas of Goethe with those of Schiller.
7. Write notes on Gellert, Herder, Lavater, Klopstock,
Ludwig, Tieck, and Schlegel.
'
Translate :
KciMO.
[iktrauhUt ihn luit «inttm Biiok dor Verwunduruiig.]
Midi Nchon g(«s|>roclK!ri also ?
Marquis.
Nein.
KoNio.
[Weiacruta StillBohwelgen.]
« Sie mauhten
um moine Krone Sich verdiont. Wanim
entziohen Sie Sich J)ank ? In iiioinoui
GodiichtniHH driin^en Hich der Menschen viol,
Allgp|L(enwa»*ti^ ist nur Kiner. Ihnon
Htitt' OH gebiihrt, Sich mcinein Aiijj' zii /Higcii.
WesHWcgon thatcn Sio das niclit /
Marquis.
his sind
zween Tage, Siro, dass ich ins Kiinigipicli
zuriickgekonunon.
KcJNIO.
tch bill nicht gosonnon
in nieinor (Jntorthanoii Schiild zu atchn.
Krbitten Sio Sich t'ini* (jnade.
geniesse die Gesetze.
Marquis.
Tell
KciNIG.
Dieses Vorreclit
hat auch dei- MonhM-.
Marquis.
Wie viel niehr also
der gute BUrger I — Sire, ich bin vergniigt.
• ':
KiiSUl
fVorBlch.l
Viol kiihner Mutli, l>ei Oott ! Doeh diiH war zii
erwniten — Hiittt' wolil dev 'I'livkschv. Moiul
{,'nzittort olmo (lioseii i Stolz will iv]\
(Ion Spimier. Foh mug oh gonio loidon,
wonn audi dor Boclior, iihorselijiimit Sio traten
HUH lueincn DienHten, hiir' icli f
MAIUilJIS.
Kinoiii HoHHeru
den Plat/i zu riiumon, '/.o^r ich niieh zuriicke.
KoNlO,
Dii« thut nilr leid. Wonn solclie iuipfe foiern,
wio viel VorluHt IVir nioinon Staat — Vielloieht
befVirchten Sio, dio Spliiirn zu vortohion
die iliros (ioist<>s wiirdig ist.
Sf'iiiLLKii, Am Carlos, Act ll[., Scono 10.
III.
Translate :
MAIFEST.
Wie herrlicli louohtet
Mir dio Nature !
Wie gliinzt dio Sonne !
Wio laclit die Flur !
Kh dringon Bliiton
AuH jedem Zweig
Und tausend Stininien
Aus dem Gostraucli.
Und Freud und Wonno
Aus jeder Brust.
O Erd, o Sonr.e
O GUick, o Lust !
O Lieb', o Liebe,
So golden schon,
Wie Morgenwolken
Auf jenen Hohu!
Du segnestherrlich
Das frische Feld,
Ini Blutendarapfe
Die voile Well.
Mtidchen, Mtidchen,
Wie lieb' ieh dich I
Wie blinkt dein Auge !
Wie liebst du mieh !
So liebt die Lerche
Gesang und Luft,
Uiid Morgonblumen
Den Himmels-Duft,
Wie ich dich liebe
Mit warnieni Blut,
Die du niir Jugend,
Und Freud und Muth
Zu neuen Liedern
Und Tauzen giebst !
Sei ewig glucklich,
Wie du mich liebst !
QoETHE,
I
IV.
Translate ;
HAUFENSPII'LER.
Wernie sein Brod mit Thranen ass,
Wer nie die kuminervolleu Niichte
Auf seinetn Rctte wi'ineiid sass,
Der keunt euch nicht, ihr liimmlischen Miichte !
Ihr fiihrt ins Leben uns hinein,
Ilir lasst den Armen sehuldij^ wei-den,
Dann iibeWaasi ihr ihn der Pein ; —
Denn alle 8chnld racht sich auf Erden.
Goethe.
Tr
^nl\}tv»itilf of ^Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
CANDIDATES FOR B,A.
GERMAN.
liONORS.
Examiner: J. E. Git A ham, M.D.
Translate :
Dicfe t^efa()rltrf)c Xvcniumoi jcrrif ben 9lei4)gtog, unt
tvobtc auf immcr allc (im()cit bcr 53erat()fd()lagungcn ju
jcvftiJrcn. ®o aitfvid)tifl tcr ^a{fcr fiewfinfc^t pattc, nnc^
tern ©c»fpicle 9Warim{linni% fctnc^ Sater^, jtt)ifd()cn bepbcn
!:)tcltc|i'oncn ctnc rtaatof(uc\c S^Jittc ju baltcn, fo Itcp i()m ba^
jc^iflc 33etvai'jen ter 'J)ioteftanten nur cfnc bebenfli^c Sal;l
jroifdjen bepten. 3" ff<ne» ' tvingcnben ^ebilrfntffcn max
ibm fin allnemeiner 53ei)trac; ber Stctdfi^ftanbc unentbc^rlid; ;
unb bod) fonntf cr ficj) bie cine ^art^cD nid^t »crp^i(|ten,
obne bie ^iiife bev anbcm ju jjerfd;crjcn. Da cr in feincn
eigenen Srblonben fo wenig befeftegt war/fo ntuftc cr fdbon
yor bem cntfcrnten Oebonfen jittcrn, mit bcn ^rotcfiantcn in
cinen effcntllc^cn ^ricg ju gcrat^cn. Slbcr bie Siugcn bcr
ganjcn fatl)olifd)cn SBelt, bie auf fcinc jetjige Sntf(^lic§ung
gcbeftet warcn, bie ^orftcUungen bcr fattjolifcfjcn ©lanbc,
be^ 9tiJmifd)en unb ©panifdjen ^ofe^, crlonbtcn it)m cben fo
wenig, bie ^])rotcftanten jum 9kci()t()ci( bcr iotf)olifc(>cn JRclis
gion JU begiinftigen. (Sine fo mii^lidjc ©imation mu^tc
cinen griJ§eren ®eift, ale* 9)?att^ia^ war, niebcrf(^lagcn, unb
fdjwcrlid; H^te er jtd; mit eigener ^Rhtg^cit barau^ gcjogcn.
Der SSortbeil bcr ^atboUfen wax aba aufe engfic mit bem
Slnfcben bc^ ^atfer^ »crfIod)ten, unb licfcn fie bicfc^ ftnfcn,
fo fatten bie geiftlidjen giirftcn befont ?r^ gcgcn bie gingriffc
bcr '•protcftantcn fcinc ®4)u^?n)c^re mc^r.
Schiller, Dreissig jdhriger Krieg, B, I. .
'' ;
(1.) Give your^opinion of Schillerj^as alkhistorical writer.
(2.) B.edurfniKwn. What is the'gendev of substantives
ending in nia8 f Give exceptions.
(3.) Erhlande/n. Give the two phirals for Artiu/, with
their different significations. Enumerate other substantives
with two plurals.
(4.) Verjlochteii. Conjugate the verb.
(5.) When is the verb ziehen conjugated with futben, and
when with sein.
n.
Translate :
„t %o\io, P mctn ^el^, o Du meincg icUni W\\\}(,
metn 8(^u^ itut> me'n liebfte^ ^ctl auf gvtcn, la^ mtd)
SfUcg njiffcn, iDcnn Xu raifft. 9Bc» abcr irfjcnt ctn i'\ccjcb
ene^ SSSovt Xid; bintet, iff ee etn 2lnbrc«<. Xu ivei^t/taf?
id) au0 tern 'Stflittmc ti'v ^ortamour bin, iint yon meinem
iWtttcv niiijt^ vcdanflcn ttjeite, tae ami; nur tic 5(l)nunci
cinees ^auc^es^ auf fctn mafcUofess ^Bap^mfcftilt n^evfen
Mrfte."
golfo fab einen 2luc;cnbUcf cinft »or fief) bin, tann fieuu^
bUd^ Idcbelnb in fclncf Xamc 9(nfleft4)t, fpre^enb : „i^ ift
ni6)t ba«J, ©abvtelc. iJlbcr wt'rft Xii c^ tragcn fOnnen, wai^
tc^ Xiv i^fvfilntm fpU ? Sffiirft Xu nid;t jufommcn fint'en
ta»or, wtc cine fc()(anfc Xannc »or tci ^aft bc^ (Ecljncc'^ ^"
©ic vt(i)tctc fid; ctwad ftolj cmpov, unb fpiad;: ,M) l)abc
Xi^ fc^on »ov^in an nicincr SSater 9^amcn cvinncrt. Vaj)
nu(b nun |)inju fiigcn, bap id; bic (S()cfrau bc^ '^x(iii)m\ ron
SWontfauconbtn?"
„®o fct e$ bcnn ;" cniMcbcrtc golfo, ftc^ crnfl^aft nefflcnb.
„Unb n?a8> ctnmal ^crauf mup an ba^ ^idjt bcr Soimcn,
TOo^in c«i fcincm finj^crn JBcfcn nad; nid^t flcbUrt, trttt c^ am
minbcftcn fd;rccfltcf) l;in burd) pliJ^Uc^cn ^'lt$. S^iffc bcnn,
®abrtclc : bcr bOfc flitter, n>cld;cr mctnc S^cunbc ©ottbaib
unb SRublicb cif^lagcn woUtc, tft cbcn JRtcmanb anbcres, al0
unfer Oaftfrcunb unb SSettcv, SiiJrn @lutb'3lu(^c."
FouQUE, Sintram.
(1.) Wo abcr irgend <&c. Exjilain fully the meaning and
construction of this sentence, and suppl}'^ any words which
may be wanting.
(2.) Angesicht. Why is the article wanting ? Under
what circumstances is tho article not used before substan-
tives ?
(3.) Sf'imrnc tier Povtamoin'. Give rules for tho use of
the article before proper nouns.
(4.) Namien. Enumerate the substantives declined in
the same way. Give reasons.
Til,
Translate :
Shakespear fand keinen ('her vor sich ; aber wohl
Staats-und Marionettenspielc — wohl! er bildete also
aiis diesen Staats-und Marionettenspielen, deni so
schlochton Leim ! das herrlichc Goschdpf, das da vor
uns steht und lebt ! Kr fund keinen soeinfachen Volks-
und Vaterlandscharaktor, soudern ein Vielfaches von
Stiinden, Li'licnsarten, Gesinnungen, Viilkern und
Spraeharten - - der Gram luu drs Vorigo ware vor-
U'ebeiis oewesen ; er diehtete also Stande und Menschon
Viilker und Spraeharten, Konig und Narren, Narren
nn<l Iv('>nijj/u deiii heiHicheu CJanzen ! Er fand keinen
so einfachen (Jeist der Geschichte, der Fabel, der
irandlunii- .• t>r iialnii (Jeschiehte, wie er sie fand, und
setzte mit Sehiipfei-geist das veaschiedenartigstc Zeug
zu einein Wunderganzen zusammen, was wir, wenn
nicht Handlung ini griechisehen Verstande, so Aktion
ini Sinne der niittlern, oder in der Sprache dei- neuern
Zeiten Jiegebenheit [nwncment) grosses Eraugnis
nonnen wollen — o Aristotohss, weim du crsehienest,
wie wiirdest duden.neuen Sophokles homerisiren ?
wiirdest so eine eigne Theorie iiber ihn dichten,
die jetzt seine Landsleute, Home und Hurd, Pope und
Johnson noch nicht gedichtet haben ? Wiirdest dich
fruen, von .Jedein Deiuer Stiicke, Handlung, Charak-
ter, Meinungen, Ausdruck, Biihne, wie aus zwey
Punkten des Dreyccks Linien ziehen zu kcinnen, die
sich obcn in einem Punkte des Zwecks, der Yollkom-
nieidieit begegnen ! Wiirdest zu Sophokles sagen :
nuihlc das heilige Blatt dieses Altars ! und du o nor-
discher Barde alle Seiten und Wiinde dieses Tempels
in dein unsterbliches Fresko !
Herder.
I
IV.
Translate :
Ueber den Znwtand der Deutschen Litteratur jcner
Zeit ist so vieles und ausioichendes geschrieben worden,
dass wohl jederinann dor einlgen Antheil hieran nimmt
voUkommcn unterrichtot soyii kann ; wie denn auoh
das Urtheil dariiber wohl zieinlich iiberein stiinnien
diirfte : und was idi ge<j;ciiwartig stiick-nnd spruiig-
weiso davon zu sagen gedoiike, ist nieht «owohl wie
Hie an nud fiir sich boschaften .seyn mochte, als viel-
mehr wie sic sieh zu mir verhielt. Teh will deshalh
zuerst von solchen Diiigen spiechcii, duich welche das
Pnbliciun besoiider.s niifguiegt wird, von den bei<len
Erbfeinden alios bohagruslKiU Lebens undallerheiteron
solbstgeniigsanien lebendig(Mi Dichtkunst: von dei'
Satiit' und der Iviitik.
GoKTIlK.
Bfnibeiri^Uff of STovonto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
' CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
GERMAN.
HONORS.
Examiner : J. E. Graham, M.D.
m
Translate :
£)j^ ftl^cu ftc, ter frommc frcunbHd)c ©vct'^
3n il)rcr '^Jlitt', 5lmanfca fciuc ved^tc
3n .t()rcr liiifm .<>an^ unt i)iixm l;alk 3'lac^tc
3lMn jU/ yon fci'uct lajicjeu Sekn^rcif
(^in >3turf, baiJ i()m lebenbu^ wivb, crjd(){cn.
SBom 5tntl)ct(, ben bie warmen juncjen <5eelen
'Jin allcm ncl^men, wixt'^ il)\n fctt>cr warm babeC
2)(inn werbcn unycrmcrft au^ jroci ®e[c(;tci^ten brci,
3nn)ct(en, urn ben ®etft be^ Xrubftnng ju bcfd^iJren,
t)(x, wcnn bte glnr tn bnm))fer ©tillc traurt,
3m (£c(;nec^en?iJIf mtt (f nlcn[I(ic;eln Umxt,
Sd^t ^iion fetne ^nnft auf cmer ^avfe (;i5rcn,
2)te ev i>on unflefdl^v in ctnem SBtnfct fanb,
Sancj' uncicbrandjt, vcrfttmmt, unb faum «ocf;balbbefpannt:
2)od) fii)euU ba^ fdjnavvenbc ^olj son Orp^cuc^ (IJetft befeeUt,
®obalb fid) 9lejici'iJ ©efving mit tt)m yevmd()let.
Oft locf te jtc ctn I)cttev SBintcrtaci,
Scnn fern bie See son ftrenger i^dttc ra«c(;te,
2)er blenben n)ci§c >3c[)nec btd)t ( ' ben 53ergen lag,
Unb i0t bie Slbcnbfonn' t|)n rate in 'Pnrpur tauc^te/
Dann locfte fie ber wunbcrfd^iJne ©lanj
3m reinen <5trom ber fallen Suft ju babcn.
9Btc mAd)t{(i fiibltcn fie ftc^i bann fjeftdrft ! wit cianj
2)urd;l)eiterl neu belebl, unb alles^ (3xam^ entlaben !
Wi ELAND, Oberon.
k<i
I
^
1. Seine rcchto. What caso, aiul why ?
Halhfi Niu'hte. What eaHO, and why ?
2. Erzdhlcn. Explain the construction.
3. FojJi Anthell. How is the proposition used ?
4. Characterise tlie vorsirication of this poem.
II.
Translate :
SlUctn tae 9icd;t ? Xritcf t tcnn UumiJgltci)f^
9hir cr m m'c ^ciralfj^c ^^cltenbruft ?
SBaei ncnnt man giuf' '^ ®ag t)cM tic ©cclc fd^flutcrnt
3)cm tmmcr nn'otcrbolcntcn (5rjal>lcr,
511^ waci mit uimml)rfd)cinltd)cm (frfehi
2)cr ^Jhitbiiiftc bci-jann V 3)er in trr !Jiad)t
5lUein ta^ ^^ccr tcct ^cintci? iibfvfd)Icid)t,
2Bic unycrfd^cn cine '^3'lammc nnit()cnr
!I)tc ®d)lafcntcn, Cfnvrtdjcntcn cvj^vcift,
BulcUt (^cbviinrtt yon ten C^rnutnteitcn
2luf 5fi»^C!?pfcrten, ted) mtt ii5cutc feint,
Sirt tcv allcin jicpriefcn '. tcv nllcin,
!Der, cinen fid)cvn il'ci'\ ycrad)tcnt, fiibn
©cbiviV unt 3Baltev turdj.^uftrcifcn i'ic()t,
2)a^ er yon Diciubem cine (^ci'icnt fauht ?
3ft nn^ nid)t^ iibrij^ ? nui^ ein jnvtci? SBcib
(£tc^ il)vcc( an^cbovncn 3{ed)ti^ cntciuficrn,
SBtlt flcc^cn 215iltc fc»n, wic 5(majoncn,
3)ag 9icd)t tc^ (Sdjnun-tgi cud; vauben unt mit 53lutc
!Dic llntcrtviirfunci vadjcn ? 5luf unt ab
©tcii^t in tcr ^nift cin fiibncei Untcrncl)mcn :
3d) wcrtc j^ropcm iSorwurf iiidjt cntcicbn,
9?ed^ fd^njcrcm llebel, wcnn c^ miv mifih'nrtt ;
SlKcin cud) lejV ^^)^ nuf tic ^'niee !
Goethe's ipltvjcnie auf Taurw.
1. Demi
use d ?
iDiDier imeAlevlioleivlen. Why is the dative
2. Der inder Nachf. What is the antecedent of Deri
3. Each Ley iclcs auf die Kuiee. Explain the meaning.
Translate
III.
3ftt bad citt ®lilrf, ba^ bu bcfllurft flewcfcn,
Sficnn bu bcit)tuft(vbft in unfcrflcn Ouolcu ?
SSenn jflt)rclanflc ^iJKc mu^ bcja^lcn
giir einc ©tunbc, mfr jum ^tii erlcfcn ?
C fomm, fDmm ! bu fd;(Jn|lcd aUer 2Bcfen
2)Ht 2tuc\cn, tcuc^tcnb tn bcr Stebc ©tralen,
iSlit 8ipi)cn, weldjc Xrcuc mi'r kfa^tcn,
D fotttm ! !X)odj ntc^t bamit tc^ foil flfncfen
Denn He bu na^cft bent, ber bicf; cjcfc^rieben,
.^at fv, per £ct)n[ud)t 9laub, bercite fleneffen
"ben Sobcnia^ tm ilebcnefeld) i^oU SBermut.
X)Ofb fomui, unb fiinf^c bcitcn, btc tii6^ Itcbcn,
Die \Jtctev mir, in benen fic^ ergoffen
Duvd) Umi^ie, bancjc 9tac()te feinc <Sc()n)crmut.
Platen.
Trans ato
IV.
Det 9lbenb fommt (\ci\of;cn,
3Dev 9?ebcl bebecft tic 8ec ;
®el)cimni§i^on rauiAcn Die Soqen,
Da fteiflt ee wei§ in bie .^l?h'.
Die 2)?eevfrau ftei^t aues ecu SBcUen,
Unb fetjit ftd; ju miv, am 6tranb ;
Die weipcn 33rttjic quellcn
'f)cn>i?r and bem ©d^leicrflewanb.
®ie briicf t micb nnb fie pvef?t mic()
Unb tl)Ut mir faft cin 3SeI/ ;
Du brttrfft j'a vie! ju ff ft mid;,
Du fd)iJne SBaffevfec !
„3d; pveffc btc^), in mcinen Slvmen,
Unb briide bic^ mit ©cwalt ;
3d) will bei bir cvroarmen,
Der Slbenb ijt C|av ju fait,"
'4
Der SWonb frf^aut immtx blaffcr
Dein %\i^e witt tiiibtx iint naffer,
Du frf;iJnc SiSafferffc !
„(fd n){it nt'i^t trdber unb naffer,
mm 3(ufl' tft nap nnt> t\'i\h\
Sell, al(j fd; fti'frt an<j bem Sffiaffcr,
C^in Xropfen im;^5{(nrtf bUct."
Die 5»?iJycn fcOrillcn MM,
<S& rtrcKt nut Inanbel bfc See ;
I)ein ^XTj )mi)^ wilt beiveftUd;,
Du.fcl)iJnc 5i5a|)erfccl
,Mm i^crj pDc^t wi'ff tmci^lidi,
ma id) timkbc nnfafllid;,
Dn liebe^ S^cnfdjen^lb !"
//,
^in?^.
m%i\$tvuUSt ot STotonto,
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
ITALIAN.
HONORS.
Examiner: Frkd, E. SEYMOirii, M.A.
I.
TrauHlate
Alii oinstizia d\ Dio ! tniito chl stipa
Niiovo travaglio o pono, ([uante io vidtli ?
E perch(' nostra colpa si no scipa ?
Come fa 1' onda la sovva Cariddl,
Cho si frange con quella in cui s' intoppa;
(•OS) convion che qui la gente riddi.
(^ni vidi gente piu che al trove troppa,
E d* una parte e d' altra, con grand i nrli,
V^oltando pesi per forza di poppa :
Percotevansi incontro, e poscia pur li
Si rivolgea ciascun, voltando a retro,
( rridando : Percho tieni ? c perchtJ burli ?
Cosl tornavan per lo cerchio tetro,
Da ogni niano all' opposite punto,
Oridando sempre in loro ontoso metro.
Poi si vt)lgea ciascun, quand' era giunto,
Per lo suo mezzo cerchio, all' altra giostra.
Ed io che avea lo cor quasi compunto,
Dissi : Maestro mio, or ai dimostra
Che gente »' questa ; e se tutti fur cherci
Questi chercuti alia sinistra nostra.
Ed ogli a me : Tutti quanti fur guerci
SI (lolla inuiito in la vita priniaia,
Che con iniaura nullo i,>endio ferci.
JJante, Inferno, VII., 19-42.
1. (i.) Ohi fttijxi. To whom does old refer ? What differ-
ent renderings may be given to this sentence ?
(ii.) Vi(i(ii. Give the full indieativo, present and per-
fect, and acconnt for tlie reduplicated (/.
(iii.) Hiiipa. Oivci the literal meaning, and the more
ti.sual form of this verb.
(iv.) liiddi. Parse ajid explain the meaning.
(v.) Pofypu. Give other meanings of poppa and hurli.
(vi.) Si rlvohjea, ciaftcHv. Give the perfect indicative ef
rivolfjea. Kxj»lain th(? common Italian (^xpnsssion
volger Ic spdiU. Translate qucsfo fiovc voh/e at tur-
ehino.
(vii.) Mezzo cfirchln. Explain the idioms darhi pel mezzo
and aeiiza mezzo. Indicate the two pronim-iations
of mezzo, and the meaning attached to eacli.
(viii.) Gioaira. Tianshite Fare una ijiostra ad uno.
2. Who is the " Maestro" referred to in the extract { Explain
the versittcation of this i»oein, ami notice the peculi-
arities of Dante's style.
3. On what grounds does Sismondi consider this potun "the
most sublime conception of the human intellect"?
Account for the dearth of Italian literatui-e in the fif-
teenth century.
4. Give some account of the life and writings of Petrarch,
Boccaccio, Pulci, Boiardo and Ariosto, estimating the
literary merit of each writer.
5. Sketch briefly the life of Tasso. Compare the Roman-
tic and Classic schools of poetry, and investigate the
relations of Tasso to each of them.
II.
Translate ;
Ed ecco, in .sogno, di stellata vesto
Cinta gli appar la sospirata amica :
Bella assai piti ; ma lo splendor celeste
Orna, e no» toglio la nuti/ia antica.
E con dolcoatto di piotjY, lo meste
Liici par cho gli asciughi, o ccWi dica :
Mint coino huh bella e come liota,
Fedol mio caro : e in nie tuo duolo acqneta.
Talo i' son, tiui nierce : tu nie dai vivi
Del mortal mondo, per erroi', togliesti ;
Tu ingrombo a Dio fra gl' innnoitali c dlvl,
Per piota, di salir dogna mi lt\sti.
Quivi io beata amando godo ; '^ (juivi
Sporo ch(^ per to loco anco ,s' approsti,
Ovj; al gran Solo e noil' eterno dio
Vagheggorai lo su(5 belle//o e mie.
Se tu modoHmo non t' invldi il oiolo,
K non travii (U)l vanoggiar dv sons!,
\'ivi, (' sappi cli' io t' amo, o ion tol oclo,
Quanto piu oreatura amar conviensi.
('osl dioondo, fi.inuneggio di zolo
For gli ocelli, f'uor del mortal uho acconsi :
Poi ncl prot'ondo do' suoi rai si chiuse,
K sparve, o novo in lui eontbrto infuse.
— Taum). La Oerusalonnne Libnrata XTT. 91-9S.
(i. (i.) Gli aitpai: To whom does ,7^/ refer, and who is the
arnica f (jive the force of 8oaj)ir<ifii, and nf notisia
antica ?
(ii.) Toijlic. Give the present infinitive, present indica-
tive, and ]»rf'sent subjunctive of this verb. Kxplain
the idioms fo}' ij'ita, folti dal pianto, fovac la uolta,
torre il rapo ad uiio
(iii.) Atto di pioUX. Distinguish bc'tween p'ietCi and p'afta,
and translate pity and piety into Italian.
fiv.) Luci par che. Parse par.
(v.) Sua mercf'. TJive the force. What .adverV) is derived
from merck, and what does it mean ?
(vi.) Di aalif degna. Give all the irregular parts of mlire.
Distinguish between mfjliamo and aaliamo.
(vii.) Lt' 8ii(i beUezze. To whom or what does sue refer ?
(viii.)/SV tu inede8Tnw..:il cielo. Explain the literal mean-
ing of this line.
■M
^
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
^O
^ *^%
^^ f.^\^
1.0
itt IM 122
ly
u
t.l
S US 12.0
U
^
'/.
!f'
*>:
-^
r
f
V
PtiolDgraphic
Sciences
Corporatton
23 WIS? MAIN STRKT
VtflBSTIfl,N.Y. 14SM
(716)t72-4S03
f
c
^
Translate :
III.
AGAMENNONE.
7.
8.
Son io tra' miei tomato ? ovver mi aggiro
Fra novelli nemici ? Elettra, ah ! togli
D' orrido dubbio il padre. Entro mia reggia
Nuova aecoglien/a io trovo ; alia consorte
Quasi stranier son fat to ; eppiir tornata,
Parini, oi- esf^ere appieno in se potrebbe.
Ogni suo detto, ogni sno sguardo, ogni atto,
Scolpito porta e il diftidare, o 1' arte.
SI terribile or dunque a lei son io,
Ch' entro al suo cor null' altio affetto io vaglia
A destar, che il terrore ? Ove son iti
Quei casti e veri amplessi p'joi ; quel dolci
Semplici detti ? e quelli, a mille a mille,
Segni d' ain6r non dubbj, onde si grave
M' era il partir, si lusinghiera speme,
Si desiato, sospirato il punto
Del ritornare, ah ! dimini, or perche tutti,
E in maggior copia, in lei pii\ non li trovo ?
ELETTRA.
Padre, signor, tai nonii in to raccogli,
Che non men reverenza al cor no infondi,
Che amore. In preda a rio dolor due lustri
La tua consorte visse : un giorno (il vedi)
Breve ^ pur tro])po a ristorare i lunghi
Soft'erti affanni. 11 suo silenzio...
AGAMENNONE.
Oh quanto
Meno il silenzio mi stupia da prima,
Ch' ora i composti studiati accenti !
— Affu'i'l, Agamennone, At. III., Sc, i.
Explain the plot of this drama sufficiently to account
for the sadness of Agamennone, and the embarrassed
manner of Elettra, as exhibited in this passage.
Compare the dramas of Alfieri with those of Metastasio
as to language, plot, rythm, truth to nature, «Src.
<!ilnft)ri*fiiCti? of Eovonto,
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B. A.
ITALIAN.
HONORS.
Examiner: Fred. E. Seymour, M.A.
I.
Translate :
Le sue parole, io le ho intese, e non te le saprei
lipetere. Lo parole dell' iniquo che e forte penetrano
e sfuggono, Egli puo acUrarsi che tu mostri sospetto
di lui, e nello stesso tempo farti ^entire che quello di
che tu Hospetti i' eerto : pu5 msultare e chiainarsi
oU'eso, sehornire e domaiidai- ragione, atterrire e la-
gnarsi, essere sfacciato e irrepressible. Non chiedere
pin oltre. Colui non ha proferito il nome di questa
innocente wh li tuo, nor* ha mostrato purdi conoseervi,
non ha detto di pretender nulla ; ma.... ma pur troppo
ho dovuto capire eh' egli t* irromovibile. Nondiraeno,
conlidenza in Dio ! Voi, povovette, non vi perdete
d'animo : e tu, Renzo....oh I credi pure cli' io so ves-
tirmi i tuoi panni, eh' io sento quello che passa nel
tuo cuore. Ma, pazienza ! tl una magra parola, una
parola amara per chi non credo: ma tu ! non
voiTai tu concedere a Dio un giorno, due giomi, il
tempo ch' Egli vuol prendere per far venire al di sopra
la buona ragione ? II tempo e suo ; ed egli ce ne ha
prornesso tanto I Lascia fare a Lui, Renzo ; e sappi
wippiate tutti ch' io tengo gia un filo per aiutarvi.
Per ora non posso dirvi di piii. Domani io non verro
quassii ; dcbbo stare al convento tutto il giorno, per
voi. Tu, Renzo, fa di venirvi : o se per case impensato
tu nou potessi, mandate nn uorno fidato, uii garzon-
cello di giudizio, pel (^uale io possa farvi saporo (piello
clie occori'erk. Si fa iiotte ; eoiivien ch' io coi-ra al coii-
vcnto. Fedo, C(jraggio ; c buona sera.
Manzoni, 1 Fro7)ieml Sposi, c, VII,
1. Give some account of the autlior and of the literary
character of / ProincHs'i Sposi. Name English and German
"writers of the present century who have produced fictions
of the same class. Where did Manzfmi get his model for
this stylo of composition ?
2. Who is the si)eaker in the above passage ? Recapitu-
late, briefly, his history', as given in the preceding portion
of the narrative.
8. (i.) Te Iv saprei, &c. — Give the principal meanings
of this verb.
(ii.) Farti sentire, Szc. — Give construction oi' far. To
whom does // refer ?
(iii.; Noil chiedere, &c. — Parse vMedere : give its past
participle,
(iv.) Poverdle, (jarcoywrllu.- -Ksi)]ii\n the formation
and idiomatic use of diminutive's in Italian,
(v.) Convicn ch' io eorra, &c. — Give rules for the use
of the .subjunctix e in Italian.
II.
Translate :
Madama, sold. Io iremo.-- (Leyge.) kHgiiOvo, Tuttoe.
pcrduto : i cvcdiiori iion luwno rolulo (Jioltosrrircrc :
la sciitoiza fa confermata ; ri s' inlimenl quaiito
prima. State hone in (fuardia, vicntre il vofiiro nrrcs-
to ^ ordinato (lie lessi ! ... Oh^i intesi ' ... Mio
marito...indebitato...in pericolo di })erdere la libertu!
Ma come mai ^ possibile ?... Egli non giuoca, egli non
ha cattive i)ratiche; egli non o aniante d' un lusso
eccedente..,.Per colpa ,sua...Sarebl:)e dnnque per colpa
raia ?... Dio ! qual infausto i-aggio m' illumina ■ T
rimproveri di Angelica, I' odio del signor Geronte, il
disprezzo cui egli dimostra di giorno in giorno di me
...Mi si squarcia la benda dinanzi gli occhi. Io vedo il
fallo di mio marito, vedo il mio. II suo troppo amor
r ha sedotto, la mia inesjierienzfi n»' ha abbagliata.
Dalancour <■ coljievole, ed iti Id sono iurse al pari di lui
...Ma (|ual riinodio a (inosta Hituazione crudele ? Suo
7M) solo...si...Hno '/Ao potvobVio rimodiai'vi Ma Da-
laneour aareblie c^li in istato in qiiesti momenti d'
abbatirnento, e di doloro...Ah ! s' io tie fiii la cagione...
sebbune inv()lontaria...percbo non andr6^,i() medesima?
...SL..quaiido dovessi ancora gcttanni ai suoi piedi...
Ma... con (juastu eavatterc aspro intrattabile potio io
lusinganni di ]nogarlo?...Andro io ad osponni ai suoi
sgarbi ? ... All I ohe iinporta ;• E cbe sono tiitte Je mie
iiiiiiliazioni nello stato oniliile di rnio inanto-?...Si, vi
roiTO...Q,uesta sola idea doe darmi corraogio,
(luLDONM, //- Barhero Jknijico. At. IL, Sc. xii.
1. Decribo the condition of Italian comedy when Goldoni
first appeared npon the scene, and the changes effected in
it by nim.
2. (i.) Lcf/gf, — fintfoscvivere, — pcvderp, — corvn. C Conju-
gate these verbs through the ])erf'ect of the
indicative, and give their participles.
(ii.) VI 8 intimcrd, &c. Explain and illustrate the
use of ?'/, lie and ci.
(iii.) Pralirlir. Give the singular of pmliclte and
the plural of r/o, Dio and pic.
(iv.) j\l 'paridilai. What is the literal meaning of
((/ pari. Render stare a pie pari and giuocare
a pari e a cajf'o.
(v.) Potrchbc, — espormi, — dee. Conjugate each of
these verbs through the j)reHent indicative.
rii.
Translate into Italian
There was a man in the land of TTz (U(^), whose name
was Job; and that mm was perfect, and upright, and
one that feared God, and eschewed (si reirarre di) evil.
And there were born unto him seven sons and three
•laughters. His substsinee {liestiamie) also was seven
thousand sheep, and three thousand camels, and five
hundred 3oke of oxen, and five hundred .she as,ses, and
a very great household ; .so that this man was the
greatest of all the men of the East. And his sons went
and feasted in their houses, every one his day ; and
.sent and called for their three sistevs to eat and to
drink with them. And it was so, when the daj's of
their feasting were gone about, that Job sent and
sanctified them, and rose up early in the morning, and
offered burnt ofi'eiings (olocautito) according to the
number of them all : for Job said, It m»y be that my
sons have sinned, and cursed God in their hearts. Thus
did Job continually. Now there was a day when the
sons of God came to piesent themselves before the
Lord, and Satan came als*^ among them. And the
Lord said unto Satan, Whence comest thou ? Then
Satan answered the Lord, and said. From going to and
fro in the earth (a.7(/jmrt'),and from vvralking up and
down in it (jiai^ifH-cjiarc). And the Lord said unto
Satan, Hast thou considered my servant. Job, that
there is none like him in the earth, a perfect and an
upright man, one that feareth God and escheweth
evil ? Then Satan answered the Lord, and said, Doth
Job fear God for nought {iiu/arno) ( Hast not 1'hou
made an hedge al)out him (surrounded him as with
an hedge), and about his house, and about all that he
hath on every side > Thou hast Idessed the work of
his hands, and his substance is increased in the land.
Job, I., 1-10.
^ni\$tvttit9 of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 187fi.
(iANDlDATES KUR Ji.A.
SPAJ^ISH.
HONORS.
Examiner: Fred. K. Seymour.
Translate
I.
Bereugiier fue llevado li la ticnda de Rodrigo, que,
sentado inagestuosanionte en sii Silla, csfiucho con
.seniblanto aimdo las disculpas y humillaciones abat-
idas del j)risiuner<), sin res})onderie benignamente, y
sin consentirle sentaise, Oideno a sus soldados que le
custodiasen fuera ; pero fcanibien mando que se le tra-
tase c«pl('rididamente ; y a pocos dias le concedi(5 la
libertad. Tratoso luego del rescate de los demas
cautivas. En los priucipales no hubo diticultad ; pero
I que liabian de dar los iiifelices soldados ? Ajustose,
sin embargo, .su libertad por una suma alzada, y par-
tieron despues a, recogerla d su patria. Parte de ella
trajeron presentando sus hijos y parientes en rehenes
de lo que faitaba. Mas Rodrigo, digno de su fortuna
y de su gloria, no solo los dej6 ir libres, sino que les
perdon6 todo el rescate. Accion excesivaraente gener-
osa ; pues en la situacion a que sus enemigos le habian
reducido, su susistencia y la de su ej^rcito dopendia
enteramente de los rescates, de los despojos y de las
correrias, — Quintana, El Cid.
1. (i.) Bet'cnffvcv. Who was ho ? What i« said of him
ill the iianative i
(ii.) Llevado. Explain the HigniHcatioii of this verh
when nscil ak)ng witli tli(5 jneposition jior.
(iii.) Sentado. Wliat is the iirinuuy meaning of
Sevfar f
(iv.) Sin cnd)ar<j(>. (live (he forc(j and literal mean-
ing. How is this expression often eolloquially
intensified ?
(v.) TraJer<nL Ueditcido. Conjugate through the pre-
sent indieative, present inipejiitive, and present
subjnnetive.
(vi.) JJejd li' libns. Paise t^i/'f*. Give the partici-
ples of ir, and conjugate it through the tenses
of the indicative active.
II.
Translate :
Cirinola esta situada sobre una altura, y en el declivc
que forma el cerro habia plantadas niuchas vifias,
defendidas por nn pequciu> foso. Kn este recinto sento
su real Gonzalo, agrandando el foso cuanto le perraitio
la premnra del tiempo, levantando el liorde interior ji.
manera do rebellin, y guarneciendole il trechos con
garKos y ])untasde hierro, para inutilizar la caballeria
enemiga. Hecogieronse a! lin las tropas al cam[)0, y
habiendo encontrada agua, el ansia de a|)aciguar la sed
los puso en confusion, de manera (pie toda la habilidad
de Gonzalo y de sus oficiales a[)enas era bastante para
llamarlos al deber y ponerlos en orden. En esto al
polvo anunciaba ya la venida de los eiiemigrs, y los
corredores vinieron a avisarlo al general. Eran los
luiestros cincomil y (juinientos infantes, y mil y quiii-
ientos caballos entre hombres de annas, ar(iueros y
ginetes. Cironzalo los dividid en tres escuadrones, que
coloc6 en tres diversas calles, que formaban las vinas :
nno de espanoles mirando hd,cia Cirinola, mandado por
Pizan-o, Zamudio y Villalba : otro de aleraanes, regido
por capitanes de su nacion ; y el tercero de espanoles,
al Cargo de Diego Garcia de Paredes y Pedro Navarro,
apostado junto a la artilleria para ayudarla y defend-
erla : flanque6 estos cuerpos con los hombres de annas,
que dividio en dos trozos, mandados por Diego de
Mendoza y Pr6spero Colonna : Ci Fabricio su prime y
a Pedro de Paz di6 el cuidado de los caballos ligeros
que puso fuera de las vinas para que maniobrasen cou
facilidad. La pausa t^uc hicieron los franceses, con-
sultando lo que habian de hacer, did lugar a estas
dispoHicioneH, y jI i|ue la {rente, tomarirlo algiiu respiro,
pudiese disponer el ener[)o y el cspiiitu I'l la polen. Tia
•'xcesiva fatiga (pie linbian siilVido aijiiel dia liacia
diidar a Uou/alo do hu iv.sisteiicla, cuaiido I'aredcs,
vi('ndoK! todosunieigidoen ostos pensannentos : "Para
alioia, setiur, lo dice, es iieeesaiia la Hnneza do corazon
(pie sienipre soleis leiiei : ruiestra causa es jiista : la
vicloiia sera iiuestra, }' yo (js la proineto con lus pocos
espanoIoH ipie atpri Honius." Uonzalo udinilicS agradecido
«'l venturoso aiiuneio, 3' so ].ircp.'roa recibir al eiiemigo.
— Qiiititaiia, El gran Capittm.
2. (i.) Sento sa real. CJive the force and literal meaning.
(ii.) A inamcra, do vebellin. How is that ' What
is a rebellhi !
(iii.) LoH paso en confmlo)i. Give the past parti-
ciple of piLso ; also the present subjunctive and
the conditional.
(iv.) Cor redo res rlniei'on. Conjugate r [71 it; ro/t. through
the present and perfect indicative. What ia a
oorredor de cambion !
(v.) Arqueros. Give other meanings of this word.
(vi.) /.c dice. Give the present anfl preterite indica-
tive and past participle of this verb, and the
parts that are in use ol' wleis.
111.
GRAMMAR.
J}. How is the plural of nouns and adjectives formed in
Spaiii-sh ?
4. When are conjunctive pronouns made arrimadvsl
VVHiat elision <^f letters is allowable i
.i. Write down the cardinal numbers from one to
hventy-one. ■
(>. Name the auxilifiry verbs in Spanish, and give rules
to determine the proper auxiliary recj^uired in any given case.
7. Name as many conjunctions as you can which require
the subjunctive mood after them.
8. When is and expressed by y and when by eT.^ When
is the conjunction o changed to u ?
9. Give the rules that regulate the syntax of che
delinite article.
10. Distinguish between para and por when referring
to time.
Slnfliet»U9 of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
SPANISH.
HONORS.
Exarniner : Fked. E. Seymour, M.A.
Translate :
I.
Jiita. Yo to lo dire. La iiiadrc de Dona Paquita
d'i6 en escribir cartas y mas cartas, diciendo que tenia
concertado su cusamiento en Madrid co!i un caballoro
rico, honrado, bien quisto ; en 8uma, cabal y perfecto,
que no habia mas que apetecer. Acosada la Senorita
con tales propuestas, y angustiada incesantemente
con los sermones de aquella bendita monja, se vid en
la necesidad de responder quo estaba pronta i todo lo
quo la maiidasen . . Pero no te puedo ponderar cuanto
llor6 la probecita, que afliaida estuvo. Ni queria. comer,
ni podia dormir . . . Y al mismo tiempo era preciso
disiraular, para que su tia no sospechdra la verdad del
caso. Ello es que cuando, pasado el primer susto,
liubo lugar de discurrir escapatorias y arbitrios, no
hallamos otro que el de avisar i tu amo ; esperando
que si era su carino tan verdadero y de buena ley
como nos habia ponderado, no consentiria que su pobre
Paquita pasdra i manos de un desconocido, y se per-
diesen para siempre tantas caricias, tantas Idgrimas y
tantos suspiros estrellados en las tapias del corral.
Apenas parti6 la carta i su destino, cata el coche de
coUeras y el mayoral Gasparet, con sus medias azules,
y la madre y el novio, que vienen por ella ; recogimos
a toda priHR inH'stros iiu!riiuu|U»js, s(> atiiii I'w oolVos,
i»os doHpedinios do jujucllas Imctiiis mupMus, y ^^n don
latigazoH llcgaino.s antes do aver a Alcalii. La drtcn-
cion ha Hido para^uo laScfioiita visito aotm tia innnja
(luo tione acini, tan arrnga<la y tan sorda c.onxo la (juo
dqjamos alia. Ya la ha visto, ya la han JK^.sado has-
tantc una por nna todas las reli^iusiiH, y civo ([110 man-
ana teniprano Haldronio.s. l*or ostia casnalidad nos...
(Jalam. Si. No di^'as mas... IVrn.. ;('on((UD el
rovio cstji en la posada^
H'lta. Eso (!s HU cnurto, {Sei'ialnndo el euario de don
Diego, el de doila Irene y el de doi)a Fruncisca) osto el
de la madre, y aquol el nnestn).
Calaiti. }\)o\n6 nuostro i /Tnyo y mio :'
Rita. No ])or cierto. A»|ui dormiremos esta nocho
la Sonorita y yo : porque ayer metidas las tres en esc,
de enfrcnte, ni eabiamos de p'u', ni pndimos dunnir nn
instante, ni resfjirar siiiuiera.
Calam. Bien ... A Dios.
{Recoge los trantos que puso »obre la mesa, tn
adeindn de Irae.)
Hita. ^Y adonde ;•
Calam. Yo me entiendo.,,Fei'o el novio jitrao con-
sigo criados, amigos 6 do\ido8 (jue le (julten la priniera
/ambullida qu(! le amcnaza i
ftita. Un crlado vionc; con 61
Calam. ;Poca cosa I...Mira, dile en caridn<l que so
disponga, por ((ue estd de peligro. A Dios.
Rita. 11 volvcr^s |)iesto '{
Calam. Se supone. Estas cosas })iden diligencia; y
aunque apenas puedo moverme, es necesari(j (pie mi
teniente dejc la visitay venga ii cuidar de .su hacienda,
disponer el entierro de ese honibre, y ..^Con qi">) ese
es nuestro ciiarto, eh ?
Rita. Si. De la Sefiorita y uiio.
Calam. ; Bribona !
Rita, i Botarate I A Dios.
Calam. A Dios, aborrecida.
MoRATiN, M 8i de las NiMs, Act. I., esc. viii.
(i.) Bien qaisto. Parse qitisto.
(ii.) Ello 68 que cuando, &c. Supply the words idio-
matically elided. What does ello refer to ? Parse liubo.
(iii.) Coclie de colleras. Give the free and literal meaning.
(iv.) El mayoral Gaaparet, con sua medias azules.
What is a mayoral ? Translate medias-medias.
(v.) fCn ese deenftrnh . To v/hal, d(»os tine, rotur ?
(vi.) ZainlniU'idii. (Jivr iU litoral iiuwiing.
(vii.) il cii'iil^ir ihi Hti hacumlH. K\plaiu thu rot'ereiicc
xwlnit'ietHla,
II.
Traimlato iiitu S|iHiiisli :
Whoii tin- imluippy ('oiimdin, liint Miirvivor (ir-Hto)
of tlu! Mouse <»l" Siuniii, licaid the sentence of death
t'' which his inhuman c(Mi(|Ui'ror, Charles of Anjou,
condemned him, aft'i- dciilaiming (I'cclauuir) agaiuHt
the init|uity ol' thu deci.sion, it is naid that having
taken ol!' a ring which he woie (fnu'r) upon his linger
ho flung it into the midst of those uwHombled to
witness (<7 conrtirmt iftiv HHHiHtav) the sad spectacle,
giving along with it the investiture of liis estates to
the prince who shouKl avenge him. There was not
wanting sonic uue to pick up this pledge of discord,
and, beariu',' it to the King of Aragon, Pedro III., to
make him acipiainted witli the words of the dying
prince, and to remind him of the rigl\t lie had to the
kingdoms of Naples and of Sicily, usurped by the
French. Pedro was married to Constance, the daugh-
ter of Manfred Corailin's natiual uncle, who, lord of
these realms, had been formerly coiKpiercd and slain
by (diaries upon the fields cf Benevento ; and this
alliance gave more weight to the pretensions of the
Aragonese monarch, who was {IndliirHv) then in the
vigour of age, full of valour, aiTd thirsting (cudicioso)
for glory and power.
But the ambition of. this prince would have been,
perhaps, only directed against the Saracens but for
the conduct of the French in the con(|uered country.
Their insolence, augmented by the pride of victory,
and strengthened by their conviction of the sanctity
and justice of their cause, recognizing neither limits
nor restraint, revelled (abandunarse) in the gi-eatest
excesses and trampled upon all domestic and civil
rights. Then indignation burst the bonds of fear,
and taught the men oppressed the strength which in
their discouragement they were ignorant of possessing.
An insult to a lady by a Frenchman in tlie streets of
Palermo gave occasion to that terrible slaughter which
is known in all histories by the name of the Sicilian
Vespers ( V^speras Sicilianas).
HI.
1. Describe the (joeni and romances of the Cid, their
inliuence upon, and their place in Spanish literature.
2. Name the classical writers of Castile in the age of
Charles V., and notice what each contributed towards the
developement and perfection of the literature of their
country.
3. Characterize the different schools or periods of the
Oastilian drama, and n^ention the representative writers of
each period.
4. Give a brief biogra))hicj • sketch of the author of Don
Quixote.
5. What do you mean by " The Romance Languages ?"
Name ihem, and explain as fully as you can, the causes
and influences which have brought about their present
structure and appearance, so divei'se from that of the
parent language.
heir
e of
the
heir
the
s of
Don
58?"
jses
sent
the
2ilitflier0ftj^ of ^Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY.
Examiner: W. Oliver, B.A,
1. In a solution of barium and calcium, what reagents
will remove the barium ? Suppose we add potassium
chromase to a calcium solution alone, what would be the
effect ? On the removal of the barium, what reagents will
throw down the calcium ?
2. Give the reaction in the case of the following tests
for iron, distinguishing between ferrous and ferric reaction :
(a) Ferrocyanide of Potassium.
(b) Ferricyanide of Potassium.
(c) Caustic Alkalies.
(d) Sulphocyanate of Potassium.
3. Construct a short table for the analysis of an aqueous
solution containing salts of one or more of the metals,
zinc, aluminium, or iron.
4. How may zinc, magnesium, and ammonium be suc-
cessively removed from an aqueous solution ?
5. Give Marsh's test for arsenic in full. How would
you distinguish between the spots formed on porcelain by
arsenic and antimony ?
6. Draw up a table for testing an aqueous solution
supposed to contain salts of arsenicum, calcium, zinc, and
ammonium.
7. What are the principal tests for copper ?
8. A white powder is given you supposed to be a salt.
Before proceeding to make a solution of it, what prelimin-
ary steps would youvtake to determine its composition ?
!). A substance is found to be insoluble in water, hydro-
chloric, and nitric acids. How would you then proceed to
determine the nature of the body ?
10. The contents of the stomach of a person supposed
to have been poisoned by hydrocyanic acid are sent to you.
Give the various tests and reactions by which you would
definitely prove that the acid was really present.
s^nfuevfiiiti? of lirovoiuo.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
APPLIED CHEMISTRY.
Exuminer : W, Oliver, B.A.
1. What in meant by the terra " glass ?" Give the gen-
eral process of manufacture. Distinguish V)etween plate
glavss, Bohemian glass, crystal, and common bottle glass,
giving the proportions of the various substances used in
the manufacture.
2. What are the essentials reijuired in the making of
porcelain and earthenware i Explain the terms " biscuit,"
" glaze," and give the composition of each in porcelain and
earthenware.
3. Give a full account of the manufacture of H,SO<,
distinguishing between it, the fuming acid and the
hydrated acid, giving formulae for all this.
4. Supposing iron to be COcts. per cwt., zinc four dollars
per cwt., and pure H^SO^ $1.50 per cwt., what would be
the cost of producing 200 lbs. of hydrogen for balloon pur-
poses, by the action of the acid on either metal.
5. Give two principal methods of preparing acetic acid,
with formulae. How is the pure acid obtained ? Mention
the most important ticetates, and state for what purposes
they are used.
6. Write a paper on C^HgO,, giving its properties and
the uses of itself, and salts, in medicine and the arts.
7. Explain the chemical reaction in the following casen :
(a) Consumption of a ton of coal in an ordinary at-
mosphere.
(6) Bleaching of straw goods.
(c) Ahnnina used in calico-printing.
(d) Caustic alkali on oil, in the process of saponitica-
tiou.
((}) Manganese dinoxidc added to melted glass con-
taining iron.
8. Give a full descri[)tioM of the manufacture of white
lead on a large sctvle, giving equations representing the
changes that occur. How would you obtain it in a pure
st&i/i i What are its chief uses in the arts 'i
^nittvnltut of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.
HONORS.
Examiner : W. Oliveb, B.A.
1. Ex^Jaiii clearly by example the difference between
rational and empirical tbrniula?; stating why it is necessary
to aiTango formula; having the same elements and same
number of elements in ditierent ways.
2. Define the term "isomerism." Give an outline of the
process for determining the amount of carbon and hydrogen
in an organic body.
3. Describe the preparation and i)roi)erties of CHCl,
Give the formula for the corresponding iodine compound.
4. What common radical is contained in CjH,0 and
C^C^HjjO ? Name the above substances, and give the pre-
paration and uses of the former.
5. How would you obtain formic acid synthetically '!
Give its formula and describe its properties. State the
mode of preparing the pure glacial acid.
6. Write a paper on CgH^O,, stating what you know of
the various modes of preparation, its properties and uses,
and giving equations representing the changes occuning in
any process you mention.
7. What diviMion may l>c made of the Hiict^harine l)odieH?
Oivo a reprosentativo formula for each diviHlon, and men-
tion the most important.
8. Give three methodH of preparing dextroHe.and dencribe
its action on copper and Hilver saltH.
0. Write down the names and formulic of the first six
primary idcohois.
tie
th(
Ch
lo^
In
f'ei
in]
to
an
ini
Slniberoftj? of Zovonto^
ANNUAL KXAMlNATlONS: I87ft.
('ANDII)ATKS FOK HA.
NATUKAL HISTORY.
HONORS.
Examiner : K. IIamsav Wrioiit, M.A., B.Sc, (Edin.)
1. Comparo the under siirriu;(;s of the skullH of the tur-
tle, duck, and pig. — [See spoeirnous.J
2. (Jontiast the Hkoleton of the anterior extremities of
the following genera : CerutoduH, Lepidosiren, Raja, Rana,
Cholone, Faico, E(juus, Sus,
3. What relations of homology exint between the fol-
lowing bones : Quadratum, Hyoinandibulare, Malleus,
Incus, Stapes, Columella auris, Columella, (of Lizard) i
4. Describe the genito-urinary a[)paratus of a male and
female newt.
5. Compare as to external form the brains of the follow-
ing animals : Lamprey, Turtle, Fowl, Cat.
6. What conditions of the alimentary canal are observed
to characterize herbivorous, as contrasted with carnivorous
animals ?
Describe the stomach of a sheep ; and state how the
intestine of a tadpole differs from that of a frog.
«H
SHifHetttftp oC Toronto,
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
MINERALOGY.
Examiner: John Gibson, B.A., F.G.S.
1. Define and illustrate by examples the following
terms as applied to minerals : —
(1) Dimorphism, (7) Opalescence,
(2) Isotrimorphism, (8) Dendritic,
(3) Heteromerous isomorphism, (9) Dichroism,
(4) Botryoidal, ' (10) Unchanged streak.
(6) Amygdaloidal, (11) Ohatoyance,
(6) Conchoidal, (12) Polarization.
2. Describe Wollas ton's Goniometer, and explain the
method of its employment.
8. Explain the term, "cleavage of minerals," and
characterize the cleavage of the following minerals; —
(1) Diamond, (2) Fluor Spar, (3) Galena, (4) Calcite, (5)
Orthoclase, (6) Labradorite, (7) Chlorite, (8) Mica. Illus-
trate the'practical benefit of this character in the determi-
nation of minerals.
4. What are Twin Ciystals ? Give examples, and
state how the twin axis in any given tv/in crystal may be
found.
5. Shew how to deduce in any given mineral, (1) the
chemical formula from the percentage composition ; and
(2) the percentage composition from the chemical formula.
(a) The analysis of a mineral gave the following
result : — Aluminium = 14o, Potassium = 208,
Silicon - 223, and Oxygen = 425 per cent.
Cil^ulate the formula of the mineral, give its
name, and state under what conditions it
occurs in nature.
(6) Calculate the loss of weight that would accrue by
"dead roasting" to an ore of the following
formula :— Cn ' S + Fe » S ».
C. Hexagonal or rhombohedral system of chrystaliza-
tion. State its axial relations, name its most important
hemihcdral forms, and give a classified list of crystals
belonging to the system.
7. Triclinic or Anorthic system. State its axial rela-
tions, and give examples of triclinic crystals oi {,he Feldspar
Group.
8. What is meant by the term "Pyro-electric" aa applied
to crystals ? By what crystallographic peculiarity is this
phenomenon accompanied ? Give examples.
9. Give the blow-pipe characters distinguishing Sil-
icates, Sulphateft, Arseniates, Phosphates, Fluorides and
Nitrates; and give examples of coloured flames before the
blow-pipe.
10. Give the approy.imate composition, and name the
crystal systems of the following minerals: (1) Diamond,
(2) Quartz, (3) Copper Pyrites, (4) Iron Pyrites, (5) Cinnabar,
(6) Zinc Blende, (7) Realgar, (8) Pyroinorphite, (9) Cassi-
terite, (10) Spinel, (11 ) Anal)ase,(12) Cryolite,(13) Dolomite,
and (14) Cyanite.
12. A stream of wliito-hot lava passes first over rich
meadow-laad and afterwards -over a bed of limestone.
State what results will, in your opinion, be produced in
each case.
1". Explain the formation of iron ore in lakes and bogs.
State its character and composition.
N
Uni\ittnits of Coronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
GEOLOGY, PALyEONTOLOGY, PHYSICAL
GEOGRAPHY.
Examiner: John Gibson, B.A., F.G.S.
I.
1. What are the tests of the ages of aqueous rocks.
2. Define the following geological terms, illustrating,
where possible, your meaning by diagrams : — (1) Outcrop,
(2) Escarpment, (3) Dij», (4) Strike, (5) Synclinal axis,
(6) Anticlinal axis, (7) Overlap, (8) Unconformabilitj^, (9)
Inversion, (10) Fault.
3. What are the principal forms of denudation ? Dis-
tinguish them by their effect on the surface denuded.
4. What are Passage-beds ? Give an example, explain-
ing their stratigraphy and palaeontology.
5. Tertiary (Cenozoic) Period : Tabulate its strata, and
mention the lithological character of the principal series,
and their most characteristic fossils.
6. Describe the principal chararters of Esiuarine,
Lacustrine, and Deep-sea deposits ; and explain how they
may be distinguished from each other in a series of strata.
II.
7. How can former land-surfaces be distinguished by
palseontological evidence ? Give some examples.
8. Give the distribution of the JSchinodermata in the
palseozoic rocks.
9. Give the range in time and zoological position of*
the following genera: — (I) Recoptaculitcs, (2) Graptolites,
(J)) Favosites, (4) Galceola, (5) Serpulites, (6) Balamun,
(7) Beyrichia, (8) Dalmanites, (9) Eurypterus, (10) Tere-
bratula, (11) Lingula, (12) Trigonia, (13) Maclurea, (14)
DipteruK, (15) Plesiosaurus, (IG) Microlestes, (17) Elepnas,
(18) Hipparion.
10. Contract the Tetrabranchiate Cephalopoda of the
Palajozoic rocks with those of the Mesozoic and recent
Periods.
11. Classify zoologically the Cenozoic Mammalia.
III.
12. Explain fully the reasons for the difference between
the winter climate of Western Europe, and of the eastern
shore of North America, in the same parallels of latitude.
13. Explain Darwin's views respecting the formation of
Atolls or Lagoon Islands, and of Coral Reefs generally.
sunintvfiif fi? of rotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
MATHEMATICAL CRYSTALLOGRAPHY AND
GEOLOGY OF CANADA.
HONORS.
Examiner: John Gibson, B.A., F.G.S.
I.
1. A rhombic octahedron exhibits the interfacial angle
2A over a front, polar edge, 2B over a side polar edge, and
2C over a middle edge. Sliew by diagrams the spherical
and plane triangles rec^uired to obtain the lengths of the
axes ; using first 2 A and 2B ; secondly, 2 A and 2C; and
thirdly, 2B and 2C.
2. Given r, combination of two rhombic prisms, with a
basal plane: — In one prism V : V = 156° 10' (in front) ;
ill the other V?i : Yn =■ 115° 34' (in front.) Assuming the
first to be the protaxial form, required the value of n in
the second form.
3. The protaxial i>rism in Arsenical Pyrites measures
111" 63' over an obtuse or front vertical edge : required
the length of the shorter axis x\{x = unity.)
IL
4. Draw a section through Ontario from Toronto to
Sarnia, with a view to shew the general geology of the
western peninsula.
5. Tabulate the Silurian rocks of Ontario as arranged
by the Canadian and New York geologists, and charac-
terize each division paleeontologically.
0. Give a lirioC rlescriptioii of tlio {,'eology of the eoNiern
coawt of Liikn Huron fioin Sarnia to Cape Hurd on the
Bruc(! peninsula.
7. All crnitic! block (»{' nia^nuHian limestone, compoHcd
(»t' brilliant, cry.stiillinc, strongly (roliort'nfc grains, in obHcrvod
to liold, among otlur Tossilu, \]\vt vuHiaot' Megaloiuiift Cana-
densis, PcniitDieniH occidentalwy and Pleurotomaria
Hiivonv/n»i». Nanus cbaraittorizo, and give the distribution
uf the formation to which this block should bo referred.
.S. Describe the Hur»»ni;in rock.s of Camida, with their
mineral veins.
!). Mention the gr«mp of rocks to which many geologists
apply the ivwn " Saliforous," ami shew how the term is
objectionable. Explain the probable origin of salt deposits
generally.
10. Give a description of the geology of the island of
Montreal.
11. Characterize the Post-Tertiary deposits of the Pro-
vince of Ontario.
12. Uive a brief accour.t of the geological structure of the
Western Plains and Rocky Mountain Region of British
North America.
2lnflietr»fts of ^Toronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
METEOROLOGY.
PASS AND HONORS.
Examiner: G. T. Kingston, MA.
1. Define the terms ''specific heat" and ** laleiU heat,"
and state how they are expressed numerically.
2. Describe the construction of the barometer, and state
what corrections are required for the instrument, as you have
described it, in order that observations at the Same station may
be intercomparable.
3. Give the standard specific gravity of mercury to which
barometric readings at difi^erent stations should be referred, in
order to be intercoir.parable.
(a) Explain the nature of the two corrections for gravi-
tation, and also oi the correction for reducing to sea level.
(6) Investigate a formula for computing the reduction to
sea level.
4. State what is meant by diurnal and annual variations of
an element, and give the general character of the diurnal vari-
ations of bt. ometric pressure.
5. State, in a general way, the connection between the
latitude and the extent of the regular diurnal and of ihe
irregular oscillations of the barometer.
6. Describe the mode of determining the freezing and
boiling points of a thermometer. State also which of the two
should be determined first, and give your reason.
7. Explain ihe principle concerned in the exposure and pre-
lection of a thermometer when used for observing the tempera-
ture of the air, and describe an arrangement suitable for the
purpose.
8. If the mean temperatures of a month at eight hours sepa-
rated by equal intervals of three hours, be denoted byi.,ii., in.,
IV., v., VI., VII., VIII. : shew how to compute the constants in the
following formula for obtaining the mean temperature proper
to any other hour : ,
^ = /„ + /, sin {x -{■ r,) + t^ sin (2 x + c,)
+ ^3 sin (3x + (•,) 4- ^4 sin (4 a; -f- c^)
9. Explain the meaning of the term ''Isothermal line,**
and state the general influence of ocean currents on the form
of the isothermals.
10. Describe the nature of the office performed by aqueous
vapour on the geographical distribution of heat, and ak^ on
tbe distribution of heat at different times in the same place.
11. Define the terms "absolute and relative humidity;*'
and state the mode of expressing each numericall}'.
13. Explain the principU* on which the process depends for
finding the pressure of vapour from the dry and wet thermo-
meters ; and slate the character of the change in the pressure
of vapour which accompanies giv^ "hanges in the readings
of the thermometers.
i;J. State the general piinciple of Robinson's anemometer.
*I4. Define the term " Resultant direction of the wind," and
shew that it is given by the formula,
S Ca sin B)
when B is the angular distance (reckoned from the north
towards the right) of the point from_which the wind blew
through a distance of (a) miles, and the analogous angle for
the resultant.
J^^^
Sliiftier»ftj? of Eovonto^
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
CIVIL POLITY.
Examiner: Rev. George Paxton Young, M.A
COX'S BRITISH C(^MM0NWEALTH— SMITH'S
WEALTH OF NATIONS.
1. From what source is the right of government de-
rived ? Examine the question fully.
2. Give an account of the origin and rise of the British
Cabinet. On what conditions does the permanence of any
particular Cabinet usually depend ?
3. Describe the practice ol' Parliament with respect to
private bills; and sUite what different courses may be
adopted when a public bill is returned from either House
to the other with amendments.
4. What is an impeachment, and how is it conducted ?
5. Examine the doctrine of the balance of power.
G. Under what restrictions are criteria cf truth afforded
by public opinion ? And to what extent do justice and
policy require that governments should be directed by its
dictates ?
7. Give an account of the origin and use of money.
8. Show, that, in the price of commodities, the profits
of stock constitute a component part altogether different
from the wages of labour, and regulated by different prin-
ciples.
9. Explain the order in which manufactures, agricul-
ture, and foreign commerce naturally arise ; and state the
relation of these branches to the increase of opulence,
whether in town or country.
10. "The attention of governments never was so unneces-
sarily employed as when directed to watch over the preser-
vation of the increase of the quantity of money in any
country." How does Smith establish this position ?
Wini\^tvnit!i of Toronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
CANDIDATES FuR B.A.
OIVIL POLITY,
HOINORS.
Examiner : W. J. Rouehtson, B.A.
AUSTIN.
1. (a) Distinguish between laws proper and improper,
(h) "Positive laws are related in the way of resem-
blance or by close or remote analogies to the
following objects." What objects ?
2. (a) What is the proper subject matter of jurispru-
dence ?
(h) Distinguish between positive lav\ and positive
morality.
3. Criticise Austin's definitions of command, duty, and
sanction. Is his theory of jurisprudence in any mamier
affected by these definitions ? If so, how ?
4. Examine Austin's views ar to rewards being sanctions.
o. "There are other objects improperly termed laws (not
being commands), which yet may properly be included
within the pi'ovince of jurisprudence. ' Explain.
G. (a) Discuss the various hypotheses (including Austin's)
regarding the nature of the index to the
unreveakd laws of God.
(b) How does Austin distinguish between motives to
action, and the standard of right actions.
7> Criticise Austin's opinion as to the possibility of
demonstrating morality.
fS. Inquire into the origin of (Sovernincnt.
0. Distinguish l)etwecn deleijation and representation.
Are the members of the Oonnnon.s' House in Britain^ dele-
gates or representtitives ?
10. What is meant by constitutional hiw ? Can a sovereign
act unconstitutionally ? Oive reasons for your answer.
11. (a) Distinguish between governments dejure and dc
facto.
(b) Give the substance of Austin's remarks relative
to the lawfulness and unlawfulness of govern-
ments de facto.
12. (a) How does Austin distinguish yoiiiio»w from inten-
tional Criticise this distinction.
(h) Distinguish physical compulsion frotn sanction.
13. What is the objection to ex post facto laws ? State
any arguments in favor of them.
^tifnetttfti^ of STototito.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONH; 1H76.
OANDIDATEH FOR B.A.
CIVIL POLITY.
HONORS.
Examiner : W. J. Robertson, B.A.
MILL.
1. Show what would be tho ottbct of incrcasiug fij:ed
Capital, at tho expense of circulating.
2. Explain and ilhistrato the divornity in tho ettcctive
.strength of the desire of accumulation.
3. Give tho subHtance of the cha]iter " Of the Law of the
Increase of Production from Land."
•li. Distinguish between Communism, St. Simonism, and
Fourierism. Criticise these systems.
5. Examine Mill's views on the right of bequest and in-
heritance.
G. Give examples of the inHuence of custom on rents,
tenure of land, and prices.
7. Discuss the question of peasant proprietorship.
8. Enumerate various popular remedies for low wages.
Ci'iticise.
9. State Mill's theory of rent, with your own views
thereon.
10. Can there be an over-supply of commodities generally ?
Explain.
11. (a) What regulates international values ? Illustrate.
(6) Briefly show the indirect benefits of Commerce.
1 2. Givo cxainiiluH uf uxcoptioiia tu the rulo of LaitBtr-
fain,
13. DiHcuMs briefly the influence of credit on prices.
dnfUerfiifts^ of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
CANDIDATES FOK B.A.
METAPHYSICS AiNI) ETHICS.
HONORS.
Examiner: Rev. Geouge Paxton Young, M.A.
HAMILTON'S NOTES AND DISSERTATIONS.
MILL'S LOGIC, BOOK IIL OF.INDUCTION.
1. How does Sir W. Hamilton endeavour to shew that
the argument from Common Sense is strictly philosophical ?
Examine his position.
2. Within the psychological point of view, from whicli
the qualities of matter may be considered, there are (Ham-
ilton tells us) " two special points of view ; that of Senne,
and that of Uvxlerstanding." Distinguish these; and
enquire whether the primary qualities, the secundo-primary,
and the secondaries, respectively, fall more under the point
of view of the Understanding, or under that of Sense.
3. What (according to Hamilton) are the primaries, the
secundo-primaries, and the secondaries, respectively, as
apprehended; and how, as modes of matter, are they
thought ?
4. " Though the fact of sensation proper and the fact of
perception proper imply each other, they are not jiropor-
portionally co-existent." State Hamilton's doctrine on this
point more fully ; and give reasons for accepting or reject-
ing it.
5, Examine the position, taken by Hamilton, on the
question, whether si)aco is rjiven a prion, as a1 native
possession of the mind, or is ac«iuirecl a posterloH as a
generalization from the experience of sense.
G. How, according to Hamilton, is the knowledge of an
extra-organic world reached i Criticise his doctrine.
7. Illustrate the methods of experimental inquiry by
reference to Liebeg's theoiy of metallic poisons.
8. How are complex effects, compounded of the effects
of many causes, k> be studied ?
J). Point out the proper use of scientific hypotheses.
How can legitimate hypotheses be distiuguished^from ille-
jjitimate ?
10. What are Empirical laws ? How can we know that
any uniformity, ascertained by experience, [ is only an
Emi)irical law? How can the limited degree of reliance,
which philosophers are accustomed to i)lRce in Empirical
laws, be justified ?
11. What is meant by chance ?1> Explain generally how
it can be determined whether any given conjunction of
phenomena is ca-ual. How is the elimination of chance
efiected ?
Ei
1. <
philoso
betwee
philoso
2. '
tains ir
Give a
to the
alleged
inquire
mainta
3. '
nonieni
this is i
conside
strictl}/
tion dp
4. '
the a J
with t
abstrac
uothinj
a Kani
each OS
Unis^nuita^ of ^totonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
METAPHYSICS AND ETHICS.
Examiner: Rev. Geokoe Paxton Young, M.A.
KANT'S CRITIQUE OP PURE REASON.
1. Give such a statement of Kant's relation to previous
philosophy, as will explain the comparison he makes
between the revolution he proposed to introduce into
philosophy and that effected by Copernicus in Astronomy.
2. " The science oi Natural Philosophy (Physics) con-
tains in itself synthetical judgments a priori, as principles."
Give an instance ; shew distinctly, with special reference
to the instance you give, how, according to Kant, such
alleged synthetical judgments a ^'riort are possible; and
inquire whether the otatemeut quoted is capable of being
maintained.
3. " We call the rainbow a mere appearance or phe-
nomenon, and the tain the reality or thing in itself; and
this is true enough, &c." In what sense alone does Kant
consider that such a mode of speaking is correct ? From a
strictly philosophical point of view, how must the distinc-
tion drawn between " rain " and " rainbow " be criticised ?
4. " How can it be said that time and space are simply
the a priori product of sensibility, and have nothing to do
with the understanding ; and on what grounds can the
abstract ideas of the understanding be regarded as having
nothing to do with the reason ?" — Morelt. Answer, from
a Kantian point of view, these questions ; and state, in
each case, your own opinion, with reasons.
5. " The effect of an object upon the faculty of repre-
sentation, so far as we are affected by the object, is sensa-
tion." — Crit. of Pure Reason. Does Kant, then, assume
the existenc(! of objects which affect us :" If so, n the
assumption legitimate ? Kxaniino, in connection w ith this
point, Kant's " Refutation of Idealism."
6. What does Kant mean by in'iniUire covju/nclivn.
State (with reasons) whether it is bori'owod from objects
by percepti(m. If it be not so borrowed from objects,
explain where it must be sought for ; and point out its
relation to determinate thought.
7. (a) Distinguish the synthetical from the analytical
unity of apperception, and point out the relation between
them.
(6) " In the synthetical ui^ity of apperception, I am
conscious, not of myself, as I appear to myself, nor as I
am in myself, but,** &c. {('rit. of Pure Reason). What
then ? Explain fully.
8. (d) What sort of [)roof do the princi|)les of the pure
understanding admit of ? (6) How does Kant distinguish
the certitude which belongs to one grou]) of these principles
from that attaching to anothci- ? (c) Inipiirc whether the
distinction he draws, is well founded ; and show what the
l)Osition you take would lead you to conclude, with respect
to the validity of the principles embraced in the two
groups respectively.
0. " Reason may be distinguished from un<lerstanding as
the faculty of principles'' (Cr'tt. of Pare Heason). — Does
not Kant treat of pure ])rinciples of the understanding ?
Explain, then, in what sense Reason, as distinguished from
Understanding, is the faculty of principles,
10. The Antithesis of the Second Antimony of Pure
Reason contains the statement : " There does not exist in
the world a simple substance." Kant remarks that this
dialectical assertion has opposed to it the proposition, that
" the object of the internal sense, the thinking Ego, is an
absolutely simple substance."
(a) On what supposition does the reasoning in the Anti-
mony proceed ? (6) Inquire whether, the supposition in
question being made, the reasoning in the Antimony is
fciufficient to warrant the conclusion that there does not
exist in the world a simple substance, (c) Consider, more
particularly, the bearing of this reasoning on the assertion,
that the thinking Ego is an absolutely simple substance.
11. "My intenfcioii, in the above remarks, has not been
to prove the actual existence of freedom. I have not
even aimed at demonstrating the possibility of freedom." —
What, then, was Kant's aim in his exposition of the Cosmo-
logical idea of freedom i Give a brief statement (without
criticism) of the line of thought by which he endeavours to
establish the [)oint which it was his task to prove.
S!lti(lirtoftj? of {Toronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1780.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
MKTAPHYSICS AND ETHICS.
HONORS.
Examiner: W. J. Robertson, B.A.
CALDERWOOD.
1. (a) "It is of ossontial moment to distinguish
hetwoeu the foundafiou of moral distinctions,
anti the knoivledyr of them." Who has eon-
fouiuled these; and what views does C-alderwood
hold oij these points ?
(h) How may we ascertain whether moral distinctions
are recot,mized by men generally ?
2. (a) " A theory of the knowledge of moral distinctions
by means of a moral sense as an organ or power
of perception , is thus shown to be impossible."
HowV
(h) "It thus appeal's that the knowledge of moral
quality is not obtained without comparison."
Explain.
3. Examine Calderwood's views on the first principles of
morals.
4. Criticise the philosophy of Comte, and the Positivist
School.
5. What is conscience ? Wha't its position among other
springs of activity ? Can conscience be educated ? Give
reasons for your answer.
G. What psychological explanation does C. give to account
for the diversity of moral judgments among men ?
7. Discuss briefly the question of the origin of knowledge,
and show its b'^aring on the formation of an ethical system.
8. Examine the utilitarian theory of morals with reapeot
to the knoivledye of moral disti'irtotions,
9. Oalderwood reprcsentM tho Will, oh standing between •
the TNTEi-LEf'T, and tho Dksires, APFEfTiONS, and
Kmotionk, between the- "Honsoiyand tlu' reason." Examine
this view.
10. "Each knows himself as the cause of his own actions."
Discuss.
11. Suggest any argiiments in favor of a future state of
oxistenco.
2%nfbrt0Ui> of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR B.A.
METAPHYSICS AND E
HONORS.
■^rrui/<u
Exammer . W. J. Robertson, B.A.
SCHWEGLER AND TENNEMANN.
1. (a) Define "philosophy." How is it distinguished from
the Sciences ?
■(b) What was Hegel's view of the History of Philo-
sophy I Examine it.
2. Briefly characterize the Pre-Socratic Philosophy.
3. Sketch the philosopliy of the Eleatic Zeno.
4. Criticise the philosophy of the Atomic School.
5. Show the developement of philosophy under Socrates,
Plato, and Aristotle. Describe the Socratic method.
G. Sketch the philosophy of Hume. What modern
philosophers have developed his views I
7. Describe Leibnitz' system of monads. Compare his
monuds with the Greek atoms.
8. Give an estimate of the philosophy of Berkeley.
9. What position did Jacobi hold in relation to the
Kantian Philosophy ? Sketch his opinions.
10. Show the relation between Kant and Fichte. Give
some account of Fichte's Theory of Knowledge.
mm^mfa
11. Characterize the Scholastic Philosophy. What were
the results flowing from it? and what causes led to its
downfall ?
12. Give an accoiui^ m the opinions of Abelard, Duns
Scotus, and William >r <),< am.
^nii^ttnitji of Toronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
SECOND YEAR.
SMITH'S MERCANTILE LAW-
Examiners
(Thomas Hodgins, M.A., LL.B.
(W. P. R. Street, LL.B.
1. What is meant by stoppage in transitii ? Under what
circumstances does it arise ? What is the effect upon the
contract, of the exercise of the right? in what manner
should the right be exercised ?
2. State the general rules as to the appropriation of
payments ? Can the creditor in any case appropriate a
payment to a debt barred by the Statute of Limitationa ?
3. In what different modes may a power of Attorney be
made irrevocable ?
4. What is the extent to which a partner, by an act on
his own individual account, can bind the property of the
firm ? What rights has an execution creditor of one partner
against the property of the firm ?
o. What are the ; equisites of a legal tender ? How may
informalities in the tender be oured ?
A. and B., living in different parts of the country, are
joint creditors of C. How can C. make a valid tender of
the amount due {
si
or
h(
ch
pi
Sinflier»fti^ of SToronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
FIRST AND SECOND YEARS.
NATURAL HISTORY.
HONORS.
Examiner: R. Ramsay Wright, M.A., B.Sc. (Edin.)
1. Give a classification of the Infusoria Ciliata, and a
sketch of their different modes of reproduction.
2. Describe the structure of a Ctenophorous Medusa.
3. Compare the structure and functions of the segmental-
organs of Vermes, the pseudo-hearts of the Brachiopoda and
the "Organs of Bojanus" of the Mollusca.
4. Describe the circulatory system of the frog, and state
how that of the tadpole differs from it.
5. What is a cyme ? Describe and give examples of its
chief forms.
6. Explain the nature of the fruit in the following
plants :— Strawberry, Rose, Buttercup, Fig, Pine Apple,
Cucumber.
2»nfiitt0Uj^ ot ftorontd.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
SECOND YEAR.
SMITH'S MERCANTILE LAW.
HONORS.
Examiners : \ Thomas^ Hodgins, MA LL.B.
\ W. P. R. Street, LL.B.
1. In what cases is a principal bound by the acts of an
agent wlio has exceeded, or acted in a manner contrary to
his instructions ?
2. What was the Common Law rule as to the right of an
agent to bind his jmncipai by a disposition of the goods of
the principal i
3. A. and B. are co-sureties for C. in a simple contract
for a debt of ^1,000. In 1860 A. is compelled to pay $500
of the debt ; in ISOo C. pays the remaining $500 ; in 1870
A. sues B. for contribution in respect of A.'s payment of
$500. Can B. set up the Statute of Limitations as a
defence ? Explain.
4. Goods are sold and delivered upon an agreement that
the purchaser is to ])ay for them by a Bill at four months.
What are the immediate and ultimate rights of the seller
upon the purchaser making default in delivering the Bill ?
0. What are the provisions of the Act under -which
juries are authorized to allow interest to a creditor ?
6. In what cases did a right of lien exist at Common
liaw ? In what other mode may a right of lien arise ?
Wini\^nuits of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
SECOND YEAR.
BOWYER'S CIVIL LAW.
Examiners J Thomas HoDGiNS, M.A, LL.B.
£.xaminer8 • -^ ^ p ^ Street, LL.B.
1. What in the jus poatUminii ? How has its original
meaning been extended ?
2. Give instances of acquisition by accession. Compare
the English Law upon the subject.
3. Distinguish between negative and positive servitudes.
How nuiy they respectively be established f
4. What were testtimentary substitutions '{ What gave
rise to the practice of making use of them ?
5. State shortly the rules of the Roman Law relating to
the imputation of payments.
6. Define the meaning of the word "Status." What
were the actions called having for their object the decisions
of questions relating to Status ? Why so called ?
Re
shi
SOI
SOI
cla
UK
an
Is
fa<
&%%i^tv»Hs of Toronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS 1876.
SECOND YEAR.
BOWYER'S CIVIL LAW.
HONORS.
jy ^ • ( Thomas Hodgins, M.A., LL.B.
1. How many species of marriage were there amongst
Roman citizens ? What were they called, and what was
the difference between them ?
2. Enumerate and describe the three species of guardian-
ship spoken of by Vinnius.
3. " Some things are common to all men by natural law ;
some are public ; some belong to corporate or politic bodies ;
some belong to no one." Give an example of each of these
classes.
4. Wliat is meant by alluvion ? To what branch of the
modes of acquisition does it belong ?
5. Give a short account of fidei-commissa. Mention any
analogies in English Law.
G. What was the quasi contract called co7idictio indebiti 1
Is there any difference with respect to it, between error in
fact, and error in law ?
5.
&lnftier»ftff ci Soronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
SECOND YEAR.
ROGERS'S POLITICAL ECONOMY.
„ . f Thomas Hodoins, M.A., LL.B.
^^^''"»"^^'«' I W. P. II. Stuket/lLB.
1. Wliat was Ml-. Price's selienio for oxtinj^uishinp the
National Dc^bt (
2. What arc tlu; objects of Tmrlcs TTnions, nn<\ what aro
tho moans taken to eairy thcin out i
[]. Explain the peculiar (lisa<lvanta;j;es of taxes on raw
materials.
4. What is the nieasuiv of value ? Explain the state-
ment that there can he no universal rise in values.
5. How does the author <liscuss the question as to the
propriety of government interferetjce to check the too
rapid exhaustion of coal in Great Britain {
0. State briefly the causes which increase and diminisli
rent, and explain their o]>eration in doin<.f so.
2infliet0ft|^ of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
SECOND YEAR.
ROGERS'S POLITICAL ECONOMY,
HONORS.
Examiner!^ :
f Thomas Hodqins, M.A., LL.B.
( W. P. R. Street, JiL.B.
1. Mention some of the causes of an efflux of specie.
2. " If a government interferes with the liberty of its
subjects it is bound to shew cause for the interference."
What are the two causes which the author mentions as
justifying such interference ?
3. How is Rent defined? Upon whom does the loss
arising from an increase in the wages of agricultural
laborers fall ? Explain?
4. Mention some of the difficulties in the way v,.f an
equitable tax upon incomes.
5. Explain the operation of a rise in the rate of discount
in checking a drain of specie. Under what circumstances
is it likely to be ineffectual for that purpose ?
6. What is the real pledge given by a government as
tbo security for the National Debt ? How is this shewn
hy the author ?
1.
" teni
2.
Wha
8.
vestii
4.
entit]
5.
give
C.
^nnftietfiiUi^ of STototito.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
THIRD YEAR.
BURTON ON REAL PROPERTY.
E, . f Thomas Hodgins, M.A., LL.B.
Exammers: ^,_ p_ j^_ ^^ ^^.B.
1. Explain the terms "lord paramount," "mesne lord,"
" tenant para vail," " tenant in capite."
2. When and how Avere the old military tenures abolished ?
What is meant by the tenure in free and common socage ?
S. What are the two rules governing the creation and
vesting of contingent remainders.?
4. 0\it of what estates, legal and equitable, is a widow
entitled to dower ?
5. Describe what is meant by a cross remainder, and
give an instance.
G. Explain the doctrine of Scintilla Juris.
E'.
1. Gi
an expci
2. Sti
relating
effect o
lands in
S. W
to an e,s
vested i
A. dies
4. W
third pe
eovenar)
the effei
a partic
5. U]
I
G. W
betweei
and sti'£
Unmvuits of 9S:oronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
THIRD YEAR.
BURTON ON REAL PROPERTY,
HONORS.
m
{ W. P. R. Street, LL.B.
1. Give an exmiiple of a contingent remainder, and of
an executory devise.
2. State shortly the provisions of the Act 9 Geo. II., c. 3G,
relating to conveyances for charitable uses. What was the
effect of the ])ievious statutes relating to alienation of
lands in mortmain to I'cligious and other corporations.?
'i. What L-i necessary to be proved to entitle a husband
to an estate by the curtesy ? A. is tenant for life with a
vested remainder to B. for life, with remainder to A. in fee.
A, dies before B. : is A.'s husband entitled to curtesy ?
4. What acts of disturbance by the covenantor and by
third persons respectively amount to a breach of an absolute
covenar\t for quiet enjoyment in the usual form ? What is
the effect of providing in the covenant against the acts of
a particular person '.
.5. Upon a devise to 'A. and his issue," what is the effect,
a. Where A. had issue at the time the devise is made,
b. Where A. lias no issue at the time ?
G. What is the effect of recitals of facts in a deed, as
between the parties to the deed, and as between the parties
and strangers.
hf,
loas<'
whicli
23niiiev0ftjL) of STotonto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
THIRD YEAR.
AKCHBOLD'S LANDLORD AND TENANT.
., . f Thomas Hodgins, M.A.. LLB.
hxumniers-J^^y p R. Street. LL.B.
1. What if any covenant is impliecl from the word
" (hanisf " in ii lease ? What Ik the ♦jxtent of the covenant,
:iu(l how is it ert'ected by express covenants in the same
h'ase '
t2. In wiiat form should an action for excessive distress
Ih^ )jrrm<;ht ? TTpcm wliat enactment is tlie action founded ?
3. What articles are exempt from distress, in the event
of there being other sufficient distress on the premises ?
4. Uistinguish the injuries to the demised premises
which give only to the tenant a right of action from those
nliich give the landlord a right of action : In what tbvm
should the action by each be brought ?
o. To what extent, and under what circumstances are
mesne profits recoverable in an action of ejectment ?
0. Under what circumstances is a landlord entitled to
i-ecover double rent from his tenant, and in what manner
may the double rent be recovered ?
I;
pm
im
Uni\}$vuitu of STotonto
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
THIRD YEAR.
ARCHBOLD'S LANDLORD AND TENANT,
HONORS.
Examin&rs ■ ^ TllOMAS Hodoins, M. A., LL.B.
1. Mention the oxeeption.s to the rule, tliat a distress for
rent must be made upon some part of the demised premises.
2. What are touaiits fixtures i Wiiat are the tenant's
rights as to them ? Are they distrairiable for rent by the
landlord ? Are they liable to seizure by the sheriff under
execution against the tenant ?
3. Goods of a tenant in arrear for rent are sei;ced on the
demised premisses under execution against the tenant, can
the landlord lawfully distrain them before removal i What
statutory remedy has he ?
4. In an action of ejectment b)'^ lessor against lessee, to
what extent if at all can the lessee go into evidence as to
lessor's title, and to what extent is he precluded from
doing so ?
5. In what cases is the venue local, and in what cases
transitory, where the landlord sues for rent reserved in a
lease ? Give reasons.
C. In the absence of any agreement bet>/een the lessor
and the lessee of a house, upon whom does the duty of
repairing it fall ? Is this liability a statutory or a common
law one.
•Mm '
If: III
Sftnfiierniftv of SToronto.
ANNUAL KXAMINATIONS: IM7fi.
CANDIDATKS Foil F.L H.
INSTITUTES OF JUSTINIAN.
*'...«...;.,..... i Thomas Hoixjins, M.A., LL.B.
^'"'^''"'^'^"'•JW. P.K.STKKET.LL.B.
1. Explain the clifFui(;nt t'unction.s of the maghimtus and
judex uiulor th(^ Roimui law, ami tlie object and use of the
system oi' form ulw.
2. What was airogation ( Kxphiiu thr diutinctiou
between adoptio ninua plena and adoptio plena,
3. State shortly the i)iovisions of the Institutes as to
acciuisition of property by traditioiij — (a) Upon a gift;
(/») Upon a sale.
4. Distinguish In-tween heirs iieoesaani, stiiet necesaarii,
and extranel.
4. Explain and illustrate the meaning of Biea cedit and
Liet venit.
C. What was the action damori injuries, and to what
cases did it apply ?
IMAGE EVALUA790N
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
z.
^
1.0 ^US U£
1.1
us
la
u
t*&
2.2
NBi
2.0
li&
IL25 iu
m^s 1^
Die
Sdaices
Corporation
33 WfST MAIN STRCiT
WBBSTiR,N.Y. 14dM
(716)S73-4S03
^ 't^'%-
^f^^
'^
^
i
4!Anfliet0ft|) of ^Toronlo*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876,
CANDIDATES FOB LL.B,
INSTITUTES OF JUSTINIAN.
HONORS.
^-"--■{^"^■^.ir^^t'i^tt;'''-*-
1. Describe and dintinguisli the tliree systems of civil
]>roccss existinjij at different times, x'xy.,, the lecps act'wnea,
formula, and exfraovdinaria jtidla.
2. Wliat Avere the different mofles in which the patua
potestus mij^ht bo ended ?
3. What was included in the word caput / Describe the
three kinds of capiiin diminutio.
4. What was the henejlcmm ahstindudi, and how did it
differ from the henefichim separation} s accorded to slaves ?
5. What was the actio facti, and what might be recovered
in it '{ What other remedies had the owner of the thing
stolen ?
6. Explain the meaning of pectdium. Mention the
different kinds of peculia.
HAnli^tvuitp of ^Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR LL.B.
BLACKSTONE.
^--^--■•{rpTlrK^^^
1. What is meant by attainder? Distinguish between
attainder and conviction, and describe shortly the conse-
quences of attainder.
2. What are the different special pleas in bar that may
be pleaded to an indictment ? Upon a judgment against
the prisoner upon a special plea in bar, is he allowed any
further plea ?
3. What are the reasons for the distinctions made
between accessories and principals ?
4. Describe the offences of barratry, maintenance, and
embi-acery.
5. What is Sir Edward Coke's definition of a burfflar?
State shortly the time, the place, the manner, and the
intent necessary to constitute the crime of burglaiy.
1.
allow
to th(
To w]
jectio
fact.
3. '
Expla
4. ]
homic
i. (
prison
exarai
STnfU(v»Hj) of tiTovonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
CANDIDATES FOR LL.B.
BLACKSTONE.
HONORS.
Examiners ■ / "^'h^mas Hodgins, M.A., LL.B.
i^xammeia. | ^ p ^ Street, LL.B.
1. " Th(! principal caHe where constraint of a superior ia
allowed ns an excuse for criminal misconduct is, with regard
to the matrimonial subjection of the wife to her husband."
To what extent and under what circumstances is this sub-
jection allowed as an excuse (
2. Distinguish between a principal in the first and second
degiee, and also between tin accessory before and after the
fact. What offences do not admit of accessories ?
3. What was the original offence called a prcemunire ?
Explain the meaning of juisprision of treason.
4. Describe; and illustrate the diftit'rent kinds of excusable
homicide.
5. Give a short account of the rise of the right of a
prisoner, accused of a capital ofJence, to have witnesses
examined on his behalf upon his trial.
^nihtvuits of Coronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
FIRST YEAR.
ANATOMY.
Examiner : R. Zimmerman, M.B., L.R.C.P. Lond.
1. Describe the head, neck, and trochanters of the femur,
and the ligaments of the hip joint.
2. Describe the bones and ligaments of the ankle joint.
Give the position of the tendons in relation.
3. Give the origin, position, insertion, and relations of
the supinator brevis, sterno-cleido-mastoid, and serratus
magnus muscles,
4. Describe the duodenum, coecura, and transverse colon.
5. Give the position and relations of the spleen, liver,
and pancreas.
6. Give the position of the heart, and its relations.
Describe the right ventricle. How does it differ from the
left?
1.
vir
2.
givir
3.
the 8
l)roct
4.
ent s
5.
and e
stanc
6.
suppc
7. '
and I
procei
8. ;
struct
9. ]
their :
S^nf^evfliftiil of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
FIRST YEAR.
PHYSIOLOGY.
Examiner: J. H. McCollum, M.B.
1 . Name the proximate principles of the human body ;
giving a detailed description of the three principal ones.
2. Describe adipose and areolar tissues.
3. Describe the salivary glands ; give the composition of
the salivary fluids, and the part it takes iu the digestive
process,
4. Enumerate the various forms of joints, and the differ-
ent structures entering into their formation.
5. What do you understand by the terms : endosmose
and exosmose ? Give instances of each, and the circum-
stances which assist or retard their due performance.
6. Describe the pacinian bodies, where found, and their
supposed function.
7. Give the composition of the gastric juice, its nature
and qualities, and the .part it performs in the digestive
process.
8. Name the different forms of epithelia, found in animal
structures, and where each variety may be fouud.
9. How are the malphighian bodies formed, and what is
their function ?
1
sol'
fori
a li
wal
nat
a
hyc
res I
si in
<i
mei
it e
mei
G
7
you
as a
8
anti
met
stniUftttfta; of {Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONR : 1876.
FIRST YEAR.
MCDIOINE.
CHEMISTRY.
Examiner : W. Oliver, B.A.
1. Define the term CRlorimetry. Mention any methods of
solving problems in calorimetry. Give and explain a
formula for determining the Hpecific heat of a body.
2. Give methods for determining the specific gravity of
a liquid. Mention any exceptional fact in the expansion of
water, and state what effect this has in the economy of
nature.
3. Twenty-one parts by weight of oxygon and two of
hydrogen are exploded in a closed vessel : explain fully the
result, and state what theory has been founded on this and
similar experiment's.
4. Explain in full the principle of the Argand lamp.
(). Describe the allotropic modifications of sulphur;
mentioning also its sources and the usual forms in which
it exists. Why is it placed with the oxygen group of
metals ?
G. Name and characterize brieny the following : Kj,CrO.,
K,0^ MgO, CaCO,.
7. Give the formula for chloride of lime, and state how
you would prepare it. Explain the action of this substance
as a disinfectant.
8. Name and give the formula for the chief ore of
antimony. What are the two most important oxides of the
metal ? Give a method for the preparation of each.
1. 1<
and ne
2. r
in the
3. G
4. E
5. E
with a
6.
of the
7.
their d
^nii^tvuit^ of STotontc*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS 1875.
SECOND YEAR.
ANATOMY.
Examiner : R. Zik merman, M.B., li.R.C.P., Lend.
1. Name the muscles of the larynx. Give their action
and nervous supply.
2. Describe fully the peculiarities of the vascular system
in the foetus. Give the course of the circulation.
3. Give the reflections of the peritonieum.
4. Describe the nasal fossjp.
5. Describe the course of the superior maxillary artery,
with its relations and the distribution of its branches.
6. Origin, course, insertion, and relations of the muscles
of the male perinseum.
7. Origin, course, communications, and branches, with
their distribution, of the facial nerve.
1. St£
lation tc
2. Dei
characte
3. Wl
it^ soun<
4. De!
canal foi
Lieberki
5. Gil
nerves ;
divided?
6. Des
the qua]
hours ; i
stances \
ents.
7. In
that shoi
respired
the most
Bni\i^tvniip of s:otonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
SECOND YEAR.
PHYSIOLOGY.
Examiner : J. H. McCollum, M.B.
1. State the character of the red-blood corpuscle, its re-
lation to the white, and its uses.
2. Describe the coats of arteries and veins, and their
characteristic differences.
3. What is the nervous supply of the heart, and cause of
its sounds ?
4. Describe the intestinal villi, in ^yhat portions of the
canal found, their function, and wherein the}' differ from
Lieberkilhns follicles in structure.
5. Give the origin and distribution of the third pair of
nerves ; and what would be the result if one, or both be
divided?
6. Describe the minute anatomy of the kidney. Give
the quantity of urine secreted by a healthy man in 24
hours ; its specific gravity ; name some of the circum-
stances which may alter the normal quantity and constitu-
ents.
7. In public institutions, what is the smallest cubic space
that should be alloted to each person. If the same air be
respired for many hours, what per cent, of carbonic acid is
the most that will be found while life can be sustained.
TB
1. V
AloeS
2. S
. medici:
tion of
3. Vi
what ci
4. \^
lowing
pulvis
and tiD
one yet
6. W
turn?
6. Gi
7. Fi
uses, pe
8. Ni
briefly <
Uni\$tvuits of SToronto*
GLOSINa EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
SECOND YEAR.
THERAPEUTICS AND PHARMACOLOGY.
Examiner : Alexander Qbeenlees, M.B.
1. What are the sources, doses, and uses of Oleum Ricini,
Aloe Socotrina, and Elaterium ?
2. State the differences in the effects of the above named
medicines, and the circumstances in which the administra-
tion of each would be suitable or objectionable.
3. What are the usual effects of cold bathing? Under
what circumstances would you prohibit it ?
4. What is the proportion of Opium in each of the fol-
lowing preparations: Pulvis crette arcmaticus cum opio,
pulvis specacuanhte compositus, tinctura opii camphorata,
and tinctura opii, with the dose of each suitiable for a child
one year old ?
5. What is the strength of acidum hydrocyanicum dilu-
tum ? State its physiological effects and dose.
6. Give the strength of syrupus ferri iodidi and dose.
7. From what is Santoninum obtained ? What are its
uses, peculiar effects, and dose for a child ?
8. Name the preparations of aconiti radix,
briefly their therapeutical application.
State
smcuerfiiui? ot croronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
SECOND YEAR.
MEDICINE.
CHEMISTRY.
Exiivniner : W. Oliver, B. A.
1. A person stands near the conductor of a large electri-
cal machine in active operation ; but not near enough to
allow of the passage of electricity. What would follow if
the conductor were suddenly discharged ? Explain fully.
2. Mention any reason why the vitreous and resinous
theory of electricity has been abandoned.
3. State briefly the theory of terrestial magnetism, shew-
ing the analogy of the earth to an ordinary bar magnet,
and giving any observed phenomena to support it.
4. Compare Grove's and Smee's Batteries, pointing out
the excellencies and defects of each.
5. Draw a series of simple diagrams shewing the differ-
ent varieties of the electrical force in the case of a liquid
placed between two solids.
6. How is oxalic acid chiefly produced. In what form
does it occur in the juice of plants ? Give the principal
methods of preparing it in large and small quantities
respectively.
7. Name and give the formulae for the various classes
into which the saccharine bodies maybe divided. Describe
concisely the preparation of sucrose.
8. What is the formula for cacodyl ? Give the ordinary
mode of its preparation, and its characteristics.
9. Name the different constituents of human blood. What
part does oxygen play in the circulation. Compare venous
and arterial blood with respect to the relative proportion
of C, 0, and N in them.
^ni\)tvuitsf of STovonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
SECOND YEAR, PRIMARY, AND DEGREE OF M,B.
BOTANY.
Examiner : R. Ramsay Wright, M.A., B. Sc, Edin.
First four qucsUons for Second Year. First six questions for Primary,
Last four questions for M.B.
1. Into what layers is the bark of a dicotyledonous tree
divisible, and what tissues are characteristic of these ?
2. Describe the structure and functions of a leaf.
3. Define the following terms : pappus, phyllodium,
cotyledon, spathe, conduplicate, chalazza.
4. Give a sketch of the reproductive process in a dycoty-
ledonous plant from the shedding of the pollen till the
sprouting of the seed.
5. What is the nature of cellulose, chemically and phyaio-
logically considered ?
6. Describe the development of an ovule.
7. What is phyllotaxis ? The phyllotaxis of the apple
is I : what doe.^ the fraction express ?
8. What are the chief subterranean modifications of the
stem, and how may these be distinguished from roots ?
dtifberinfti? of STotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONB : 1876.
THIRD YEAR.
MEDICINE.
l;
Examiner: Alexander Oreenleeh, M.B.
1. Define the term plethora. What symptoms are pro-
duced by it ?
2. What are the causes of ascites ? From what is it to
be distinguished ?
3. Describe the symptoms connected with the different
stages of an ordinary case of acute pleuritis, and distin-
guish between the second stage of that disease and pneu-
monitis with consolidation of lower lobe.
4. Qive the symptoms and treatment of intestinal colic.
5. Diagnose and treat hysterical convulsions.
6. What slight variation from the normal temperature of
the body, would, if persistent, indicate the presence of
disease of some kind?
7. Describe the appearances of the iri'uption in chicken
pox. On what day of the disease may it usually be seen ?
Wini\$tvnits of Q:oronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
THIRD YEAR.
SURGERY.
Examiner : R. Zimmerman, M.B., L.R.C.P., Lond.
I
1. What aru the general signm of fractures and disloca-
tions ?
2. What is secondary hoeniorrhage ? Give its causes
and treatment.
3. Name the varieties of erysipelas. Give the symptoms
and treatment.
4. Varieties, signs, and treatment of dislocations of the
shoulder joint.
5. Diagnose between acute synovitis and arthritis of
the knee joint. Give the prognosis and treatment of each.
0. What are the causes of aneurisms ? Give varieties
and symptoms, and name the different methods of treat-
ment.
7. Give the treatment of fracture of the lower jaw.
29n^liev0f ti^ o( ^Tovonto.
ANNUAL KXAMINATIONS: 1875.
THIRD YEAH.
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY
Examiner : J. H. McCollum, M.B.
1. In Zoolocrical language, what do yon understand by
the term individual ? and what by the process of Gemma-
tion and Fission? Give examples of each,
2. Give a description of tlie digestive .apparatus in
Euminaiitia and birds.
3. What are the characteristics which determine the
class Rodentia?
4. Describe the process of respiration, the heart and cir-
culation, in the class Pisces (fishes).
5. Enumerate the different orders in the class Arachnida,
giving mode of circulatiori and respiration in this class.
Give a minute description of the orders Acarina and Ara-
neida ; naming njembeis of each.
C. Describe the heart and circulation in Reptilia,
7. Give the Hibitats of the order anoplura, with a short
history of this class,
Cftnfuevfiiftp of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
THIRD YEAH.
OBSTETRICS.
Eanminer : Francis Rae, M.D.
1. Describe the structure and function of the placenta.
2. Give causes and treatment of retained placenta.
3. Describe the several stages of natural labor, giving
the treatment requisite during each stage.
4. What circumstances demand the use of the forceps ?
Describe the mode of their application and use.
5. Give causes and treatment of postpartum hemorrhage.
By what means would you anticipate it, where you had
reason to suspect its occurrence ?
6. ^TTiat is abortion ? Give causes, symptoms, and
treatment.
i ','M
1
stai
abo
3
pois
life
take
5.
infli(
6.
7.
toms
Wini\^tv»it9 of SToronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
THIRD YEAR.
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.
Examiner : Francis Rae, M.D.
1. What are the mechanical means and medicinal sub-
stances usually employed in the production of criminal
abortion ? What dangers attend their use ?
2. What are the evidences of death from strangulation ?
3. Give the symptoms and post mortem appearances of
poisoning by arsenic, the quantity necessary to destroy
life in the adult, and the period at which death generally
takes place.
4. Describe the various tests for arsenic.
5. Distinguish between a post mortem wound and one
inflicted during life.
6. Distinguish between delirium and acute mania.
7. Name the poisonous principles, and give the symp-
toms r,nd post mortem, appearance.^ in poisoning by coal gas.
2ilnfiiev»ft|? oC Covonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
THIRD YEAR.
MEDICINE.
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY.
Examiner : W. Oliver, B.A.
1. A substance heated in a tube, open at both ends, gives
a white subhniatc : another, a inctalliv; coating. State
what metals may be present, and in what form.
2. Give a sin^de test for salts of zinc, arsenic, nitric acid,
and ammonia.
8. What substances give a white ])rccipitate when treated
with carbonate of ammonia in presence of chloride of
ammonium ?
4. It has been found in spectroscopic analysis that every
substance that has been exposed to the .air gives the sodium
lines. How d^ you account for this ?
.5. What substancesgivc a black precipitate with sulphide
of ammonium i)i presence of chloride of anunonium, the
solution being neutral ? Of what does the precipitate
consist ?
G. Certain salts arc found to color the outer flame of the
blow-pipe, one violet, another moistened with HCl, green,
another yellow, aiid still another crimson. Name the
metals present in each case.
7. Give tests xor the borates, j)hosphates, and silica.
tftnttiettttti^ ot STotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
PRIMARY.
MATERIA MEDICA.
Examiner: Alexander Qreenlees, M.B.
1. Qive tests for purity of potaaii iodidum, its doses and
uses. *
2. Qive the preparation of acidum sulphuricum dilutum;
for what is it administered ?
3. What is assafoetida? Qive its source, characters, and
uses in medicine.
4. How is unguentum hydrargyri oxidi rubri prepared,
and for what is it generally prescribed ?
5. State the effects of antimonium tartaratum according
to dose given; name the preparations in which it is used,
and the strength of each.
6. What are the effects of opium on the different secre-
tions and excretions ? Qive the composition of pulvis
ipecacuanhse compositus.
7. What are the doses and characters of hydrargyri per-
chloridum and hydrargyri subchloridum ?
num
<
4
plod
aftej
prop
4
subsi
take
the 1
o
chlor
carbc
of ire
C.
bases,
7.
mang
8.
as ble
9.
arseni
10.
How
dnfbetuKto of rovonro.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
PRIMARY.
MEDICINE.
CHEMISTRY.
Eocaminev: W. Oliver, B.A.
1. Describe the gas nitrogen, giving its combining
number and mode of preparation.
2. Five volumes of air, and five of hydrogen, are ex-
ploded in an eudiometer : what volume of each will remain
after the explosion ?
3. Explain and illustrate by oxam[)le the law of multiple
proportions.
4. On breathing into a glass of lime water, a white
substance is formed. Explain by formuhi the changes that
take place, and characterize briefly the elements of which
the precipitate is composed.
5. Give the formula for nitric acid, olefiant gas, hydro-
chloric acid, ammonia, phosphoric acid, iodide of potassium,
carbonic sulphide, chloride of sodium, arsenic, and peroxide
of iron.
G. Explain fully what is meant by the terms acidSy
hoses, and aalta.
7. Give tests for determining the presence of iron, zinc,
manganese, and copper.
8. Compare the action of eMorine and sulphurous acid
as bleaching agents.
9. Name and give the formula for the compounds of
arsenic and oxygen, with the mode of obtaining them.
10. Distinguish between the ferrous and ferric salts.
How would you obtain Fe, 3 SO, from Fe, O,?
d(
pi
CO
th
Hti
Cli|
dii
sta
(
is f
in
thi
I"
sys
nao
Qlnf^ieriQiftv of Sorottid.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
- I
DEGREE OF MB. AND PRIMARY.
PHYSIOLOGY.
Examiner : J. H. McCollum, M.B.
1. Desciibo the structure of the lungH, giving a minute
dcHcriptiou of the air cells and of the blood vcBsels in these
parts.
2. Give the histological relation of the red and colourless
corpuscles ; and the part which they respectively take in
the vital phenomena of the blood.
3. Describe the structure of the stomach. Give the con-
stituents of the gastric juice and the part it performs in the
digestive process.
4. What effect would bo j^roduced on respiration by
division of one pneumo-gtwtric ? and what by simultaneous
division of both ?
6. Describe the formation of bone from cartilage, and
state the means by which bone is nourished.
6. Describe the minute anatomy of the liver ; how bile
is secreted, its uses, and the quantity secreted by an adult
in 34 hours ; also give a short account of the circulation in ,
this gland.
7. Give a general description of the sympathetic nervous
system, and its functions.
8. Describe the mechanism of deglutition and vomiting,
naming the structures which take part in each act.
Janii^tvuitu of rotonto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
• y
DEGREE OF M.B. AND PRIMARY.
ANATOMY.
Examiner : R. Zimmerman, M.B., L.R.C.P., Lond.
1. Describe the articular surfaces of the bones, and the
ligaments of the elbow joint. Give the relative position
of the structures in connection therewith, and the anasto-
mosis of the arterial supply.
2. Give the origin, insertion, and relai! '^^ of the
deltoid, psoas magnus, and supinator brevis muscles.
3. Name and give the relative position of the parts seen
on the under surface of the brain.
4. Give the boundaries of the superior opening of the
thorax. Name the parts that pass through it, and give
their relative position.
5. Give the relations of the right subclavian artery.
Name its branches.
6. Describe the hepatic, cystic, and common bile ducts.
7. Position, relations, and branches, with their diriribu-
tion, of the fenioral artery.
8. Origin, course, and branches, with theii distribution,
of the pneumogastric nerve.
bi
Gi
ac
toi
ad
(
ipe
i
gas
CftnfUf t0flff of {Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
DEGREE OF M.B.
THERAPEUTICS AND PHARMACOLOGY.
Examiner : Alexander Qreenlees, M.B.
1. Name the medicines, not alkaloids, known as simple
bitters, and give their general therapeutical uses.
2. What are the officinal preparations of nux vomica ?
Give their doses and therapeutical uses. What is their
action on the vessels of the spinal chord ?
S. Give the adult doses of liquor arsenicalis, hydrargyri
perchloridum, plumbi acetas, tinctura veratri viridis, san-
toninum, tinctura opii.
4. What is the hypodermic dose of morphia ? State the
advantages of this mode of administerng it.
5. For what purposes are enemata used ?
6. Give the preparation of vinura antimoniale and vinum
ipecacuanhee, doses and therapeutics.
7. What is the effect of alkalies on the secretion of the
gastric juice ?
1. '
Expla
2. I
worm,
tion.
3. S
yasculi
its use
4. V
effect c
to opii
5. W
ployed
6. In
in whal
7. Gi
dose.
Cinfiif r0Us of STorotito.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
DEGREE OF M.B.
THERAPEUTICS AND PHARMACOLOGY.
HONORS.
Examiner: Alexander Qbeenlees, M.B.
1. What is the effect of acids on gastric secretion?
Explain how they relieve thirst in feverish states.
2. Name two of the most effectual remedies for tape
worm, their defies, and best time and moU^ jf administra-
tion.
3. State the effects of opium on the digestive and cerebro-
vascular systems, and from these effects infer in what cases
its use would be beneficial or injurious.
4. What is the dose of chloral hydrate? What is its
effect on the brain ? State reasons why it is to be preferred
to opium as a hypnotic.
5. What preparation of calabar bean is generally em-
ployed ? Owe itr, therapeutical uses and dose.
6. In what affections is potassse chloras most useful ? and
in what form is it eliminated ?
7. Give the preparation of pulvis jalapee compositus, and
dose.
SSnfUetRiltj^ of 8otomo*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
DEGREE OF M.B.
MEDICINE.
Examiner : Alexander Qbeenlees, M.B.
1. Describe tha effects of ansBinia, and state the treat-
ment you would advise for it.
2. Describe the symptoms and physical signs of a case of
pneumonitis, in which the prognosis would be favorable.
3. What treatment would you adopt in a case of gastric
heemorrhage ? Of what diseases or morbid conditions is it
an effect ?
4. Qive the symptoms, treatment, and causes of nephritic
colic.
6. With what local affections may typhoid fever be con-
founded ?
6. Give the characteristic symptoms of small pox and
measles, with the appearances of the irruptions up to the
eighth day of the disease.
7. What are the causes of chronic peritonitis ? Qive the
post mortem appearances.
Citifiiettffttt of Toronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
DEaREE OF M.B.
!
MEDICINE.
HONORS.
Exarnvner: Alexander Qreenlees, M.6.
1. Give the clinical history of acute cerebral menengitis.
2. Define reflex paraplegia, and state the explanations
olFered as to its mode of production.
3. What are the chief sources of danger in aqute albu-
minuria.
4. Give diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of empyema.
5. How do person become affected with tape worm ?
Give the treatment and means of prevention.
6. Describe the changes produced in the liver in cirrhosis.
Give the general symptoms, causes, and prognosis.
7. Describe the symptoms of angina pectoris. With
what is it most frequently associated ?
Uui^nnit» of Covonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1876.
DEGREE OF M.B.
SURGERY.
Examiner : R. Zimmerman, M.B., L.R.C.P., Lond.
1. Qive the symptomH, complications, and the treatment
in iull, of wounds of the lung.
2. Describe the different modes of treatment of fractures
of the femur below the trochanter.
3. Give the symptoms of fr ctures of the base of the
skull.
4. Give the treatment of wound of the palmur arches.
5. Give the causes, vsymptoms, pathological anatomy,
prognosis, and treatment of white swelling of the knee.
6. What are the indications for excision of the elbow-
joint ? Describe the operation, and give the after treat-
ment.
7. Give the diagnosis of scrotal tumors.
8. Symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment of strangulated
inguinal hernia. Describe the operation, its difficulties,
and dangers.
D
dp
of
toi
ni(
sec
i
cir
axi
anc
W^ni^nnits of Cotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS. 1876.
D£OR£E OF M.B.
SURGERY.
HONORS.
Examiner : R. Zimmerman, M.B., L.R.C.P., Lond.
1. In what cases is lithotoiny.in what Hthotrity indicated?
Describe the operations. What are the difficulties and
dangers in ea'ih ? Give the after treatment in each.
2. Give the causes, symptoms, prognosis, and treatment
of acute and chronic intestmal obstruction.
3. Compare the operations of tracheotomy and laryngo-
tomy. Describe the operations, and give tlio after treat-
ment.
4. Causes, symptoms, prognosis, and treatment of the
secondary etfects of concussion of the spine.
5. Describe the operation of trephining. Under what
circumstances is it necessary ?
6. Symptoms, prognosis, and treatment of inflamed
axillary aneurism.
7. Describe the varieties of lupus. Give the diagnosis
and treatment.
t
t]
r
ai
rt
^infUerfiiftj? of (toronto*
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
DEGREE OF M,B.
OBSTETRICS.
Examiner: Francis Rae, M.D.
1. Describe the several stages of natural labor, giving
the treatment requisite during each stage.
2. What is the decidua ? Descrl e the mode of its for-
mation, and name its different parts.
3. Give the diagnosis and treatment of a breech presen-
tation.
4. What is abortion ? Give causes, symptoms, and
treatment.
5. What circumstances demand the use of the forceps ?
Describe the mode of their application and use.
6. Give causes, and treatment of postpartum hemorrhage,
and by what means would you anticipate it where you had
reason to suspect its occurrence ?
Sinibf rfiifts of STotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
DEGREE OF M.D.
OBSTETRICS.
HONORS.
Examiner : Francis Rae, M.D.
1. Describe the conditions under which the induction
of premature labor would be justifiable, and the various
methods resorted to for its accomplishment.
2. Give the causes, symptoms, and treatment of inveraio
uteri, occurring as a complication of labor.
3. Describe the varieties, causes, symptoms, prognosis,
and treatment of puerperal convulsions.
4. Give the symptoms, prognosis, and treatment of pla-
centa prcevia.
5. Give the varieties, symptoms, prognosis, and treatment
of uterine polypi.
6. What is the prognosis in rupture of the uterus. Give
symptoms, causes, and treatment.
2ftnftierMit|^ of sroronlo.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1875.
DEGREE OF M.B.
PHYSIOLOGY.
HONORS.
Examiner : J. H. McCollum, M.B.
1. Give the minute anatomy of the skin and its append-
ages, also the functions of the skin.
2. What are the nei'ves of thste ? and what nerves
supply the abdominal viscera ?
3. Describe minutely foetal circulation and the sources
of nourishment of the foetus.
4. Name and locate the intestinal glands, giving a
minute description of each form of gland and their functions.
5. Give a history of the developement and structure of
teeth, both in the first and second dentition.
6. Give the origin of the fifth nerve, its distribution and
function.
7. Describe the sclerotic coat of the eye and its uses.
8. Name the ductless glands, with the supposed function
of each.
li
d
d
d^
la
ej
"i
ni
en
pi,
ne
on
th(
pil
tai
SUtfUetfiiUi^ oC rotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS : 1875.
CANDIDATES FOR M.B.
MEDICINE.
CHEMISTRY.
Examiner : W. Oliver, B.A.
1. Give the equation expressing the reaction of slacked
lime on sal-ammoniac, in the production of ammonia ; and
describe briefly the properties of the gas.
2. What is the chief source of iodine, and in what form
does it occur ? Describe the process of manufacture, and
give the chief properties of the element.
3. What is meant by the terms, atom, molecule, monad,
dyad, triad. Name some bodies, illustrating the use of the
last three terms.
4. Give two modes for the preparation of caustic potash,
explaining the reaction in each case.
5. Sketch briefly the changes that take place, when
" ferments" are added to certain organic bodies.
6. Give two processes for determining the amount of
nitrogen in organic bodies ; explaining when you would
employ each.
7. Light is passed through a prism ; explain what takes
place. How many distinct spectra are there ? and give as
nearly as possible the limits of each.
8. Show by experiment that electricity collects chiefly
on the surface of conductors ; and describe a jar, illustrating
the same point in the case of non-conductors.
9. Describe the construction and operation of a voltaic
pile. Distinguish between quantity and intensity in vol-
taic electricity. .
(inftierttCti? of Toronto.
ANNUAL tlXAMINATIONS : 1876.
DEQKEE OF MB.
MEDICINE.
PIUCTICAL CHEMISTRY.
Examiner : W. Oliver, B.A.
1. What are the usual impurities of sulphuric acid, and
how would you render it sufficiently pure for medicinal
l)urposeH ?
2. A substance is dissolved in hydrochloi'ic acid, and
treated witii sulphate of lime. There may be three differ-
ent results according to the substances present. In one
case there may be an immediate precipitate, in another, a
pjoci[)itate after some time, and in a third case the solution
m.'iy remain clear. Name the substances that may bo
present in\'ach case.
3. State the behaviour of peroxide of iron and chromic
acid in i)resence of sulph-hydric acid.
4. Give tests for hydrocyanic acid.
.5. In a case of suspected poisoning, a white powder,
supposed to be arsenic is found. Give a series of tests by
which it UKiy be definitely determined.
0. Name the principal metals that are precipitated by
hydro-sulphuric acid, from a solution acidulated with
hydrochloric or nitric acid, and state in what form the
precipitates occur.
7. In testing for the presence of acids what simple pro-
cess would you employ to divide them into two groups,
volatile and non-volatile ? A substance after the addition
of sulphuric acid is observed to color the alcohol flame
green. Name it. ^
CAnfUeiTtfflj^ of Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
DEGREE OF M.B.
ANATOMY.
HONORS.
Examiner : R. Zimmerman, M.B., L.R.C.P., Lond.
1. Describe the membranes of the spinal cord. Compare
them with the membranes of the brain.
2. Give the relations of the orbital nerves in the
cavernous sinus, at the sphenoidal fissure, and in the orbit.
Describe the chorda tympani nerve.
3. Give the boundaries, and the contents in their relative
position, of the mediastinum.
4. Origin, course, relations, and branches of the opthalmic,
obturator, and internal pudic arteries. Name the pecu-
liarities of the two latter.
6. Describe the bladder, giving its structure, position,
and relations.
C. Describe the pelvic fascia.
7. Give the boundaries and contents of the zygomatic
fossae. Name the openings communicating with it.
CAnfuemftff of ^Toronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 187fi.
DEGREE OP M.B.
SURGICAL ANATOMY.
Examiner : R. Zimmeuman, M.6., L.R.C.F., Lond.
1. Give tlio anatomy of the parts concerned in the
operations of laryngotoniy, tracheotomy, an^' laryngo-
tracheotomy.
2. Name the partH divided, and the parts to be avoided,
in the operation for lateral lithotomy.
«*). How is the collateral circulation established after
ligation of the subclavian, (3rd part) external iliac, and
femoral arteries ?
4. Give the anatomy of the popliteal space
5. Give the relations of tho light common carotid artery.
Describe the operation for ligating,
G. Give the position of the tendons and fascieel concerned
in tho varieties of talipes. Describe the operation for the
different varieties.
w
m
jn
pc
of
de
au
^ni\^tvnU9 of SToronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
DEGREE OF M. 3,
MEDICAL JURISPRUlENCE.
Examiner : Francis Rae, M.D.
1. Describe the application of the hydrostatic test. To
what fallacies is it liable ?
2. A body is found floating in the water. Was death
caused by drowning, or had it taken place previous to im-
mersion ? How would you determine ?
3. Distin{2;uish between a post mortem wound and one
inflicted during life.
4. Give the s^'mptoms and pos^ mortem appearances of
poisoning by sulphuric, hydrochloric, and nitric acids.
6. Describe the symptoms and post mortem appearances
of poisoning by arsenic. Give the quantity requisite to
destroy life, and the period at which death occurs.
6. Distinsfuish between delii'ium and acute mania.
7. Name the poisonous principles, and give the symptoms
and post mortem appearances in poisoning by coal gas.
1,
prese
tity I
2.
uterii
of gei
3. <
poisoi
tity o
time t
4. (
and tl
liquid
5. ]
distinj
6. ^
what i
^nl\}tvuiw of SToronto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS; 1876.
DEGREE OF M.B.
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.
HONORS.
Examiner : Francis Rae, M.D.
1. Describe the symptoms, and 'post »?07'iem appearances
present in oxalic acid poisoning. Give the tests and quan-
tity necessary to destroy life.
2. Give the characters by which you would judge of the
uterine age of a child from the sixth to the ninth month
of gestation.
3. Give the symptoms and i^ost mortem appearances of
poisoning by hydrocyanic acid, and strychnia ; the quan-
tity of each necessary to destroy life in the adult, and the
time at which death occuiu
4. Give the tests for hydrocyanic acid and strychnia,
and the mode of detecting each when contained in organic
liquids.
5. Enumerate the varieties of insanity. How would you
distinguish between real and feigned ?
6. What is the relation of suicide to life insurance, and
what is its influence on the validity of the policy ?
SSnfUetttfts of Sovonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
DEGREE OF M.B.
SURGICAL PATHOLOGY.
HONORS— STARR MEDAL.
Examin&r : R. Zimmerman, M.B., L.R.C.P., Lond.
1. Describe fully the changes that take place in and
around an artery, after its ligature or division.
2. Give the pathology of pycemia.
3. What are the causes of gangrene ? Describe its patho-
logy, and the changes that take place in the separation of a
gangrenous part.
■^■■■■■■■Pl
-a~
J!Ani\)tvniis of STorotito*
ANNUAL BXAMINATI0N8 : 1876.
STARR MEDAL.
MEDICAL PATHOLOGY.
Examiner: Alexander Greenlees, M.B.
ii
1. Describe the gross and microscopical appearances of
muscular tissue undergoing fatty degeneration ; what parts
are most prone to it ? and what causes tend to produce it ?
2. State the pathology and morbid anatomy of diptheria.
3. State the views held as to the nature of acute rheu-
matism, with the grounds on which these views are based.
I
Bnl\Mtnit» of Sotonto.
ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS: 1876.
STARK MEDAL.
MEDICAL PATHOLOGY.
Eaxtminer: Alexander Greenlees, M.B.
1. Describe the gross and microscopical appearances of
muscular tissue undergoing fatty degeneration ; what parts
are most prone to it ? and what causes tend to produce it ?
2. State the pathology and morbid anatomy of diptheria.
3. State the views held as to the nature of acute rheu-
matism, with the grounds on which these views are based.